Document:

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 10.20

================================================================================

                     BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST,

                                   as Issuer,

                                       and

                               Wachovia Bank, N.A.

                              as Indenture Trustee

                           ---------------------------

                                MASTER INDENTURE

                          Dated as of January 30, 2004

                          ----------------------------

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
                                                     ARTICLE ONE
                                                     DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.     Definitions.................................................................................     2
Section 1.02.     Other Definitional Provisions...............................................................    16

                                                     ARTICLE TWO
                                                      THE NOTES

Section 2.01.     Form Generally..............................................................................    18
Section 2.02.     Denominations...............................................................................    18
Section 2.03.     Execution, Authentication and Delivery......................................................    18
Section 2.04.     Authenticating Agent........................................................................    19
Section 2.05.     Registration of and Limitations on Transfer and Exchange of Notes...........................    20
Section 2.06.     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes..................................................    21
Section 2.07.     Persons Deemed Owners.......................................................................    22
Section 2.08.     Appointment of Paying Agent.................................................................    22
Section 2.09.     Access to List of Noteholders' Names and Addresses..........................................    22
Section 2.10.     Cancellation................................................................................    23
Section 2.11.     Release of Collateral.......................................................................    23
Section 2.12.     New Issuances...............................................................................    23
Section 2.13.     Book-Entry Notes............................................................................    25
Section 2.14.     Notices to Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.......................................    26
Section 2.15.     Definitive Notes............................................................................    26
Section 2.16.     Global Notes................................................................................    27
Section 2.17.     Uncertificated Classes......................................................................    27

                                                    ARTICLE THREE
                                                 COVENANTS OF ISSUER

Section 3.01.     Payment of Principal and Interest...........................................................    28
Section 3.02.     Maintenance of Office or Agency.............................................................    28
Section 3.03.     Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.................................................    28
Section 3.04.     Existence...................................................................................    29
Section 3.05.     Protection of Trust.........................................................................    29
Section 3.06.     Opinions as to Collateral...................................................................    30
Section 3.07.     Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables........................................    31
Section 3.08.     Negative Covenants..........................................................................    32
Section 3.09.     Statements as to Compliance.................................................................    33
Section 3.10.     Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.........................................    33
Section 3.11.     Successor Substituted.......................................................................    35
Section 3.12.     No Other Business...........................................................................    35
Section 3.13.     No Borrowing................................................................................    35
Section 3.14.     Servicer's Obligations......................................................................    35
</TABLE>

                                        i
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
Section 3.15.     Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities...........................................    35
Section 3.16.     Capital Expenditures........................................................................    35
Section 3.17.     Removal of Administrator....................................................................    35
Section 3.18.     Restricted Payments.........................................................................    35
Section 3.19.     Notice of Events of Default.................................................................    36
Section 3.20.     Further Instruments and Acts................................................................    36
Section 3.21.     Representations and Warranties as to the Security Interest of the Indenture Trustee in
                  the Receivables.............................................................................    36

                                                     ARTICLE FOUR
                                              SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 4.01.     Satisfaction and Discharge of this Indenture................................................    38
Section 4.02.     Application of Trust Money..................................................................    39

                                                     ARTICLE FIVE
                                        PAY OUT EVENTS, DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 5.01.     Pay Out Events..............................................................................    40
Section 5.02.     Events of Default...........................................................................    40
Section 5.03.     Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment..........................................    41
Section 5.04.     Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee...................    42
Section 5.05.     Remedies; Priorities........................................................................    44
Section 5.06.     Optional Preservation of the Collateral.....................................................    46
Section 5.07.     Limitation on Suits.........................................................................    47
Section 5.08.     Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest.......................    47
Section 5.09.     Restoration of Rights and Remedies..........................................................    47
Section 5.10.     Rights and Remedies Cumulative..............................................................    48
Section 5.11.     Delay or Omission Not Waiver................................................................    48
Section 5.12.     Rights of Noteholders to Direct Indenture Trustee...........................................    48
Section 5.13.     Waiver of Past Defaults.....................................................................    48
Section 5.14.     Undertaking for Costs.......................................................................    49
Section 5.15.     Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws............................................................    49
Section 5.16.     Sale of Receivables.........................................................................    49
Section 5.17.     Action on Notes.............................................................................    50

                                                     ARTICLE SIX
                                                THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

Section 6.01.     Duties of the Indenture Trustee.............................................................    51
Section 6.02.     Notice of Pay Out Event or Event of Default.................................................    53
Section 6.03.     Rights of Indenture Trustee.................................................................    53
Section 6.04.     Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes...........................................    54
Section 6.05.     May Hold Notes..............................................................................    54
Section 6.06.     Money Held in Trust.........................................................................    55
Section 6.07.     Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification.............................................    55
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
Section 6.08.     Replacement of Indenture Trustee............................................................    56
Section 6.09.     Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger.......................................................    56
Section 6.10.     Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee...........................    57
Section 6.11.     Eligibility; Disqualification...............................................................    58
Section 6.12.     Preferential Collection of Claims Against...................................................    58
Section 6.13.     Tax Returns.................................................................................    58
Section 6.14.     Representations and Covenants of the Indenture Trustee......................................    59
Section 6.15.     Custody of the Collateral...................................................................    59

                                                    ARTICLE SEVEN
                            NOTEHOLDERS' LIST AND REPORTS BY INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

Section 7.01.     Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders......................    60
Section 7.02.     Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders..................................    60
Section 7.03.     Reports by Issuer...........................................................................    60
Section 7.04.     Reports by Indenture Trustee................................................................    61

                                                    ARTICLE EIGHT
                                      ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

Section 8.01.     Collection of Money.........................................................................    62
Section 8.02.     Rights of Noteholders.......................................................................    62
Section 8.03.     Establishment of Collection Account and Special Funding Account.............................    62
Section 8.04.     Collections and Allocations.................................................................    64
Section 8.05.     Shared Principal Collections................................................................    65
Section 8.06.     Additional Withdrawals from the Collection Account..........................................    66
Section 8.07.     Allocation of Collateral to Series or Groups................................................    66
Section 8.08.     Excess Finance Charge Collections...........................................................    66
Section 8.09.     Release of Collateral; Eligible Loan Documents..............................................    67
Section 8.10.     Opinion of Counsel..........................................................................    67

                                                     ARTICLE NINE
                                       DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

Section 9.01.     Distributions and Reports to Noteholders....................................................    69

                                                     ARTICLE TEN
                                               SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 10.01.    Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders......................................    69
Section 10.02.    Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders.........................................    70
Section 10.03.    Execution of Supplemental Indentures........................................................    72
Section 10.04.    Effect of Supplemental Indenture............................................................    72
Section 10.05.    Conformity With Trust Indenture Act.........................................................    72
Section 10.06.    Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures...............................................    72
</TABLE>

                                       iii
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
                                                    ARTICLE ELEVEN
                                                     TERMINATION

Section 11.01.    Termination of Trust........................................................................    73
Section 11.02.    Final Distribution..........................................................................    73
Section 11.03.    Termination Distributions...................................................................    74
Section 11.04.    Defeasance..................................................................................    74

                                                    ARTICLE TWELVE
                                                    MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01.    Compliance Certificates and Opinions etc....................................................    76
Section 12.02.    Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee............................................    77
Section 12.03.    Acts of Noteholders.........................................................................    78
Section 12.04.    Notices, Etc. to Indenture Trustee and Issuer...............................................    79
Section 12.05.    Notices to Noteholders; Waiver..............................................................    79
Section 12.06.    Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.....................................................    80
Section 12.07.    Conflict with Trust Indenture Act...........................................................    80
Section 12.08.    Effect of Headings and Table of Contents....................................................    80
Section 12.09.    Successors and Assigns......................................................................    80
Section 12.10.    Severability................................................................................    80
Section 12.11.    Benefits of Indenture.......................................................................    80
Section 12.12.    Legal Holidays..............................................................................    80
Section 12.13.    GOVERNING LAW...............................................................................    80
Section 12.14.    Counterparts................................................................................    81
Section 12.15.    Trust Obligations...........................................................................    81
Section 12.16.    No Petition.................................................................................    81
</TABLE>

                                       iv
<PAGE>

                 RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE
                      ACT OF 1939 AND INDENTURE PROVISIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Trust Indenture
   Act Section                                                                      Indenture Section
   -----------                                                                      -----------------
<S>                                                                               <C>
310 (a)(1)...........................................................                6.11
    (a)(2)...........................................................                6.11
    (a)(3)...........................................................                6.10
    (a)(4)...........................................................             Not Applicable
    (a)(5)...........................................................                6.11
    (b)..............................................................                6.08, 6.11
    (c)..............................................................             Not Applicable
311 (a)..............................................................                6.12
    (b)..............................................................                6.12
    (c)..............................................................             Not Applicable
312 (a)..............................................................                7.01, 7.02(a)
    (b)..............................................................                7.02(b)
    (c)..............................................................                7.02(c)
313 (a)..............................................................                7.04
    (b)..............................................................                7.04
    (c)..............................................................                7.03, 7.04
    (d)..............................................................                7.04
314 (a)..............................................................                3.09, 7.03(a)
    (b)..............................................................                3.06
    (c)(1)...........................................................                2.11, 8.09(c), 12.01(a)
    (c)(2)...........................................................                2.11, 8.09(c), 12.01(a)
    (c)(3)...........................................................                2.11, 8.09(c), 12.01(a)
    (d)(1)...........................................................                2.11, 8.09(c), 12.01(b)
    (d)(2)...........................................................             Not Applicable
    (d)(3)...........................................................             Not Applicable
    (e)..............................................................                12.01(a)
315 (a)..............................................................                6.01(b)
    (b)..............................................................                6.02
    (c)..............................................................                6.01(c)
    (d)..............................................................                6.01(d)
    (d)(1)...........................................................                6.01(d)
    (d)(2)...........................................................                6.01(d)
    (d)(3)...........................................................                6.01(d)
    (e)..............................................................                5.14
316 (a)(1)(A)........................................................                5.12
316 (a)(1)(B)........................................................                5.13
316 (a)(2)...........................................................             Not Applicable
316 (b)..............................................................                5.08
317 (a)(1)...........................................................                5.04
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Trust Indenture
   Act Section                                                                   Indenture Section
   -----------                                                                   -----------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
317(a)(2)............................................................                5.04(d)
317(b)...............................................................                5.04(a)
318(a)...............................................................                12.07
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

         This MASTER INDENTURE, dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Master
Indenture" or "Indenture"), is between the Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note
Trust, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware
(herein, together with its permitted successors and assigns, the "Issuer"), and
Wachovia Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as indenture trustee
(herein, together with its successors in the trusts hereunder, the "Indenture
Trustee").

                              PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

         The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Master Indenture to provide for an issue of its asset backed notes (the "Notes")
as provided in this Master Indenture. All covenants and agreements made by the
Issuer herein are for the benefit and security of the Noteholders. The Issuer is
entering into this Indenture, and the Indenture Trustee is accepting the trusts
created hereby, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency
of which are hereby acknowledged.

         Simultaneously with the delivery of this Master Indenture, the Issuer
is entering into the Transfer and Servicing Agreement with The Bon-Ton
Receivables Partnership, L.P., as Transferor (the "Transferor") and The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as Servicer (the
"Servicer"), pursuant to which (a) the Transferor will convey to the Issuer all
of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables and (b) the
Servicer will agree to service the Receivables and make collections thereon on
behalf of the Noteholders.

         Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, Receivables arising in the
Accounts from time to time will be conveyed thereunder to the Issuer.

                                GRANTING CLAUSES

         The Issuer hereby Grants to the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes and the Series Enhancers, all of the Issuer's right,
title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under
(a) the Receivables, (b) collections and all Recoveries allocable to the Issuer
as provided in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and all monies due or to
become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto, (c) all
Eligible Investments and all monies, investment properties, instruments and
other property credited to the Collection Account, the Series Accounts and the
Special Funding Account, and all interest, dividends, earnings, income and other
distributions from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed or
distributable thereto or in respect thereof (including any accrued discount
realized on liquidation of any investment purchased at a discount), (d) all
rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Issuer under or with
respect to any Series Enhancement, the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement (whether arising pursuant to the terms of such Enhancement
Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or
otherwise available to the Issuer at law or in equity), including the rights of
the Issuer to enforce such Enhancement Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, and to give or withhold any and all consents,
requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or with
respect to such Series Enhancement, the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement to the same extent as the Issuer could but for the
assignment and security interest granted to the Indenture Trustee for the
benefit of the Noteholders, (e) the property conveyed to the Issuer under any
Participation Interest Supplement

<PAGE>

and the right to receive Recoveries attributed to cardholder charges for
merchandise and services in the Accounts, (f) all money, accounts, general
intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents, goods, investment property,
deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, letters of credit and advices of
credit consisting of, arising from, or related to the foregoing, (g) all
proceeds of any derivative contracts between the Issuer or the Transferor and a
counterparty, as described in an Indenture Supplement, (h) all other property of
the Issuer, and (i) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in
action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under
and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of
the foregoing, including all proceeds, products, rents, receipts or profits of
the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other property, all cash
and non-cash proceeds, and other property consisting of, arising from or
relating to all or any part of any of the foregoing; in each case, excluding the
Transferor Interest and all amounts distributable to the Holders of any
Certificates pursuant to the terms of any Transaction Document (in each case as
such capitalized terms are defined herein) (collectively, the "Collateral").

                                LIMITED RECOURSE

         The obligation of the Issuer to make payments of principal of, interest
on and other amounts with respect to, the Notes is limited by recourse only to
the Collateral.

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01. Definitions. Whenever used in this Indenture, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

         "Account Owner" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Accounts" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Accumulation Period" means, with respect to any Series, or any Class
within a Series, a period following the Revolving Period during which
Collections of Principal Receivables are accumulated in an account for the
benefit of the Noteholders of such Series or Class, which shall be the
controlled accumulation period, the principal accumulation period, the early
accumulation period, the optional accumulation period, the limited accumulation
period or other accumulation period, in each case as defined with respect to
such Series or Class in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Act" has the meaning specified in Section 12.03(a).

         "Adjusted Invested Amount" has the meaning set forth in the related
Indenture Supplement.

         "Administration Agreement" means the Administration Agreement, dated as
of January 30, 2004 between the Issuer and the Administrator, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         "Administrator" means The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., or its
successors and permitted assigns, or any successor Administrator under the
Administration Agreement.

         "Adverse Effect" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Affiliate" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Aggregate Investor Percentage" means, with respect to Principal
Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Defaulted Receivables, as the case
may be, as of any date of determination, the sum of such Investor Percentages of
all Series of Notes issued and outstanding on such date of determination;
provided, however, that the Aggregate Investor Percentage shall not exceed 100%.

         "Agreement" means this Indenture, as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including, with respect to
any Series or Class, the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Amortization Period" means, with respect to any Series, or any Class
within a Series, a period following the Revolving Period during which
Collections of Principal Receivables are distributed to the related Noteholders
of such Series or Class, which shall be the controlled amortization period, the
principal amortization period, the optional amortization period, the limited
amortization period, the early amortization period or other amortization period,
in each case as defined with respect to such Series in the related Indenture
Supplement.

         "Applicants" has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a).

         "Authorized Officer" means, with respect to:

                  (i)      the Issuer, any officer of the Owner Trustee who is
         authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters relating to the
         Issuer and any officer of the Administrator who is authorized to act
         for the Administrator in matters relating to the Issuer and to be acted
         upon by the Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement and
         who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers (containing the
         specimen signatures of such officers) delivered by the Administrator to
         the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified
         or supplemented from time to time thereafter);

                  (ii)     the Transferor, any officer of the Transferor who is
         authorized to act for the Transferor in matters relating to the
         Transferor and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers,
         containing the specimen signature of each such Person, delivered by the
         Transferor to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list
         may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter);

                  (iii)    the Servicer, any officer of the Servicer who is
         authorized to act for the Servicer in matters relating to the Servicer
         and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers, containing
         the specimen signature of each such Person, delivered by the Servicer
         to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be
         modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter); and

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  (iv)     the Seller, any officer of the Seller who is
         authorized to act for the Seller in matters relating to the Seller and
         who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers, containing the
         specimen signature of each such Person, delivered by the Seller to the
         Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or
         supplemented from time to time thereafter).

         "Book-Entry Notes" means beneficial interests in the Notes, ownership
and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency
or Foreign Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.13.

         "Business Day" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Certificates" has the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

         "Class" means, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes of
Notes of that Series.

         "Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act, and serving as clearing
agency for a Series or Class of Book-Entry Notes.

         "Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Clearing Agency.

         "Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, a
professional depository incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, and its
successors.

         "Closing Date" means, with respect to any Series, the closing date
specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Collateral" has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of this
Indenture.

         "Collection Account" has the meaning specified in Section 8.03.

         "Collection Account Agreements" has the meaning specified in the
Receivables Purchase Agreements.

         "Collections" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, and its
successors.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Indenture
Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
administered, which office at date of the execution of this Indenture is located
at 401 South Tryon Street, 12th floor, Charlotte, NC 28288-1179, Attention:
Structured Finance Trust Services, Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust-Series,
or at such other address as the Indenture Trustee may designate from time to
time

                                       4
<PAGE>

by notice to the Noteholders and the Transferor, or the principal corporate
trust office of any successor Indenture Trustee (the address of which the
successor Indenture Trustee will notify the Noteholders and the Transferor);
provided that for the purposes of Section 3.02, the address of any such office
shall be at Penn Plaza, Suite 1414, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Structured
Finance Trust Services, Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust-Series.

         "Credit Agreement" shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2003 by and among The Bon-Ton
Department Stores Inc., and Elder Acquisition Corp. (and from and after the
merger, The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.), as Borrowers, certain Credit Parties
named therein, General Electric Capital Corporation, as a Lender and as the
Administrative Agent and the other Agents and Lenders party thereto from time to
time, as such Credit Agreement is in effect on the date hereof, and giving
effect only to amendments or modifications thereto that satisfy the Rating
Agency Condition.

         "Default" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
time or both would become, an Event of Default.

         "Defaulted Receivables" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Defeasance" has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(a).

         "Defeased Series" has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(a).

         "Definitive Notes" means Notes issued in definitive, fully registered
form.

         "Deposit Date" means each day on which the Servicer deposits
Collections in the Collection Account.

         "Determination Date" means, unless otherwise specified in the Indenture
Supplement for a particular Series, the fifth Business Day preceding the Payment
Date.

         "Discount Percentage" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Dollars", "$" or "U.S. $" means United States dollars.

         "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, and its successors.

         "Eligible Institution" means a depository institution organized under
the laws of the United States or any one of the States thereof, (or any domestic
branch of a foreign bank) which at all times (i) has either (a) a long-term
unsecured debt rating of Aa or better by Moody's or (b) a certificate of deposit
rating of Prime-1 by Moody's (ii) either (a) a long-term unsecured debt rating
of AA- or better or (b) a certificate of deposit rating of at least A-1 by
Standard & Poor's and (iii) is a member of the FDIC. Notwithstanding the
previous sentence, any institution the appointment of which satisfies the Rating
Agency Condition shall be considered an Eligible Institution. If so qualified,
the Indenture Trustee may be considered an Eligible Institution for the purposes
of this definition.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         "Eligible Investments" means, as of any date of determination, the
following instruments, investment property, or other property:

                  (i)      direct obligations of, or obligations fully
         guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United States;

                  (ii)     demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of
         deposit (having original maturities of no more than 365 days) of
         depository institutions or trust companies incorporated under the laws
         of the United States or any State thereof (or domestic branches of
         foreign banks) and subject to supervision and examination by federal or
         state banking or depository institution authorities; provided that at
         the time of the Trust's investment or contractual commitment to invest
         therein, the debt rating of such depository institution or trust
         company shall be at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and at least P-1 by
         Moody's;

                  (iii)    commercial paper or other short-term obligations
         (having original or remaining maturities of no more than 30 days)
         having, at the time of investment or contractual commitment to invest
         therein, a credit rating for such obligation of at least A-1 by
         Standard & Poor's and at least P-1 by Moody's;

                  (iv)     demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of
         deposit which (a) are scheduled to mature on a date occurring no later
         than the Transfer Date in the Monthly Period immediately succeeding the
         Monthly Period in which such investment is made, (b) are fully insured
         by the FDIC and (c) have, at the time of the Trust's investment
         therein, a rating in the highest rating category of each of Standard &
         Poor's and Moody's;

                  (v)      bankers' acceptances (having original maturities of
         no more than 365 days) issued by any depository institution or trust
         company referred to in clause (ii) above;

                  (vi)     money market funds having, at the time of the Trust's
         investment therein, a rating in the highest rating category of each of
         Standard & Poor's and Moody's (including funds for which the Indenture
         Trustee or any of its Affiliates is investment manager or advisor);

                  (vii)    time deposits (other than those referred to in clause
         (iv) above), with a Person the commercial paper of which has a credit
         rating satisfactory to each Rating Agency and which are scheduled to
         mature on a date occurring no later than the Transfer Date in the
         Monthly Period immediately succeeding the Monthly Period in which such
         investment is made; or

                  (viii)   any other investment of a type or rating that
         satisfies the Rating Agency Condition.

         "Eligible Servicer" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

                                       6
<PAGE>

         "Enhancement Agreement" means any agreement, instrument or document
governing the terms of any Series Enhancement or pursuant to which any Series
Enhancement is issued or outstanding.

         "Euroclear Operator" means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the
Euroclear System.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.02.

         "Excess Allocation Series" means a Series that, pursuant to the related
Indenture Supplement, is entitled to receive certain excess Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables, as more specifically set forth in such Indenture
Supplement. If so specified in the Indenture Supplement for a Group of Series,
each such Series may be an Excess Allocation Series only for the other Series in
such Group.

         "Excess Finance Charge Collections" means, with respect to a Payment
Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables which the related Supplements specify are to be treated as
"Excess Finance Charge Collections" for such Payment Date.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Finance Charge Receivables" has the meaning specified in the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement.

         "Finance Charge Shortfalls" means, with respect to a Payment Date, the
aggregate amount for all outstanding Series which the related Supplements
specify are "Finance Charge Shortfalls" for such Series and such Payment Date.

         "Fiscal Month" or "fiscal month" means the fiscal month of the Sellers,
as notified to the Indenture Trustee in writing.

         "Foreign Clearing Agency" means Clearstream and the Euroclear Operator.

         "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States in effect from time to time.

         "Global Note" has the meaning specified in Section 2.16.

         "Grant" means to mortgage, pledge, bargain, warrant, alienate, remise,
release, convey, assign, transfer, create, and grant a lien upon and a security
interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm pursuant
to this Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement or
instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the
obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the immediate and
continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal
and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other monies payable
thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make
waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring
Proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise and generally to do
and receive

                                       7
<PAGE>

anything that the Granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive
thereunder or with respect thereto.

         "Group" means, with respect to any Series, the group of Series, if any,
in which the related Indenture Supplement specifies such Series is to be
included.

         "Indenture" means this master indenture, dated as of January 30, 2004,
between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Indenture Supplement" means, with respect to any Series, a supplement
to the Indenture, executed by the parties hereto and delivered in connection
with the original issuance of the Notes of such Series pursuant to Section
10.01, and an amendment to the Indenture executed pursuant to Sections 10.01 or
10.02, and, in either case, including all amendments thereof and supplements
thereto.

         "Indenture Trustee" means Wachovia Bank, National Association, in its
capacity as trustee under the Agreement, its successors in interest and any
successor indenture trustee under the Agreement.

         "Independent" means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
that the Person (i) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Transferor, the Seller and any of their respective Affiliates,
(ii) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect
financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Transferor, the
Seller or any of their respective Affiliates and (iii) is not connected with the
Issuer, any such other obligor, the Transferor, any Seller or any of their
respective Affiliates as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee,
partner, director or person performing similar functions.

         "Independent Certificate" means a certificate or opinion to be
delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and
otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 12.01, made by
an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order, and such
opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of
"Independent" in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the
meaning thereof.

         "Indirect Participant" means other Persons such as securities brokers
and dealers, banks and trust companies that clear or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant of DTC, either directly or indirectly.

         "Initial Cut-Off Date" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Insolvency Event" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Intercreditor Agreement" means that certain Intercreditor Agreement
dated as of January 30, 2004 among GE Capital or its successor appointed
pursuant to the Credit Agreement, each of the Sellers, The Bon-Ton Department
Stores, Inc., as Servicer, and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time

                                       8
<PAGE>

         "Invested Amount" means, with respect to any Series and for any date,
an amount equal to the "Invested Amount" or "Adjusted Invested Amount," as
applicable, specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.

         "Investor Percentage" has the meaning set forth in the related
Indenture Supplement.

         "Issuer" means the Trust, and its successors.

         "Issuer Order" and "Issuer Request" means a written order or request
signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and
delivered to the Indenture Trustee.

         "Lien" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Monthly Period" means, with respect to each Payment Date, unless
otherwise provided in an Indenture Supplement, the period from and including the
first day of the preceding fiscal month of the Sellers to and including the last
day of such fiscal month of the Sellers; provided, however, that the initial
Monthly Period with respect to any Series will commence on the Closing Date with
respect to such Series and the Servicer shall notify the Indenture Trustee in
advance no later than December 15 of each year of the Monthly Periods for the
successive calendar year.

         "Moody's" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "New Issuance" has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a).

         "Note Interest Rate" means, as of any particular date of determination
and with respect to any Series or Class, the interest rate as of such date
specified therefor in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Note Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the Person who
is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing
Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing
Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an Indirect Participant,
in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

         "Note Register" has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.

         "Noteholder" or "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register and, if applicable, the holder of any Global
Note or such other Person deemed to be a "Noteholder" or "Holder" in any related
Indenture Supplement.

         "Notes" means all Series of Notes issued by the Trust pursuant to the
Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement.

         "Notice of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.02(c).

                                       9
<PAGE>

         "Officer's Certificate" means, unless otherwise specified in this
Indenture, a certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee signed by any
Authorized Officer of the Issuer, Seller, Transferor or the Servicer, as
applicable, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with,
the applicable requirements of Section 12.01.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be
counsel for, or an employee of, the Person providing the opinion and who shall
be reasonably acceptable to the Indenture Trustee; provided that a Tax Opinion
shall be an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel.

         "Outstanding" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

                  (i)      Notes theretofore canceled by the Transfer Agent and
         Registrar or delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for
         cancellation;

                  (ii)     Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money
         in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the
         Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such
         Notes (provided, however, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice
         of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or
         provision therefor, satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, has been
         made); and

                  (iii)    Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which
         have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless
         proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such
         Notes are held by a Protected Purchaser;

provided that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Outstanding
Amount of the Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other
obligor upon the Notes, the Transferor, the Servicer or any Affiliate of any
shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in
determining whether the Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only
Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee actually knows to be
so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good
faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the
satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect
to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
Notes, the Transferor, the Servicer or any of their respective Affiliates. In
making any such determination, the Indenture Trustee may rely on the
representations of the pledgee and shall not be required to undertake any
independent investigation.

         "Outstanding Amount" means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes
Outstanding at the date of determination and, with respect to the Notes of a
particular Series, the aggregate principal amount of all Notes of such Series
which are Outstanding at the date of determination.

         "Owner Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual
capacity, but solely as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors
in interest and any successor owner trustee under the Trust Agreement.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         "Paired Series" means (i) each Series which has been paired with
another Series (which Series may be prefunded or partially prefunded), such that
the reduction of the Invested Amount or Adjusted Invested Amount of such Series
results in the increase of the Invested Amount of such other Series, as
described in the related Indenture Supplements, and (ii) such other Series.

         "Participation Interest Supplements" has the meaning set forth in the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

         "Pay Out Event" means, with respect to any Series, a Trust Pay Out
Event or a Series Pay Out Event.

         "Paying Agent" means any paying agent appointed pursuant to Section
2.08 and shall initially be the Indenture Trustee; provided that if the
Indenture Supplement for a Series so provides, a separate or additional Paying
Agent may be appointed with respect to such Series.

         "Payment Date" has the meaning, with respect to any Series, set forth
in the applicable Indenture Supplement.

         "Performance Undertaking" means that certain Performance Undertaking
dated as of January 30, 2004 executed by The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and The
Bon-Ton Corp., each Pennsylvania corporations, in favor of the Issuer and the
Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time.

         "Permitted Assignee" means any Person who, if it were to purchase
Receivables (or interests therein) in connection with a sale thereof pursuant to
Sections 5.05(a) and 5.16, would not cause the Trust to be taxable as a publicly
traded partnership for federal income tax purposes.

         "Person" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Principal Receivables" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Principal Sharing Series" means a Series that, pursuant to the
Indenture Supplement therefor, is entitled to receive Shared Principal
Collections. If so specified in the Indenture Supplement for a Group of Series,
each such Series may be Principal Sharing Series only for the other Series in
such Group.

         "Principal Shortfalls" means, with respect to a Payment Date, the
aggregate amount for all outstanding Series which the related Indenture
Supplements specify are "Principal Shortfalls" for such Series and for such
Payment Date.

         "Principal Terms" means, with respect to any Series, (i) the name or
designation; (ii) the initial principal amount (or method for calculating such
amount), the Invested Amount and the Required Transferor Interest; (iii) the
Note Interest Rate for each Class of Notes of such Series (or method for the
determination thereof); (iv) the payment date or dates and the date or dates
from which interest shall accrue; (v) the method for allocating Collections to
Noteholders; (vi) the designation of any Series Accounts and the terms governing
the operation of any such Series Accounts; (vii) the Servicing Fee; (viii) the
issuer and terms of any form of Series Enhancements

                                       11
<PAGE>

with respect thereto; (ix) the terms on which the Notes of such Series may be
exchanged for Notes of another Series, repurchased by the Transferor or
remarketed to other investors; (x) the Series Final Maturity Date; (xi) the
number of Classes of Notes of such Series and, if more than one Class, the
rights and priorities of each such Class; (xii) the extent to which the Notes of
such Series will be issuable in temporary or permanent global form (and, in such
case, the depositary for such global note or notes, the terms and conditions, if
any, upon which such global note may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for
Definitive Notes, and the manner in which any interest payable on a temporary or
global note will be paid); (xiii) the priority of Series with respect to any
other Series; (xiv) whether such Series will be part of a Group; (xv) whether
such Series will be a Principal Sharing Series; (xvi) whether such Series will
be an Excess Allocation Series; (xvii) the Payment Date for such Series; (xviii)
whether such Series will or may be a Paired Series and the Series with which it
will be paired, if applicable; and (xix) any other terms of such Series.

         "Proceeding" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial
or administrative proceeding.

         "Protected Purchaser" has the meaning set forth in the New York Uniform
Commercial Code.

         "Qualified Account" means either (i) a segregated account with an
Eligible Institution or (ii) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust
department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United
States or any one of the States thereof, (or any domestic branch of a foreign
bank), and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as
any of the unsecured, unguaranteed senior debt securities of such depository
institution shall have a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of its
generic credit rating categories that signifies investment grade.

         "Rating Agency" means, with respect to any outstanding Series or Class,
each rating agency, as specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement,
selected by the Transferor to rate the Notes of such Series or Class or, with
respect to any outstanding Series or Class not rated by any rating agency, the
persons designated in the Indenture Supplement as the "Rating Agency" for such
Series or Class.

         "Rating Agency Condition" means, except as may be otherwise specified
in an Indenture Supplement with respect to the applicable Series or Class(es)
with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the
Transferor and the Indenture Trustee in writing that such action will not result
in a reduction or withdrawal of their current rating of any outstanding Series
or Class with respect to which it is a Rating Agency.

         "Reallocated Principal Collections" has, with respect to any series,
the meaning set forth in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Receivables" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Receivables Purchase Agreement" means the receivables purchase
agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, between the Sellers and the Transferor
or any other receivables transfer agreement entered into by a Seller and the
Transfer.

                                       12
<PAGE>

         "Recoveries" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Record Date" means, with respect to any Payment Date, (i) for
Definitive Notes, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding such
Payment Date or (ii) the Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date
unless otherwise specified for a Series in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Redemption Date" means, with respect to any Series, the date or dates,
if any, specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Registered Notes" means any Series or Class of Notes, together with
the Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication related thereto, issued in
fully registered form.

         "Removed Accounts" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Required Majority" means, except as may otherwise be specified in an
Indenture Supplement with respect to the applicable Series or Class(es), more
than 50% of the Outstanding Amount of Notes of such Series (or with respect to
any such Series with two or more Classes, of each Class).

         "Required Transferor Interest" means, with respect to any date, an
amount equal to the product of (i) the Required Transferor Percentage and (ii)
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables.

         "Required Transferor Percentage" means initially 0% or such other
higher percentage as the Transferor may designate from time to time in writing
by notification to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency, provided,
however, that the Transferor may reduce the Required Transferor Percentage upon
(i) 30 days' prior notice to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency, (ii)
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto and (iii)
delivery to the Indenture Trustee of a certificate of a Vice President or more
senior officer of the Transferor stating that the Transferor reasonably believes
that such reduction will not, based on the facts known to such officer at the
time of such certification, then or thereafter have an Adverse Effect.

         "Responsible Officer" means, when used with respect to the Indenture
Trustee, any officer (i) within the Corporate Trust Office including any vice
president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, assistant secretary,
trust officer or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by the individuals who at the
time shall be such officers or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at
the Corporate Trust Office because of such officer's knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject and (ii) who shall have direct
responsibility for the administration of the Agreement and the other Transaction
Documents.

         "Revolving Period" means, with respect to each Series, the period
specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                                       13
<PAGE>

         "Seller" means each of the Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. and The
Elder-Beerman Stores Corp., in their respective capacities as a seller under the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, or any other seller under a Receivables Purchase
Agreement, and their respective successor.

         "Series" means any series of Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture
and the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Series Account" means any deposit, trust, securities escrow or similar
account maintained for the benefit of the Noteholders of any Series or Class, as
specified in any Indenture Supplement.

         "Series Enhancement" means the rights and benefits provided to the
Trust or the Noteholders of any Series or Class pursuant to any letter of
credit, surety bond, cash collateral account, collateral invested amount, spread
account, reserve account, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity liquidity
facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate
cap agreement or other similar arrangement. The subordination of any Series or
Class to another Series or Class shall be deemed to be a Series Enhancement.

         "Series Enhancer" means the Person or Persons providing any Series
Enhancement, other than (except to the extent otherwise provided with respect to
any Series in the related Indenture Supplement) the Noteholders of any Series or
Class which is subordinated to another Series or Class.

         "Series Final Maturity Date" means, with respect to any Series, the
final maturity date for such Series specified in the related Indenture
Supplement.

         "Series Issuance Date" means, with respect to any Series, the date on
which the Notes of such Series are to be originally issued in accordance with
Section 2.12 and the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Series Pay Out Event" has, with respect to any Series, the meaning
specified pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement.

         "Servicer" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Servicer Default" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Servicing Fee" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables which the related Indenture Supplements specify are
to be treated as "Shared Excess Finance Charge Collections" for such Payment
Date.

         "Shared Principal Collections" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Collections of Principal
Receivables which the related Indenture Supplements specify are to be treated as
"Shared Principal Collections" for such Payment Date.

                                       14
<PAGE>

         "Special Funding Account" has the meaning specified in Section 8.03.

         "Special Funding Amount" means the amount on deposit in the Special
Funding Account.

         "Standard & Poor's" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "State" means any state of the United States and the District of
Columbia.

         "Successor Servicer" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Tax Opinion" means, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel
to the effect that, for federal income tax purposes, such action will not (i)
adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of the Notes of any
outstanding Series or Class that were characterized as debt at the time of their
issuance, (ii) cause the Trust to be deemed to be an association (or publicly
traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (iii) cause or constitute an
event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any Noteholder.

         "Termination Notice" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Transaction Documents" means, with respect to any Series of Notes, the
Certificate of Trust, the Trust Agreement, each related Receivables Purchase
Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, this Indenture, the related
Indenture Supplement, any Enhancement Agreement, the Administration Agreement,
the Performance Undertaking, the Collection Account Agreements, the
Intercreditor Agreement and such other documents and certificates delivered in
connection therewith.

         "Transfer Agent and Registrar" has the meaning specified in Section
2.05.

         "Transfer and Servicing Agreement" means the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, among the Transferor, the Servicer and
the Issuer, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from
time to time.

         "Transfer Restriction Event" has the meaning specified in the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement.

         "Transfer Date" means the Business Day immediately preceding each
Payment Date.

         "Transferor" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Transferor Interest" means on any date of determination an amount
equal to (i) the sum of (a) an amount equal to the aggregate balance of
Principal Receivables plus (b) the Special Funding Amount, in each case, at the
end of the day immediately prior to such date of determination, minus (c) the
aggregated Invested Amounts with respect to all Series of Notes issued and
outstanding on such date of determination.

                                       15
<PAGE>

         "Transferor Percentage" means, on any date of determination, when used
with respect to Principal Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Defaulted
Receivables, a percentage equal to 100% minus the Aggregate Investor Percentage
with respect to such category of Receivables.

         "Trust" means the Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust.

         "Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement relating to the Trust,
dated as of January 30, 2004, between The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.,
as transferor, and the Owner Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended.

         "Trust Pay Out Event" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

         "Trustees" means the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.

         "UCC" shall have the meaning specified in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "United States" means the United States of America.

         Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions.

         (a) With respect to any Series, capitalized terms used herein that are
not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust
Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the related Indenture
Supplement, as the case may be.

         (b) All terms defined in this Indenture shall have the defined meanings
when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto
unless otherwise defined therein.

         (c) As used in this Indenture and in any certificate or other document
made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in
this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting
terms partly defined in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other
document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to
them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this
Indenture or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the
meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this Indenture
or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

         (d) Any reference to each Rating Agency shall only apply to any
specific rating agency if such rating agency is then rating any outstanding
Series or, with respect to any Outstanding Series or Class not rated by any
rating agency, the persons designated in the Indenture Supplement as the "Rating
Agency" for such Series or Class.

         (e) Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on deposit
or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of business
on such day.

                                       16
<PAGE>

         (f) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The
following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

                  "indenture securities" means the Notes.

                  "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

                  "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

                  "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the
         Indenture Trustee.

                  "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any
         other obligor on the indenture securities.

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have
the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.

         (g) The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and words of similar
import when used in this Indenture shall refer to this Indenture as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Indenture; references to any subsection,
Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to subsections, Sections, Schedules
and Exhibits in or to this Indenture unless otherwise specified; and the term
"including" means "including without limitation."

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                    THE NOTES

         Section 2.01. Form Generally. Any Series or Class of Notes, together
with the Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication related thereto, will
be issued in fully registered form and shall be in substantially the form of an
exhibit to the related Indenture Supplement with such appropriate insertions,
omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by
this Indenture or such Indenture Supplement, and may have such letters, numbers
or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed
thereon, as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing
such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. Any portion of the
text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate
reference thereto on the face of the Note. The terms of any Notes set forth in
an exhibit to the related Indenture Supplement are part of the terms of this
Indenture, as applicable.

         The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or
engraved or produced by any combination of these methods, all as determined by
the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by its execution of such Notes.

         Section 2.02. Denominations. Except as otherwise specified in the
related Indenture Supplement and the Notes, each class of Notes of each Series
shall be issued in fully registered form in minimum amounts of $100,000 and in
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (except that one Note of each
Class may be issued in a different amount, so long as such amount exceeds the
applicable minimum denomination for such Class), and shall be issued upon
initial issuance as one or more Notes in an aggregate original principal amount
equal to the applicable Invested Amount for such Class or Series.

         Section 2.03. Execution, Authentication and Delivery. Each Note shall
be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Issuer by an
Authorized Officer. Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an
individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized to
sign on behalf of the Issuer shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding the
fact that such individual ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication
and delivery of such Notes or does not hold such office at the date of issuance
of such Notes.

         At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the
Indenture Trustee for authentication and delivery, and the Indenture Trustee
shall authenticate at the written direction of the Issuer and deliver such Notes
as provided in this Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement and not
otherwise. Each Note shall be dated its date of authentication.

         No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or the
applicable Indenture Supplement or be valid or obligatory for any purpose,
unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially
in the form provided for herein or in the related Indenture Supplement executed
by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of a duly
authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive
evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and
delivered hereunder.

                                       18
<PAGE>

         Section 2.04. Authenticating Agent.

         (a) The Indenture Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents
with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the
Indenture Trustee in authenticating the Notes in connection with the issuance,
delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Notes. Whenever
reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication of Notes by the
Indenture Trustee or the Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication, such
reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Indenture
Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication executed
on behalf of the Indenture Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each
authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Issuer and the Servicer.

         (b) Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an
authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the
execution or filing of any power or any further act on the part of the Indenture
Trustee or such authenticating agent.

         (c) An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written
notice of resignation to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Servicer. The
Indenture Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating
agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the
Issuer and the Servicer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon
such a termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease
to be acceptable to the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer and the Servicer, the
Indenture Trustee may promptly appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any
successor authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder
shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor
hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent.
No successor authenticating agent shall be appointed unless acceptable to the
Issuer and the Servicer.

         (d) The Issuer agrees to pay to each authenticating agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

         (e) The provisions of Sections 6.01 and 6.04 shall be applicable to any
authenticating agent.

         (f) Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section, the Notes may
have endorsed thereon, in lieu of or in addition to the Indenture Trustee's
certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in
substantially the following form:

         This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Agreement.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                                    ____________________________

                                                    ____________________________
                                                      as Authenticating Agent
                                                      for the Indenture Trustee

                                                    By: ________________________
                                                          Authorized Signatory

         Section 2.05. Registration of and Limitations on Transfer and Exchange
of Notes. The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in
which the entity acting as transfer agent and registrar (the "Transfer Agent and
Registrar") shall provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of
transfers of Notes. The Indenture Trustee initially shall be the Transfer Agent
and Registrar for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as
herein provided. Upon any resignation of any Transfer Agent and Registrar, the
Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an
appointment, assume the duties of Transfer Agent and Registrar.

         If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer
as Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Issuer will give the Indenture Trustee
prompt written notice of the appointment of a Transfer Agent and Registrar and
of the location, and any change in the location, of the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and Note Register. The Indenture Trustee shall have the right to
inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof,
and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate
executed on behalf of the Transfer Agent and Registrar by an officer thereof as
to the names and addresses of the Noteholders and the principal amounts and
numbers of such Notes.

         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, to be maintained as provided in
Section 3.02, if the requirements of Section 8-401 of the UCC are met, the
Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of such surrendered Note the Indenture
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, in the name of the
designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes (of the same Series
and Class) in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount.

         At the option of a Noteholder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes
(of the same Series and Class) in any authorized denominations and of like
aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of such Notes to be exchanged at the
office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Whenever any Notes are so
surrendered for exchange, if the requirements of Section 8-401 of the UCC are
met, the Issuer shall execute, and upon receipt of such surrendered Note the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Noteholder, the Notes
which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

         All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall evidence the same obligations, evidence the same debt, and be entitled to
the same rights and privileges under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

                                       20
<PAGE>

         Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the
Noteholder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing, and by
such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may reasonably require.

         The registration of transfer of any Note shall be subject to the
additional requirements, if any, set forth in the related Indenture Supplement.

         No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, but the Issuer and Registrar may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of such Notes.

         All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall
be canceled by the Issuer and delivered to the Indenture Trustee for subsequent
destruction without liability on the part of either. The Indenture Trustee shall
destroy the Global Note upon its exchange in full for Definitive Notes and shall
deliver a certificate of destruction to the Transferor. Such certificate shall
also state that a certificate or certificates of each Foreign Clearing Agency
(if any) referred to in the applicable Indenture Supplement was received with
respect to each portion of the Global Note exchanged for Definitive Notes.

         Unless otherwise set forth in an Indenture Supplement, the preceding
provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Issuer shall not be required to
make, and the Transfer Agent and Registrar need not register, transfers or
exchanges of Notes for a period of 5 days preceding the due date for any payment
with respect to the Note.

         Section 2.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee, or the Indenture Trustee
receives evidence to its reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or
theft of any Note, and (ii) in case of destruction, loss, or theft there is
delivered to the Indenture Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required
by it to hold the Issuer, the Noteholders, the Transfer Agent, the Registrar and
the Indenture Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer,
the Transfer Agent and Registrar or the Indenture Trustee that such Note has
been acquired by a Protected Purchaser, the Issuer shall execute, and the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of
any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of like
tenor (including the same date of issuance) and principal amount, bearing a
number not contemporaneously outstanding; provided, however, that if any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall have become or within seven days
shall be due and payable, or shall have been selected or called for redemption,
instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such Note without
surrender thereof, except that any mutilated Note shall be surrendered. If,
after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or
stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding sentence, a Protected
Purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued
presents for payment such original Note, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee
shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the
Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from
such Person to whom such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such
Person, except a Protected Purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the
security or indemnity provided

                                       21
<PAGE>

therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the
Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

         Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the
Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of
the Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith.

         Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement
of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute complete and
indefeasible evidence of debt of the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or
not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time,
and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

         Section 2.07. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and any
agent of the Transferor, the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the
Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to the terms of the applicable
Indenture Supplement and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such
Note is overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee
nor any agent of the Issuer, the Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary.

         Section 2.08. Appointment of Paying Agent.

         (a) The Issuer reserves the right at any time to vary or terminate the
appointment of a Paying Agent for the Notes, and to appoint additional or other
Paying Agents, provided that it will at all times maintain the Indenture Trustee
as Paying Agent.

         Notice of all changes in the identity or specified office of a Paying
Agent will be delivered promptly to the Noteholders by the Indenture Trustee.

         (b) The Indenture Trustee shall cause the Paying Agent (other than
itself) to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee that it will hold all
sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Noteholders in trust for the benefit
of the Noteholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such
Noteholders and shall agree, and if the Indenture Trustee is the Paying Agent it
hereby agrees, that it shall comply with all requirements of the Code regarding
the withholding by the Indenture Trustee of payments in respect of federal
income taxes due from the Note Owners.

         Section 2.09. Access to List of Noteholders' Names and Addresses.

         (a) The Indenture Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Issuer, the Servicer, any Noteholder or the Paying Agent, within five Business
Days after receipt by the Indenture

                                       22
<PAGE>

Trustee of a written request therefor from the Issuer, the Servicer, such
Noteholder or the Paying Agent, respectively, a list of the names and addresses
of the Noteholders. Unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture
Supplement, holders of 10% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of any Series
(the "Applicants") may apply in writing to the Indenture Trustee, and if such
application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other
Noteholders of any Series with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
under the Notes and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such
Applicants propose to transmit, then the Indenture Trustee, after having been
adequately indemnified by such Applicants for its costs and expenses, shall
afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar to afford such Applicants
access during normal business hours to the most recent list of Noteholders held
by the Indenture Trustee and shall give the Servicer notice that such request
has been made, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application.
Such list shall be as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of
receipt of such Applicants' request.

         (b) Every Noteholder, by receiving and holding a Note, agrees that none
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and the Servicer or any of their respective agents and employees shall
be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to
the names and addresses of the Noteholders hereunder, regardless of the sources
from which such information was derived.

         Section 2.10. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment,
registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee
and shall be promptly canceled by it. Pursuant to an Issuer Request, the Issuer
may at any time deliver to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes
previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have
acquired in any lawful manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be
promptly canceled by the Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in
lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section,
except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Notes held by the
Indenture Trustee shall be destroyed unless the Issuer shall direct by a timely
order that they be returned to it.

         Section 2.11. Release of Collateral. Other than with respect to the
release of any Defaulted Receivables and Receivables in Removed Accounts and
subject to Section 12.01, the Indenture Trustee shall release property from the
lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by an
Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and Independent Certificates in
accordance with TIA Section 314(c) and 314(d) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu
of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA does not require any
such Independent Certificates.

         Section 2.12. New Issuances.

         (a) Pursuant to one or more Indenture Supplements, the Transferor may
from time to time direct the Owner Trustee in writing, on behalf of the Issuer,
to issue one or more new Series of Notes (each, a "New Issuance"). The Notes of
all outstanding Series shall be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein
to the benefits of this Indenture without preference, priority or distinction,
all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Indenture and the
applicable Indenture Supplement except, with respect to any Series or Class, as
provided in the related

                                       23
<PAGE>

Indenture Supplement. Interest on and principal of the Notes of each outstanding
Series shall be paid on each Payment Date as specified in the Indenture
Supplement relating to such outstanding Series.

         (b) On or before the Series Issuance Date relating to any new Series of
Notes, the parties hereto will execute and deliver an Indenture Supplement which
will specify the Principal Terms of such Series. The terms of such Indenture
Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Indenture solely as applied to
such new Series. The obligation of the Owner Trustee to execute, on behalf of
the Issuer, the Notes of any Series and of the Indenture Trustee to authenticate
such Notes and to execute and deliver the related Indenture Supplement (other
than any Series issued pursuant to an Indenture Supplement dated as of January
30, 2004) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i)      on or before the fifth day immediately preceding the
         Series Issuance Date, the Transferor shall have given the Trustees, the
         Servicer and each Rating Agency notice (unless such notice requirement
         is otherwise waived) of such issuance and the Series Issuance Date;

                  (ii)     the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustees
         any related Indenture Supplement, in form satisfactory to the Owner
         Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) and the Indenture
         Trustee, executed by the parties thereto;

                  (iii)    the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustees
         any related Enhancement Agreement executed by the parties thereto;

                  (iv)     the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustees
         (with a copy to each Rating Agency) a Tax Opinion, dated the Series
         Issuance Date;

                  (v)      the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
         with respect to such issuance;

                  (vi)     such issuance will not result in any Adverse Effect
         and the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustees an Officer's
         Certificate, dated the Series Issuance Date, to the effect that (A) the
         Transferor reasonably believes that such issuance will not, based on
         the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification,
         result in an Adverse Effect, and (B) all conditions precedent to such
         execution, authentication, and delivery have been satisfied;

                  (vii)    the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables shall
         be greater than the Required Minimum Principal Balance and the
         Transferor Interest shall be greater than the Required Transferor
         Interest, each as of the Series Issuance Date and after giving effect
         to such issuance.

Any Note held by the Transferor at any time after the date of its initial
issuance may be transferred or exchanged only upon the delivery to the Trust and
the Indenture Trustee of a Tax Opinion dated as of the date of such transfer or
exchange, as the case may be, with respect to such transfer or exchange.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         (c) Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, pursuant to Section
2.03, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Issuer, shall execute and the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Notes of such Series as
provided in this Indenture and the applicable Indenture Supplement.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, prior to the execution of any
Indenture Supplement (other than any Indenture Supplement dated as of January
30, 2004), the Indenture Trustee and Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive
and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such Indenture
Supplement is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and any Indenture
Supplement related to any outstanding Series. The Indenture Trustee and Owner
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such Indenture
Supplement which adversely affects the Indenture Trustee's or Owner Trustee's
(as such or in its individual capacity) own rights, duties, benefits,
protections, privileges or immunities under this Indenture.

         (d) The Issuer may direct the Indenture Trustee to deposit the net
proceeds from any New Issuance in the Special Funding Account. The Issuer may
also specify that on any Transfer Date the proceeds from the sale of any new
Series may be withdrawn from the Special Funding Account and treated as Shared
Principal Collections.

         Section 2.13. Book-Entry Notes. Unless otherwise provided in any
related Indenture Supplement, the Notes, upon original issuance, shall be issued
in the form of Global Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes.

         The Global Notes of each Series representing the Book-Entry Notes
shall, unless otherwise provided in the related Indenture Supplement, initially
be registered in the Note Register in the name of the nominee of the Clearing
Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency for such Book-Entry Notes and shall be
delivered to the Indenture Trustee or, pursuant to such Clearing Agency's or
Foreign Clearing Agency's instructions held by the Indenture Trustee's agent as
custodian for the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.

         Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued under the limited
circumstances described in Section 2.15, no Note Owner shall be entitled to
receive a Definitive Note representing such Note Owner's interest in such Note.
Unless and until Definitive Notes have been issued to the Note Owners pursuant
to Section 2.15:

         (a) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect
with respect to each such Series;

         (b) the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to deal with the Clearing
Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants for all
purposes of this Indenture (including the payment of principal of and interest
on the Notes of each such Series) as the authorized representatives of the Note
Owners;

         (c) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with any
other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section shall control
with respect to each such Series;

         (d) the rights of Note Owners of each such Series shall be exercised
only through the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and the applicable
Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law
and agreements between such Note Owners and

                                       25
<PAGE>

the Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency
Participants; pursuant to the depository agreement applicable to a Series,
unless and until Definitive Notes of such Series are issued pursuant to Section
2.15, the initial Clearing Agency shall make book-entry transfers among the
Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal
and interest on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

         (e) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken
based upon instructions or directions of the Holders of Notes evidencing a
specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Clearing Agency
or Foreign Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to
the extent that they have received instructions to such effect from the Note
Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively,
such required percentage of the beneficial interest in the Notes and has
delivered such instructions to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee.

         Section 2.14. Notices to Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency.
Whenever a notice or other communication to the Noteholders is required under
this Indenture, unless and until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note
Owners pursuant to Section 2.15, the Indenture Trustee shall give all such
notices and communications specified herein to be given to Noteholders to the
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, as applicable, and shall have no
obligation to the Note Owners.

         Section 2.15. Definitive Notes. If so specified in the related
Indenture Supplement, Notes may be issued as Definitive Notes. If (i) (a) the
Issuer advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency or
Foreign Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its
responsibilities as Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency with respect to
the Book-Entry Notes of a given Class and (b) the Indenture Trustee or Issuer is
unable to locate and reach an agreement on satisfactory terms with a qualified
successor, (ii) the Issuer, at its option, advises the Indenture Trustee in
writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing
Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency with respect to such Class or (iii) after the
occurrence of a Servicer Default, Note Owners aggregating a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes (or such other percentage as specified in the
related Indenture Supplement) of such Class advise the Indenture Trustee and the
applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency through the applicable
Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry
system is no longer in the best interests of the Note Owners of such Class, the
Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing Agency, as the case may be, shall notify all
Note Owners of such Class of the occurrence of such event and of the
availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners of such Class requesting the
same. Upon surrender to the Indenture Trustee of the Notes of such Class,
accompanied by registration instructions from the applicable Clearing Agency,
the Issuer shall execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate Definitive
Notes of such Class and shall recognize the registered holders of such
Definitive Notes as Noteholders under this Indenture. Neither the Issuer nor the
Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such
instructions, and the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely on,
and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of
Definitive Notes of such Series, all references herein to obligations imposed
upon or to be performed by the applicable Clearing Agency or Foreign Clearing
Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Indenture
Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Notes to the
extent that the Indenture Trustee is able to so perform, and the

                                       26
<PAGE>

Indenture Trustee shall recognize the registered holders of the Definitive Notes
of such Series as Noteholders of such Series hereunder. Definitive Notes will be
transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the Transfer Agent and
Registrar.

         Section 2.16. Global Notes. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Indenture Supplement for any Series, Notes may be initially issued in the form
of temporary or permanent Global Notes (each, a "Global Note") in bearer form,
without interest coupons, in the denomination of the initial Invested Amount and
substantially in the form attached to the related Indenture Supplement. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Indenture Supplement, the provisions of this
Section shall apply to such Global Notes. Each Global Note will be authenticated
by the Indenture Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same
manner and with the same effect as the Definitive Notes. The Global Note may be
exchanged in the manner described in the related Indenture Supplement for
Registered Notes in definitive form. Except as otherwise specifically provided
in the Indenture Supplement, any Notes that are issued in bearer form pursuant
to this Indenture shall be issued in accordance with the requirements of Code
Section 163(f)(2).

         Section 2.17. Uncertificated Classes. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Article or in Article Eleven, unless otherwise
specified in any Indenture Supplement, any provisions contained in this Article
and in Article Eleven relating to the registration, form, execution,
authentication, delivery, presentation, cancellation and surrender of Notes
shall not be applicable to any uncertificated Notes, provided, however, that,
except as otherwise specifically provided in the Indenture Supplement, any such
uncertificated Notes shall be issued in "registered form" within the meaning of
Code Section 163(f)(1).

                                       27
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                               COVENANTS OF ISSUER

         Section 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest.

         (a) The Issuer will duly and punctually pay principal and interest in
accordance with the terms of the Notes as specified in the relevant Indenture
Supplement.

         (b) The Noteholders of a Series as of the Record Date in respect of a
Payment Date shall be entitled to the interest accrued and payable and principal
payable on such Payment Date as specified in the related Indenture Supplement.
All payment obligations under a Note are discharged to the extent such payments
are made to the Noteholder of record.

         Section 3.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain
an office or agency within the city of New York City and such other locations as
may be set forth in an Indenture Supplement where Notes may be presented or
surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby
initially appoints the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office to serve
as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written
notice to the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders of the location, and of any
change in the location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer
shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Indenture Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders,
notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office, and the
Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as
its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

         Section 3.03. Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust. As specified
in Section 8.03 and in the related Indenture Supplement, all payments of amounts
due and payable with respect to the Notes which are to be made from amounts
withdrawn from the Collection Account and the Special Funding Account shall be
made on behalf of the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by the Paying Agent,
and no amounts so withdrawn from the Collection Account or the Special Funding
Account shall be paid over to or at the direction of the Issuer except as
provided in this Section and in the related Indenture Supplement.

         Whenever the Issuer shall have a Paying Agent in addition to the
Indenture Trustee, it will, on or before the Business Day next preceding each
Payment Date, direct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the Collection
Account and the Special Funding Account and deposit with such Paying Agent on or
before such Payment Date an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then
becoming due, such sum to be (i) held in trust for the benefit of Persons
entitled thereto and (ii) invested, pursuant to an Issuer Order, by the Paying
Agent in an Eligible Investment in accordance with the terms of the related
Indenture Supplement. For all investments made by a Paying Agent under this
Section, such Paying Agent shall be entitled to all of the rights and
obligations of the Indenture Trustee under the related Indenture Supplement,
such rights and obligations being incorporated in this paragraph by this
reference.

                                       28
<PAGE>

         The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Indenture
Trustee to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee (and if the Indenture
Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of
this Section, that such Paying Agent, in acting as Paying Agent, is an express
agent of the Issuer and, further, that such Paying Agent will:

                  (i)      hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts
         due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons
         entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
         otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such
         Persons as herein provided;

                  (ii)     give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by
         the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) of which it has actual
         knowledge in the making of any payment required to be made with respect
         to the Notes;

                  (iii)    at any time during the continuance of any such
         default, upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee, immediately
         pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying
         Agent;

                  (iv)     immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith
         pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the
         payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards
         required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment;
         and

                  (v)      comply with all requirements of the Code with respect
         to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any
         applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any
         applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

         The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in
trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon
the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by such Paying Agent;
and upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying
Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

         Section 3.04. Existence. The Issuer will keep in full effect its
existence, rights and franchises as a statutory trust under the laws of the
State of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or
becomes, organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States, in
which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and
franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and
preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other
related instrument or agreement.

         Section 3.05. Protection of Trust. The Issuer will from time to time
prepare, or cause to be prepared, execute and deliver all such supplements and
amendments hereto and all such

                                       29
<PAGE>

financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance
and other instruments, and will take such other action necessary or advisable
to:

                  (a) grant more effectively all or any portion of the
         Collateral as security for the Notes;

                  (b) maintain or preserve the lien (and the priority thereof)
         of this Indenture or to carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

                  (c) perfect, publish notice of, or protect the validity of any
         Grant made or to be made under this Indenture;

                  (d) enforce any Grant of the Collateral; or

                  (e) preserve and defend title to the Collateral securing the
         Notes and the rights therein of the Indenture Trustee and the
         Noteholders secured thereby against the claims of all Persons and
         parties.

         The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its agent and
attorney-in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or
other instrument required pursuant to this Section.

         The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid any taxes levied on all or any
part of the Collateral securing the Notes.

         Section 3.06. Opinions as to Collateral.

         (a) On the Series Issuance Date relating to any new Series of Notes,
the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (with a
copy to each Rating Agency) either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
such action has been taken to perfect the lien and the security interest of this
Indenture, including without limitation with respect to the recording and filing
of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite
documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing
statements and continuation statements, as are so necessary and reciting the
details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such
action is necessary to maintain the lien and the perfection of such security
interest, and that such perfected security interest is of first priority.

         (b) On or before April 30 in each calendar year beginning in the first
year following the issuance of a Series of Notes other than Series 2004-1, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (with a copy
to each Rating Agency) either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such
action has been taken to perfect the lien and security interest of this
Indenture, including with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and
refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other
requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any
financing statements and continuation statements as is so necessary and reciting
the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such counsel no
such action is necessary to maintain the lien and the perfection of such
security interest, and that such perfected security interest is of first
priority. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording, filing,
re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures

                                       30
<PAGE>

supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and the execution and
filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the
opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the perfection of the lien and
security interest of this Indenture until May 30 in the following calendar year.

         Section 3.07. Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables.

         (a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts
not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person
from any of such Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument
or agreement included in the Collateral or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the
validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as
expressly provided in this Indenture, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or
such other instrument or agreement.

         (b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in
performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties
by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer's Certificate of
the Issuer shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. Initially, the
Issuer has contracted with the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing
its duties under this Indenture.

         (c) The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its
obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the other Transaction
Documents and in the instruments and agreements relating to the Collateral,
including but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing
statements and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this
Indenture and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement in accordance with and within
the time periods provided for herein and therein. Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein or therein, the Issuer shall not waive, amend, modify,
supplement or terminate any Transaction Document or any provision thereof
without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount
of the Notes of each adversely affected Series.

         (d) If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer
Default under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall cause the
Indenture Trustee to promptly notify the Rating Agencies thereof, and shall
cause the Indenture Trustee to specify in such notice the action, if any, being
taken with respect to such default. If a Servicer Default shall arise from the
failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Receivables, the Issuer
shall take all reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.

         (e) On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice
pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer
shall continue to perform all servicing functions under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement until the date specified in the Termination Notice or
otherwise specified by the Indenture Trustee or until a date mutually agreed
upon by the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee. As promptly as possible after
the giving of a Termination Notice to the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee shall
appoint a Successor Servicer, and such Successor Servicer shall accept its
appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Indenture
Trustee. The Indenture Trustee may petition at the expense of the

                                       31
<PAGE>

Servicer a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established
institution qualifying as an Eligible Servicer as the Successor Servicer. The
Indenture Trustee shall give prompt notice to each Rating Agency and each Series
Enhancer upon the appointment of a Successor Servicer. Upon its appointment, the
Successor Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer with
respect to servicing functions under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and
shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating
thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions thereof, and all
references in this Indenture to the Servicer shall be deemed to refer to the
Successor Servicer. In connection with any Termination Notice, the Indenture
Trustee will review any bids which it obtains from Eligible Servicers and shall
be permitted to appoint any Eligible Servicer submitting such a bid as a
Successor Servicer for servicing compensation, subject to the limitations set
forth in Section 7.02 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

         (f) Without derogating from the absolute nature of the assignment
granted to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture or the rights of the
Indenture Trustee hereunder, the Issuer agrees (i) that it will not, without the
prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee and holders of at least 66-2/3%
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of each Series, amend, modify, waive,
supplement, terminate or surrender, or agree to any amendment, modification,
supplement, termination, waiver or surrender of, the terms of any Collateral
(except to the extent otherwise provided in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement) or the Transaction Documents (except to the extent otherwise provided
in the Transaction Documents), or waive timely performance or observance by the
Servicer or the Transferor under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and (ii)
that any such amendment shall not (A) increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on the
Receivables or distributions that are required to be made for the benefit of the
Noteholders or (B) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Notes that is required
to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of all the
Outstanding Notes. If any such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver
shall be so consented to by the Indenture Trustee and such Noteholders, the
Issuer agrees, promptly following a request by the Indenture Trustee to do so,
to execute and deliver, in its own name and at its own expense, such agreements,
instruments, consents and other documents as the Indenture Trustee may deem
necessary or appropriate in the circumstances and to provide each Rating Agency
with notice of such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver.

         Section 3.08. Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are Outstanding,
the Issuer will not:

                  (a) sell, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of any part
         of the Collateral except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, any
         Indenture Supplement, the Trust Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing
         Agreement;

                  (b) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from, the
         principal and interest payable in respect of the Notes (other than
         amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code or
         applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former
         Noteholder by reason of the payment of any taxes levied or assessed
         upon any part of the Collateral;

                                       32
<PAGE>

                  (c) (i) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture
         to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended,
         hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any
         Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to
         the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly permitted
         hereby, (ii) permit any Lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest,
         mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture)
         to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the
         Collateral or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds
         thereof or (iii) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a
         valid first priority security interest in the Collateral; or

                  (d) voluntarily dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part.

         Section 3.09. Statements as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to
the Indenture Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Issuer (commencing within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year 2004), an
Officer's Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such
Officer's Certificate, that

                  (i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during the
         12-month period ending at the end of such fiscal year (or in the case
         of the fiscal year ending January 31, 2004, the period from the Closing
         Date to January 31, 2005) and of performance under this Indenture has
         been made and

                  (ii) based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all
         conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or,
         if there has been a default in the compliance of any such condition or
         covenant, specifying each such default and the nature and status
         thereof.

         Section 3.10. Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

         (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other
Person, unless:

                  (i)      the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or
         surviving such consolidation or merger (A) shall be a Person organized
         and existing under the laws of the United States or any State, (B)
         shall not be subject to regulation as an "investment company" under the
         Investment Company Act and (C) shall expressly assume, by an indenture
         supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee,
         in a form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the obligation to make
         due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes
         and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of
         the Issuer to be performed or observed;

                  (ii)     immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
         neither an Event of Default, nor a Pay Out Event shall have occurred
         and be continuing;

                  (iii)    the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture
         Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating
         that (A) such consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture
         comply with this Section, (B) all conditions precedent in this Section
         relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any
         filing

                                       33
<PAGE>

         required by the Exchange Act), and (iii) such supplemental indenture is
         duly authorized, executed and delivered and is valid, binding and
         enforceable against such person;

                  (iv)     the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
         with respect to such transaction;

                  (v)      the Issuer shall have received a Tax Opinion dated
         the date of such consolidation or merger (and shall have delivered
         copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency) to the
         effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax
         consequence to any Noteholder; and

                  (vi)     any action that is necessary to maintain the lien and
         priority of the security interest created by this Indenture shall have
         been taken.

         (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer any of its properties or
assets, including those included in the Collateral, substantially as an entirety
to any Person, unless:

                  (i)      the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer
         the properties and assets of the Issuer the conveyance or transfer of
         which is hereby restricted, shall (A) be a United States citizen or a
         Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States or
         any State, (B) expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture hereto,
         executed and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory
         to the Indenture Trustee, the obligation to make due and punctual
         payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the
         performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this
         Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as
         provided herein, (C) expressly agree by means of such supplemental
         indenture that all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred
         shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of Holders of the Notes,
         (D) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, expressly
         agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer against and
         from any loss, liability or expense arising under or related to this
         Indenture and the Notes, (E) expressly agree by means of such
         supplemental indenture that such Person (or if a group of Persons, then
         one specified Person) shall make all filings with the Commission (and
         any other appropriate Person) required by the Exchange Act in
         connection with the Notes and (F) not be an "investment company" as
         defined in the Investment Company Act;

                  (ii)     immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
         neither an Event of Default, nor a Pay Out Event shall have occurred
         and be continuing;

                  (iii)    the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
         with respect to such transaction;

                  (iv)     the Issuer shall have received a Tax Opinion (and
         shall have delivered copies thereof to the Indenture Trustee) to the
         effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax
         consequence to any Noteholder;

                  (v)      any action that is necessary to maintain the lien and
         priority of the security interest created by this Indenture shall have
         been taken; and

                                       34
<PAGE>

                  (vi)     the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture
         Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating
         that such conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply
         with this Section and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
         relating to such transaction have been complied with (including any
         filing required by the Exchange Act).

         Section 3.11. Successor Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger,
or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Issuer
substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 3.10, the Person formed
by or surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or the
Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under
this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the
Issuer herein. In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Person named
as the Issuer in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor which
shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section
shall be released from its obligations under this Indenture as issued
immediately upon the effectiveness of such conveyance or transfer, provided that
the Issuer shall not be released from any obligations or liabilities to the
Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders arising prior to such effectiveness.

         Section 3.12. No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any
business other than the activities set forth in Section 2.03 of the Trust
Agreement and all activities incidental thereto or other than as required or
authorized by the terms of the Transaction Documents.

         Section 3.13. No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
indebtedness except as expressly provided for pursuant to the terms of the
Transaction Documents and the Notes.

         Section 3.14. Servicer's Obligations. The Issuer shall cause the
Servicer to comply with all of its obligations under the Transaction Documents.

         Section 3.15. Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except
as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Issuer shall not make any loan
or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an
instrument having the effect of assuring another's payment or performance on any
obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become
contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations,
stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree
contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, or any
other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.

         Section 3.16. Capital Expenditures. The Issuer shall not make any
expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets
(either realty or personality).

         Section 3.17. Removal of Administrator. So long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Issuer shall not remove the Administrator without cause unless
the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied in connection with such
removal.

         Section 3.18. Restricted Payments. The Issuer shall not, directly or
indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of
capital or otherwise), whether in cash,

                                       35
<PAGE>

property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Owner Trustee or any owner
of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any
ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer,
(ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such ownership
or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any
amounts for any such purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may
make, or cause to be made, (a) distributions as contemplated by, and to the
extent funds are available for such purpose under, the Transaction Documents and
(b) payments to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07. The Issuer will
not, directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the
Collection Account except in accordance with the Transaction Documents.

         Section 3.19. Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer agrees to give
the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each
Event of Default hereunder and, immediately after obtaining knowledge of any of
the following occurrences, written notice of each default on the part of the
Servicer or the Transferor of its obligations under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, each default on the part of a Seller of its obligations under the
Receivables Purchase Agreement and any action taken by the Indenture Trustee
pursuant to Section 5.05.

         Section 3.20. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the
Indenture Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments
and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out
more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

         Section 3.21. Representations and Warranties as to the Security
Interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables. The Trust makes the
following representations and warranties to the Indenture Trustee. The
representations and warranties speak as of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and as of each Closing Date. Such representations and warranties shall
survive the pledge of the Receivables by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee and
the termination of this Agreement and shall not be waived by any party hereto
unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

                  (a) This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security
         interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Collateral in favor
         of the Indenture Trustee, which security interest is prior to all other
         Liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and
         purchasers from the Trust.

                  (b) The Receivables constitute "accounts" within the meaning
         of the applicable UCC.

                  (c) The Trust owns and has good and marketable title to the
         Collateral free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any
         Person.

                  (d) The Trust has caused or will have caused, within ten days,
         the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing
         office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order
         to perfect the security interest in the Collateral granted to the
         Indenture Trustee hereunder.

                  (e) Other than the security interest granted to the Indenture
         Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, the Trust has not pledged,
         assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed
         any of the Collateral. The Trust has not authorized the filing of

                                       36
<PAGE>

         and is not aware of any financing statements against the Trust that
         include a description of collateral covering the Collateral other than
         any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to
         the Indenture Trustee hereunder or that has been terminated. The Trust
         is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against the Trust .

                                       37
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

         Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of this Indenture. This
Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except
as to (a) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (b) substitution of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (c) the rights of Noteholders to
receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (d) Sections 3.03,
3.07, 3.08, 3.11, 3.12 and 12.16, (e) the rights and immunities of the Indenture
Trustee hereunder, including the rights of the Indenture Trustee under Section
6.07, and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee under Section 4.02, and (f)
the rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property
so deposited with the Indenture Trustee and payable to all or any of them, and
the Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall
execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture with respect to the Notes when:

                  (i)      either

                           (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered
                  (other than (1) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or
                  stolen and which have been replaced, or paid as provided in
                  Section 2.06, and (2) Notes for whose full payment (principal
                  and interest) money has theretofore been deposited in trust or
                  segregated and held in trust by the Indenture Trustee) have
                  been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; or

                           (B) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the
                  Indenture Trustee for cancellation:

                                    (1) have become due and payable;

                                    (2) will become due and payable at the
                           Series Final Maturity Date for such Class or Series
                           of Notes; or

                                    (3) are to be called for redemption within
                           one year under arrangements satisfactory to the
                           Indenture Trustee for the giving of notice of
                           redemption by the Indenture Trustee in the name, and
                           at the expense, of the Issuer;

                  and the Issuer, in the case of (1), (2) or (3) above, has
                  irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited
                  with the Indenture Trustee cash or direct obligations of or
                  obligations guaranteed by the United States (which will mature
                  prior to the date such amounts are payable), in trust for such
                  purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the
                  entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to
                  the Indenture Trustee for cancellation when due at the Series
                  Final Maturity Date for such Class or Series of Notes or the
                  Redemption Date (if Notes shall have been called for
                  redemption pursuant to the related Indenture Supplement), as
                  the case may be;

                                       38
<PAGE>

                  (ii)     the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other
         sums payable hereunder by the Issuer; and

                  (iii)    the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an
         Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required by the
         TIA or the Indenture Trustee) an Independent Certificate from a firm of
         certified public accountants, each meeting the applicable requirements
         of Section 12.01(a) and each stating that all conditions precedent
         herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this
         Indenture have been complied with.

         Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money. All monies deposited with the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes, this Indenture and the
applicable Indenture Supplement, to make payments, either directly or through
any Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may determine, to the Noteholders and
for the payment in respect of which such monies have been deposited with the
Indenture Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and
interest; but such monies need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required herein or in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or required by
law.

                                       39
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                      PAY OUT EVENTS, DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

         Section 5.01. Pay Out Events. If any one of the following events (each,
a "Trust Pay Out Event") shall occur:

                  (a) An Insolvency Event occurs with respect to The Bon-Ton
         Corp., The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.,
         any Seller, the Transferor or any of the Account Owners; provided,
         however, that if the Rating Agency Condition is first satisfied with
         respect to an Insolvency Event with respect to The Bon-Ton Corp., The
         Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. or a Seller,
         such Insolvency Event shall not be a Trust Pay Out Event;

                  (b) a Transfer Restriction Event shall occur; or

                  (c) the Trust shall become subject to regulation by the
         Commission as an "investment company" within the meaning of the
         Investment Company Act;

then a Pay Out Event with respect to all Series of Notes shall occur without any
notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders
immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

         Upon the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, an Amortization Period or Early
Accumulation, as specified in the related Indenture Supplement shall immediately
commence and payment on the Notes of each Series will be made in accordance with
the terms of the related Indenture Supplement provided that a Responsible
officer has actual knowledge of or has received noticed of, the occurrence of
such Pay Out Event.

         Section 5.02. Events of Default. "Event of Default", wherever used
herein, means with respect to any Series any one of the following events
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary
or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body):

                  (a) default in the payment of the principal of any Note of
         that Series, if and to the extent not previously paid, when the same
         becomes due and payable;

                  (b) default in the payment of any interest on any Note of that
         Series when the same becomes due and payable, and such default shall
         continue for a period of 35 days;

                  (c) default in the observance or performance of any covenant
         or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture made in respect of
         the Notes of such Series (other than a covenant, or agreement, a
         default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere in this
         Section specifically dealt with) (all of such covenants and agreements
         in this Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit
         of a particular Series being deemed to be in respect of the Notes of
         all Series for this purpose) of which the responsible officer of the
         Trustee has actual knowledge or written notice, and such

                                       40
<PAGE>

         default shall continue or not be cured for a period of 60 days after
         there shall have been given, by written registered, certified mail or
         overnight delivery by a nationally recognized carrier, return receipt
         requested to the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or to the Issuer and
         the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding
         Amount of the Notes of such Series, a written notice specifying such
         default and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is
         a "Notice of Default" hereunder and, as a result of such default, the
         interests of the Holders of the Notes are materially and adversely
         affected and will continue to be materially and adversely affected
         during the 60-day period;

                  (d) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court
         having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer in an
         involuntary case under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
         insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or
         appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
         trustee, sequestrator or similar official for the Issuer or ordering
         the winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer's affairs, and such decree
         or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60
         consecutive days;

                  (e) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under
         any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
         law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Issuer to the
         entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law,
         or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment of or the taking
         possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
         sequestrator, conservator or similar official of the Issuer, or the
         making by the Issuer of any general assignment for the benefit of
         creditors, or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay, or the
         admission in writing by the Issuer of its inability to pay, its debts
         as such debts become due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in
         furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

                  (f) any additional events specified in the Indenture
         Supplement related to such Series.

         The Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee, within five days
after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer's
Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time
would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

         Section 5.03. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an
Event of Default described in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Section 5.02 should
occur and be continuing with respect to a Series, then unless otherwise provided
in the related Indenture Supplement and in every such case the Indenture Trustee
or the Holders of Notes representing at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of
such Series may declare all the Notes of such Series to be immediately due and
payable, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Indenture Trustee if
declared by Noteholders), and upon any such declaration the unpaid principal
amount of such Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through
the date of acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable.

                                       41
<PAGE>

         If an Event of Default described in paragraph (d) or (e) of Section
5.02 should occur and be continuing, then the unpaid principal of the Notes,
together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the date of
acceleration, shall automatically become, and shall be deemed to be declared,
due and payable.

         At any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity has been
made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Indenture Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the
Holders of Notes representing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount
of the Notes of such Series, by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee and in accordance with Section 5.13, may rescind and annul such
declaration and its consequences as to such Series but only if:

                  (a) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Indenture
         Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

                           (i) all payments of principal of and interest on all
                  Notes and all other amounts that would then be due hereunder
                  or upon such Notes if the Event of Default giving rise to such
                  acceleration had not occurred; and

                           (ii) all sums paid by the Indenture Trustee hereunder
                  and the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of
                  the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel; and

                  (b) all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the
         principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration,
         have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13 with respect to
         all series of Notes.

         No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any
right consequent thereto.

         Section 5.04. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Indenture Trustee.

         (a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of
any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default
continues for a period of 35 days following the date on which such interest
became due and payable, or (ii) default is made in the payment of principal of
any Note when the same becomes due and payable, the Issuer will, upon demand of
the Indenture Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of
the affected Series, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for
principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the
extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, interest
upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Note Interest Rate
borne by the Notes of such Series, and in addition thereto will pay such further
amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.

         (b) In case the Issuer shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts upon
such demand, the Indenture Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express
trust, may institute a Proceeding

                                       42
<PAGE>

for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such
Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the
Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner provided by
law out of the property of the Issuer or other obligor upon such Notes, wherever
situated, the monies adjudged or decreed to be payable.

         (c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture
Trustee may, as more particularly provided in Section 5.05, in its discretion,
proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders of
the affected Series, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Indenture Trustee
shall deem necessary to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the
specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of
the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy
or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or
by law.

         (d) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes of the affected Series, or any Person having or claiming
an ownership interest in the Collateral, Proceedings under Title 11 of the
United States Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or in case a
receiver, conservator, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization,
liquidator, sequestrator, custodian or other similar official shall have been
appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other
obligor or Person, or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings
relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes of such Series, or to the
creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Indenture
Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due
and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective
of whether the Indenture Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the
provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in
such Proceedings or otherwise:

                  (i)      to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole
         amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the
         Notes of such Series and to file such other papers or documents as may
         be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture
         Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the
         Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, and their
         respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all
         expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the
         Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture Trustee, except as a
         result of negligence or bad faith of such Indenture Trustee) and of the
         Noteholders of such Series allowed in such Proceedings;

                  (ii)     unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations,
         to vote on behalf of the Holders of Notes of such Series in any
         election of a trustee, a standby trustee or Person performing similar
         functions in any such Proceedings;

                  (iii)    to collect and receive any monies or other property
         payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts
         received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders of such Series
         and of the Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and

                  (iv)     to file such proofs of claim and other papers or
         documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
         of the Indenture Trustee or the Holders

                                       43
<PAGE>

         of Notes of such Series allowed in any judicial Proceedings relative to
         the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver, conservator, liquidator, custodian, assignee,
sequestrator or other similar official in any such Proceeding is hereby
authorized by each of such Noteholders to make payments to the Indenture
Trustee, and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee shall consent to the
making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee
such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the
Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and their respective
agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities incurred,
and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture
Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

         (e) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture
Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of
any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to
authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election
of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

         (f) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture,
or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other
Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by
the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express
trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses,
disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor
Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes of the affected Series as provided herein.

         (g) In any Proceedings brought by the Indenture Trustee (and also any
Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to
which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party), the Indenture Trustee shall be
held to represent all the Holders of the Notes of the affected Series, and it
shall not be necessary to make any such Noteholder a party to any such
Proceedings.

         Section 5.05. Remedies; Priorities.

         (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with
respect to any Series, and the Notes of such Series have been accelerated
pursuant to Section 5.03, the Indenture Trustee may do one or more of the
following (subject to Sections 5.06 and 12.16):

                  (i)      institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee
         of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on
         the Notes of the affected Series or under this Indenture with respect
         thereto, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment
         obtained, and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such
         Notes monies adjudged due;

                                       44
<PAGE>

                  (ii)     subject to the last paragraph of this Section
         5.05(a), take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the
         rights and remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the
         Notes of the affected Series;

                  (iii)    at the direction of the Holders of a majority of the
         Outstanding Amount of such Notes, cause the Issuer to sell Principal
         Receivables in an amount equal to the Invested Amount with respect to
         the accelerated Series and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or
         interests therein) in accordance with Section 5.16;

provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may not exercise the remedy
described in subparagraph (iii) above unless (A) the Holders of 100% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the affected Series consent in writing
thereto, (B) the Indenture Trustee determines that any proceeds of such exercise
distributable to the Noteholders of the affected Series are sufficient to
discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal
and interest or (C) the Indenture Trustee determines that the Collateral may not
continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and
interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the Notes had not been
declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of
Holders of at least 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of each Class of the Notes
of such Series. In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to
clause (B) and (C), the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely
upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of
national reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the
sufficiency of the Collateral for such purpose.

         The remedies provided in this Section are the exclusive remedies
provided to the Noteholders with respect to an Event of Default and each of the
Noteholders (by their acceptance of their respective interests in the Notes) and
the Indenture Trustee hereby expressly waive any other remedy that may be
available under the applicable UCC.

         (b) If the Indenture Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to
this Article following the acceleration of the maturities of the Notes of the
affected Series pursuant to Section 5.03 (so long as such declaration shall not
have been rescinded or annulled), it shall pay the money or property in the
following order:

                  (i)      to the Indenture Trustee for amounts due pursuant to
         Section 6.07 to the extent not paid by the Servicer;

                  (ii)     to Holders of the Class A Notes of such Series for
         amounts due and unpaid on such Class A Notes for interest and
         principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
         according to the amounts due and payable on such Class A Notes for
         interest and principal;

                  (iii)    to Holders of the Class B Notes of such Series, if
         any, for amounts due and unpaid on such Class B Notes for interest and
         principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
         according to the amounts due and payable on such Class B Notes for
         interest and principal;

                  (iv)     to the Holders of the Class C Notes of such Series,
         if any, for amounts due and unpaid on such Class C Notes for interest
         and principal, ratably, without preference

                                       45
<PAGE>

         or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on
         such Class C Notes for interest and principal;

                  (v)      to the Holders of all other Classes of Notes, if any,
         of such Series for amounts due and unpaid on such Notes for interest
         and principal, according to the amounts due and payable on each such
         Class of Notes for interest and principal, sequentially in the priority
         for payment under the related Indenture Supplement; and

                  (vi)     to the Issuer for distribution pursuant to Article
         Four of the related Indenture Supplement.

         (c) The Indenture Trustee may, upon notification to the Issuer, fix a
record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders of the affected
Series pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the
Indenture Trustee shall mail or send by facsimile to each such Noteholder a
notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

         (d) In addition to the application of money or property referred to in
Section 5.05(b) for an accelerated Series, amounts then held in the Collection
Account, Special Funding Account or any Series Accounts for such Series and any
amounts available under the Series Enhancement for such Series shall be used to
make payments to the Holders of the Notes of such Series and the Series Enhancer
for such Series in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the related
Indenture Supplement and the Series Enhancement for such Series. Following the
sale of any Principal Receivables and related Finance Charge Receivables
pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(iii) (or interests therein) for a Series and the
application of the proceeds of such sale to such Series and the application of
the amounts then held in the Collection Account, the Special Funding Account and
any Series Accounts for such Series as are allocated to such Series and any
amounts available under the Series Enhancement for such Series, such Series
shall no longer be entitled to any allocation of Collections or other property
constituting the Collateral under this Indenture and the Notes of such Series
shall no longer be Outstanding.

         Section 5.06. Optional Preservation of the Collateral. If the Notes of
any Series have been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.03 following
an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been
rescinded and annulled as provided in Section 5.03, and the Indenture Trustee
has not received directions from the Noteholders pursuant to Section 5.12, the
Indenture Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the portion
of the Collateral which secures such Notes and apply proceeds of the Collateral
to make payments on such Notes to the extent such proceeds are available
therefor. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there
be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on
the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall take such desire into account when
determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Collateral. In
determining whether to maintain possession of the Collateral, the Indenture
Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent
investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the
feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Collateral
for such purpose.

                                       46
<PAGE>

         Section 5.07. Limitation on Suits. No Noteholder shall have any right
to institute any Proceedings, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

                  (a) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount
         of any affected Series of Notes have made written request to the
         Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as
         indenture trustee;

                  (b) such Noteholder or Noteholders has previously given
         written notice to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of
         Default;

                  (c) such Noteholder or Noteholders has offered to the
         Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and
         liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

                  (d) the Indenture Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of
         such request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such
         Proceeding; and

                  (e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has
         been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by a
         majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of such Series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Noteholders of the affected
Series shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing
of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights
of any other Noteholders of such Series or to obtain or to seek to obtain
priority or preference over any other Noteholders of such Series or to enforce
any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided.

         In the event the Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or
inconsistent requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Noteholders of
such affected Series, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding
Amount of such Notes, the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may determine
what action, if any, shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of
this Indenture.

         Section 5.08. Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal
and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, each Holder
of a Note shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive
payment of the principal of and interest in respect of such Note as such
principal and interest becomes due and payable and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without
the consent of such Noteholder.

         Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Indenture
Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or
remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or
abandoned, or has been determined adversely to the Indenture Trustee or to such
Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and
the Noteholder shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be
restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and
thereafter all rights and

                                       47
<PAGE>

remedies of the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as though
no such Proceeding had been instituted.

         Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right, remedy, power
or privilege herein conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or to
the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right, remedy, power or
privilege, and every right, remedy, power or privilege shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right, remedy,
power or privilege given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in
equity or otherwise. The assertion or exercise of any right or remedy shall not
preclude any other further assertion or the exercise of any other appropriate
right or remedy.

         Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No failure to exercise and
no delay in exercising, on the part of the Indenture Trustee or of any
Noteholder or other Person, any right or remedy occurring hereunder upon any
Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver
thereof of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and
remedy given by this Article or by law to the Indenture Trustee or to the
Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed
expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be.

         Section 5.12. Rights of Noteholders to Direct Indenture Trustee.
Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of any
affected Series (if an Event of Default with respect to such Series has occurred
and is continuing) (or such higher percentage as may be specified in the related
Indenture Supplement) shall have the right to direct the time, method and place
of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee
with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on the
Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that subject to
Section 6.01 the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to decline any such
direction if :

                  (a) the Indenture Trustee, after being advised by counsel,
         determines that the action so directed is in conflict with any rule of
         law or with this Indenture, and

                  (b) the Indenture Trustee in good faith shall, by a
         Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee, determine that the
         Proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve the Indenture
         Trustee in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the
         Noteholders not parties to such direction.

         Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults. Prior to the declaration of the
acceleration of the maturity of the Notes of the affected Series as provided in
Section 5.03, the Required Majority of such Series (or with respect to any such
Series with two or more Classes, of each Class) may, on behalf of all such
Noteholders, waive by written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee any
past default with respect to such Notes and its consequences, except a default:

                  (a) in the payment of the principal or interest in respect of
         any Note of such Series, or

                  (b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under
         Section 10.02 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the
         Noteholder of each Outstanding Note affected.

                                       48
<PAGE>

         Upon any such written waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and
any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for
every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon. The Servicer
shall give each Rating Agency prompt notice of any waiver of an Event of
Default.

         Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture
agree, and each Noteholder by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have
agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against
the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its
discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and
good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the
provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the
Indenture Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of
Noteholders (in compliance with Section 5.08), holding in the aggregate more
than 10% of the principal balance of the Outstanding Notes of the affected
Series, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the
payment of the principal or interest in respect of any Note on or after the
Payment Date on which any of such amounts was due (or, in the case of
redemption, on or after the applicable Redemption Date).

         Section 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants
(to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist
upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, which may adversely affect the covenants or the performance
of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants
that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein
granted to the Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

         Section 5.16. Sale of Receivables.

         (a) The method, manner, time, place and terms of any sale of
Receivables (or interests therein) pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(iii) shall be
commercially reasonable as required under the UCC. The Indenture Trustee may
from time to time postpone any sale by public announcement made at the time and
place of such sale. The Indenture Trustee hereby expressly waives its right to
any amount fixed by law as compensation for any sale.

         (b) The Indenture Trustee is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and
attorney-in-fact of the Issuer in connection with any sale of Receivables
pursuant to Section 5.05(a)(iii). No purchaser or transferee at any such sale
shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee's authority, inquire into the
satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any
monies.

         (c) In its exercise of the foreclosure remedy pursuant to Section
5.05(a)(iii), the Indenture Trustee shall solicit bids from Permitted Assignees
for the sale of Principal Receivables in an amount equal to the sum of (A) the
product of (i) the Invested Amount with

                                       49
<PAGE>

respect to the affected Series of Notes at the time of sale and (ii) a fraction,
the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is equal to the
difference between one and the Discount Percentage, plus (B) Finance Charge
Receivables (or interests therein) related to such Principal Receivables.

         Section 5.17. Action on Notes. The Indenture Trustee's right to seek
and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected
by the seeking or obtaining of or application for any other relief under or with
respect to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or
remedies of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the
recovery of any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or by the
levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Collateral or
upon any of the assets of the Issuer. Any money or property collected by the
Indenture Trustee shall be applied as specified in the applicable Indenture
Supplement.

                                       50
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE SIX

                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

         Section 6.01. Duties of the Indenture Trustee.

         (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect
to a Series of Notes and a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge or
written notice of such Event of Default, the Indenture Trustee shall, prior to
the receipt of directions, if any, from the Required Majority of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes of such Series, exercise the rights and powers vested in it
by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as
a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person's own affairs.

         (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (i)      the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such
         duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this
         Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into
         this Indenture against the Indenture Trustee; and

                  (ii)     in the absence of bad faith or negligence on its
         part, the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of
         the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein,
         upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and
         conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided, however,
         the Indenture Trustee, upon receipt of any resolutions, certificates,
         statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments
         furnished to the Indenture Trustee which are specifically required to
         be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Indenture or any
         Indenture Supplement, shall examine them to determine whether they
         substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture or any
         Indenture Supplement; and the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt
         written notice to the Noteholders of such Series and each Rating Agency
         of any material lack of conformity of any such instrument to the
         applicable requirements of this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement
         discovered by the Indenture Trustee which would entitle a majority of
         the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of such Series to take any action
         pursuant to this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

         (c) In case a Pay Out Event has occurred and is continuing with respect
to a Series and a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge or written
notice of such Pay Out Event, the Indenture Trustee shall, prior to the receipt
of directions, if any, from a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of
such Series, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person's own affairs.

         (d) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Indenture Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

                                       51
<PAGE>

                  (i)      this subsection (d) shall not be construed to limit
         the effect of subsection (a) of this Section;

                  (ii)     the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable in its
         individual capacity for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
         Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Indenture
         Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                  (iii)    the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable in its
         individual capacity with respect to any action taken, suffered or
         omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with this
         Indenture and/or the direction of a majority of the Outstanding Amount
         of the Notes of each outstanding Series of Notes relating to the time,
         method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available
         to the Indenture Trustee, or for exercising any trust or power
         conferred upon the Indenture Trustee, under this Indenture; and the
         Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or
         omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
         direction of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Administrator,
         Servicer, the Transferor or the Trust in compliance with the terms of
         this Indenture or any Indenture Supplement.

         (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it and none of the provisions contained in this
Indenture shall in any event require the Indenture Trustee to perform or be
responsible for the manner of performance of any of the obligations of the
Servicer under this Indenture or any Transaction Document.

         (f) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Indenture Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this
Section.

         (g) Except as expressly provided in this Indenture, the Indenture
Trustee shall have no power to vary the Collateral, including, without
limitation, by (i) accepting any substitute payment obligation for a Receivable
initially transferred to the Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
(ii) adding any other investment, obligation or security to the Trust or (iii)
withdrawing from the Trust any Receivable (except as otherwise provided in the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement).

         (h) The Indenture Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for
investment losses on Eligible Investments (other than Eligible Investments on
which the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor).

         (i) The Indenture Trustee shall notify each Rating Agency (i) of any
change in any rating of the Notes by any other Rating Agency of which a
Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, (ii) immediately of the occurrence of
any Event of Default, Pay Out Event or Servicer Default of which a Responsible
Officer has actual knowledge and (iii) immediately of potential Pay Out Events
or Events of Default of which a Responsible Officer has written notice from the
Servicer.

         (j) For all purposes under this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall
not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Event of Default, Pay Out Event
or Servicer Default unless a

                                       52
<PAGE>

Responsible Officer has actual knowledge thereof or has received written notice
thereof. For purposes of determining the Indenture Trustee's responsibility and
liability hereunder, any reference to an Event of Default, Pay Out Event or
Servicer Default shall be construed to refer only to such event of which the
Indenture Trustee is deemed to have notice as described in this subsection.

         (k) The Indenture Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any
recording, filing, or depositing of this Agreement or any agreement referred to
herein or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a
security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing
or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof,
(ii) to see to any insurance, (iii) to see to the payment or discharge of any
tax, assessment, or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any
kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against, any part of the
Collateral other than from funds available in the Collection Account or (iv) to
confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates of the Servicer
delivered to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or the other
Transaction Documents believed by the Indenture Trustee to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

         (l) The right of the Indenture Trustee to perform any discretionary act
enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty, and the Indenture
Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its negligence or willful
misconduct in the performance of such act.

         Section 6.02. Notice of Pay Out Event or Event of Default. Upon the
occurrence of any Pay Out Event or Event of Default of which a Responsible
Officer has actual knowledge or has received notice thereof, the Indenture
Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders as their names and addresses
appear on the Note Register and the Rating Agencies, notice of such Pay Out
Event or Event of Default hereunder known to the Indenture Trustee within 30
days after it occurs or within ten Business Days after it receives such notice
or obtains actual notice, if later.

         Section 6.03. Rights of Indenture Trustee. Except as otherwise provided
in Section 6.01:

                  (a) the Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely and shall
         fully be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any
         resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
         notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note or other paper
         or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been
         signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

                  (b) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the
         Indenture Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or
         established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action
         hereunder, the Indenture Trustee (unless other evidence is specifically
         prescribed herein) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely
         upon an Officer's Certificate of the Issuer or of the Administrator if
         permitted under the Administration Agreement; the Issuer shall provide
         a copy of such Officer's Certificate to the Noteholders at or prior to
         the time the Indenture Trustee receives such Officer's Certificate;

                                       53
<PAGE>

                  (c) as a condition to the taking, suffering or omitting of any
         action by it hereunder, the Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel
         and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full
         and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
         taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in-good faith and in
         reliance thereon;

                  (d) the Indenture Trustee shall be under no obligation to
         exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture or
         to honor the request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to
         this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the
         Indenture Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
         expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance
         with such request or direction;

                  (e) the Indenture Trustee shall not be bound to make any
         investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution,
         certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
         direction, consent, order, bond, note or other paper or document, but
         the Indenture Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry
         or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if
         the Indenture Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
         investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and
         premises of the Issuer and the Servicer, personally or by agent or
         attorney;

                  (f) the Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or
         powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by
         or through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and the Indenture
         Trustee shall not be responsible for (i) any misconduct or negligence
         on the part of any agent, attorney, custodians or nominees appointed
         with due care by it hereunder or (ii) the supervision of such agents,
         attorneys, custodians or nominees after such appointment with due care;

                  (g) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any actions
         taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be
         authorized or within the discretion or rights conferred upon the
         Indenture Trustee by this Indenture; and

                  (h) in the event that the Indenture Trustee is also acting as
         Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Registrar, the rights and
         protections afforded to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Article
         shall also be afforded to such Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and
         Registrar.

         Section 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The
recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the certificate of
authentication of the Indenture Trustee, shall be taken as the statements of the
Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee assumes no responsibility for their
correctness. The Indenture Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or
sufficiency of the Agreement, the Notes, or any related document. The Indenture
Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the
proceeds from the Notes.

         Section 6.05. May Hold Notes. The Indenture Trustee, any Paying Agent,
Transfer Agent and Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual
or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may
otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same

                                       54
<PAGE>

rights it would have if it were not Indenture Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer
Agent and Registrar or such other agent.

         Section 6.06. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Indenture Trustee
in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds held by the Indenture
Trustee in trust hereunder except to the extent required herein or required by
law. The Indenture Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money
received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed upon in writing by the
Indenture Trustee and the Issuer.

         Section 6.07. Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnification. The
Servicer shall pay to the Indenture Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for all services rendered by the Indenture Trustee under this
Agreement (which compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of
a trustee of an express trust). The Servicer shall reimburse the Indenture
Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it,
including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services.
Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee's agents, counsel,
accountants and experts. Pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
Issuer shall direct the Servicer to indemnify and the Servicer shall indemnify
the Indenture Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including
the fees of either in-house counsel or outside counsel, but not both) incurred
by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of
its duties hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the
Servicer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the
Indenture Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Servicer shall not relieve the
Issuer or the Servicer of its obligations hereunder unless such loss, liability
or expense could have been avoided with such prompt notification and then only
to the extent of such loss, expense or liability which could have been so
avoided. The Servicer shall defend any claim against the Indenture Trustee; the
Indenture Trustee may have separate counsel and, if it does, the Servicer shall
pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Servicer need not reimburse any
expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the
Indenture Trustee through the Indenture Trustee's own willful misconduct,
negligence or bad faith.

         The Servicer's payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Indenture
Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section
5.02(d) or (e) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code
or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

         Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Indenture
Trustee's right to enforce any of the Servicer's payment obligations pursuant to
this Section shall be subject to the provisions of Section 12.16.

         The obligations of the Servicer under this Section 6.07 shall survive
the resignation and removal of the Indenture Trustee, termination of the initial
Servicer and payment of the Notes, and shall extend to any co-trustee or
separate-trustee appointed pursuant to this Article VI. To the extent the
amounts payable by the Servicer to the Indenture Trustee pursuant ton this
Section 6.07 are not paid, such amounts will be paid to the Indenture Trustee in
accordance with Section 4.05 (a)(i) of the Indenture Supplement.

                                       55
<PAGE>

         Section 6.08. Replacement of Indenture Trustee. No resignation or
removal of the Indenture Trustee and no appointment of a successor Indenture
Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the
successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section. The Indenture Trustee may
resign at any time by giving 30 days written notice to the Issuer. Holders of a
majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, upon delivery of notice of such
removal to the Issuer, may remove the Indenture Trustee by so notifying the
Indenture Trustee and may appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. The Issuer
shall remove the Indenture Trustee if:

                  (a) the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

                  (b) an Insolvency Event with respect to the Indenture Trustee
         occurs; or

                  (c) the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes legally unable to
         act.

If the Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Indenture Trustee for any reason (the Indenture Trustee in such event
being referred to herein as the retiring Indenture Trustee), the Issuer shall
promptly appoint a successor Indenture Trustee. The Issuer shall furnish each
Rating Agency with a copy of any notice of resignation or removal of a retiring
Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section promptly after receiving such notice,
in the case of a resignation by a retiring Indenture Trustee, or delivering such
notice, in the case of a removal of a retiring Indenture Trustee by the Issuer
or Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

         A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee, the Administrator and the Issuer.
Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall
become effective, and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights,
powers and duties of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. The successor
Indenture Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to all of the
Noteholders and each Rating Agency. The retiring Indenture Trustee shall
promptly transfer all property held by it as Indenture Trustee to the successor
Indenture Trustee.

         If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Indenture Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

         If the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any
Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of
the Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

         Notwithstanding the replacement of the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the Servicer's obligations under Section 6.07, accrued through the
date of replacement shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Indenture
Trustee.

         Section 6.09. Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger. If the Indenture
Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation
or banking association, the resulting, surviving or

                                       56
<PAGE>

transferee corporation or banking association without any further act shall be
the successor Indenture Trustee; provided that such corporation or banking
association shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under Section 6.11. The
Indenture Trustee shall give each Rating Agency notice of any such transaction.

         In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion,
consolidation or transfer to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts
created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not
delivered, any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate
of authentication of any predecessor Indenture Trustee and deliver such Notes so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been
authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such
Notes in the name of the successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such
cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the
Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Indenture
Trustee shall have.

         Section 6.10. Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture
Trustee.

         (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any
time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in
which any part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Indenture
Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to
appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate
trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Collateral, and to vest
in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the
Noteholders, such title to the Collateral, or any part hereof, and, subject to
the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights
and trusts as the Indenture Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No
co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of
eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to
Noteholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be
required under Section 6.08.

         (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and
conditions:

                  (i)      all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred
         or imposed upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed
         upon and exercised or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such
         separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such
         separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately
         without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to the
         extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular
         act or acts are to be performed the Indenture Trustee shall be
         incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event
         such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of
         title to the Collateral or any portion thereof in any such
         jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate
         trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture
         Trustee;

                  (ii)     no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by
         reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

                                       57
<PAGE>

                  (iii)    the Indenture Trustee may at any time accept the
         resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

         (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee
shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and
the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property
specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Indenture
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection
to, the Indenture Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the
Indenture Trustee.

         (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the
Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority,
to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of
this Indenture on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or
co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of
its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be
exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the
appointment of a new or successor trustee.

         Section 6.11. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Indenture Trustee
shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The Indenture
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set
forth in its most recent published annual report of condition and its long-term
unsecured debt shall be rated at least Baa3 by Moody's, and at least BBB- by
Standard & Poor's. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b),
including the optional provision permitted by the second sentence of TIA Section
310(b)(9); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of
TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities
of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth
in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

         Section 6.12. Preferential Collection of Claims Against. The Indenture
Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned
or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

         Section 6.13. Tax Returns. In the event the Trust shall be required to
file tax returns, the Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared such
tax returns and shall provide such tax returns with instruction to the Owner
Trustee for signature at least five days before such tax returns are due to be
filed and shall file such returns. The Servicer, in accordance with the terms of
each Indenture Supplement, shall also prepare or shall cause to be prepared all
tax information required by law to be distributed to Noteholders and shall
deliver such information to the Owner Trustee at least five days prior to the
date it is required by law to be distributed to Noteholders. The Owner Trustee,
upon written request, will furnish the Servicer with all such information known
to the Owner Trustee as may be reasonably requested and required in connection
with the preparation of all tax returns of the Trust, and shall, upon request,
execute such returns. In no event shall the Owner Trustee be personally liable
for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the

                                       58
<PAGE>

Trust or any Noteholder arising under any tax law, including without limitation,
federal, state or local income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or
measured by income (or any interest or penalty with respect thereto arising from
a failure to comply therewith).

         Section 6.14. Representations and Covenants of the Indenture Trustee.
The Indenture Trustee represents, warrants and covenants that:

                  (a) it is a national banking association duly organized and
         validly existing under the federal laws of the United States;

                  (b) it has full power and authority to deliver and perform
         this Indenture and has taken all necessary action to authorize the
         execution, delivery and performance by it of this Indenture and other
         Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

                  (c) each of this Indenture and other Transaction Documents to
         which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the
         Indenture Trustee and constitutes its legal, valid and binding
         obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms.

         Section 6.15. Custody of the Collateral. The Indenture Trustee shall
hold such of the Collateral as consists of instruments, deposit accounts,
negotiable documents, money, goods, letters of credit, and advices of credit in
the State of North Carolina. The Indenture Trustee shall hold such of the
Collateral as constitutes investment property through a securities intermediary,
which securities intermediary shall agree with the Indenture Trustee that (i)
such investment property shall at all times be credited to a securities account
of the Indenture Trustee, (ii) such securities intermediary shall treat the
Indenture Trustee as entitled to exercise the rights that comprise each
financial asset credited to such securities account, (iii) all property credited
to such securities account shall be treated as financial assets, (iv) such
securities intermediary shall comply with entitlement orders originated by the
Indenture Trustee without the further consent of any other person or entity, (v)
such securities intermediary shall not agree with any person or entity other
than the Indenture Trustee to comply with entitlement orders originated by any
person or entity other than the Indenture Trustee, (vi) such securities accounts
and the property credited thereto shall not be subject to any lien, security
interest, right of set-off, or encumbrance in favor of such securities
intermediary or anyone claiming through it (other than the Indenture Trustee),
and (vii) such agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
Terms used in this Section that are defined in the New York UCC and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC of the
State of New York. Except as permitted by this Section, the Indenture Trustee
shall not hold any part of the Collateral through an agent or a nominee.

                                       59
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

          NOTEHOLDERS' LIST AND REPORTS BY INDENTURE TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

         Section 7.01. Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses
of Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Indenture Trustee (i) upon each transfer of a Note, a list, in such form as the
Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the names, addresses and taxpayer
identification numbers of the Noteholders as they appear on the Note Register as
of the most recent Record Date, and (ii) at such other times, as the Indenture
Trustee may request in writing, within ten days after receipt by the Issuer of
any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than
ten days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that for
so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Transfer Agent and Registrar, no such
list shall be required to be furnished.

         Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to
Noteholders.

         (a) The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Noteholders contained in
the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section
7.01 and the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of the
Noteholders received by the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as Transfer Agent
and Registrar. The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as
provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

         (b) Noteholders may communicate, pursuant to TIA Section 312(b), with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the
Notes.

         (c) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Transfer Agent and
Registrar shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

         Section 7.03. Reports by Issuer.

         (a) The Issuer shall:

                  (i)      file with the Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after
         the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of
         the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports
         (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission
         may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the
         Issuer may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section
         13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

                  (ii)     file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission in
         accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by
         the Commission such additional information, documents and reports with
         respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants
         of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules
         and regulations; and

                  (iii)    supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the Indenture
         Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Noteholders) such summaries of
         any information, documents and reports

                                       60
<PAGE>

         required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of
         this subsection as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed
         from time to time by the Commission.

         (b) Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the
Issuer shall end on January 31 of each year.

         Section 7.04. Reports by Indenture Trustee. If required by TIA Section
313(a), within 60 days after each March 31 beginning with March 31, 2005, the
Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA Section
313(c) a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA Section
313(a). The Indenture Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).

                                       61
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                    ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

         Section 8.01. Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein and in the related Indenture Supplement, the Indenture Trustee
may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and
without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary,
all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Indenture Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee shall hold all such money and
property received by it in trust for the Noteholders and shall apply it as
provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment or performance
under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or any other Transaction Document,
the Indenture Trustee may, and upon the request of the Required Majority of the
Holders of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes of an affected Series shall, take
such action as may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance,
including the institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such
action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Pay Out Event or a
Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and to proceed thereafter as
provided in Article Five.

         Section 8.02. Rights of Noteholders. The Collateral shall secure the
obligation of the Trust to pay to the Holders of the Notes of each Series
principal and interest and other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture and
the related Indenture Supplement. Except as specifically set forth in the
Indenture Supplements with respect to the affected Series or Class, the Notes of
any Series or Class shall not have rights to payment from any Series Account or
Series Enhancement allocated for the benefit of any other Series or Class.

         Section 8.03. Establishment of Collection Account and Special Funding
Account. The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall establish and
maintain with the Indenture Trustee or its nominee in the name of the Indenture
Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, one or more Qualified Accounts (including any
subaccount thereof) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and
other property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Noteholders
(collectively, the "Collection Account"). The Indenture Trustee shall possess
all right, title and interest in all monies, instruments, investment property,
documents, certificates of deposit and other property credited from time to time
to the Collection Account and in all proceeds, earnings, income, revenue,
dividends and distributions thereof for the benefit of the Noteholders.

         The Collection Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of
the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. Except as expressly
provided in this Indenture and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
Servicer agrees that it shall have no right of setoff or banker's lien against,
and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds held in the Collection Account
for any amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, any Noteholder or
any Series Enhancer. If, at any time, the Collection Account ceases to be a
Qualified Account, the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall
within ten Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days,
as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Collection Account
meeting the conditions specified above, transfer any monies, documents,
instruments, investment property, certificates of deposit and other property to
such new Collection Account and from the date such new Collection Account is
established, it shall

                                       62
<PAGE>

be the "Collection Account". Pursuant to the authority granted to the Servicer
in Section 3.01(b) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall
have the power, revocable by the Indenture Trustee, to instruct the Indenture
Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account for the
purposes of carrying out the Servicer's or the Indenture Trustee's duties
hereunder and under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, as applicable. The
Servicer shall reduce deposits into the Collection Account payable by the
Transferor on any Deposit Date to the extent the Transferor is entitled to
receive funds from the Collection Account on such Deposit Date, but only to the
extent such reduction would not reduce the Transferor Interest to an amount less
than the Required Transferor Interest.

         Funds on deposit in the Collection Account (other than investment
earnings and amounts deposited pursuant to Section 2.06, 6.01 or 7.01 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement or Section 11.02 of this Indenture) shall at
the written direction of the Servicer be invested by the Indenture Trustee in
Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. All such Eligible Investments
shall be held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders
pursuant to Section 6.15. Investments of funds representing Collections
collected during any Monthly Period shall be invested in Eligible Investments
that will mature so that such funds will be available no later than the close of
business on each monthly Transfer Date following such Monthly Period. No such
Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity; provided,
however, that the Indenture Trustee may sell, liquidate or dispose of any such
Eligible Investment before its maturity, at the written direction of the
Servicer, if such sale, liquidation or disposal would not result in a loss of
all or part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or if, prior to
the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of
principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible
Investment. In the event that the Indenture Trustee does not receive written
direction from the Servicer, funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be
deposited by the Indenture Trustee in money market funds having at the time of
the Trust's investment therein, a rating in the highest rating category of each
Rating Agency (including funds for which the Indenture Trustee or any of its
Affiliates is an investment manager or advisor). On each Payment Date, all
interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses)
on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be paid to the Transferor,
except as otherwise specified in any Indenture Supplement. The Indenture Trustee
shall bear no responsibility or liability for any losses resulting from
investment or reinvestment of any funds in accordance with this Section nor for
the selection of Eligible Investments in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture and any Indenture Supplement (other than Eligible Investments on which
the institution acting as Indenture Trustee is an obligor).

         The Servicer, for the benefit of the Noteholders, shall establish and
maintain with the Indenture Trustee or its nominee in the name of the Indenture
Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a Qualified Account (including any subaccounts
thereof) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds and other
property credited thereto are held for the benefit of the Noteholders (the
"Special Funding Account"). The Indenture Trustee shall possess all right, title
and interest in all monies, instruments, investment property, documents,
certificates of deposit and other property credited from time to time to the
Special Funding Account and in all proceeds, dividends, distributions, earnings,
income and revenue thereof for the benefit of the Noteholders. The Special
Funding Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture
Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders. Except as expressly provided in this
Indenture and

                                       63
<PAGE>

the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall have no right of setoff
or banker's lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds and
other property held in the Special Funding Account for any amount owed to it by
the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, any Noteholder or any Series Enhancer. If, at
any time, the Special Funding Account ceases to be a Qualified Account, the
Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within ten Business Days
(or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating
Agency may consent) establish a new Special Funding Account meeting the
conditions specified above, transfer any monies, documents, instruments,
investment property, certificates of deposit and other property to such new
Special Funding Account and from the date such new Special Funding Account is
established, it shall be the "Special Funding Account."

         Funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account shall at the written
direction of the Servicer be invested by the Indenture Trustee in Eligible
Investments selected by the Servicer. All such Eligible Investments shall be
held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders pursuant to
Section 6.15. Funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account on any Payment
Date will be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such
funds will be available no later than the close of business on the Transfer Date
immediately following such Monthly Period. No such Eligible Investment shall be
disposed of prior to its maturity; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee
may sell, liquidate or dispose of an Eligible Investment before its maturity, at
the written direction of the Servicer, if such sale, liquidation or disposal
would not result in a loss of all or part of the principal portion of such
Eligible Investment or if, prior to the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a
default occurs in the payment of principal, interest or any other amount with
respect to such Eligible Investment. In the event that the Indenture Trustee
does not receive written direction from the Servicer, funds on deposit in the
Special Funding Account shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee in money
market funds having at the time of the Trust's investment therein, a rating in
the highest rating category of each Rating Agency (including funds for which the
Indenture Trustee or any of its Affiliates is an investment manager or advisor).
On each Payment Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses
and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account
shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables with respect to
the last day of the related Monthly Period except as otherwise specified in the
related Indenture Supplement. On each Business Day on which funds are on deposit
in the Special Funding Account and on which no Series is in an Accumulation
Period or Amortization Period, the Servicer shall determine the amount (if any)
by which the Transferor Interest exceeds the Required Transferor Interest on
such date and shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw any such excess
from the Special Funding Account and pay such amount to the Holders of the
Transferor Certificates; provided, however, that, if an Accumulation Period or
Amortization Period has commenced and is continuing with respect to one or more
outstanding Series, any funds on deposit in the Special Funding Account shall be
treated as Shared Principal Collections and shall be allocated and distributed
in accordance with Section 8.05 and the terms of each Indenture Supplement.

         Section 8.04. Collections and Allocations.

         (a) The Servicer will apply or will instruct the Indenture Trustee to
apply all funds on deposit in the Collection Account as described in this
Article and in each Indenture Supplement. Except as otherwise provided below,
the Servicer shall deposit Collections into the Collection

                                       64
<PAGE>

Account as promptly as possible after the Date of Processing of such
Collections, but in no event later than the second Business Day following the
date of processing. Subject to the first proviso in Section 8.05, but
notwithstanding anything else in this Indenture or the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Monthly Period, whether the
Servicer is required to make deposits of collections pursuant to the first or
the second preceding sentence, (i) the Servicer will only be required to deposit
Collections into the Collection Account up to the aggregate amount of
Collections required to be deposited into any Series Account or, without
duplication, distributed on or prior to the related Payment Date to Noteholders
or to any Series Enhancer pursuant to the terms of any Indenture Supplement or
Enhancement Agreement and (ii) if at any time prior to such Payment Date the
amount of Collections deposited in the Collection Account exceeds the amount
required to be deposited pursuant to clause (i) above, the Servicer will be
permitted to cause the Indenture Trustee to withdraw the excess from the
Collection Account and pay such amounts pursuant to the terms of the Transaction
Documents. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, the Servicer may
retain its Servicing Fee with respect to a Series and shall not be required to
deposit it in the Collection Account. To the extent that, in accordance with
this subsection, the Servicer has retained amounts which would otherwise be
required to be deposited into the Collection Account or any Series Account with
respect to any Monthly Period, the Servicer shall be required to deposit such
amounts in the Collection Account or such Series Account on the related Transfer
Date to the extent necessary to make required distributions on the related
Payment Date, including any amounts which are required to be applied as
Reallocated Principal Collections, and pay any amounts remaining after making
such deposit pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents.

         (b) Collections of Finance Charge Receivables, Principal Receivables
and Defaulted Receivables will be allocated to each Series of Notes and to the
Holders of the Transferor Certificates in accordance with this Article and each
Indenture Supplement and amounts so allocated to any Series will not, except as
specified in the related Indenture Supplement, be available to the Noteholders
of any other Series. Allocations of the foregoing amounts between the Holders of
the Notes and the Holders of the Transferor Certificates, among the Series and
among the Classes in any Series, shall be set forth in the related Indenture
Supplement or Indenture Supplements. In-store payments made with respect to
Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables shall be treated as
Collections and be deemed to be received by the Servicer on the day such payment
was made by the cardholder.

         Section 8.05. Shared Principal Collections. On each Payment Date, (i)
the Servicer shall allocate Shared Principal Collections to each Principal
Sharing Series, pro rata, in proportion to the Principal Shortfalls, if any,
with respect to each such Series and (ii) the Servicer shall cause the Indenture
Trustee to withdraw from the Collection Account and pay to the Holders of the
Transferor Certificates an amount equal to the excess, if any, of Shared
Principal Collections over Principal Shortfalls; provided, however, that if the
Transferor Interest as of such Payment Date (determined after giving effect to
the Principal Receivables or Participation Interests transferred to the Trust on
such date) is less than the Required Transferor Interest, the Servicer will not
direct the Indenture Trustee to distribute to the Holders of the Transferor
Certificates any such amounts that otherwise would be distributed to the Holders
of the Transferor Certificates, but shall deposit such funds in the Special
Funding Account. The Transferor may, at its option, instruct the Indenture
Trustee to deposit Shared Principal Collections which are otherwise payable to
the Holders of the Transferor Certificates pursuant to

                                       65
<PAGE>

the provisions set forth above into the Special Funding Account. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a Group of Series may specify in their related Indenture
Supplements that Shared Principal Collections from such Series shall be
allocated as provided above but only among the Series in such Group.

         Section 8.06. Additional Withdrawals from the Collection Account. On or
before the Determination Date with respect to any Monthly Period, the Servicer
may direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to withdraw from the Collection
Account any amounts it has determined do not constitute Trust Assets and were
erroneously deposited into the Collection Account, due to an accounting error or
otherwise.

         Section 8.07. Allocation of Collateral to Series or Groups. To the
extent so provided in the Indenture Supplement for any Series or in an Indenture
Supplement otherwise executed pursuant to Section 10.01, Receivables conveyed to
the Trust pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and
Receivables or Participation Interests conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section
2.09 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or any Participation Interest
Supplement, and all Collections received with respect thereto may be allocated
or applied in whole or in part to one or more Series or Groups as may be
provided in such Indenture Supplement; provided, however, that any such
allocation or application shall be effective only upon satisfaction of the
following conditions:

                  (a) on or before the fifth Business Day immediately preceding
         such allocation, the Servicer shall have given the Indenture Trustee
         and each Rating Agency written notice of such allocation;

                  (b) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
         respect to such allocation; and

                  (c) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee
         an Officer's Certificate, dated the date of such allocation, to the
         effect that the Servicer reasonably believes that such allocation will
         not result in an Adverse Effect.

         Any such Indenture Supplement may provide that (i) such allocation to
one or more particular Series or Groups may terminate upon the occurrence of
certain events specified therein and (ii) upon the occurrence of any such event,
such assets and any Collections with respect thereto, shall be reallocated to
other Series or Groups or to all Series, all as shall be provided in such
Indenture Supplement.

         Section 8.08. Excess Finance Charge Collections. On each Payment Date,
the Servicer shall (i) allocate Excess Finance Charge Collections to each Excess
Allocation Series, pro rata, in proportion to the Finance Charge Shortfalls, if
any, with respect to each such Series and (ii) withdraw from the Collection
Account and pay to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates an amount equal to
the excess, if any, of Excess Finance Charge Collections over Finance Charge
Shortfalls; provided, however, that the sharing of Excess Finance Charge
Collections among Series will continue only until such time, if any, at which
the Transferor shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate
to the effect that, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor, the continued
sharing of Excess Finance Charge Collections among Series would

                                       66
<PAGE>

have adverse regulatory implications with respect to an Account Owner.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Group of Series may specify in their related
Indenture Supplements that Excess Finance Charge Collections from such Series
shall be allocated as provided above but only among the Series in such Group.

         Section 8.09. Release of Collateral; Eligible Loan Documents.

         (a) The Indenture Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of
this Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of
this Indenture, or convey the Indenture Trustee's interest in the same, in a
manner and under circumstances which are not inconsistent with the provisions of
this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture
Trustee as provided in this Article shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture
Trustee's authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent
or see to the application of any monies.

         (b) In order to facilitate the servicing of the Receivables by the
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee upon Issuer Order shall authorize the Servicer
to execute in the name and on behalf of the Indenture Trustee instruments of
satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and
other comparable instruments with respect to the Receivables (and the Indenture
Trustee shall execute any such documents on request of the Servicer), subject to
the obligations of the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

         (c) The Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes
outstanding, release and transfer, without recourse, all of the Collateral that
secured the Notes (other than any cash held for the payment of the Notes
pursuant to Section 4.02). The Indenture Trustee shall release property from the
lien of this Indenture pursuant to this Section 8.09(c) only upon receipt of an
Issuer Order accompanied by either (i) a written consent executed by the Holders
of all outstanding Notes or (ii) Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel
and (if required by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA
Sections 314(c) and 314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section
12.01.

         (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement, immediately prior to
the release of any portion of the Collateral or any funds on deposit in the
Series Accounts pursuant to this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall remit to
the Transferor for its own account any funds that, upon such release, would
otherwise be remitted to the Issuer.

         Section 8.10. Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee shall receive
at least seven days notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action
pursuant to Section 8.09(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved,
and the Indenture Trustee shall also require unless otherwise agreed by the
Holders of all outstanding Notes, as a condition to such action, an Opinion of
Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee,
stating the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to
complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of
such action have been complied with and such action will not materially and
adversely impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in
contravention of the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such
Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair
value of the

                                       67
<PAGE>

Collateral. The Indenture Trustee and counsel rendering any such opinion may
rely, without independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any
certificate or other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection
with any such action.

                                       68
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                    DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

Section 9.01. Distributions and Reports to Noteholders. Distributions shall be
made to, and reports shall be provided to, Noteholders as set forth in the
applicable Indenture Supplement. The identity of the Noteholders with respect to
distributions and reports shall be determined according to the immediately
preceding Record Date.

                                   ARTICLE TEN

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

         Section 10.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

         (a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes (except as
otherwise provided in an Indenture Supplement), but upon satisfaction of the
Rating Agency Condition, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized
by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or
more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of
the TIA as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in form satisfactory
to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

                  (i)      to correct or amplify the description of any property
         at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure,
         convey and confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or
         required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture, or to subject
         to the lien of this Indenture additional property;

                  (ii)     to evidence the succession, in compliance with
         Section 3.11, of another Person to the Issuer, and the assumption by
         any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the
         Notes contained;

                  (iii)    to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the
         benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power
         herein conferred upon the Issuer;

                  (iv)     to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any
         property to or with the Indenture Trustee;

                  (v)      to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
         provision herein or in any supplemental indenture that may be
         inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental
         indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
         questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental
         indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the
         interests of the Holders of the Notes;

                  (vi)     to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the
         appointment hereunder by a successor indenture trustee with respect to
         the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this
         Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the
         trusts hereunder by more than one indenture trustee, pursuant to the
         requirements of Article Six;

                                       69
<PAGE>

                  (vii)    to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this
         Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the
         qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or under any similar
         federal statute hereafter enacted and to add to this Indenture such
         other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA;

                  (viii)   to provide for the issuance of one or more new Series
         of Notes, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.12; or

                  (ix)     to provide for the termination of any interest rate
         swap agreement or other form of credit enhancement in accordance with
         the provisions of the related Indenture Supplement.

The Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such
supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained.

         (b) The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer
Order, may, also without the consent of any Noteholders of any Series then
Outstanding but upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to
the Notes of all Series, enter into an indenture or supplemental indentures
hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; provided,
however that (i) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an
Officer's Certificate, dated the date of any such action, stating that all
requirements for such amendments contained in the Agreement have been met and
the Transferor reasonably believes that such action will not result in an
Adverse Effect, (ii) a Tax Opinion shall have been delivered to each Rating
Agency and (iii) such amendment does not affect the rights, duties or
obligations of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee hereunder.
Additionally, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Issuer and the
Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, may, without the consent
of any Noteholders of any Series then Outstanding or the Series Enhancers for
any Series, enter into an indenture or supplemental indentures hereto to add,
modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to
enable all or a portion of the Trust (i) to qualify as, and to permit an
election to be made to cause the Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" as described in the provisions of Section 860L
of the Code, and (ii) to avoid the imposition of state or local income or
franchise taxes imposed on the Trust's property or its income; provided,
however, that (A) the Transferor delivers to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner
Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that the proposed amendments meet
the requirements set forth in this subsection 10.01(b), (B) the Rating Agency
Condition will have been satisfied and (C) such amendment does not affect the
rights, duties or obligations of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee
hereunder. The amendments which the Transferor may make without the consent of
Noteholders pursuant to the preceding sentence may include, without limitation,
the addition of a sale of Receivables.

         Section 10.02. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. The
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may,
upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition and with the consent of the
Holders of the Required Majority of each adversely affected Series of Notes, by
Act of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the

                                       70
<PAGE>

Indenture Trustee, enter into an indenture or supplemental indentures hereto for
the purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights
of such Noteholders under this Indenture; provided, however that no such
supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each
outstanding Note affected thereby:

                  (a) change the due date of any installment of principal of or
         interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the
         interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with respect
         thereto or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency
         in which, any Note or any interest thereon is payable;

                  (b) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of
         the provisions of this Indenture requiring the application of funds
         available therefor, as provided in Article Five, to the payment of any
         such amount due on the Notes on or after the respective due dates
         thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption
         Date);

                  (c) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
         Notes of any Series outstanding the consent of the Holders of which is
         required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of the
         Holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain
         provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their
         consequences as provided for in this Indenture;

                  (d) reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding amount
         of any Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required to direct
         the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Collateral if the
         proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount
         and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes of such
         Series;

                  (e) decrease the percentage of the aggregate principal amount
         of the Notes required to amend the sections of this Indenture which
         specify the applicable percentage of the aggregate principal amount of
         the Notes of such Series necessary to amend the Indenture or any
         Transaction Documents which require such consent;

                  (f) modify or alter the provisions of this Indenture
         prohibiting the voting of Notes held by the Trust, any other obligor on
         the Notes, a Seller or any affiliate thereof; or

                  (g) permit the creation of any Lien ranking prior to or on a
         parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the
         Collateral for any Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or
         contemplated herein, terminate the lien of this Indenture on any such
         Collateral at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note
         of the security provided by the lien of this Indenture.

         The Indenture Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not
any Notes would be affected by any supplemental indenture and any such
determination shall be conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether
theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Indenture
Trustee shall not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

                                       71
<PAGE>

         It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section
to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it
shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

         Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee of
any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall
mail to the Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental
indenture relates written notice setting forth in general terms the substance of
such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such
notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect
the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

         Section 10.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by
this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, unless such
supplemental indenture has been executed by the Holders of all outstanding
Notes, and subject to Sections 6.01 and 6.02, shall be fully protected in
relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such
supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Indenture Trustee's or
Owner Trustee's (as such or in its individual capacity) own rights, duties,
liabilities, benefits, protections, privileges or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise.

         Section 10.04. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of
any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified
in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of
this Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes theretofore or
thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

         Section 10.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of
this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect so long
as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.

         Section 10.06. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall,
bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine,
new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and
the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by
the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange
for the outstanding Notes.

                                       72
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                   TERMINATION

         Section 11.01. Termination of Trust. The Trust and the respective
obligations and responsibilities of the Indenture Trustee created hereby (other
than the obligation of the Indenture Trustee to make payments to Noteholders as
hereinafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties
described in Section 11.02(b), as provided in the Trust Agreement.

         Section 11.02. Final Distribution.

         (a) The Servicer shall give the Indenture Trustee at least 30 days
prior notice of the Payment Date on which the Noteholders of any Series or Class
may surrender their Notes for payment of the final distribution on and
cancellation of such Notes (or, in the event of a final distribution resulting
from the application of Section 2.06, 6.01 or 7.01 of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, notice of such Payment Date promptly after the Servicer has
determined that a final distribution will occur, if such determination is made
less than 30 days prior to such Payment Date). Such notice shall be accompanied
by an Officer's Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section
3.05 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement covering the period during the
then-current calendar year through the date of such notice. Not later than the
fifth day of the month in which the final distribution in respect of such Series
or Class is payable to Noteholders, the Indenture Trustee shall provide notice
to Noteholders of such Series or Class specifying (i) the date upon which final
payment of such Series or Class will be made upon presentation and surrender of
Notes of such Series or Class at the office or offices therein designated, (ii)
the amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise
applicable to such payment date is not applicable, payments being made only upon
presentation and surrender of such Notes at the office or offices therein
specified (which, in the case of Bearer Notes, shall be outside the United
States). The Indenture Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and
Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to Noteholders.

         (b) Notwithstanding a final distribution to the Noteholders of any
Series or Class (or the termination of the Trust), except as otherwise provided
in this paragraph, all funds then on deposit in the Collection Account and any
Series Account allocated to such Noteholders shall continue to be held in trust
for the benefit of such Noteholders and the Paying Agent or the Indenture
Trustee shall pay such funds to such Noteholders upon surrender of their Notes,
if certificated (and any excess shall be paid in accordance with the terms of
any Enhancement Agreement). In the event that all such Noteholders shall not
surrender their Notes for cancellation within six months after the date
specified in the notice from the Indenture Trustee described in Section
11.02(a), the Indenture Trustee shall give a second notice to the remaining such
Noteholders to surrender their Notes for cancellation and receive the final
distribution with respect thereto (which surrender and payment, in the case of
Bearer Notes, shall be outside the United States). If within one year after the
second notice all such Notes shall not have been surrendered for cancellation,
the Indenture Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to
take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining such Noteholders concerning
surrender of their Notes, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in
the Collection Account or

                                       73
<PAGE>

any Series Account held for the benefit of such Noteholders. The Indenture
Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer any monies held by them for
the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After
payment to the Issuer, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer
for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law
designates another Person.

         Section 11.03. Termination Distributions. Upon the termination of the
Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall
assign and convey to the holders of the Transferor Certificates or any of their
designees, without recourse, representation or warranty, all right, title and
interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then existing or thereafter
created, and Recoveries related thereto, all monies due or to become due and all
amounts received or receivable with respect thereto (including all monies then
held in the Collection Account or any Series Account) and all proceeds thereof,
except for amounts held by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 11.02(b).
The Indenture Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and
assignment, in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by
the holders of the Transferor Certificates to vest in the holders of the
Transferor Certificates or any of their designees all right, title and interest
which the Indenture Trustee had in the Collateral and such other property.

         Section 11.04. Defeasance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Indenture and unless otherwise specified with respect to any Series in the
applicable Indenture Supplement:

                  (a) The Issuer may at its option be discharged from its
         obligations hereunder with respect to any Series or all outstanding
         Series (each, a "Defeased Series") on the date the applicable
         conditions set forth in Section 11.04(c) are satisfied (a
         "Defeasance"); provided, however, that the following rights,
         obligations, powers, duties and immunities shall survive with respect
         to each Defeased Series until otherwise terminated or discharged
         hereunder: (i) the rights of the Holders of Notes of the Defeased
         Series to receive, solely from the trust fund provided for in Section
         11.04(c), payments in respect of principal of and interest on such
         Notes when such payments are due; (ii) the Issuer's obligations with
         respect to such Notes under Sections 2.05 and 2.06; (iii) the rights,
         powers, trusts, duties, and immunities of the Indenture Trustee, the
         Paying Agent and the Registrar hereunder; and (iv) this Section and
         Section 12.16.

                  (b) Subject to Section 11.04(c), the Issuer at its option may
         cause Collections allocated to each Defeased Series and available to
         purchase additional Receivables to be applied to purchase Eligible
         Investments rather than additional Receivables.

                  (c) The following shall be the conditions precedent to any
         Defeasance under Section 11.04(a):

                           (i)      the Issuer irrevocably shall have deposited
                  or caused to be deposited with the Indenture Trustee (such
                  deposit to be made from other than the Issuer's or any
                  Affiliate of the Issuer's funds), under the terms of an
                  irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory
                  to the Indenture Trustee, as trust funds in trust for making
                  the payments described below, (A) Dollars in an amount equal
                  to, or (B) Eligible Investments which through the scheduled

                                       74
<PAGE>

                  payment of principal and interest in respect thereof will
                  provide, not later than the due date of payment thereon, money
                  in an amount equal to, or (C) a combination thereof, in each
                  case sufficient to pay and discharge (without relying on
                  income or gain from reinvestment of such amount), and which
                  shall be applied by the Indenture Trustee to pay and
                  discharge, all remaining scheduled interest and principal
                  payments on all outstanding Notes of each Defeased Series on
                  the dates scheduled for such payments in this Indenture and
                  the applicable Indenture Supplements and all amounts owing to
                  the Series Enhancers with respect to each Defeased Series;

                           (ii)     a statement from a firm of nationally
                  recognized independent public accountants (who may also render
                  other services to the Issuer) to the effect that such deposit
                  is sufficient to pay the amounts specified in clause (i)
                  above;

                           (iii)    prior to its exercise of its right pursuant
                  to this Section with respect to any Defeased Series to
                  substitute money or Eligible Investments for Receivables, the
                  Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an
                  Opinion of Counsel to the effect contemplated by clause (ii)
                  of the definition of the term "Tax Opinion" (the preparation
                  and delivery of which shall not be at the expense of the
                  Indenture Trustee) with respect to such deposit and
                  termination of obligations, and an Opinion of Counsel to the
                  effect that such deposit and termination of obligations will
                  not result in the Trust being required to register as an
                  investment company under the Investment Company Act;

                           (iv)     the Issuer shall have delivered to the
                  Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate of the Transferor
                  stating that the Transferor reasonably believes that such
                  deposit and termination of obligations will not, based on the
                  facts known to such officer at the time of such certification,
                  then cause a Pay Out Event with respect to any Series or any
                  event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time,
                  would result in the occurrence of a Pay Out Event with respect
                  to any Series; and

                           (v)      the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
                  satisfied and the Issuer shall have delivered copies of such
                  written notice to the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee.

                                       75
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01. Compliance Certificates and Opinions etc.

         (a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture
Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer
shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee (i) an Officer's Certificate stating that
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been complied or waived with, (ii) either (x) the consent
of all the Holders of all outstanding Notes with respect thereto or (y) an
Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such
conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii) (if required by
the TIA) an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants
meeting the applicable requirements of this Section, except that, in the case of
any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional
certificate or opinion need be furnished.

         Except to the extent that the Owner Trustee Authorized Officer executes
the certificate on behalf of the Issuer, every certificate or opinion with
respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this
Indenture shall include:

                  (i)      a statement that each signatory of such certificate
         or opinion has read or has caused to be read such covenant or condition
         and the definitions herein relating thereto;

                  (ii)     a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
         examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (iii)    a statement that, in the opinion of each such
         signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as
         is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as
         to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with;
         and

                  (iv)     a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each
         such signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

         (b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or
securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for the
release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the
Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 12.01(a) or
elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Officer's
Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person signing such
certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer
of the Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited.

                  (i)      Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the
         Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the
         opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (i)
         above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Indenture Trustee

                                       76
<PAGE>

         (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate as to the same
         matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the securities to be so
         deposited and of all other such securities made the basis of any such
         withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current fiscal
         year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered pursuant
         to clause (i) above and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of the
         Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not be
         furnished with respect to any securities so deposited if the fair value
         thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer's Certificate
         is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the Outstanding Amount
         of the Notes.

                  (ii)     Other than with respect to the release of any
         Defaulted Receivables and Receivables in Removed Accounts, whenever any
         property or securities is to be released from the lien of this
         Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an
         Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each person
         signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of such
         release) of the property or investment property proposed to be released
         and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release
         will not impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of
         the provisions hereof.

                  (iii)    Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the
         Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the
         opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described in clause
         (iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee (if
         required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate as to the same matters
         if the fair value of the property or securities and of all other
         property, other than Defaulted Receivables and Receivables in Removed
         Accounts, or securities released from the lien of this Indenture since
         the commencement of the then current calendar year, as set forth in the
         certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause, equals 10%
         or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such certificate
         need not be furnished in the case of any release of property or
         securities if the fair value thereof as set forth in the related
         Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of
         the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

                  (iv)     Notwithstanding Section 2.11 or any other provision
         of this Section, the Issuer may collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise
         dispose of Receivables as and to the extent permitted or required by
         the Transaction Documents and make cash payments out of the Series
         Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the Transaction
         Documents.

         Section 12.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee. In any
case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an
opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be
certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they
be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify
or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such
Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion
as to such matters in one or several documents.

         Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may
be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion
of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the
exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or

                                       77
<PAGE>

opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such officer's
certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an
Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to
factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an
officer or officers of the Servicer, a Seller, a Transferor, the Issuer or the
Administrator, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters
is in the possession of the Servicer, a Seller, a Transferor, the Issuer or the
Administrator, unless such an Authorized Officer or Counsel knows, or in the
exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

         Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

         Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer
shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application,
or as evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended
that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or
at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be
construed to affect the Indenture Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and
accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided
in Article Six.

         Section 12.03. Acts of Noteholders.

         (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by their
agents duly appointed in writing and satisfying any requisite percentages as to
minimum number or dollar value of outstanding principal amount represented by
such Noteholders; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such
action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered
to the Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any
such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Indenture
Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

         (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved in any manner which the Indenture Trustee
deems sufficient.

         (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

         (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder (and any
transferee thereof) of every Note issued upon the registration thereof in
exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything

                                       78
<PAGE>

done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture Trustee or the Issuer in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

         Section 12.04. Notices, Etc. to Indenture Trustee and Issuer. Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of
Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by the Agreement to be made
upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

                  (a) the Indenture Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer
         shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given,
         furnished or filed in writing to a Responsible Officer, by facsimile
         transmission or by other means acceptable to the Indenture Trustee to
         or with the Indenture Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office; or

                  (b) the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by any Noteholder
         shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and
         mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at
         Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market
         Street, Wilmington, DE 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust
         Administration Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or at any
         other address previously furnished in writing to the Indenture Trustee
         by the Issuer; a copy of each notice to the Issuer shall be sent in
         writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Administrator
         at 2801 East Market Street, P.O. Box 2821, York, PA, 17405.

         Section 12.05. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where the Indenture
provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be
sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing
and mailed by registered or certified mail or first class postage prepaid or
national overnight courier service to each Noteholder affected by such event, at
its address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date,
and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such
notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the
failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any
particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect
to other Noteholders, and any notice which is mailed in the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may
be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either
before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such
notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture
Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of
any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

         In the event that, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service
as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be
impractical to mail notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is
required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any
manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee
shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice to any Rating Agency, failure
to give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created
hereunder and shall not under any

                                       79
<PAGE>

circumstance constitute a Default or Event of Default (unless otherwise provided
in any Indenture Supplement).

         Section 12.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding
any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer,
with the consent of the Indenture Trustee, may enter into any agreement with any
Holder of a Note providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Indenture
Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder, that is different from the methods
provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices. The Issuer will
furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Indenture
Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance
with such agreements.

         Section 12.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision
hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is
required to be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the TIA,
such required provision shall control.

         The provisions of TIA Section 310 through 317 that impose duties on any
person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless
expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture,
whether or not physically contained herein.

         Section 12.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article
and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.

         Section 12.09. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in
this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so
expressed or not.

         Section 12.10. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

         Section 12.11. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in
the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties
hereto and their successors hereunder, the Noteholders, the Servicer and the
Transferor, any benefit.

         Section 12.12. Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

         Section 12.13. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401
OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

                                       80
<PAGE>

         Section 12.14. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

         Section 12.15. Trust Obligations. No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or
other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any
owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or
of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it
being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such
obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner,
owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable
law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or
failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of
this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations hereunder, the
Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and
entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

         Section 12.16. No Petition. The Indenture Trustee, by entering into
this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and
agree that they will not at any time institute against the Issuer or the
Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor, any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings,
or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or
similar law.

                                       81
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                           BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE
                                           TRUST, as Issuer

                                           By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                               not in its individual capacity,
                                               but solely as Owner Trustee

                                           By: /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name: Anita E. Dallago
                                               Title: Senior Financial Services
                                                      Officer

                                           WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                                           as Indenture Trustee

                                           By: /s/ Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name: Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                                               Title:

Acknowledged and Accepted:

The BON-TON RECEIVABLES
PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
as Transferor

By:BTRGP, Inc.
its general partner

By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
    ----------------------------
    Name: H. Todd Dissinger
    Title: Treasurer

THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES,
INC., as Servicer

By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
    ----------------------------
    Name: H. Todd Dissinger
    Address: Treasurer

                       Signature Page to Master Indenture
<PAGE>

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

         THIS CLASS A NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THIS CLASS A NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY
NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION
EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAWS TO (1) BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC. OR
ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, (2) A PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A") IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR (3) A PERSON WHO IS
AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR, THE TRANSFER AGENT AND
REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A NOTES
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAW.

         EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF BON-TON
RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST AND BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC., THAT SUCH
PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) WHICH IS
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), OTHER THAN A
GOVERNMENTAL OR CHURCH PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(g)(2) OR (3) OF THE CODE)
WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING
ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY
(UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

         NEITHER THIS CLASS A NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, OR DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.

         ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A NOTE IS
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS
THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTIONS 8.05 AND 8.08 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

<PAGE>

         THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE WILL BE REDUCED
FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A NOTE ALLOCABLE TO PRINCIPAL.
IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE
REQUEST OF THE TRANSFEROR SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN
THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY,
FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE
CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE
INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, THE
INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS WACHOVIA BANK, N.A..

         THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS A NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH
HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS A NOTES AS
INDEBTEDNESS FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX
LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                      INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE

REGISTERED                                                          $125,000,000

No. R-1

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                  SERIES 2004-1

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

         Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the
"Issuer" or the "Trust"), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust
Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004, for value received, hereby promises to
pay to BANK ONE, NA (MAIN OFFICE CHICAGO), or its registered assigns, subject to
the following provisions, the principal sum of ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE MILLION
DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the
Indenture, on the Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date (which is the Payment Date
occurring in the forty second calendar month following the earlier to occur of
(i) the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period and (ii) the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period). The Issuer will pay interest on
the unpaid principal amount of this Class A Note at the Class A Note Rate on
each Payment Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full.
Interest on this Class A Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and
including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but
excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including
the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Principal
of this Class A Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse
hereof.

         The principal of and interest on this Class A Note are payable in such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully
set forth on the face of this Class A Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or
on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Class A Note shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement
referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

                                       3

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A Note to be duly
executed.

                                 BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE
                                 TRUST, as Issuer

                                 By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                     individual capacity but solely as
                                     Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

                                 By: /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Name: Anita E. Dallago
                                     Title:  Senior Financial Services Officer

Dated: January 30, 2004

                                       4

<PAGE>

                INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

         This is one of the Class A Notes described in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

                                      WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                                      as Indenture Trustee

                                      By: /s/ Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Authorized Signatory - Vice President

                                       5

<PAGE>

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                  SERIES 2004-1

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

                         Summary of Terms and Conditions

                  This Class A Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes
of the Issuer, designated as Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, Series
2004-1 (the "Series 2004-1 Notes"), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of
January 30, 2004 (the "Master Indenture"), between the Issuer and Wachovia Bank,
N.A., as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), as supplemented by the
Indenture Supplement dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Indenture Supplement"),
and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term
"Indenture," unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master
Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Class A Notes are
subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class A
Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them
in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency
between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

                  The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Class A Note, agrees
that it will look solely to the property of the Trust allocated to the payment
of this Class A Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not
liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Class A Note or the
Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any
liability under the Indenture.

                  This Class A Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture
and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations
of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights,
duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

                  The Class A Note Initial Principal Balance is $114,243,985.22.
The Class A Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (i)
the Class A Initial Principal Balance, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of
Principal Balance Increases allocated to the Class A Notes made on or prior to
such date, minus (iii) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the
Class A Noteholders on or prior to such date.

                  The Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date is the Payment Date
occurring in the forty second calendar month following the earlier to occur of
(i) the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period and (ii) the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period. Payments of principal of the
Class A Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

                  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the
Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

                                       6

<PAGE>

                  On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to
each Class A Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the
final distribution in respect of this Class A Note) such Class A Noteholder's
pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and
available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A
Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture
with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Class A Noteholders shall
be made by (i) wire transfer to each Class A Noteholder at the account specified
by the Class A Agent to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer and (ii) without
presentation or surrender of any Class A Note or the making of any notation
thereon. Final payment of this Class A Note will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of this Class A Note at the office or agency specified in the
notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Class A
Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

                  On any day occurring on or after the date on which the
outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes is reduced to 10% or
less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes
during the Revolving Period, at any time on or after the Closing Date, the
Servicer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2004-1 Notes if it has
determined, in its sole estimation, that the cost of servicing the related
Receivables is unduly burdensome in relation to the benefit, at a purchase price
equal to (i) if such day is a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount for such
Payment Date or (ii) if such day is not a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount
for the Payment Date following such day.

                  THIS CLASS A NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN
INTEREST IN, THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.

                  Each Class A Noteholder, by accepting a Class A Note, hereby
covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer
or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor,
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law.

                  Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the
Class A Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. The transfer of this Class A Note shall be registered in
the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A Note for registration of
transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the
Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, duly executed by the
Class A Noteholder or such Class A Noteholder's attorney, and duly authorized in
writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A
Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be
issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

                  As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain
limitations therein set forth, Class A Notes are exchangeable for new Notes in
any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon
surrender of such Class A Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the
Transfer Agent and Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such
exchange but the Issuer or Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in connection therewith.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                  The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any
agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person
in whose name this Class A Note is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any
agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by
notice to the contrary.

                  THIS CLASS A NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

                                       8

<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ______________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
_____________________________________
   (name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said
certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                            ______________________________(1)
                                               Signature Guaranteed:

------------------
(1)      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of
the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                                       9

<PAGE>

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

         THIS CLASS A NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THIS CLASS A NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY
NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION
EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAWS TO (1) BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC. OR
ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, (2) A PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A") IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR (3) A PERSON WHO IS
AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR, THE TRANSFER AGENT AND
REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A NOTES
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAW.

         EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF BON-TON
RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST AND BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC., THAT SUCH
PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) WHICH IS
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), OTHER THAN A
GOVERNMENTAL OR CHURCH PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(g)(2) OR (3) OF THE CODE)
WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING
ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY
(UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

         NEITHER THIS CLASS A NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, OR DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.

         ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A NOTE IS
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN LIMITATIONS
THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTIONS 8.05 AND 8.08 OF THE INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

<PAGE>

         THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE WILL BE REDUCED
FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A NOTE ALLOCABLE TO PRINCIPAL.
IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE
REQUEST OF THE TRANSFEROR SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN
THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY,
FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE
CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE
INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, THE
INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS WACHOVIA BANK, N.A..

         THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS A NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH
HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS A NOTES AS
INDEBTEDNESS FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX
LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                      INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE

REGISTERED                                                          $125,000,000

No. R-2

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                  SERIES 2004-1

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

         Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the
"Issuer" or the "Trust"), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust
Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004, for value received, hereby promises to
pay to CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC., or its registered assigns, subject to the
following provisions, the principal sum of ONE HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE MILLION
DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as determined in accordance with the
Indenture, on the Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date (which is the Payment Date
occurring in the forty second calendar month following the earlier to occur of
(i) the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period and (ii) the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period). The Issuer will pay interest on
the unpaid principal amount of this Class A Note at the Class A Note Rate on
each Payment Date until the principal amount of this Note is paid in full.
Interest on this Class A Note will accrue for each Payment Date from and
including the most recent Payment Date on which interest has been paid to but
excluding such Payment Date or, for the initial Payment Date, from and including
the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date. Interest will be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Principal
of this Class A Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse
hereof.

         The principal of and interest on this Class A Note are payable in such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully
set forth on the face of this Class A Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or
on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Class A Note shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement
referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

                                       3

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A Note to be duly
executed.

                                 BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE
                                 TRUST, as Issuer

                                 By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                     individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                     Trustee under the Trust Agreement

                                 By: /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                     Name: Anita E. Dallago
                                     Title: Senior Financial Services Officer

Dated: January 30, 2004

                                       4

<PAGE>

                INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

         This is one of the Class A Notes described in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

                                     WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                                     as Indenture Trustee

                                     By: /s/ Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Authorized Signatory - Vice President

                                       5

<PAGE>

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                  SERIES 2004-1

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

                         Summary of Terms and Conditions

                  This Class A Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes
of the Issuer, designated as Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, Series
2004-1 (the "Series 2004-1 Notes"), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of
January 30, 2004 (the "Master Indenture"), between the Issuer and Wachovia Bank,
N.A., as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), as supplemented by the
Indenture Supplement dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Indenture Supplement"),
and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term
"Indenture," unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master
Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Class A Notes are
subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class A
Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them
in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency
between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

                  The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Class A Note, agrees
that it will look solely to the property of the Trust allocated to the payment
of this Class A Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not
liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Class A Note or the
Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any
liability under the Indenture.

                  This Class A Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture
and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations
of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights,
duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

                  The Class A Note Initial Principal Balance is $114,243,985.24.
The Class A Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (i)
the Class A Initial Principal Balance, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of
Principal Balance Increases allocated to the Class A Notes made on or prior to
such date, minus (iii) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the
Class A Noteholders on or prior to such date.

                  The Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date is the Payment Date
occurring in the forty second calendar month following the earlier to occur of
(i) the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period and (ii) the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period. Payments of principal of the
Class A Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

                  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the
Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

                                       6

<PAGE>

                  On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to
each Class A Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the
final distribution in respect of this Class A Note) such Class A Noteholder's
pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and
available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A
Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture
with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Class A Noteholders shall
be made by (i) wire transfer to each Class A Noteholder at the account specified
by the Class A Agent to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer and (ii) without
presentation or surrender of any Class A Note or the making of any notation
thereon. Final payment of this Class A Note will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of this Class A Note at the office or agency specified in the
notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Class A
Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

                  On any day occurring on or after the date on which the
outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes is reduced to 10% or
less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes
during the Revolving Period, at any time on or after the Closing Date, the
Servicer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2004-1 Notes if it has
determined, in its sole estimation, that the cost of servicing the related
Receivables is unduly burdensome in relation to the benefit, at a purchase price
equal to (i) if such day is a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount for such
Payment Date or (ii) if such day is not a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount
for the Payment Date following such day.

                  THIS CLASS A NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN
INTEREST IN, THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.

                  Each Class A Noteholder, by accepting a Class A Note, hereby
covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer
or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor,
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law.

                  Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the
Class A Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. The transfer of this Class A Note shall be registered in
the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A Note for registration of
transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the
Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, duly executed by the
Class A Noteholder or such Class A Noteholder's attorney, and duly authorized in
writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A
Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be
issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

                  As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain
limitations therein set forth, Class A Notes are exchangeable for new Notes in
any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon
surrender of such Class A Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the
Transfer Agent and Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such
exchange but the Issuer or Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in connection therewith.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                  The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any
agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person
in whose name this Class A Note is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any
agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by
notice to the contrary.

                  THIS CLASS A NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

                                       8

<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
_____________________________________
   (name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said
certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                               ___________________________(1)
                                                  Signature Guaranteed:

------------------
(1)      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of
the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                                       9

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

================================================================================

                     BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST,

                                    as Issuer

                                       and

                              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,

                              as Indenture Trustee

                       SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT

                          Dated as of January 30, 2004

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
ARTICLE ONE  DEFINITIONS.........................................................................................         1

     Section 1.01.  Definitions..................................................................................         1
     Section 1.02.  Other Definitional Provisions................................................................        14

ARTICLE TWO  CREATION OF THE SERIES 2004-1 NOTES.................................................................        14

     Section 2.01.  Designation..................................................................................        14

ARTICLE THREE  SERVICING FEE.....................................................................................        15

     Section 3.01.  Servicing Compensation.......................................................................        15

ARTICLE FOUR  RIGHTS OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS..................        16

     Section 4.01.  Collections and Allocations..................................................................        16
     Section 4.02.  Determination of Monthly Interest............................................................        19
     Section 4.03.  Suspension of the Revolving Period; Partial Amortization Period..............................        19
     Section 4.04.  [RESERVED]...................................................................................        20
     Section 4.05.  Application of Available Finance Charge Collections and Available Principal
                      Collections................................................................................        20
     Section 4.06.  Investor Charge-Offs.........................................................................        22
     Section 4.07.  Reallocated Principal Collections............................................................        23
     Section 4.08.  Excess Finance Charge Collections............................................................        23
     Section 4.09.  Shared Principal Collections.................................................................        23
     Section 4.10.  Principal Balance Increases..................................................................        23

ARTICLE FIVE  DELIVERY OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTES; DISTRIBUTIONS; REPORTS TO SERIES 2004-1 NOTEHOLDERS...............        24

     Section 5.01.  Delivery and Payment for the Series 2004-1 Notes.............................................        24
     Section 5.02.  Distributions................................................................................        24
     Section 5.03.  Reports and Statements to Series 2004-1 Noteholders..........................................        25

ARTICLE SIX  SERIES 2004-1 PAY OUT EVENTS........................................................................        25

     Section 6.01.  Series 2004-1 Pay Out Events.................................................................        25

ARTICLE SEVEN  REDEMPTION OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTES; FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS; SERIES TERMINATION........................        28

     Section 7.01.  Optional Redemption of Series 2004-1 Notes; Final Distributions..............................        28
     Section 7.02.  Series Termination...........................................................................        30
</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
ARTICLE EIGHT  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..........................................................................        30

Section 8.01.  Ratification of Indenture.........................................................................        30
Section 8.02.  Counterparts......................................................................................        30
Section 8.03.  Governing Law.....................................................................................        30
Section 8.04.  Limitation of Liability...........................................................................        30
Section 8.05.  Private Placement of Series 2004-1 Notes; Form of Delivery of Series 2004-1 Notes.................        30
Section 8.06.  Successors and Assigns............................................................................        31
Section 8.07.  Amendments........................................................................................        31
Section 8.08.  Tax Matters.......................................................................................        31
</TABLE>

                                    EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A         FORM OF CLASS A NOTE

EXHIBIT B         FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER REPORT

EXHIBIT C         FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

EXHIBIT D         FORM OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE INCREASE REQUEST

EXHIBIT E         FORM OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE INCREASE CONFIRMATION

EXHIBIT F         CERTAIN ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                  INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT, dated as of January 30, 2004 is between
Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein, the "Issuer" or the "Trust"),
and Wachovia Bank, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual
capacity, but solely as indenture trustee (herein, together with its successors
in the trusts thereunder as provided in the Master Indenture referred to below,
the "Indenture Trustee") under the Master Indenture, dated as of January 30,
2004 (the "Indenture") between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE ONE
                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01. Definitions. Whenever used in this Indenture Supplement,
the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

                  "Adjusted Invested Amount" shall mean with reference to Series
2004-1, when used with respect to any date, an amount equal to the sum of (i)
the Invested Amount for Series 2004-1 as of such date plus (ii) the Loss Reserve
as of such date plus (iii) the Dilution Reserve as of such date minus (iv) the
aggregate amount of the Investor Default Amount and Uncovered Dilution Amount
applied on each Payment Date to reduce the Adjusted Invested Amount pursuant to
Section 4.06 of this Indenture Supplement minus (v) the Reallocated Principal
Collections applied on each Payment Date to reduce the Adjusted Invested Amount
pursuant to Section 4.07 of this Indenture Supplement.

                  "Agent" means the Class A Agent or the Managing Agent.

                  "Agreement" means the Indenture as supplemented by this
Indenture Supplement.

                  "Amortization Period" means, with respect to Series 2004-1, as
the context requires, the Scheduled Amortization Period, the Early Amortization
Period or any Partial Amortization Period.

                  "Available Finance Charge Collections" means, with respect to
any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Investor Finance
Charge Collections, plus (ii) the Interest Rate Swap Payments received by the
Transferor or Issuer, as applicable during such Monthly Period plus (iii) the
Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to Series 2004-1, if any, with
respect to the related Payment Date.

                  "Available Principal Collections" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, an amount equal to (i) Investor Principal Collections minus (ii)
the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections which pursuant to Section 4.07
are required to be applied on the related Payment Date, plus (iii) any Shared
Principal Collections that are allocated to Series 2004-1 in accordance with
Section 8.05 of the Indenture and Section 4.09 hereof, plus (iv) the aggregate
amount to be treated as Available Principal Collections pursuant to Section
4.05(a)(vi) and (vii) for the related Payment Date plus (v) any amounts
withdrawn from the Series 2004-1 Principal Account in accordance with Section
3.02 hereof.

<PAGE>

                  "Breakage Fees" means any amounts payable by the Transferor or
the Issuer pursuant to Section 6(e) of each Interest Rate Swap Agreement.

                  "Capital Expenditures" has the meaning specified in Exhibit F.

                  "Change of Control" means either (i) any change in ownership
of any class of stock or capital stock generally of The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.
which would result in a change or transfer in the power to control the election
of a majority of the board of directors or in other indicia of majority voting
control to persons or entities other than M. Thomas Grumbacher, his heirs or
devisees, or any trusts of which any such Person serves as sole trustee now or
hereafter established for any of his family members (Mr. Grumbacher, such heirs,
devisees and trusts being collectively, the "Grumbacher Interests") or (ii) a
decrease in the Grumbacher Interests' right to vote at shareholders' meetings to
an aggregate level less than 51%.

                  "Charge-Off Ratio" means, as at the last day of any such
Monthly Period, a percentage equal to (x) the amount of principal of Charged-Off
Receivables which became Charged-Off Receivables during such Monthly Period
minus any recoveries on Charged-Off Receivables received during such Monthly
Period divided by (y) the Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables as of
the first day of such Monthly Period times 12.

                  "Charged-Off Receivable" means a Receivable: (i) as to which
the Obligor is the subject of an Insolvency Event; (ii) as to which the Obligor
thereof, if a natural person, is deceased, (iii) which, consistent with the
Credit and Collection Policy, would be written off the applicable Seller's books
as uncollectible or (iv) which has been identified by the applicable Seller (or
the Servicer) as uncollectible and written-off.

                  "Class" means the Class A Notes.

                  "Class A Additional Amounts" has the meaning specified in the
Class A Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Class A Additional Interest" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the actual number of days in the Due Period, and the denominator of
which is 360, (ii) the Class A Note Rate in effect with respect to the related
Due Period and (iii) the Class A Interest Shortfall for the preceding Payment
Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A Additional
Interest shall be payable or distributed to the Class A Noteholders only to the
extent permitted by applicable law.

                  "Class A Agent" means the Person from time to time acting as
the Class A Agent for the Class A Noteholders under the Class A Note Purchase
Agreement.

                  "Class A Interest Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the excess, if any, as determined by the Servicer, of (x) the
amount described in Section 4.05(a)(iv) over (y) the sum of (A) the aggregate
amount of Available Finance Charge Collections allocated and paid for such
amounts on such Payment Date and (B) the Class A Reallocated Principal Amount
applied to fund a deficiency in the amount distributed pursuant to Section
4.05(a)(iv) on such Payment Date.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                  "Class A Monthly Interest" has the meaning specified in the
Class A Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Class A Note" means any one of the Series 2004-1 Floating
Rate Asset Backed Variable Funding Notes executed by the Issuer and
authenticated by or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, substantially in the
form of Exhibit A-1.

                  "Class A Note Initial Principal Balance" means
$228,487,970.46.

                  "Class A Note Rate" has the meaning specified in the Class A
Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Class A Note Maximum Principal Balance" means $250,000,000,
as such amount may be increased or decreased from time to time in accordance
with the Class A Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Class A Note Principal Balance" means, on any date of
determination, an amount equal to (i) the Class A Note Initial Principal
Balance, plus (b) the aggregate amount of Principal Balance Increases allocated
to the Class A Notes in accordance with Section 4.10(b) made on or prior to such
date, minus (c) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class A
Noteholders on or prior to such date.

                  "Class A Note Purchase Agreement" means the Note Purchase
Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, among the Transferor, the Servicer, the
Conduit Purchasers, the Class A Agent, the Managing Agents and the Committed
Purchasers, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time.

                  "Class A Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Class A
Note is registered in the Note Register.

                  "Class A Reallocated Principal Amount" means the lesser of:
(i) the excess of the amounts described in Sections 4.05(a)(i) through (iv) over
the amount actually distributed pursuant to such Sections and (ii) the greater
of (a) the Reserve Balance for the related Payment Date (after giving effect to
Investor Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period) minus unreimbursed
Reallocated Principal Collections (as of the preceding Payment Date) and (b)
zero.

                  "Closing Date" has the meaning specified in the Class A Note
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Collection Notice Event" means the delivery of a written
notice by any Agent to the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and each Seller that
such Agent, in its sole discretion, is declaring the occurrence of a "Collection
Notice Event".

                  "Committed Purchaser" has the meaning specified in the Class A
Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Conduit Purchaser" has the meaning specified in the Class A
Note Purchase Agreement.

                                       3

<PAGE>

                  "Contract" means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all
instruments, agreements, leases, invoices or other writings pursuant to which
such Receivable arises or which evidences such Receivable (including, without
limitation, all invoices, standard agreements with regard to the Account under
which such Receivable arises, and, to the extent they exist, credit slips and
sales contracts).

                  "Credit and Collection Policy" means the Sellers' credit and
collection policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing
on the date hereof.

                  "Credit Party" has the meaning specified in Exhibit F.

                  "Daily Report" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.

                  "Defaulted Amount" means, with respect to a Payment Date, the
total amount of Charged-Off Receivables for the related Monthly Period.

                  "Delinquency Ratio" means, as of any date, a percentage equal
to (i) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all Receivables that were
Delinquent Receivables as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal
month divided by (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance of all
Receivables as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal month.

                  "Delinquent Receivable" means each Receivable arising from an
Account as to which any payment, or any portion thereof, remains unpaid for more
than 90 days (but less than 151) past the payment due date specified in the
billing statement on which such amount first appeared as due and payable.

                  "Determination Date" means the fifteenth day of each fiscal
month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day).

                  "Dilution Amount" means the amount of the required reduction
in the amount of Principal Receivables used in the calculation of the Transferor
Interest described in the first two sentences of Section 3.10 of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement.

                  "Dilution Percentage" means the greater of (a) 8.0% and (b)
2.75 times the average Dilution Ratio in respect of the three most recent
Monthly Period.

                  "Dilution Ratio" means, in respect of any fiscal month, a
percentage equal to (i) the Dilution Amount for such fiscal month, divided by
(ii) the Net Receivables Balance on the last day of the fiscal month immediately
preceding such Monthly Period.

                  "Dilution Reserve" means, at any time, an amount equal to (i)
the Dilution Percentage multiplied by (ii) the product of the Net Receivables
Balance multiplied by the Floating Investor Percentage.

                  "Due Period" has the meaning set forth in the Class A Note
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Early Amortization Period" means the period commencing on the
Business Day on which a Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event is deemed to have occurred,
and ending on the first to

                                       4

<PAGE>

occur of (i) the payment in full of the Class A Note Principal Balance and (ii)
the Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date.

                  "Eligible Receivable" has the meaning specified in the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

                  "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Material
Entity, any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which, together with
such Material Entity, are treated as a single employer within the meaning of
Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the IRC.

                  "ERISA Event" shall mean, with respect to any Material Entity
or any ERISA Affiliate, (a) any event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA with
respect to a Title IV Plan for which the 30-day notice period has not been
waived, (b) the withdrawal of any Material Entity or ERISA Affiliate from a
Title IV Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it
was a substantial employer, as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the
complete or partial withdrawal of any Material Entity or any ERISA Affiliate
from any Multiemployer Plan with respect to which such Material Entity's or
ERISA Affiliate's liability has not been satisfied, (d) the filing of a notice
of intent to terminate a Title IV Plan or the treatment of a plan amendment as a
termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, (e) the institution of proceedings to
terminate a Title IV Plan or Multiemployer Plan by the PBGC, (f) the failure by
any Material Entity or ERISA Affiliate to make when due required contributions
to a Multiemployer Plan or Title IV Plan unless such failure is cured within
thirty (30) days, (g) any other event or condition that would reasonably be
expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination
of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Title IV Plan or
Multiemployer Plan or for the imposition of liability under Section 4069 or
4212(c) of ERISA, (h) the loss of a Qualified Plan's qualification or tax exempt
status, (i) the termination of a Plan described in Section 4064 of ERISA with
respect to which such Material Entity's or ERISA Affiliate's liability has not
been satisfied, (j) any event for which a Material Entity or any ERISA Affiliate
has incurred or is likely to incur a liability under the provisions of Section
4063, 4064 or 4201 of ERISA or (k) any event that could result in the imposition
of a Lien under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 or 4068 of ERISA or (l)
any event or transaction in connection with which any Material Entity or any
ERISA Affiliate could be subject to either a civil penalty assessed pursuant to
the provisions of Section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed under the provisions
of Section 4975 of the IRC.

                  "Excess Spread" means, for any fiscal month, a fraction
(expressed as a percentage) with a numerator equal to the product of (i) 12
times (ii) the sum of (a) the Investor Finance Charge Collections for such month
minus (b) the Class A Monthly Interest accrued during such month minus (c) the
Interest Rate Swap Payments paid or to be paid by the Transferor or Issuer
during such month minus (d) the Monthly Servicing Fee for such month minus (e)
the Investor Default Amount for such month minus (f) and all other fees and
expenses then due and payable by the Transferor or the Issuer to any Agent for
its own account or for the account of any Purchaser and the denominator of which
is the average product of the Outstanding Principal Balance of Receivables
multiplied by the Floating Investor Percentage for such month.

                                       5

<PAGE>

                  "Finance Charge Shortfall" means, with respect to any Payment
Date and the related Monthly Period, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of
(i) the full amount required to be paid, without duplication, pursuant to
Section 4.05(a)(i) through (x) on such Payment Date over (ii) the Investor
Finance Charge Collections.

                  "Fixed Investor Percentage" means, with respect to any Reset
Date, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%) of a
fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the Adjusted Invested Amount as of the
close of business on the last day of the Revolving Period and (ii) the
denominator is equal to the greater of (x) the total amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on the Reset Date and (y)
the sum of the numerators used to calculate the Investor Percentages for
allocations with respect to Principal Receivables for all Series outstanding as
of such Reset Date; provided, however, that if, after the commencement of the
Early Amortization Period, a Pay Out Event occurs with respect to another Series
that was designated in the Indenture Supplement therefor as a Series that is a
"Paired Series" with respect to Series 2004-1, the Transferor may, by written
notice delivered to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer, designate a
different numerator for the foregoing fraction, provided that (A) such numerator
is not less than the Invested Amount as of the last day of the revolving period
for such Paired Series and (B) such action shall be taken only upon satisfaction
of the Rating Agency Condition and (C) the Transferor shall have delivered to
the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that, based on the
facts known to such officer at that time, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, such designation will not cause a Pay Out Event or an event that,
after the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would constitute a Pay Out
Event, to occur with respect to Series 2004-1; provided, further,
notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Series 2004-1 is the only outstanding
Series of Notes, the Fixed Investor Percentage during any Amortization Period
shall equal 100%.

                  "Floating Investor Percentage" means, with respect to any
Reset Date, the percentage equivalent (which percentage shall never exceed 100%)
of a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the Adjusted Invested
Amount as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding Monthly
Period and (ii) the denominator of which is the greater of (a) the total amount
of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the close of business on such Reset
Date (or, with respect to allocations of Uncovered Dilution Amounts, zero) and
(b) the sum of the numerators used to calculate the investor percentages for
allocations with respect to Finance Charge Receivables, Defaulted Amounts,
Uncovered Dilution Amounts or Principal Receivables, as applicable, for all
Series outstanding as of the date as to which such determination is being made;
provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Series 2004-1 is the
only outstanding Series of Notes, the Floating Investor Percentage during any
Amortization Period shall equal 100%.

                  "GP, Inc." means BTRGP, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation.

                  "Group One" means Series 2004-1 and each other Series
specified in the related Indenture Supplement to be included in Group One.

                  "In-Store Collections" means any cash, instruments or other
payment items remitted by any Obligor toward payment of any Receivable at any
store location of a Seller.

                                       6

<PAGE>

                  "In-Store Collections Event" means the delivery of a written
notice by any Agent to the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and each Seller that
such Agent, in its sole discretion, is declaring the occurrence of an "In-Store
Collections Event".

                  "Increase Amount" has the meaning specified in Section
4.10(a).

                  "Increase Conditions" means, with respect to any requested
Principal Balance Increase hereunder, all of the following:

                  (a) the request with respect to such Principal Balance
Increase shall have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee, each Agent and the
Servicer by the time, and shall otherwise conform to the requirements, specified
in Section 4.10(a) of this Indenture Supplement;

                  (b) after giving effect to such Principal Balance Increase,
the Class A Principal Balance shall not exceed the Class A Maximum Principal
Balance;

                  (c) no Pay Out Event or event that, after the giving of notice
or the lapse of time, would constitute a Pay Out Event, has occurred and is
continuing or would result from such Principal Balance Increase;

                  (d) the Scheduled Amortization Period shall not have commenced
as of such Increase Date;

                  (e) all of the representations and warranties of the
Transferor and the Servicer set forth in the Series Documents and the Class A
Note Purchase Agreement, and all of the representations and warranties of the
Transferor and the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, shall be true and
correct as though made on and as of such Increase Date (except that
representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.04(a)(ii), (vi), (vii)
and (viii) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement shall be deemed to be made
only as of the applicable date specified in such sections);

                  (f) after giving effect to such Principal Balance Increase,
(i) the Transferor Interest shall be equal to or greater than the Required
Transferor Interest on such date and (ii) the Floating Investor Percentage shall
not be greater than 100%; and

                  (g) after giving effect to such Principal Balance Increase,
the total amount of Principal Receivables including the then outstanding
principal amount of any Participation Interests theretofore conveyed to the
Trust shall be equal to or greater than the Required Minimum Principal Balance
on such date.

                  "Increase Date" has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(a).

                  "Indebtedness" of a Person means such Person's (i) obligations
for borrowed money, (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of
property or services (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course
of such Person's business payable on terms customary in the trade), (iii)
obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the
proceeds or production from property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such
Person, (iv) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other
instruments, (v) capitalized

                                       7

<PAGE>

lease obligations, (vi) net liabilities under interest rate swap, exchange or
cap agreements, (vii) Contingent Obligations and (viii) liabilities in respect
of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA.

                  "Initial Invested Amount" and "Initial Principal Balance"
means $228,487,970.46.

                  "Interest Rate Swap Agreement" means any ISDA Master Agreement
(including all "Schedules" and "Confirmations" constituting a part thereof)
between the entity acting as Swap Counterparty and the Transferor or the Issuer,
as applicable, under which the transactions governed thereby provide for (i) the
Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, to make fixed rate payments to such
Swap Counterparty and for such Swap Counterparty to make floating rate payments
to the Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, (ii) such Swap Counterparty to
make fixed rate payments to the Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, and for
the Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable to make floating rate payments to
such Swap Counterparty or (iii) the Swap Counterparty to make payments to the
Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, based upon a floating rate in excess of
an agreed upon cap rate.

                  "Interest Rate Swap Obligations" means all amounts owing by
the Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, under an Interest Rate Swap
Agreement, including without limitation the net amount owing by the Transferor
or the Issuer, as applicable, under such Interest Rate Swap Agreement on an
Interest Rate Swap Settlement Date, and Breakage Fees.

                  "Interest Rate Swap Payments" means all amounts paid by or
received by the Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, under Interest Rate
Swap Agreements on the Interest Rate Swap Settlement Date calculated based upon
the applicable confirmations constituting part of such Interest Rate Swap
Agreements, but excluding any other Interest Rate Swap Obligations, including
any amounts payable pursuant to Section 6(e) of an Interest Rate Swap Agreement.

                  "Interest Rate Swap Settlement Date" means the first Business
Day of each calendar month or such other day(s) as are established as "Payment
Dates" under an Interest Rate Swap Agreement.

                  "Invested Amount" means, as of any date of determination, an
amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Series 2004-1 Notes.

                  "Investment Letter" means an Investment Letter substantially
in the form of Exhibit C executed by a Series 2004-1 Noteholder.

                  "Investor Charge-Offs" has the meaning specified in Section
4.06.

                  "Investor Default Amount" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, an amount equal to the product of (a) the Defaulted Amount for the related
Monthly Period and (b) the Floating Investor Percentage.

                  "Investor Finance Charge Collections" means, with respect to
any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the Investor Percentage for such Monthly
Period of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables (including Recoveries
treated as Collections of Finance Charge

                                       8

<PAGE>

Receivables) deposited in the Collection Account for such Monthly Period treated
as Investor Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 4.01(c).

                  "Investor Percentage" means, for any Monthly Period, with
respect to (i) Finance Charge Receivables and Defaulted Amounts at any time and
Principal Receivables during the Revolving Period, the weighted average Floating
Investor Percentage for such Monthly Period and (ii) Principal Receivables
during an Amortization Period, the Fixed Investor Percentage for such Monthly
Period.

                  "Investor Principal Collections" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, the aggregate amount retained in the Collection Account for
Series 2004-1 pursuant to Section 4.01(c)(ii) for such Monthly Period.

                  "Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, with respect to
any Monthly Period, an amount equal to the product of the weighted average
Floating Investor Percentage for such Monthly Period and the Uncovered Dilution
Amount.

                  "Loss Percentage" means, at any time, the greater of (i) the
product of 5.00 multiplied by the average Loss-to-Liquidation Ratio for the two
most recently ended Monthly Periods (in the case of the Monthly Period ending in
January 2004) and three most recently ended Monthly Periods at such time (in the
case of each other Monthly Period) and (ii) 15.0%; provided that for purposes of
the Daily Reports to be delivered through February 15, 2004, the Loss Percentage
shall mean 15.0%.

                  "Loss Reserve" means, at any time, an amount equal to the
product of (x) the Loss Percentage multiplied by (y) the Net Receivables Balance
multiplied by (z) the Floating Investor Percentage, each determined at such
time.

                  "Loss to Liquidation Ratio" means, as at the last day of any
Monthly Period, a percentage equal to (x) the amount of principal of Charged-Off
Receivables which became Charged-Off Receivables during such Monthly Period,
divided by (y) the product of the aggregate amount of Principal Collections
received during such Monthly Period multiplied by the weighted average Floating
Investor Percentage for such Monthly Period.

                  "Managing Agent" has the meaning specified in the Class A Note
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
(i) the financial condition or operations of the Issuer, the Transferor or any
Seller, (ii) the ability of the Issuer or the Transferor to perform its
obligations under the Series Documents, (iii) the legality, validity or
enforceability of any Series Document or any Collection Account Agreement
relating to an account into which a material portion of Collections are
deposited, (iv) the Indenture Trustee's interest in the Receivables generally or
in any significant portion of the Receivables or the related assets in the Trust
Estate with respect thereto, or (v) the collectibility of the Receivables
generally or of any material portion of the Receivables.

                  "Material Entity" means each Seller, The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc.,
The Bon-Ton Corp., The Bon-Ton Trade Corp., The Bon-Ton Stores of Lancaster,
Inc., The Elder-Beerman

                                       9

<PAGE>

Stores Corp., any Credit Party, and any other Person controlling, controlled by
or under common control with The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and representing not less
than 5% of the net worth of the consolidated group of which The Bon-Ton Stores,
Inc. comprises a part.

                  "Maximum Invested Amount" means, with respect to Series
2004-1, $250,000,000, or such other amount that the Transferor and the Agents
may agree to in writing from time to time.

                  "Monthly Period" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture;
provided, however, that the initial Monthly Period will commence on the Closing
Date and end on the last day of the fiscal month preceding the first Payment
Date.*

                  "Monthly Servicer Report" has the meaning specified in Section
5.03.

                  "Monthly Servicing Fee" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, an amount equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the Servicing Fee
Rate and (ii) (a) the Invested Amount as of the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding such Payment Date minus (b) the product of the amount, if any, on
deposit in the Special Funding Account as of the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding such Payment Date and the Floating Investor Percentage with respect to
such Monthly Period.

                  "Net Receivables Balance" means, at any time, (i) the
Outstanding Principal Balance of Eligible Receivables at such time, reduced by
(ii) the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Principal Balance of all
Eligible Receivables of all Obligors that are natural persons resident in Canada
exceeds an amount equal to the product of (A) 1% and (B) an amount equal to the
average of the Outstanding Principal Balance of Eligible Receivables at the end
of the two most recently ended fiscal months.

                  "Non-Renewing Purchaser" has the meaning specified in Section
4.03(a).

                  "Note Assignment" has the meaning specified in Section
8.07(e).

                  "Optional Redemption Date" has the meaning specified in
Section 4.03(b).

                  "Optional Redemption Notice" has the meaning specified in
Section 4.03(b).

                  "Outstanding Principal Balance" of any Receivable at any time
means the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

                  "Parent" means The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and The Bon-Ton Corp.

                  "Partial Amortization Amount" has the meaning specified in
Section 4.03(a).

                  "Partial Amortization Period" means, unless the Scheduled
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period shall have commenced prior
thereto, a period beginning on the day specified in the notice delivered by the
Issuer in accordance with Section 4.03 or the date of a Non-Renewing Purchaser's
Purchase Expiration Date (as defined in the Class A Note Purchase Agreement),
and ending upon the first to occur of (i) the commencement of the Scheduled

                                       10

<PAGE>

Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period and (ii) the last day of
the Monthly Period related to the Payment Date on which the applicable Partial
Amortization Amount shall have been paid in full.

                  "Partial Participant" has the meaning specified in Section
8.08(f).

                  "Participant" has the meaning specified in Section 8.08(f).

                  "Pay Out Event" means, with respect to Series 2004-1, a Trust
Pay Out Event or a Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event.

                  "Payment Date" means February 20, 2004 and the 20th calendar
day of each calendar month thereafter (or if such day is not a Business Day the
next succeeding Business Day) and during any Amortization Period such other
Business Days as may be specified by the Class A Agent or the Managing Agents as
a Payment Date.

                  "Percentage Allocation" has the meaning set forth in Section
4.01(c)(ii)(B).

                  "Principal Balance Increase" has the meaning specified in
Section 4.10(a).

                  "Principal Balance Increase Confirmation" has the meaning
specified in Section 4.10(a).

                  "Principal Balance Increase Request" has the meaning specified
in Section 4.10(a).

                  "Principal Payment Ratio" means, as at the last day of any
such Monthly Period, a percentage equal to (x) the amount of Collections of
Principal Receivables during such Monthly Period divided by (y) the Outstanding
Principal Balance of all Receivables as of the first day of such Monthly Period.

                  "Purchase Expiration Date" has the meaning specified in the
Class A Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Purchaser" has the meaning specified in the Class A Note
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Rating Agency" means, with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes
for notices to be delivered to each "Rating Agency", the Managing Agents.

                  "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to the Series
2004-1 Notes for any action, that the consent of the Agents has been obtained
with respect thereto.

                  "Reallocated Principal Collections" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, Investor Principal Collections applied in accordance with Section
4.07 in an amount not to exceed the Class A Reallocated Principal Amount for the
related Monthly Period.

                  "Reassignment Amount" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
after giving effect to any deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on
such Payment Date, the sum of

                                       11

<PAGE>

(i) the Class A Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date (or the applicable
portion thereof in the case of any partial redemption pursuant to Section
4.03(b)), plus (ii) Class A Monthly Interest for such Payment Date and any Class
A Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Series 2004-1
Noteholders (or the applicable portion thereof in the case of any partial
redemption pursuant to Section 4.03(b)), plus (iii) the amount of Class A
Additional Interest, if any, for such Payment Date and any Class A Additional
Interest previously due but not distributed to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders on
a prior Payment Date (or the applicable portion thereof in the case of any
partial redemption pursuant to Section 4.03(b)), plus (iv) any other amounts due
and unpaid on such Payment Date under the Class A Note Purchase Agreement,
including, without limitation, Broken Funding Costs (if any).

                  "Required Majority" means, with respect to Series 2004-1, each
of the Agents.

                  "Required Transferor Interest" means 0%.

                  "Requisite Agent" means the Class A Agent and the Managing
Agents.

                  "Reserve Balance" means, on any date the Adjusted Invested
Amount minus the Class A Note Principal Balance.

                  "Reset Date" means each of (a) an Addition Date, (b) a Removal
Date, (c) an Optional Redemption Date, (d) a date on which a Principal Balance
Increase occurs and (e) the date on which all or any portion of a Partial
Amortization Amount is paid.

                  "Revolving Period" means the period beginning at the close of
business on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of (a) the close of
business on the day immediately preceding the day the Scheduled Amortization
Period commences, and (b) the close of business on the day immediately preceding
the day the Early Amortization Period commences; provided, however, that the
Revolving Period shall be temporarily suspended for the duration of any Partial
Amortization Period.

                  "Scheduled Amortization Date" means the earlier of (a) the
"Purchase Expiration Date" (as defined in the Class A Note Purchase Agreement)
and (b) the close of business on the date that is thirty (30) days after the
date on which the Indenture Trustee received notice from the Issuer of the
Issuer's decision to terminate the Revolving Period.

                  "Scheduled Amortization Period" means, unless a Pay Out Event
with respect to Series 2004-1 shall have occurred prior thereto, the period
commencing on the Scheduled Amortization Date and ending upon the first to occur
of (x) the commencement of the Early Amortization Period, (y) the payment in
full of the Class A Note Principal Balance and (z) the Series 2004-1 Final
Maturity Date.

                  "Series 2004-1" means the Series of Notes the terms of which
are specified in this Indenture Supplement.

                  "Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date" means the Payment Date
occurring in the forty second calendar month following the earlier to occur of
(x) the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period and (y) the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period.

                                       12

<PAGE>

                  "Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event" has the meaning specified in
Section 6.01.

                  "Series 2004-1 Principal Shortfall" has the meaning specified
in Section 4.09.

                  "Series Documents" has the meaning specified in of the Class A
Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Series Enhancement" with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes
means the Interest Rate Swap Agreements.

                  "Servicer Default" means, in addition to the Servicer Defaults
specified in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the delivery of a written
notice by any Agent to the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and each Seller that
such Agent, in its sole discretion, is declaring the occurrence of an "Servicer
Default".

                  "Servicing Fee Rate" means 2% per annum.

                  "Successor Servicer" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement.

                  "Swap Counterparty" means (i) Bank One or its successors or
assigns, in its role as swap counterparty under any Interest Rate Swap
Agreement, or (ii) any other financial institution from time to time party to an
Interest Rate Swap Agreement with the Transferor or the Issuer as swap
counterparty, or such institution's successors or assigns, provided that such
institution is rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's, and
which swap counterparty, together with the related Interest Rate Swap Agreement,
has been approved by the Agent, in its sole discretion, and (b) such swap
counterparty is acceptable to the Agents as a "Swap Counterparty."

                  "Transferor Certificate" has the meaning set forth in the
Trust Agreement.

                  "Transition Expenses" means any documented expenses and costs
reasonably incurred by the Successor Servicer in connection with the transition
of servicing duties under the Transaction Documents to the Successor Servicer.
The aggregate amount of Transition Expenses shall not exceed $100,000.

                  "Trustee Expenses" means an amount equal to the product of any
accrued and unpaid amounts to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07 of
the Indenture multiplied by the Floating Investor Percentage.

                  "Uncovered Dilution Amount" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, the excess Dilution Amount for such Monthly Period over the sum of (i)
any amount deposited into the Special Funding Account by the Transferor pursuant
to Section 3.10 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to cover the Dilution
Amount, (ii) the amount, if any, of Principal Receivables transferred to the
Trust by the Transferor to cover the Dilution Amount and (iii) the amount by
which the Transferor Interest was reduced to cover the Dilution Amount.

                                       13

<PAGE>

         Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions.

         (a)      Each capitalized term defined herein shall relate to the
Series 2004-1 Notes and no other Series of Notes issued by the Trust, unless the
context otherwise requires. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Trust Agreement, the
Indenture, the Class A Note Purchase Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement. In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall
conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the
Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
terms and provisions of this Indenture Supplement shall govern.

         (b)      As used in this Indenture and in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not
defined in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document, and
accounting terms partly defined in this Indenture or in any such certificate or
other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings
given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms
in this Indenture or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent
with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this
Indenture or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

         (c)      Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on
deposit or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of
business on such day.

         (d)      The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and words of similar
import when used in this Indenture Supplement shall refer to this Indenture
Supplement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Indenture
Supplement; references to any Article, subsection, Section or Exhibit are
references to Articles, subsections, Sections and Exhibits in or to this
Indenture Supplement unless otherwise specified; and the term "including" means
"including without limitation."

                                   ARTICLE TWO
                       CREATION OF THE SERIES 2004-1 NOTES

         Section 2.01. Designation.

         (a)      There is hereby created and designated a Series of Notes to be
issued pursuant to the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement to be known as
"Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, Series 2004-1 Notes" or the "Series
2004-1 Notes." The Series 2004-1 Notes shall be issued in one Class, which shall
be known as the "Class A Series 2004-1 Floating Rate Asset Backed Variable
Funding Notes". The Series 2004-1 Notes shall be due and payable on the Series
2004-1 Final Maturity Date.

         (b)      Series 2004-1 shall be included in Group One and shall be a
Principal Sharing Series with respect to Group One only. Series 2004-1 shall be
an Excess Allocation Series with respect to Group One only. Series 2004-1 shall
not be subordinated to any other Series.

                                       14

<PAGE>

         (c)      In the event that any term or provision contained herein shall
conflict with or be inconsistent with any term or provision contained in the
Indenture, the terms and provisions of this Indenture Supplement shall be
controlling.

                                  ARTICLE THREE
                  SERVICING FEE;SERIES 2004-1 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT

         Section 3.01. Servicing Compensation. The share of the Servicing Fee
allocable to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders with respect to any Payment Date is
equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee. The remainder of the Servicing Fee shall be
paid by the Holders of the Transferor Certificates or the Noteholders of other
Series (as provided in the related Indenture Supplements) and in no event shall
the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or the Series 2004-1 Noteholders be liable for
the share of the Servicing Fee to be paid by the Holders of the Transferor
Certificates or the Noteholders of any other Series. To the extent that the
Monthly Servicing Fee is not paid in full pursuant to the preceding provisions
of this Section and Section 4.05, it shall be paid by the Holders of the
Transferor Certificates.

         Section 3.02. Series 2004-1 Principal Account. The Servicer, for the
benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders, shall establish and maintain with the
Indenture Trustee or its nominee in the name of the Indenture Trustee, on behalf
of the Trust, a Qualified Account (including any subaccounts thereof) bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds and other property credited
thereto are held for the benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders (the "Series
2004-1 Principal Account"). The Series 2004-1 Principal Account shall constitute
a Series Account with respect to Series 2004-1. The Transferor may from time to
time make deposits to the Series 2004-1 Principal Account. The Indenture Trustee
shall possess all right, title and interest in all monies, instruments,
investment property, documents, certificates of deposit and other property
credited from time to time to the Series 2004-1 Principal Account and in all
proceeds, dividends, distributions, earnings, income and revenue thereof for the
benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders. The Series 2004-1 Principal Account
shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture Trustee for the
benefit of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders. The Servicer shall have no right of
setoff or banker's lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any
funds and other property held in the Series 2004-1 Principal Account for any
amount owed to it by the Indenture Trustee, the Trust, any Noteholder or any
Series Enhancer. If, at any time, the Series 2004-1 Principal Account ceases to
be a Qualified Account, the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf)
shall within ten Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar
days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Series 2004-1
Principal Account meeting the conditions specified above, transfer any monies,
documents, instruments, investment property, certificates of deposit and other
property to such new Series 2004-1 Principal Account and from the date such new
Series 2004-1 Principal Account is established, it shall be the "Series 2004-1
Principal Account."

         Funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Principal Account shall at the
written direction of the Servicer be invested by the Indenture Trustee in
Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. All such Eligible Investments
shall be held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Series 2004-1
Noteholders pursuant to Section 6.15 of the Indenture. Funds on deposit in the
Series 2004-1 Principal Account on any Payment Date will be invested in Eligible
Investments

                                       15

<PAGE>

that will mature so that such funds will be available no later than the close of
business on the Transfer Date immediately following such Monthly Period. No such
Eligible Investment shall be disposed of prior to its maturity; provided,
however, that the Indenture Trustee may sell, liquidate or dispose of an
Eligible Investment before its maturity, at the written direction of the
Servicer, if such sale, liquidation or disposal would not result in a loss of
all or part of the principal portion of such Eligible Investment or if, prior to
the maturity of such Eligible Investment, a default occurs in the payment of
principal, interest or any other amount with respect to such Eligible
Investment. In the event that the Indenture Trustee does not receive written
direction from the Servicer, funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Principal
Account shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee in money market funds having
at the time of the Trust's investment therein, a rating in the highest rating
category of each Rating Agency (including funds for which the Indenture Trustee
or any of its Affiliates is an investment manager or advisor). On each Business
Day on which funds are on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Principal Account during
the Revolving Period, the Servicer shall determine the amount (if any) by which
(i) the sum the Adjusted Invested Amount plus the amount on deposit in the
Series 2004-1 Principal Account exceeds (ii) the product of the Floating
Investor Percentage multiplied by the Net Receivables Balance on such date and
shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw any such excess from the Series
2004-1 Principal Account and pay such amount to the Holders of the Transferor
Certificates; provided, however, that, if a Partial Amortization Period has
commenced and is continuing with respect to Series 2004-1, funds on deposit in
the Series 2004-1 Principal Account (up to the Partial Amortization Amount)
shall be treated as Principal Collections and shall be allocated and distributed
in accordance with the terms of this Supplement and if a Scheduled Amortization
Period or an Early Amortization Period has commenced and is continuing with
respect to Series 2004-1, any funds on deposit in the Series 2004-1 Principal
Account shall be treated as Principal Collections and shall be allocated and
distributed in accordance with the terms of this Indenture Supplement.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                     RIGHTS OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTEHOLDERS AND
                    ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

         Section 4.01. Collections and Allocations.

         (a)      Allocations. Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and
Principal Receivables and Charged-Off Receivables allocated to Series 2004-1
pursuant to Article VIII of the Indenture shall be allocated and distributed as
set forth in this Article.

         (b)      Payments to the Transferor. The Servicer shall on each Deposit
Date direct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the Collection Account and
pay to the Holders of the Transferor Certificates (and to the Successor Servicer
to the extent that the Successor Servicer is owed Transition Expenses after the
application of Section 4.05(a)):

                  (i)      an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage for the
         related Monthly Period of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables to
         the extent such amount is deposited in the Collection Account; and

                                       16

<PAGE>

                  (ii)     an amount equal to the Transferor Percentage for the
         related Monthly Period of Collections of Principal Receivables
         deposited in the Collection Account, if the Transferor Interest
         (determined after giving effect to any Principal Receivables
         transferred to the Trust on such Deposit Date) exceeds the Required
         Transferor Interest.

         The withdrawals to be made from the Collection Account pursuant to this
Section 4.01(b) do not apply to deposits into the Collection Account that do not
represent Collections, including payment of the purchase price for the
Receivables or the Notes pursuant to, respectively, Section 2.06 or 7.01 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement or Section 11.04 of the Indenture and payment
of the Reassignment Amount for the Series 2004-1 Notes pursuant to Section 7.01
of this Indenture Supplement.

         (c)      Allocations to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders. The Servicer
shall, prior to the close of business on any Deposit Date allocate to the Series
2004-1 Noteholders the following amounts as set forth below:

                  (i)      Allocations of Finance Charge Collections. The
         Servicer shall allocate to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and retain in
         the Collection Account for application as provided herein an amount
         equal to the product of (A) the Investor Percentage and (B) the
         aggregate amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables deposited
         in the Collection Account on such Deposit Date; provided, that, on any
         Deposit Day during the Revolving Period, the Servicer may, based upon
         the information provided in the latest Daily Report, withdraw, so long
         as the Floating Investor Percentage is not greater than 100%, (i) the
         excess (if any) of Finance Charge Collections on deposit in the
         Collection Account over the sum of (x) for the portion of Class A Note
         Principal Balance covered by an Interest Rate Swap Agreement, the
         accrued and unpaid Interest Rate Swap Payments owing by the Transferor
         (prorated daily without giving effect to any netting provisions in the
         applicable Interest Rate Swap Agreement ) plus (y) for the portion of
         the Class A Note Principal Balance that is not covered by an Interest
         Rate Swap Agreement, the accrued and unpaid Class A Monthly Interest on
         such portion of the Class A Note Principal Balance plus (z) the accrued
         and unpaid fees owing hereunder or under the Indenture, in each case
         through such Deposit Date since the prior Deposit Date.

                  (ii)     Allocations of Principal Collections. The Servicer
         shall allocate to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders, the following amounts
         as set forth below:

                           (A)      Allocations During the Revolving Period.
                  During the Revolving Period, an amount equal to the product of
                  (1) the Investor Percentage and (2) the aggregate amount of
                  Collections of Principal Receivables deposited in the
                  Collection Account on such Deposit Date, shall be allocated to
                  the Series 2004-1 Noteholders and shall be first, if any other
                  Principal Sharing Series in Group One is outstanding and in
                  its amortization period or accumulation period, retained in
                  the Collection Account for application, to the extent
                  necessary, as Shared Principal Collections to other Series in
                  Group One on the related Payment Date, and second paid to the
                  Holders of the Transferor Certificates only if the Transferor
                  Percentage on such Deposit Date is greater than the Required

                                       17

<PAGE>

                  Transferor Interest (after giving effect to all Principal
                  Receivables transferred to the Trust on such day) and
                  otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.

                           (B)      Allocations During any Partial Amortization
                  Period. During any Partial Amortization Period, an amount
                  equal to the product of (1) the Investor Percentage and (2)
                  the aggregate amount of Collections of Principal Receivables
                  deposited in the Collection Account on such Deposit Date (the
                  product for any such date is hereinafter referred to as a
                  "Percentage Allocation") shall be allocated to the Series
                  2004-1 Noteholders and retained in the Collection Account
                  until applied as provided herein; provided, however, that if
                  the sum of such Percentage Allocation and all preceding
                  Percentage Allocations with respect to the same Monthly Period
                  exceeds the difference between the Partial Amortization Amount
                  and the total amount of principal payments set aside for the
                  Series 2004-1 Noteholders during the related Partial
                  Amortization Period, then such excess shall not be treated as
                  a Percentage Allocation and shall be first, if any other
                  Principal Sharing Series in Group One is outstanding and in
                  its amortization period or accumulation period, retained in
                  the Collection Account for application, to the extent
                  necessary, as Shared Principal Collections to other Series in
                  Group One on the related Payment Date, and second paid to the
                  Holders of the Transferor Certificates only if the Transferor
                  Interest on such Deposit Date is greater than the Required
                  Transferor Interest (after giving effect to all Principal
                  Receivables transferred to the Trust on such day) and
                  otherwise shall be deposited in the Special Funding Account.

                           (C)      Allocations During the Scheduled
                  Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period. During
                  the Scheduled Amortization Period or the Early Amortization
                  Period, an amount equal to the product of (1) the Investor
                  Percentage and (2) the aggregate amount of Collections of
                  Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account on
                  such Deposit Date shall be allocated to the Series 2004-1
                  Noteholders and retained in the Collection Account until
                  applied as provided herein; provided, however, that after the
                  date on which an amount of such Collections equal to the Class
                  A Note Principal Balance has been deposited into the
                  Collection Account and allocated to the Series 2004-1
                  Noteholders, any excess of amounts allocated to the Series
                  2004-1 Noteholders pursuant to this Section 4.01(c)(ii)(C)
                  shall be first, if any other Principal Sharing Series in Group
                  One is outstanding and in its amortization period or
                  accumulation period, retained in the Collection Account for
                  application, to the extent necessary, as Shared Principal
                  Collections to other Series in Group One on the related
                  Payment Date, and second paid to the Holders of the Transferor
                  Certificates only if the Transferor Percentage on such Deposit
                  Date is greater than the Required Transferor Interest (after
                  giving effect to all Principal Receivables transferred to the
                  Trust on such day) and otherwise shall be deposited in the
                  Special Funding Account.

                                       18

<PAGE>

         Section 4.02. Determination of Monthly Interest.

         (a)      Pursuant to and in accordance with the Class A Note Purchase
Agreement, on or before the second Business Day after the end of each calendar
month, the Class A Agent shall calculate the Class A Note Rate and the Class A
Monthly Interest distributable from the Collection Account on any Payment Date
for the related Due Period and shall provide the Servicer with written notice of
the Class A Note Rate and the Class A Monthly Interest for such Due Period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Class A Monthly Interest
shall be distributed on the Class A Notes only to the extent permitted by
applicable law.

         (b)      On each Determination Date, the Servicer shall determine and
notify the Indenture Trustee in writing of the excess, if any (the "Class A
Interest Shortfall"), of (x) the Class A Monthly Interest for such Payment Date
over (y) the amount which will be available to be distributed with respect to
the Class A Notes on such Payment Date in respect thereof pursuant to this
Indenture Supplement. If, on any Payment Date, the Class A Interest Shortfall is
greater than zero, on each subsequent Payment Date until such Class A Interest
Shortfall is fully paid, an additional amount ("Class A Additional Interest")
equal to (x) the actual number of days in the Due Period commencing on such
Payment Date divided by 360, multiplied by (y) the product of (i) the Class A
Note Rate for such Due Period plus 2% per annum and (ii) such Class A Interest
Shortfall shall be payable as provided herein with respect to the Class A Notes.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Class A Additional Interest
shall be distributed with respect to the Class A Notes only to the extent
permitted by applicable law.

         Section 4.03. Suspension of the Revolving Period; Partial Amortization
Period.

         (a)      The Transferor may from time to time, in its sole discretion,
unless a Pay Out Event shall have occurred prior thereto, suspend the Revolving
Period and cause a Partial Amortization Period to commence by delivering to the
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Requisite Agent an irrevocable written
notice by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second Business Day preceding
the date on which such Partial Amortization Period is scheduled to commence,
which notice shall specify the aggregate amount of the decrease in the Class A
Principal Balance (the "Partial Amortization Amount") for such Partial
Amortization Period; provided, however, that any Partial Amortization Amount
shall be in an amount of at least $2,000,000 or multiples of $100,000 in excess
thereof; provided, further, that the Transferor may not cause a Partial
Amortization Period to commence unless, in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor, such Partial Amortization Period would not result in the occurrence
of a Pay Out Event. In addition, if certain Committed Purchasers have agreed to
an extension of their respective Purchase Expiration Dates and at least one
Committed Purchaser has not agreed to such extension (each such Purchaser, a
"Non-Renewing Purchaser"), a Partial Amortization Period shall commence on such
Non-Renewing Purchaser's Purchase Expiration Date and continue until the first
to occur of (i) the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period or the
Early Amortization Period and (ii) the portion of the Class A Principal Note
Balance funded by each Non-Renewing Purchaser has been reduced to zero and the
portion of the Class A Principal Note Balance funded by each Conduit Investor in
such Non-Renewing Purchaser's Purchase Group (any such Conduit, a "Non-Renewing
Conduit") has been reduced to an amount equal to or less than the aggregate
commitments of the Committed Purchasers in its Purchase

                                       19

<PAGE>

Group (exclusive of any Non-Renewing Purchaser) and the "Partial Amortization
Amount" for such Partial Amortization Period shall equal the product of such
Non-Renewing Purchasers' Purchaser Percentage multiplied by the Class A Note
Principal Balance immediately prior to the commencement of such Partial
Amortization Period.

         (b)      On any Business Day during the Revolving Period, the Issuer
may cause the Servicer to provide written notice to the Indenture Trustee, each
Agent and the Series 2004-1 Noteholders (an "Optional Redemption Notice") at
least two Business Days prior to any Business Day (the "Optional Redemption
Date") stating its intention to cause a full or partial redemption of the Series
2004-1 Notes on the Optional Redemption Date at a redemption price equal to (i)
if the Optional Redemption Date is a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount for
such Payment Date or (ii) if the Optional Redemption Date is not a Payment Date,
the Reassignment Amount for the Payment Date following such date; provided that
the payment of the Reassignment Amount shall be made from the proceeds of the
issuance of one or more new Series of Notes issued substantially
contemporaneously with such full or partial redemption. Any such redemption
shall be in a minimum amount of $2,000,000 or an integral multiple of $500,000
in excess thereof. The Optional Redemption Notice shall state the Optional
Redemption Date and the Reassignment Amount. Not later than 2:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Business Day prior to the Optional Redemption Date the Issuer
shall deposit the Reassignment Amount into the Collection Account in immediately
available funds. The Transferor shall be entitled to make the payment of the
Reassignment Amount on behalf of the Issuer from the proceeds of the issuance of
one or more new Series of Notes issued substantially contemporaneously with such
full or partial redemption and such payment by the Transferor shall be treated
as a payment by the Issuer for purposes of this Agreement.

         Section 4.04. [RESERVED]

         Section 4.05. Application of Available Finance Charge Collections and
Available Principal Collections. The Servicer shall apply, or shall cause the
Indenture Trustee to apply by written instruction to the Indenture Trustee, on
each Payment Date, Available Finance Charge Collections and Available Principal
Collections on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to such Payment
Date to make the following distributions:

         (a)      On each Payment Date, an amount equal to the Available Finance
Charge Collections will be distributed or deposited in the following priority:

                  (i)      an amount equal to the Trustee Expenses to the
         Indenture Trustee to the extent not paid by the Servicer pursuant to
         Section 6.07 of the Indenture;

                  (ii)     an amount equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee for such
         Payment Date plus the amount of any Monthly Servicing Fee previously
         due but not distributed to the Servicer on a prior Payment Date, shall
         be distributed to the Servicer (unless such amount has been netted
         against deposits to the Collection Account in accordance with Section
         8.04 of the Indenture);

                                       20

<PAGE>

                  (iii)    an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid Interest
         Rate Swap Payments (if any), to the applicable Swap Counterparties;

                  (iv)     an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest for such
         Payment Date, plus the amount of any Class A Monthly Interest
         previously due but not distributed to the Class A Noteholders, plus the
         amount of any Class A Additional Interest for such Payment Date and any
         Class A Additional Interest previously due but not distributed to Class
         A Noteholders on a prior Payment Date, shall be distributed to the
         Class A Noteholders;

                  (v)      any Transition Expenses to the Successor Servicer (or
         other applicable payee);

                  (vi)     an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount and
         the Investor Uncovered Dilution Amount, if any, for such Payment Date
         shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal Collections for
         such Payment Date;

                  (vii)    an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of
         Investor Charge-Offs and the amount of Reallocated Principal
         Collections which have not been previously reimbursed pursuant to this
         subparagraph shall be treated as a portion of Available Principal
         Collections for such Payment Date;

                  (viii)   any Class A Additional Amounts due and payable to the
         Class A Agent pursuant to the Class A Note Purchase Agreement with
         respect to such Payment Date shall be paid to the Class A Agent;

                  (ix)     upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with
         respect to Series 2004-1 and acceleration of the maturity of the Series
         2004-1 Notes, the balance, if any, up to the outstanding principal
         amount of the Series 2004-1 Notes will be treated as Available
         Principal Collections for that Payment Date for distribution to the
         Series 2004-1 Noteholders;

                  (x)      any remaining amounts up to the aggregate of all
         other Interest Rate Swap Obligations then owed by to Swap
         Counterparties to each such Swap Counterparty (ratably based upon such
         Interest Rate Swap Obligations;

                  (xi)     the balance, if any, will constitute a portion of
         Excess Finance Charge Collections for such Payment Date and will be
         available for allocation to other Series in Group One or to the Holder
         of the Transferor Certificates as described in Section 8.08 of the
         Indenture and Section 4.01.

         (b)      On each Interest Rate Swap Settlement Day that is not a
Payment Date, an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid Interest Rate Swap
Payments (if any), to the applicable Swap Counterparties net of any amounts
distributed under clause (a)(iii) above.

                                       21

<PAGE>

         (c)      On each Payment Date with respect to the Revolving Period, an
amount equal to the Available Principal Collections shall be treated as Shared
Principal Collections and applied in accordance with Section 8.05 of the
Indenture.

         (d)      On each Business Day with respect to the Partial Amortization
Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections shall be
distributed in an amount which, together with the aggregate amounts distributed
pursuant to this clause (d) with respect to the same Partial Amortization
Period, equals the Partial Amortization Amount, shall be distributed to any
Non-Renewing Purchasers and the Conduit Purchasers in such Non-Renewing
Purchaser's Purchase Group, if applicable, and otherwise to the Class A
Noteholders, and on each Payment Date with respect to the Partial Amortization
Period, an amount equal to the Available Principal Collections for the related
Monthly Period shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

                  (i)      an amount which, together with the aggregate amounts
         distributed pursuant to this clause (i) on prior Payment Dates with
         respect to the same Partial Amortization Period, equals the Partial
         Amortization Amount, shall be distributed to any Non-Renewing
         Purchasers and the Conduit Purchasers in such Non-Renewing Purchaser's
         Purchase Group, if applicable, and otherwise to the Class A
         Noteholders; and

                  (ii)     the balance of such Available Principal Collections
         shall be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in
         accordance with Section 8.05 of the Indenture.

         (e)      On each Payment Date with respect to the Scheduled
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, an amount equal to the
Available Principal Collections for the related Monthly Period shall be
distributed in the following order of priority:

                  (i)      an amount up to the Class A Principal Balance on such
         Payment Date shall be distributed to the Class A Noteholders; and

                  (ii)     for each Payment Date beginning on the Payment Date
         on which the Class A Principal Balance is paid in full, an amount equal
         to the balance, if any, of such Available Principal Collections shall
         be treated as Shared Principal Collections and applied in accordance
         with Section 8.05 of the Indenture.

         Section 4.06. Investor Charge-Offs. On each Determination Date, the
Servicer shall calculate the Investor Default Amount and the Investor Uncovered
Dilution Amount, if any, for the related Payment Date. If, on any Payment Date,
the sum of the Investor Default Amount and the Investor Uncovered Dilution
Amount for such Payment Date exceeds the amount of Available Finance Charge
Collections allocated with respect thereto pursuant to Section 4.05(a)(vi), with
respect to such Payment Date, the Adjusted Invested Amount (after giving effect
to any reductions for any Reallocated Principal Collections on such Payment
Date) will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not by more than the
lesser of (i) the sum of the Investor Default Amount and the Investor Uncovered
Dilution Amount and (ii) the Adjusted Invested Amount (after giving effect to
any reductions for any Reallocated Principal Collections on such Payment Date)
for such Payment Date (such reduction, an "Investor Charge-Off").

                                       22

<PAGE>

         Section 4.07. Reallocated Principal Collections. On each Payment Date,
the Servicer shall apply, or shall cause the Indenture Trustee to apply,
Reallocated Principal Collections with respect to such Payment Date, to fund any
deficiency pursuant to and in the priority set forth in Sections 4.05(a)(i)
through (v). On each Payment Date, the Adjusted Invested Amount shall be reduced
by the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections for such Payment Date.

         Section 4.08. Excess Finance Charge Collections. Series 2004-1 shall be
an Excess Allocation Series with respect to Group One only. Subject to Section
8.08 of the Indenture, Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to the
Excess Allocation Series in Group One for any Payment Date will be allocated to
Series 2004-1 in an amount equal to the product of (i) the aggregate amount of
Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to all the Excess Allocation
Series in Group One for such Payment Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the Finance Charge Shortfall for Series 2004-1 for such Payment Date
and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Finance Charge
Shortfalls for all the Excess Allocation Series in Group One for such Payment
Date.

         Section 4.09. Shared Principal Collections. Subject to Section 8.05 of
the Indenture, Shared Principal Collections with respect to the Series in Group
One for any Payment Date will be allocated to Series 2004-1 in an amount equal
to the product of (x) the aggregate amount of Shared Principal Collections with
respect to all Principal Sharing Series in Group One for such Payment Date and
(y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Series 2004-1 Principal Shortfall
for such Payment Date and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of
Principal Shortfalls for all the Series which are Principal Sharing Series in
Group One for such Payment Date. The "Series 2004-1 Principal Shortfall" will be
equal to for any Payment Date with respect to (a) the Revolving Period, zero,
(b) any Partial Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of the Partial
Amortization Amount not previously distributed over the amount of Available
Principal Collections for such Payment Date (excluding any portion thereof
attributable to Shared Principal Collections), and (c) the Scheduled
Amortization Period or the Early Amortization Period, the excess, if any, of the
Class A Note Principal Balance over the amount of Available Principal
Collections for such Payment Date (excluding any portion thereof attributable to
Shared Principal Collections).

         Section 4.10. Principal Balance Increases.

         (a)      The Series 2004-1 Noteholders agree, by acceptance of their
Series 2004-1 Notes, that the Transferor may, from time to time, prior to the
earlier of the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period and the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period and so long as a Partial
Amortization Period is not outstanding, and subject to the terms, conditions and
restrictions set forth in this Section 4.10(a) and in the Class A Note Purchase
Agreement, request the Issuer to increase the Class A Note Principal Balance in
specified amounts (any such increase being referred to herein as a "Principal
Balance Increase"). Each and every Principal Balance Increase shall, however, be
subject to the satisfaction of the Increase Conditions, and shall be permitted
only (i) during the Revolving Period and (ii) upon the request made by the
Transferor to each Agent to increase the Class A Note Principal Balance and the
Invested Amount to an amount not to exceed the Maximum Invested Amount. Any such
Principal Balance Increase shall be in a minimum amount sufficient for the pro
rata share of any such increase for each

                                       23

<PAGE>

Purchaser to be at least $1,000,000. To request any such increase, the
Transferor shall be required to give to each of the Indenture Trustee, the
Servicer and each Agent, by 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the second
Business Day prior to the date of the requested Principal Balance Increase, an
irrevocable notice substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (each,
a "Principal Balance Increase Request"), specifying (i) the amount of such
increase (the "Increase Amount"), (ii) the date on which such Principal Balance
Increase is to occur, which date shall be a Business Day during the Revolving
Period (an "Increase Date") and (iii) the payment instructions for remittance of
the proceeds of such requested Principal Balance Increase.

         (b) On the Increase Date for such Principal Balance Increase, after
satisfaction of all conditions to such Principal Balance Increase, each
Purchaser shall initiate the remittance of such Increase Amount allocated to it
in accordance with the Note Purchase Agreement to the extent it has otherwise
agreed or committed to fund such Principal Balance Increase, no later than 12:00
(noon) (New York City time) in same day funds in accordance with the payment
instructions specified in the Principal Balance Increase Request, and upon such
remittance the outstanding Class A Principal Balance shall be increased by the
amount of such remittance. Concurrently with the making of such Principal
Balance Increase, the Transferor and the Requisite Agent shall deliver to the
Indenture Trustee an increase confirmation, in substantially the form of Exhibit
E (a "Principal Balance Increase Confirmation"), specifying the Increase Amount,
and the Indenture Trustee shall promptly annotate the Note Register accordingly.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                 DELIVERY OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTES; DISTRIBUTIONS;
                      REPORTS TO SERIES 2004-1 NOTEHOLDERS

         Section 5.01. Delivery and Payment for the Series 2004-1 Notes. The
Issuer shall execute and issue, and Indenture Trustee shall authenticate, the
Series 2004-1 Notes in accordance with Section 2.03 of the Indenture. The
Indenture Trustee shall deliver the Series 2004-1 Notes to or upon the order of
the Trust when so authenticated.

         Section 5.02. Distributions.

         (a)      On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to
each Class A Noteholders of record on the related Record Date (other than as
provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture), the amounts required to be
distributed in respect of the Class A Notes pursuant to Article IV hereof.

         (b)      The distributions to be made pursuant to this Section 5.02 are
subject to the provisions of Sections 2.06, 6.01 and 7.01 of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, Section 11.02 of the Indenture and Section 7.01 of this
Indenture Supplement.

         (c)      Except as provided in Section 11.02 of the Indenture with
respect to a final distribution, distributions to Series 2004-1 Noteholders
hereunder shall be made by (i) wire transfer in immediately available funds and
(ii) without presentation or surrender of any Series

                                       24

<PAGE>

2004-1 Note or the making of any notation thereon and (iii) by 12:00 (noon) New
York City time.

         Section 5.03. Reports and Statements to Series 2004-1 Noteholders.

         (a)      No later than each Determination Date, the Servicer will
provide to the each Agent and the Indenture Trustee statements, substantially in
the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto (each, a "Monthly Servicer Report"), setting
forth certain information as of the prior fiscal month end relating to the Trust
and the Series 2004-1 Notes.

         (b)      In addition, the Servicer shall prepare and forward a report
in the form of Exhibit C a Daily Report, to each Agent on each Business Day,
reflecting activity for the immediately prior Business Day and utilizing the
Loss Percentage and Dilution Percentage from the most recent Monthly Report
received on or prior to such immediately prior Business Day. At such times as
any Agent shall request, the Servicer shall prepare and forward to the Agents a
listing by Obligor of all Receivables together with an aging of such
Receivables. Reporting of such aging of accounts shall be in accordance with
Missing Payment Indicator (MPI) aging methodology.

         (c)      On or before January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with
calendar year 2005, the Indenture Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished
to each Person who at any time during the preceding calendar year was a Series
2004-1 Noteholder, a statement prepared by the Servicer containing the
information which is required to be contained in the statement to Series 2004-1
Noteholders as set forth in paragraph (a) above, aggregated for such calendar
year or the applicable portion thereof during which such Person was a Series
2004-1 Noteholder, together with other information as is required to be provided
by an issuer of indebtedness under the Code and such other customary information
as is necessary to enable the Series 2004-1 Noteholders to prepare their tax
returns. Such obligation of the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have been
satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall be
provided by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the Code as
from time to time in effect.

                                   ARTICLE SIX
                          SERIES 2004-1 PAY OUT EVENTS

     Section 6.01. Series 2004-1 Pay Out Events. If any one of the following
events shall occur with respect to the Series 2004-1 Notes:

         (a)      a failure of the Transferor to convey Receivables in
Additional Accounts to the Trust within five Business Days after it is required
to do so pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(i) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

         (b)      without limiting any of the foregoing, the occurrence of an
Event of Default with respect to Series 2004-1 and acceleration of the maturity
of the Series 2004-1 Notes in accordance with Section 5.03 of the Indenture;

         (c)      any Servicer Default shall occur;

                                       25

<PAGE>

         (d)      the Class A Note Principal Balance shall not be paid in full
on the Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date;

         (e)      an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to The Bon-Ton Stores,
Inc., The Bon-Ton Corp., GP, Inc., the Transferor, any Account Owner, any
Seller, the Servicer or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

         (f)      the Transferor is unable for any reason to transfer
Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement;

         (g)      the Indenture Trustee shall, for any reason, fail to have a
valid and perfected first priority security interest in the Receivables;

         (h)      (i) the Servicer (if the Servicer is a Seller or an affiliate
of a Seller), the Issuer, the Transferor, GP, Inc. either Parent, or any Seller
shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement under any
Series Document (other than as referred to in clause (ii) of this Section
6.01(h), and such failure shall remain unremedied for ten (10) Business Days
after the earlier to occur of knowledge thereof on the part of the Servicer, the
Issuer, the Transferor, either Parent or any Seller (as applicable) or notice
thereof given by the Agent or any Managing Agent to the Transferor, or (ii) the
Servicer(if the Servicer is a Seller or an affiliate of a Seller), any Seller,
the Transferor, the Issuer, either Parent or GP, Inc. shall fail to make any
payment or deposit to be made by it under any Series Document when due and such
failure shall remain unremedied for one (1) Business Day;

         (i)      Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made
by the Issuer, the Transferor, the Servicer or GP, Inc. in this Agreement or in
any other Series Documents or by any Seller under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement or by either Parent under the Performance Undertaking shall prove to
have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

         (j)      (i) The Issuer, Transferor, TBTR Partnership, GP, Inc. or any
Seller shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or provision of
the Receivable Purchase Agreement, and such failure shall have continued beyond
any applicable cure period thereunder, or (ii) the Transferor or any Seller, as
applicable, shall have waived or relinquished its rights under the Receivables
Purchase Agreement with respect to any such failure;

         (k)      The three month rolling average Excess Spread shall be less
than 2%;

         (l)      (i) The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. shall cease to own
directly 100% of shares of the outstanding capital stock of GP, Inc. entitled to
vote generally for the election of directors of such corporation, (ii) GP, Inc.
shall cease to own directly all of the general partnership interests in the
Transferor, (iii) The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. shall cease to own
directly all of the limited partnership interests in the Transferor, (iv) the
Transferor shall cease to own directly all of the certificates of the Issuer (v)
any Seller shall cease to be a wholly, owned (direct or indirect) subsidiary of
the Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. or (vi) a Change of Control shall occur.

                                       26
<PAGE>

         (m)      As at the end of any fiscal month, (i) the average Delinquency
Ratio in respect of the three Monthly Periods then most recently ended shall
exceed 2.25%, (ii) the average Charge-Off Ratio in respect of the two Monthly
Periods then most recently ended (in the case of the fiscal month ending in
January 2004) and three Monthly Periods then most recently ended (in the case of
each other fiscal month), shall exceed 7.00%, or (iii) the average Principal
Payment Ratio in respect of the three Monthly Periods then most recently ended
shall be less than 14.0%.

         (n)      As at the end of any Monthly Period, the average Dilution
Ratio in respect of the three fiscal months then most recently ended shall
exceed, (i) for the fiscal months ending in December, January or February, 5.5%,
and (ii) for any other fiscal months, 4.25%.

         (o)      (i) the sum of the Adjusted Invested Amount minus the Series
2004-1 Principal Account exceeds (ii) the product of the Floating Investor
Percentage multiplied by the Net Receivables Balance at any time and shall not
have been cured within the Required Cure Period.

         (p)      The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and its Subsidiaries shall fail to
maintain, on a consolidated basis at the end of each Fiscal Quarter of Parent a
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the 12-month period then ended of not less than
1.0 to 1.0.

         (q)      Maximum Capital Expenditures. The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shall make Capital Expenditures during the
following periods that exceed in the aggregate the amounts set forth opposite
each of such periods:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Period                     Maximum Capital Expenditures per Period
            ------                     ---------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>
Fiscal Year 2003                                   $32,000,000

Fiscal Year 2004                                   $40,000,000

Fiscal Year 2005                                   $45,000,000

Fiscal Year 2006 and thereafter                    $50,000,000
</TABLE>

provided, however, that the amount of permitted Capital Expenditures referenced
above will be increased in any Fiscal Year by the positive amount equal to the
lesser of (a) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of permitted Capital
Expenditures for the immediately prior Fiscal Year, and (b) the amount (if any),
equal to the difference obtained by taking the Capital Expenditures limit
specified above for the immediately prior Fiscal Year minus the actual amount of
any Capital Expenditures expended during such prior Fiscal Year (the "Carry Over
Amount"), and for purposes of measuring compliance herewith, the Carry Over
Amount shall be deemed to be the first amount spent on Capital Expenditures in
that succeeding Fiscal Year.

         (r)      A default or breach shall occur under any other agreement,
document or instrument to which any Material Entity is a party which is not
cured within any applicable grace period, and such default or breach (i)
involves the failure to make any payment when due in respect of any Indebtedness
(other than any Indebtedness with respect to which the payee is The Bon-Ton
Stores, Inc. or any Affiliate thereof) of any Material Entity in excess of
$1,000,000 in

                                       27

<PAGE>

the aggregate, or (ii) causes, or permits any holder of such Indebtedness or a
trustee to cause, such Indebtedness or a portion thereof in excess of $1,000,000
in the aggregate to become due prior to its stated maturity or prior to its
regularly scheduled dates of payment.

         (s)      The Performance Undertaking shall fail to be in full force and
effect.

         (t)      A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in
excess of $250,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding shall be rendered
against any Material Entity and the same shall not, within thirty (30) days
after the entry thereof, have been discharged or execution thereof stayed or
bonded pending appeal, or shall not have been discharged prior to the expiration
of any such stay.

         (u)      An ERISA Event shall occur and the amount of all liabilities
and deficiencies resulting therefrom, whether or not assessed, exceeds $250,000
in the aggregate.

         (v)      As at the end of any Monthly Period, the average aggregate
In-Store Collections in respect of the three Monthly Periods then most recently
ended shall exceed 40% of aggregate Collections during such three fiscal months.

then, in the case of any event described in the foregoing subparagraph of this
Section 6.01, after the applicable grace period, if any, set forth in such
subparagraphs, any of the Indenture Trustee, any Agent or the Required Committed
Purchasers by notice then given in writing to the Transferor and the Servicer
(and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Agent or the Required Committed
Purchasers) may declare that a "Series Pay Out Event" with respect to Series
2004-1 (a "Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event") has occurred as of the date of such
notice, provided, however, that the Agents and the Required Committed Purchasers
by notice then given in writing to the Transferor and the Servicer (and to the
Indenture Trustee if given by the Agent or the Required Committed Purchasers)
may waive any Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event above and, in the case of any event
described in subparagraph (e) a Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event shall occur without
any notice or other action on the part of the Indenture Trustee or the Series
2004-1 Noteholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event.

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN
             REDEMPTION OF SERIES 2004-1 NOTES; FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS;
                               SERIES TERMINATION

         Section 7.01. Optional Redemption of Series 2004-1 Notes; Final
Distributions.

         (a)      On any day occurring on or after the date on which the
outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes is reduced to 10% or
less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes
during the Revolving Period, at any time on or after the Closing Date, the
Servicer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2004-1 Notes if it has
determined, in its sole estimation, that the cost of servicing the related
Receivables is unduly burdensome in relation to the benefit, at a purchase price
equal to (i) if such day is a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount for such
Payment Date or (ii) if such day is not a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount
for the Payment Date following such day.

                                       28

<PAGE>

         (b)      The Servicer shall give the Indenture Trustee and each Agent
at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which the Servicer
intends to exercise such optional redemption. Not later than the Business Day
prior to the Redemption Date, the Servicer shall deposit into the Collection
Account in immediately available funds, the Reassignment Amount. Such redemption
option is subject to payment in full of the Reassignment Amount. Following
deposit into the Collection Account in accordance with the foregoing, the
Invested Amount for Series 2004-1 shall be reduced to zero and the Series 2004-1
Noteholders shall have no further security interest in the Receivables. The
Reassignment Amount shall be distributed as set forth in Section 7.01(d).

         (c)      (i)      The amount to be paid by the Transferor with respect
to Series 2004-1 in connection with a reassignment of Receivables to the
Transferor pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement
shall equal the Reassignment Amount for the first Payment Date following the
Monthly Period in which the reassignment obligation arises under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement.

                  (ii)     The amount to be paid by the Transferor with respect
         to Series 2004-1 in connection with a repurchase of the Series 2004-1
         Notes pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement
         shall equal the Reassignment Amount for the Payment Date of such
         repurchase.

                  (d)      With respect to the Reassignment Amount deposited
into the Collection Account pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof, the Indenture
Trustee shall, in accordance with the written direction of the Servicer, not
later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the related Payment Date, make
deposits or distributions of the following amounts (in the priority set forth
below and, in each case, after giving effect to any deposits and distributions
otherwise to be made on such date) in immediately available funds: (i) (A) the
Class A Note Principal Balance on such Payment Date will be distributed to the
Paying Agent for payment to the Class A Noteholders and (y) an amount equal to
the sum of (1) the Class A Monthly Interest for such Payment Date, (2) any Class
A Monthly Interest previously due but not distributed to the Class A Noteholders
on prior Payment Dates, (3) the amount of Class A Additional Interest, if any,
for such Payment Date and any Class A Additional Interest previously due but not
distributed to the Class A Noteholders on any prior Payment Date, will be
distributed to the Paying Agent for payment to the Class A Noteholders and (4)
all Class A Additional Amounts due to the Class A Noteholders and any other
amounts due under the Class A Note Purchase Agreement, and (ii) any excess shall
be released to the Transferor.

                  (e)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Indenture Supplement, the Indenture or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, all
amounts distributed to the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 7.01(d) hereof for
payment to the Series 2004-1 Noteholders shall be deemed distributed in full to
the Series 2004-1 Noteholders on the date on which such funds are distributed to
the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section 7.01 and shall be deemed to be a final
distribution pursuant to Section 11.02 of the Indenture.

                                       29

<PAGE>

         Section 7.02. Series Termination. On the Series 2004-1 Final Maturity,
the right of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders to receive payments from the Issuer
will be limited solely to the right to receive payments pursuant to Section 5.05
of the Indenture.

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         Section 8.01. Ratification of Indenture. As supplemented by this
Indenture Supplement, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed
and the Indenture as so supplemented by this Indenture Supplement shall be read,
taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

         Section 8.02. Counterparts. This Indenture Supplement may be executed
in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts,
each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and
the same instrument.

         Section 8.03. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401
OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         Section 8.04. Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding any other
provision herein or elsewhere, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by
Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its
capacity as Owner Trustee of the Trust, in no event shall the Wilmington Trust
Company in its individual capacity have any liability in respect of the
representations, warranties or obligations of the Trust hereunder or under any
other document, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of
the Trust, and for all purposes of this Agreement and each other document, the
Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and
entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

         Section 8.05. Private Placement of Series 2004-1 Notes; Form of
Delivery of Series 2004-1 Notes.

         (a)      The Series 2004-1 Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") or any applicable
securities law of any state and may not be offered, sold, pledged or otherwise
transferred except in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act and applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws to (i)
Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. or any Affiliate thereof, (ii) a Person who the
Holder reasonably believes is a "Qualified Institutional Buyer" within the
meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A") in
compliance with Rule 144A or (iii) a Person who is an institutional "Accredited
Investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act, in each case in compliance with the certification and other requirements
specified herein. None of the Issuer, the Transferor, the Transfer Agent and
Registrar of the Indenture Trustee is obligated to register the Series 2004-1
Notes under the Securities Act or any other

                                       30

<PAGE>

securities or "blue sky" law. Each Holder of a Series 2004-1 Note shall
represent and warrant (in an Investment Letter) for the benefit of Bon-Ton
Receivables Master Note Trust and Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. that such
Holder is not (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of the
Employee retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") which is
subject to the provisions of ERISA, (ii) a plan (as defined in Section
4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), other
than a governmental or church plan described in Section 4975(g)(2) or (3) of the
Code which is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (iii) an entity whose
underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's investment in the
entity (unless registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).
Neither the Series 2004-1 Notes nor any interest therein may be transferred to
an employee benefit plan, trust or account subject to ERISA, or described in
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code. Any transfer of a direct or indirect interest in
any Series 2004-1 Notes is subject to the provisions of the Indenture and
certain limitations therein set forth.

         (b)      The Series 2004-1 Notes shall be Definitive Notes and shall be
delivered as Registered Notes as provided in Section 2.01 of the Indenture.

         Section 8.06. Successors and Assigns. This Indenture Supplement shall
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective permitted successors and assigns, except that the Issuer may not
assign or transfer any of its rights under this Indenture Supplement without the
prior written consent of the Requisite Agent and without prior notice to each
Rating Agency.

         Section 8.07. Amendments. In addition to the conditions to the
amendment of the Indenture and this Indenture Supplement set forth in the
Indenture, neither the Indenture nor this Indenture Supplement may be amended
unless the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to
such amendment and the Class A Agent and the Managing Agents shall have
consented to such amendment.

         Section 8.08. Tax Matters.

         (a)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of the
Paying Agent, Servicer or Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to withhold any
amount that it reasonably determines in its sole discretion is required to be
withheld pursuant to Section 1441 or Section 1446 of the Code or comparable
provisions of the laws of any state or political subdivision thereof and such
amount shall be deemed to have been paid for all purposes of the Indenture or
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

         (b)      Each of the Series 2004-1 Noteholders agrees that prior to the
date on which the first interest payment hereunder is due thereto, it will
provide to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee (i) if such
Series 2004-1 Noteholder is incorporated or organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction outside the United States, two duly completed copies of the United
States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI or successor
applicable or required forms, (ii) if the Transferor so requests, a duly
completed copy of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor
applicable or required forms, and (iii) such other forms and information as the
Transferor may reasonably request to confirm the availability of any

                                       31

<PAGE>

applicable exemption from United States federal, state or local withholding
taxes. Each Series 2004-1 Noteholder agrees to provide to the Transferor, the
Servicer and the Indenture Trustee, additional subsequent duly completed forms
satisfactory to the Transferor, the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee on or
before the date that any such form expires or becomes obsolete, or upon the
occurrence of any event requiring an amendment, resubmission or change in the
most recent form previously delivered by it, and to provide such extensions or
renewals as may be reasonably requested by the Transferor, the Servicer or the
Indenture Trustee. Each Series 2004-1 Noteholder certifies, represents and
warrants that as of the date of this Indenture Supplement, or in the case of a
Series 2004-1 Noteholder which is an assignee as of the date of such Note
Assignment, that (i) it is entitled (x) to receive payments under this Indenture
Supplement without deduction or withholding of any United States federal income
taxes and (y) to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax and (ii)
it will pay any taxes attributable to its ownership of an interest in the Series
2004-1 Notes.

         (c)      Each Series 2004-1 Noteholder agrees with the Transferor that:
(a) such Series 2004-1 Noteholder will deliver to the Transferor on or before
the Closing Date or the effective date of any participation or Note Assignment
an Investment Letter, executed by such assignee Series 2004-1 Noteholder, in the
case of a Note Assignment (as defined below), or by the Participant (as defined
below), in the case of a participation, with respect to the purchase by such
Series 2004-1 Noteholder or Participant of a portion of an interest relating to
the Series 2004-1 Notes and (b) all of the statements made by such Series 2004-1
Noteholder in its Investment Letter shall be true and correct as of the date
made.

         (d)      [RESERVED].

         (e)      Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04(a), each Series
2004-1 Noteholder may at any time sell, assign or otherwise transfer, to the
extent of such Series 2004-1 Noteholder's interest in the Series 2004-1 Notes
(each, a "Note Assignment"), to (i) either Agent, the Purchaser or any other
Person specified in Section 11.03(c) of the Class A Note Purchase Agreement or
(ii) any other Person (upon such Note Assignment, a "Series 2004-1 Noteholder")
all or part of its interest in the Series 2004-1 Notes; provided, however, that
(i) such assignee Series 2004-1 Noteholder shall comply with this Section 8.08
and shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee, prior to the effectiveness of
such Note Assignment, a copy of an agreement under which such assignee Series
2004-1 Noteholder has made the representations, warranties and covenants
required to be made pursuant to this Section 8.08, (ii) there shall not be, in
the aggregate, more than five (5) Class A Noteholders and Partial Participants
after giving effect to such Note Assignment, and (iv) such proposed assignee
shall provide the forms described in (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 8.08(b)
(subject to the Transferor's consent, as applicable and as set forth therein) in
the manner described therein. Each assignee Series 2004-1 Noteholder is subject
to the terms and conditions of Section 8.08(b) on an ongoing basis and hereby
makes the certifications, representations and warranties contained therein, and
the assigning Series 2004-1 Noteholder hereby certifies, represents and warrants
that its assignee's certifications, representations and warranties thereunder
are true.

         (f)      Subject to the provisions of Section 8.05(a), any Series
2004-1 Noteholder may at any time grant a participation in all or part of its
interest in the Series 2004-1 Notes to (i) any

                                       32

<PAGE>

Agent, the Purchaser or any other Person specified in Section 11.03(c) of the
Class A Note Purchase Agreement, or (ii) any other Person (the Agents, the
Purchaser and each such other Person, a "Participant" and each Participant
acquiring a participation in less than all of a Series 2004-1 Noteholder's
rights with respect to payments due thereunder, a "Partial Participant");
provided, however, that such participation shall be void, unless (i) such
Participant complies with the applicable provisions of this Section 8.08, (ii)
there shall not be, in the aggregate, more than five (5) Class A Noteholders and
Partial Participants and (iii) such Series 2004-1 Noteholder delivers to the
Indenture Trustee, prior to the effectiveness of its participation, a copy of an
agreement under which such Participant has made the representations, warranties
and covenants required to be made pursuant to this Section. Each Series 2004-1
Noteholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any such participation will not
alter or affect in any way whatsoever such Series 2004-1 Noteholder's direct
obligations hereunder and that neither the Trust nor the Transferor shall have
any obligation to have any communication or relationship whatsoever with any
Participant of such Series 2004-1 Noteholder in order to enforce the obligations
of such Series 2004-1 Noteholder hereunder. Each Series 2004-1 Noteholder shall
promptly notify the Indenture Trustee (which shall promptly notify the
Transferor) in writing of the identity and interest of each Participant upon any
such disposition. In granting any participation, the Series 2004-1 Noteholder
certifies, represents and warrants that (i) such Participant is entitled to (x)
receive payments with respect to its participation without deduction or
withholding of any United States federal income taxes and (y) an exemption from
United States backup withholding tax, (ii) prior to the date on which the first
interest payment is due to the Participant, such Series 2004-1 Noteholder will
provide to the Servicer and Indenture Trustee, the forms described in (i), (ii)
and (iii) of Section 8.08(b) (subject to the Transferor's consent, as applicable
and as set forth therein) as though the Participant were a Series 2004-1
Noteholder, and (iii) such Series 2004-1 Noteholder similarly will provide
subsequent forms as described in Section 8.08(b) with respect to such
Participant as though it were a Series 2004-1 Noteholder.

         (g)      Each Series 2004-1 Noteholder, by its holding of an interest
in the Series 2004-1 Notes, hereby severally represents, warrants and covenants,
and each Series 2004-1 Noteholder that acquires an interest in the Series 2004-1
Notes by Note Assignment shall be deemed to have severally represented,
warranted and covenanted upon such Note Assignment that (x) it has neither
acquired, nor will it sell, trade or transfer any interest in the Series 2004-1
Notes or cause any interest in the Series 2004-1 Notes to be marketed on or
through either (i) an "established securities market" within the meaning of Code
section 7704(b)(1), including without limitation an interdealer quotation system
that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations by identified brokers or
dealers by electronic means or otherwise or (ii) a "secondary market (or the
substantial equivalent thereof)" within the meaning of Code section 7704(b)(2),
including a market wherein interests in the Series 2004-1 Notes are regularly
quoted by any person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any
person regularly makes available to the public bid or offer quotes with respect
to interests in the Series 2004-1 Notes and stands ready to effect buy or sell
transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others, (y) unless
the Transferor consents otherwise (which consent shall be based on an Opinion of
Counsel generally to the effect that the action taken pursuant to the consent
will not cause the Trust to become a publicly traded partnership treated as a
corporation), such holder (i) is either (1) properly classified as, and will
remain classified as, a "corporation" as described in Code section

                                       33

<PAGE>

7701(a)(3) or (2) a disregarded entity whose owner is properly classified as,
and will remain classified as, a "corporation" as described in Code Section
7701(a)(3) and (ii) is not, and will not become, an S corporation as described
in Code section 1361, and (z) it will (i) cause any participant with respect to
such interest otherwise permitted hereunder to make similar representations and
covenants for the benefit of the Transferor and the Trust and (ii) forward a
copy of such representations and covenants to the Indenture Trustee. Each such
Series 2004-1 Noteholder shall further agree in connection with its acquisition
of such interest that, in the event of any breach of its (or its participant's)
representation and covenant set forth in clause (y) above, the Transferor shall
have the right to procure a replacement investor to replace such Series 2004-1
Noteholder (or its participant), and further that such Series 2004-1 Noteholder
shall take all actions necessary to permit such replacement investor to succeed
to its rights and obligations as a Series 2004-1 Noteholder (or to the rights of
its participant).

                             SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

                                       34

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Indenture
Supplement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized
officers on the day and year first above written.

                                    BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE
                                    TRUST, as Issuer

                                    By: Wilmington Trust Company,
                                        not in its individual capacity, but
                                        solely as Owner Trustee

                                    By: /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Name: Anita E. Dallago
                                        Title: Senior Financial Services Officer

                                    WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

                                    By: /s/ Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                                        ---------------------------------------
                                        Name: Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                                        Title

Acknowledged and Accepted:

BON-TON RECEIVABLES
PARTNERSHIP, L.P., as Transferor

By: BTRGP, Inc., its general partner

By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
    -----------------------------
    Name: H. Todd Dissinger
    Title: Treasurer

THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT
STORES, INC., as servicer

By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
    -----------------------------
    Name: H. Todd Dissinger
    Title: Treasurer

                                 Signature Page
                                       to
                       Series 2004-1 Indenture Supplement

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                     FORM OF
            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

         THIS CLASS A NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THIS CLASS A NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY STATE AND MAY
NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION
EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAWS TO (1) BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC. OR
ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, (2) A PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A") IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR (3) A PERSON WHO IS
AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR
(7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION
AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT
REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR, THE TRANSFER AGENT AND
REGISTRAR OR THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE CLASS A NOTES
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAW.

         EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF BON-TON
RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST AND BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC., THAT SUCH
PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) WHICH IS
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE "CODE"), OTHER THAN A
GOVERNMENTAL OR CHURCH PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(g)(2) OR (3) OF THE CODE)
WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING
ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY
(UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

         NEITHER THIS CLASS A NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO
AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, OR DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.

         ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS CLASS A NOTE IS
SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO

                                      A-1

<PAGE>

CERTAIN LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTIONS 8.05 AND 8.08 OF THE
INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

         THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE WILL BE REDUCED
FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS CLASS A NOTE ALLOCABLE TO PRINCIPAL.
IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE
REQUEST OF THE TRANSFEROR SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN
THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY,
FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL
BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING THIS CLASS A NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE
CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS CLASS A NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE
INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE CLASS A NOTES, THE
INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS WACHOVIA BANK, N.A..

         THE HOLDER OF THIS CLASS A NOTE, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS NOTE, AND EACH
HOLDER OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST THEREIN, AGREE TO TREAT THE CLASS A NOTES AS
INDEBTEDNESS FOR APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX
LAW AND FOR PURPOSES OF ANY OTHER TAX IMPOSED ON, OR MEASURED BY, INCOME.

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

                      INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE

REGISTERED                                                        $__________(1)

No. R-__

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                  SERIES 2004-1

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

         Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (herein referred to as the
"Issuer" or the "Trust"), a Delaware statutory trust governed by a Trust
Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004, for value received, hereby promises to
pay to _________________, or its registered assigns, subject to the following
provisions, the principal sum of __________________ DOLLARS, or such greater or
lesser amount as determined in accordance with the Indenture, on the Series
2004-1 Final Maturity Date (which is the Payment Date occurring in the forty
second calendar month following the earlier to occur of (i) the commencement of
the Scheduled Amortization Period and (ii) the commencement of the Early
Amortization Period). The Issuer will pay interest on the unpaid principal
amount of this Class A Note at the Class A Note Rate on each Payment Date until
the principal amount of this Note is paid in full. Interest on this Class A Note
will accrue for each Payment Date from and including the most recent Payment
Date on which interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, for
the initial Payment Date, from and including the Closing Date to but excluding
such Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and
the actual number of days elapsed. Principal of this Class A Note shall be paid
in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

         The principal of and interest on this Class A Note are payable in such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Class A Note set
forth on the reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully
set forth on the face of this Class A Note.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or
on behalf of the Indenture Trustee, by manual signature, this Class A Note shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or the Indenture Supplement
referred to on the reverse hereof, or be valid for any purpose.

------------------
(1)      Denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Class A Note to be duly
executed.

                                     BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE
                                     TRUST, as Issuer

                                     By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                         individual capacity but solely as
                                         Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

                                     By: _______________________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title

Dated: __________,_____

                                      A-4

<PAGE>

                INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,

                                              By: ______________________________
                                                  Authorized Signatory

                                      A-5

<PAGE>

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                  SERIES 2004-1

            CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE

                         Summary of Terms and Conditions

                  This Class A Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes
of the Issuer, designated as Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, Series
2004-1 (the "Series 2004-1 Notes"), issued under a Master Indenture dated as of
January 30, 2004 (the "Master Indenture"), between the Issuer and Wachovia Bank,
N.A., as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), as supplemented by the
Indenture Supplement dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Indenture Supplement"),
and representing the right to receive certain payments from the Issuer. The term
"Indenture," unless the context otherwise requires, refers to the Master
Indenture as supplemented by the Indenture Supplement. The Class A Notes are
subject to all of the terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Class A
Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them
in or pursuant to the Indenture. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency
between the Indenture and this Note, the Indenture shall control.

                  The Noteholder, by its acceptance of this Class A Note, agrees
that it will look solely to the property of the Trust allocated to the payment
of this Class A Note for payment hereunder and that the Indenture Trustee is not
liable to the Noteholders for any amount payable under the Class A Note or the
Indenture or, except as expressly provided in the Indenture, subject to any
liability under the Indenture.

                  This Class A Note does not purport to summarize the Indenture
and reference is made to the Indenture for the interests, rights and limitations
of rights, benefits, obligations and duties evidenced thereby, and the rights,
duties and immunities of the Indenture Trustee.

                  The Class A Initial Principal Balance is $___________. The
Class A Note Principal Balance on any date will be an amount equal to (i) the
Class A Initial Principal Balance, plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal
Balance Increases allocated to the Class A Notes made on or prior to such date,
minus (iii) the aggregate amount of principal payments made to the Class A
Noteholders on or prior to such date.

                  The Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date is the Payment Date
occurring in the forty second calendar month following the earlier to occur of
(i) the commencement of the Scheduled Amortization Period and (ii) the
commencement of the Early Amortization Period. Payments of principal of the
Class A Notes shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture.

                  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the
Transferor may, from time to time, direct the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, to issue one or more new Series of Notes.

                                      A-6

<PAGE>

                  On each Payment Date, the Paying Agent shall distribute to
each Class A Noteholder of record on the related Record Date (except for the
final distribution in respect of this Class A Note) such Class A Noteholder's
pro rata share of the amounts held by the Paying Agent that are allocated and
available on such Payment Date to pay interest and principal on the Class A
Notes pursuant to the Indenture Supplement. Except as provided in the Indenture
with respect to a final distribution, distributions to Class A Noteholders shall
be made by (i) wire transfer to each Class A Noteholder at the account specified
by the Class A Agent to the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer and (ii) without
presentation or surrender of any Class A Note or the making of any notation
thereon. Final payment of this Class A Note will be made only upon presentation
and surrender of this Class A Note at the office or agency specified in the
notice of final distribution delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the Class A
Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture.

                  On any day occurring on or after the date on which the
outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes is reduced to 10% or
less of the highest outstanding principal balance of the Series 2004-1 Notes
during the Revolving Period, at any time on or after the Closing Date, the
Servicer shall have the option to redeem the Series 2004-1 Notes if it has
determined, in its sole estimation, that the cost of servicing the related
Receivables is unduly burdensome in relation to the benefit, at a purchase price
equal to (i) if such day is a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount for such
Payment Date or (ii) if such day is not a Payment Date, the Reassignment Amount
for the Payment Date following such day.

                  THIS CLASS A NOTE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF, OR AN
INTEREST IN, THE TRANSFEROR, THE SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.

                  Each Class A Noteholder, by accepting a Class A Note, hereby
covenants and agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Issuer
or the Transferor, or join in instituting against the Issuer or the Transferor,
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law.

                  Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture Supplement, the
Class A Notes are issuable only in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000. The transfer of this Class A Note shall be registered in
the Note Register upon surrender of this Class A Note for registration of
transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the
Indenture Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, duly executed by the
Class A Noteholder or such Class A Noteholder's attorney, and duly authorized in
writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Class A
Notes in any authorized denominations of like aggregate principal amount will be
issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

                  As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain
limitations therein set forth, Class A Notes are exchangeable for new Notes in
any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon
surrender of such Class A Notes to be exchanged at the office or agency of the
Transfer Agent and Registrar. No service charge may be imposed for any such
exchange but the Issuer or Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in connection therewith.

                                      A-7

<PAGE>

                  The Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee and any
agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall treat the person
in whose name this Class A Note is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes, and neither the Issuer, the Transferor, the Indenture Trustee nor any
agent of the Issuer, Transferor or the Indenture Trustee shall be affected by
notice to the contrary.

                  THIS CLASS A NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

                                      A-8

<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or other identifying number of assignee ________________________

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
_____________________________________
   (name and address of assignee)

the within certificate and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints ____________________, attorney, to transfer said
certificate on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of
substitution in the premises.

Dated: ____________                                __________________________(2)
                                                   Signature Guaranteed:

------------------
(2)      NOTE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of
the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in every
particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.

                                      A-9

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT B-1

                                                 FORM OF MONTHLY SERVICER REPORT

                                    Attached

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT B-2

                                                            FORM OF DAILY REPORT

                                    Attached

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                            FORM OF INVESTMENT LETTER

                               _________, ___ 20__

The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
2801 East Market Street
P.O. Box 2821
York, PA 17405

Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
 as Indenture Trustee
401 South Tryon Street, 12th Floor
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1179

                  Re:    Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust Series 2004-1
                         Notes (the "Notes")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  This letter (the "Investment Letter") is delivered by
[__________________] (the "Purchaser") pursuant to Section 8.08(c) of the Series
2004-1 Indenture Supplement, dated as of January 30, 2004 to the Master
Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2004 (as so supplemented, the "Agreement"),
between Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (the "Trust") and Wachovia Bank,
N.A. (the "Indenture Trustee"). Capitalized terms used herein without definition
shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement. The Purchaser represents to
the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee as follows:

                  (i)      the Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in
         financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the
         merits and risks of an investment in the Notes and the Purchaser is
         able to bear the economic risk of such investment;

                  (ii)     the Purchaser has reviewed the Agreement and the
         Transfer and Servicing Agreement (including the respective schedules
         and exhibits thereto) and has had the opportunity to perform due
         diligence with respect thereto and to ask questions of and receive
         answers from the Transferor and its representatives concerning the
         Transferor, the Trust and the Notes;

                  (iii)    the Purchaser is not acquiring the Notes as an agent
         or otherwise for any other person. The Purchaser is a [__________]
         corporation;

                  (iv)     the Purchaser is an "accredited investor" as defined
         in Rule 501 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
         "Commission") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The
         Purchaser understands that the offering and sale of the Notes have not
         been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
         amended, and have not and will not be registered or qualified under any
         applicable "blue

                                      C-1

<PAGE>

         sky" law, and that the offering and sale of the Notes have not been
         reviewed by, passed on or submitted to any federal or state agency or
         commission, securities exchange or other regulatory body;

                  (v)      the Purchaser is acquiring the Notes without a view
         to any distribution, resale or other transfer thereof, except as
         contemplated by the following sentence. The Purchaser will not resell,
         participate or otherwise transfer the Notes, any interest therein or
         any portion thereof, unless (A) it receives a letter from the buyer or
         transferee thereof or participant therein in substantially the form
         hereof, and (B) such sale, participation or transfer is (i) a
         transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities
         Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable state securities or "blue sky"
         laws; (ii) to the Transferor or any affiliate of the Transferor; (iii)
         to a person who the Purchaser and the Agent reasonably believe is a
         qualified institutional buyer (within the meaning thereof in Rule 144A
         under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that is aware that the
         resale or other transfer is being made in reliance upon Rule 144A; or
         (iv) pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as
         amended.

                  (vi)     the Purchaser understands that each Note will bear a
         legend to substantially the following effect:

                  THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A
         TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
         AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
         UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY
         STATE AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
         EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF
         THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAWS
         TO (1) THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC. OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF,
         (2) A PERSON WHO THE HOLDER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
         INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING THEREOF IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A") IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A OR (3) A
         PERSON WHO IS AN INSTITUTIONAL "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE
         501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN
         COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN
         THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. NONE OF THE
         ISSUER, THE TRANSFEROR, THE TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR OR THE
         INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS OBLIGATED TO REGISTER THE NOTES UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAW.

                  EACH PURCHASER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS, FOR THE BENEFIT OF
         BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST AND THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT
         STORES, INC., THAT SUCH PURCHASER IS NOT (1) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
         (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY
         ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")), WHICH IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS
         OF ERISA, (2) A PLAN (AS DEFINED

                                      C-2

<PAGE>

         IN SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED
         (THE "CODE"), OTHER THAN A GOVERNMENTAL OR CHURCH PLAN DESCRIBED IN
         SECTION 4975(g)(2) OR (3) OF THE CODE) WHICH IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975
         OF THE CODE, OR (3) AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN
         ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (UNLESS
         REGISTERED UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED).

                  NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE TRANSFERRED
         TO AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN, TRUST OR ACCOUNT SUBJECT TO THE EMPLOYEE
         RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED, OR DESCRIBED IN
         SECTION 4975(e)(1) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED.

                  ANY TRANSFER OF A DIRECT OR INDIRECT INTEREST IN THIS NOTE IS
         SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE AND SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
         LIMITATIONS THEREIN SET FORTH, INCLUDING SECTIONS 8.05 AND 8.08 OF THE
         INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT.

                  THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS NOTE WILL BE REDUCED
         FROM TIME TO TIME BY DISTRIBUTIONS ON THIS NOTE ALLOCABLE TO PRINCIPAL.
         IN ADDITION, THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS NOTE MAY BE INCREASED AT THE
         REQUEST OF THE TRANSFEROR SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET
         FORTH IN THE SERIES 2004-1 INDENTURE SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.
         ACCORDINGLY, FOLLOWING THE INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, THE
         OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THIS NOTE MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE
         INITIAL OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE SHOWN BELOW. ANYONE ACQUIRING
         THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN THE CURRENT OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF
         THIS NOTE BY INQUIRY OF THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE. ON THE DATE OF THE
         INITIAL ISSUANCE OF THE NOTES, THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE IS WACHOVIA BANK,
         N.A..

                  (vii)    this Investment Letter has been duly authorized,
         executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding
         obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in
         accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited
         by receivership, conservatorship, bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
         creditors' rights generally and general principles of equity;

                  (viii)   the Purchaser represents and warrants that it is not
         (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that
         is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a plan described
         in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, or (iii) an entity
         whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
         investment in such entity;

                                      C-3

<PAGE>

                  (ix)     the Purchaser, by its acceptance of the interest in
         the Notes purchased hereunder, agrees to treat the Notes for federal,
         state and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of
         the Transferor; and

                  (x)      The Purchaser shall, prior to the date on which the
         first interest payment hereunder is due thereto, provide to the
         Servicer and the Indenture Trustee (i) if the Purchaser is incorporated
         or organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United
         States, two duly completed copies of the United States Internal Revenue
         Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI or successor applicable or required
         forms, (ii) a duly completed copy of United States International
         Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor applicable or required forms, and
         (iii) such other forms and information as may be required to confirm
         the availability of any applicable exemption from United States
         federal, state or local withholding taxes. The Purchaser agrees to
         provide to the Servicer and Indenture Trustee like additional
         subsequent duly completed forms satisfactory to the Servicer and
         Indenture Trustee on or before the date that any such form expires or
         becomes obsolete, or upon the occurrence of any event requiring an
         amendment, resubmission or change in the most recent form previously
         delivered to it, and to provide such extensions or renewals as may be
         reasonably requested by the Servicer or Indenture Trustee. The
         Purchaser certifies, represents and warrants that as of the date of its
         acquisition of an interest in the Notes that (i) it is entitled (x) to
         receive payments under the Agreement without deduction or withholding
         of any United States federal income taxes and (y) to an exemption from
         United States backup withholding tax and (ii) it will pay any taxes
         attributable to its ownership of an interest in the Notes.

                                         Very truly yours,

                                         [____________________________],

                                              as Purchaser

                                         By: ___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                      C-4

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                   FORM OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE INCREASE REQUEST

The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
2801 East Market Street
P.O. Box 2821
York, PA 17405
Attn: _____________

Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
401 South Tryon Street, 12th Floor
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1179

[NAME OF AGENT]
[Address]
Attention: [____________]

                  Re:      Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, Series 2004-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  Pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Series 2004-1 Indenture
Supplement, dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Indenture Supplement") between
Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (the "Issuer") and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as
Indenture Trustee (terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined),
the Issuer hereby irrevocably requests a Principal Balance Increase.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
1 Proposed Principal Balance Increase Date: ___________
2 Amount of requested Principal Balance Increase with respect
  to Class A Note (lesser of minimum amount of $__________ or
  remaining Class A Maximum Principal Balance) ..................    $__________
3 Class A Purchase Price.........................................    $__________
4 Remaining Class A Maximum Principal Balance (after giving
  effect to the requested Principal Balance Increase)............    $__________
5 Certifications:
</TABLE>

         (a)      The representations and warranties of The Bon-Ton Receivables
                  Partnership, L.P. ("Transferor") in the Transfer and Servicing
                  Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Transfer and
                  Servicing Agreement"), among the Transferor, The Bon-Ton
                  Department Stores, Inc., as Servicer, and Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
                  as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), and the Note
                  Purchase Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Note
                  Purchase Agreement"), among the Transferor, the Conduit
                  Purchasers, the Class A Agent, the Managing Agents and the
                  Committed Purchasers named therein, are true and correct on
                  the date hereof.

         (b)      The conditions to the Incremental Funding specified in Section
                  2.03(b) of the Class A Note Purchase Agreement have been
                  satisfied and/or will be satisfied as of the applicable
                  Incremental Funding Date.

                                      D-1

<PAGE>

                  The Issuer requests that such increase in the Principal
Balance Increase be made and the proceeds of such increase in the Class A Note
Principal Balance be remitted on the applicable Increase Date in immediately
available funds to the Transferor, in each case in accordance with the terms and
conditions specified in the Indenture Supplement and the Class A Note Purchase
Agreement.

                  Such Principal Balance Increase is requested to be made
on ______________.

                                     BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE
                                     TRUST, as Issuer

                                     By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                         individual capacity but solely as
                                         Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement

                                     By: _______________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title

                                      D-2

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                 FORM OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE INCREASE CONFIRMATION

                                     [Date]

Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
401 South Tryon Street, 12th Floor
Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1179

                Re:   Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, Series 2004-1 Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Pursuant to Section 4.10(b) of the Series 2004-1 Indenture Supplement,
dated as of January 30, 2004, to the Master Indenture, dated as of October 1,
2001, each by and between Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, a Delaware
statutory trust, and Wachovia Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as
Indenture Trustee (terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined),
the undersigned hereby advise the Indenture Trustee that on the [_________]
Increase Date a Principal Balance Increase in the aggregate amount of
$__________,was made by [ ].

                                            [NAME OF AGENT],
                                            as Agent

                                            By: ________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title

                                      E-1

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT F

                         CERTAIN ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

As used in connection with Section 6.01(p) & (q) of the Indenture Supplement,
and otherwise as specifically referenced in the Indenture Supplement, the
following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally
applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

                  "Administrative Agent" shall mean GE Capital or its successor
appointed pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

                  "Agents" shall mean, collectively, the "Administrative Agent",
"Lead Arranger and Bookrunner", "Co-Syndication Agents" and "Co-Documentation
Agents" under the Credit Agreement.

                  "Borrowers" means The Bon-Ton Department Stores Inc. and Elder
Acquisition Corp. (and from and after the merger, The Elder-Beerman Stores
Corp.).

                  "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, with respect to any Person,
all expenditures (by the expenditure of cash or the incurrence of Indebtedness)
by such Person during any measuring period for any fixed assets or improvements
or for replacements (other than any repair or replacement of a property to the
extent from insurance proceeds covering such property), substitutions or
additions thereto, that have a useful life of more than one year and that are
required to be capitalized under GAAP.

                  "Capital Lease" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee
that, in accordance with GAAP, would be required to be classified and accounted
for as a capital lease on a balance sheet of such Person.

                  "Capital Lease Obligation" shall mean, with respect to any
Capital Lease of any Person, the amount of the obligation of the lessee
thereunder that, in accordance with GAAP, would appear on a balance sheet of
such lessee in respect of such Capital Lease.

                  "Charges" shall mean all federal, state, county, city,
municipal, local, foreign or other governmental taxes (including taxes owed to
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto, at the time
due and payable), levies, assessments, charges, liens, claims or encumbrances
upon or relating to (a) the Collateral, (b) the Obligations, (c) the employees,
payroll, income or gross receipts of any Credit Party, (b) any Credit Party's
ownership or use of any properties or other assets, or (e) any other aspect of
any Credit Party's business.

                  "Closing Checklist" shall mean the schedule, including all
appendices, exhibits or schedules thereto, listing certain documents and
information to be delivered in connection with the Credit Agreement, the other
Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereunder, substantially in
the form of Annex D to the Credit Agreement.

                  "Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may,
from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided,
however, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all
of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent's or any
Lender's security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform
Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State
of New

                                      F-1

<PAGE>

York, the term "Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in
effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof
and the Security Agreement relating to such attachment, perfection or priority
and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

                  "Collateral" shall mean the property covered by the Security
Agreement, the Mortgages and the other Collateral Documents and any other
property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, now existing or hereafter
acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to a security interest or
Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself, the other Agent
and the Lenders, to secure the Obligations, provided however, that the
Collateral shall not include any "Purchased Property" as that term is defined in
the Intercreditor Agreement.

                  "Collateral Agent" shall mean GE Capital or its successor
appointed pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

                  "Collateral Documents" shall have the meaning specified in the
Credit Agreement.

                  "Credit Agreement" shall mean that certain Second Amended and
Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 24, 2003 by and among The Bon-Ton
Department Stores Inc., and Elder Acquisition Corp. (and from and after the
merger, The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.), as Borrowers, certain Credit Parties
named therein, General Electric Capital Corporation, as a Lender and as the
Administrative Agent and the other Agents and Lenders party thereto from time to
time, as such Credit Agreement is in effect on the date hereof, and giving
effect only to amendments or modifications thereto that are approved of in
writing by each Managing Agent.

                  "Credit Parties" shall mean Parent, Holdings, each Borrower
and each of the Guarantors.

                  "EBITDA" shall mean, with respect to any Person for any fiscal
period, an amount equal to (a) consolidated net income of such Person for such
period, minus (b) the sum of (i) income tax credits, (ii) interest income, (iii)
gain from extraordinary items for such period, (iv) any aggregate net gain
during such period arising from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
capital assets by such Person (including any fixed assets, whether tangible or
intangible and all securities), and (v) any other non-cash gains which have been
added in determining consolidated net income, in each case to the extent
included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such
period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication, plus (c) the sum of (i)
any provision for income taxes, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) loss from
extraordinary items for such period, (iv) the amount of depreciation and
amortization for such period, (v) amortized debt discount for such period, (vi)
the amount of any deduction to consolidated net income as the result of any
grant to any members of the management of such Person of any Stock and (vii) any
aggregate net loss during such period arising from the sale, exchange or other
disposition of capital assets by such Person (including any fixed assets,
whether tangible or intangible and all securities), in each case to the extent
included in the calculation of consolidated net income of such Person for such
period in accordance with GAAP, but without duplication. For purposes of this
definition, the following items shall be excluded in determining consolidated
net income of a Person: (1) the income (or deficit) of any other Person accrued
prior to the date it became a Subsidiary of, or was merged or consolidated into,
such Person or any of such Person's Subsidiaries; (2) the income (or deficit) of
any other Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which such Person has an ownership
interest, except to the extent any such income has actually been received by
such Person in the form of cash dividends or

                                      F-2

<PAGE>

distributions; (3) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of such Person
to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar
distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of
any contractual obligation or requirement of law applicable to such Subsidiary;
(4) any restoration to income of any contingency reserve, except to the extent
that provision for such reserve was made out of income accrued during such
period; (5) any write-up of any asset; (6) any net gain from the collection of
the proceeds of life insurance policies; (7) any net gain arising from the
acquisition of any securities, or the extinguishment, under GAAP, of any
Indebtedness, of such Person, (8) in the case of a successor to such Person by
consolidation or merger or as a transferee of its assets, any earnings of such
successor prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, and (9) any
deferred credit representing the excess of equity in any Subsidiary of such
Person at the date of acquisition of such Subsidiary over the cost to such
Person of the investment in such Subsidiary.

                  "El-Bee Chargit" shall mean The El-Bee Chargit Corp., an Ohio
corporation.

                  "El-Bee Receivables" shall mean The El-Bee Receivables
Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

                  "Elder-Beerman" shall mean The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp., an
Ohio corporation.

                  "Fees" shall mean any and all fees payable to Agents or any
Lender pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

                  "Fiscal Quarter" shall mean a fiscal quarter of Parent and its
Subsidiaries for financial accounting purposes.

                  "Fiscal Year" shall mean a fiscal year of Parent and its
Subsidiaries for financial accounting purposes.

                  "Fixed Charges" shall mean, with respect to any Person for any
fiscal period, the aggregate of all Interest Expense paid or accrued during such
period plus (a) scheduled payments of principal with respect to Indebtedness
during such period, plus (b) Capital Expenditures during such period, plus (c)
cash taxes actually paid during such period.

                  "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall mean, with respect to any
Person for any fiscal period, the ratio of EBITDA to Fixed Charges.

                  "Funded Debt" shall mean, with respect to any Person, all
Indebtedness for borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, or
similar evidences of Indebtedness and which by its terms matures more than one
year from, or is directly or indirectly renewable or extendible at such Person's
option under a revolving credit or similar agreement obligating the lender or
lenders to extend credit over a period of more than one year from the date of
creation thereof, and specifically including Capital Lease Obligations, current
maturities of long-term debt, revolving credit and short-term debt extendible
beyond one year at the option of the debtor, and also including, in the case of
Borrowers, the Obligations.

                  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in
the United States of America as in effect on October 24, 2003 consistently
applied as such term is further defined in Annex G to the Credit Agreement and
subject to the handling of "Accounting Changes" in accord with Annex G to the
Credit Agreement.

                                      F-3

<PAGE>

                  "GE Capital" means General Electric Capital Corporation, a New
York corporation.

                  "GE Capital Fee Letter" shall mean that certain letter, dated
as of October 24, 2003, between GE Capital and Borrowers with respect to certain
Fees to be paid from time to time by Borrowers to GE Capital.

                  "Guarantors" shall mean Parent, Holdings, each Subsidiary of
each Borrower and each other Person, if any, that executes a guaranty or other
similar agreement in favor of Administrative Agent, for itself and the ratable
benefit of Lenders, in connection with the transactions contemplated by the
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                  "Holdings" means The Bon-Ton Corp., a Delaware corporation.

                  "Indebtedness" of any Person shall mean without duplication
(a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred
purchase price of property payment for which is deferred six (6) months or more,
but excluding obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of
business that are not overdue by more than six (6) months unless being contested
in good faith; (b) all reimbursement and other obligations with respect to
letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and surety bonds, whether or not
matured; (c) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar
instruments; (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale
or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such
Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such
agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such
property); (e) all Capital Lease Obligations; (f) all obligations of such Person
under commodity purchase or option agreements or other commodity price hedging
arrangements, in each case whether contingent or matured; (g) all obligations of
such Person under any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement,
interest rate swap, cap or collar agreement or other similar agreement or
arrangement designed to alter the risks of that Person arising from fluctuations
in currency values or interest rates, in each case whether contingent or
matured; (h) all Indebtedness referred to above secured by (or for which the
holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to
be secured by) any Lien upon or in property or other assets (including accounts
and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not
assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (i) the
Obligations.

                  "Interest Expense" shall mean, with respect to any Person for
any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) of such Person
determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ended on such date,
including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Funded Debt of
such Person.

                  "Lenders" shall mean GE Capital the other Lenders named on the
signature page of the Credit Agreement, and, if any such Lender shall decide to
assign all or any portion of the Obligations, such term shall include such
assignee.

                  "Lien" shall mean any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien, charge, claim, security
interest, easement or encumbrance, or preference, priority or other security
agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including any lease or title retention agreement, any financing lease having
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, and the filing
of, or agreement to give, any financing statement perfecting a security interest
under the Code or comparable law of any jurisdiction) functionally equivalent to
a lien or security interest.

                                      F-4

<PAGE>

                  "Loan Documents" shall mean the Credit Agreement, the "Notes",
the "Collateral Documents" the "GE Capital Fee Letter", the Intercreditor
Agreement, and all other agreements, instruments, documents and certificates
identified in the Closing Checklist executed and delivered to, or in favor of,
the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders and including all other pledges,
powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, and all other
written matter whether heretofore, now or hereafter executed by or on behalf of
any Credit Party, or any employee of any Credit Party, and delivered to the
Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the Credit Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby. Any reference in the Credit Agreement or
any other Loan Document to a Loan Document shall include all appendices,
exhibits or schedules thereto, and all amendments, restatements, supplements or
other modifications thereto, and shall refer to such agreement as the same may
be in effect at any and all times such reference becomes operative.

                  "Mortgages" shall have the meaning specified in the Credit
Agreement.

                  "Obligations" shall mean all loans, advances, debts,
liabilities and obligations, for the performance of covenants, tasks or duties
or for payment of monetary amounts (whether or not such performance is then
required or contingent, or such amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing by
any Credit Party to Agents or any Lender, and all covenants and duties regarding
such amounts, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced
by any note, agreement or other instrument, arising under the Credit Agreement,
any of the other Loan Documents. This term includes all principal, interest
(including all interest which accrues after the commencement of any case or
proceeding in bankruptcy after the insolvency of, or for the reorganization of
any Credit Party, whether or not allowed in such proceeding), Fees, Charges,
expenses, attorneys' fees and any other sum chargeable to any Credit Party under
the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

                  "Parent" means The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania
corporation.

                  "Person" shall mean any individual, sole proprietorship,
partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association,
corporation, limited liability company, institution, public benefit corporation,
other entity or government (whether federal, state, county, city, municipal,
local, foreign, or otherwise, including any instrumentality, division, agency,
body or department thereof).

                  "Security Agreement" shall mean the Second Amended and
Restated Security Agreement dated as of October 24, 2003 entered into among
Administrative Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, and each Credit Party
that is a signatory thereto, as such Security Agreement is in effect on the date
hereof, and giving effect only to amendments or modifications thereto that are
approved of in writing by each Managing Agent.

                  "Stock" shall mean all shares, options, warrants, general or
limited partnership interests or other equivalents (regardless of how
designated) of or in a corporation, partnership or equivalent entity whether
voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock or any other
"equity security" (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules
and Regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

                  "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) any
corporation of which an aggregate of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
outstanding Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board
of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at

                                      F-5

<PAGE>

the time, Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or
might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the
time, directly or indirectly, owned legally or beneficially by such Person
and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or with respect to which any
such Person has the right to vote or designate the vote of fifty percent (50%)
or more of such Stock whether by proxy, agreement, operation of law or
otherwise, and (b) any partnership or limited liability company in which such
Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person shall have an interest
(whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital
contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) or of which any such Person is a
general partner or may exercise the powers of a general partner.

------------------
* Note: Indenture to be revised to reflect fiscal months.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                      among

                   THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,

                                 as Transferor,

                      THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,

                                   as Servicer

                    FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION CORPORATION,
                                       and

                                   CHARTA, LLC
                           as the Conduit Purchasers,

                       BANK ONE, NA (MAIN OFFICE CHICAGO)
                                       and
                          CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.
                               as Managing Agents

                       Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago),
                      as Class A Agent for the Purchasers,

                                       and

                       Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago)
                                       and
                                 CITIBANK, N.A.
                            as a Committed Purchaser

                          dated as of January 30, 2004

<PAGE>

                  NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT ("Note Purchase Agreement") dated as
of January 30, 2004, among The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P. (the
"Transferor"), The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. ("Servicer"), the Conduit
Purchasers, the Managing Agents, the Agent and the Committed Purchasers named
herein.

                  The parties hereto agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

                  SECTION 1.01 Certain Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used
herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement (as defined below) or the Indenture Supplement (as defined
below), as applicable. If a term used herein is defined both in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and the Indenture Supplement, it shall have the meaning set
forth in the Indenture Supplement. Additionally, the following terms shall have
the following meanings:

                  "Accrual Period" shall mean a period of time from and
including the first day of a calendar month and ending at the close of business
on the last day of such calendar month, provided that the initial Accrual Period
hereunder means the period from (and including) the Closing Date to (and
including) the last day of the calendar month thereafter.

                  "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  "Administration Fee" is defined in the Fee Letter.

                  "Applicable Margin" has the meaning specified in the Fee
Letter.

                  "Aggregate Reduction" means any reduction to the Class A
Maximum Principal Balance pursuant to Section 2.05.

                  "Alternate Rate" means, for any Tranche Period, with respect
to any Funding Tranche, an interest rate per annum equal to LIBOR; provided,
however, that in the case of

                  (i)      any Tranche Period on or prior to the first day of
         which the applicable Managing Agent shall have been notified by a
         Committed Purchaser or a Liquidity Purchaser that the introduction of
         or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation
         makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority
         asserts that it is unlawful, for such Committed Purchaser or such
         Liquidity Purchaser to fund any Funding Tranche (based on LIBOR) set
         forth above (and such Conduit Purchaser or such Liquidity Purchaser
         shall not have subsequently notified the Agent that such circumstances
         no longer exist),

                  (ii)     any Tranche Period of one to (and including) 13 days,

                  (iii)    any Tranche Period relating to a Funding Tranche
         which is less than $1,000,000 per Purchaser; and

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

                  (iv)     any Tranche Period with respect to which the
         Alternate Rate, for any reason, becomes applicable on notice to the
         Managing Agents of less than three Business Days,

the "Alternate Rate" for each such Tranche Period shall be an interest rate per
annum equal to the Prime Rate in effect on each day of such Tranche Period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the "Alternate Rate" for any day on or after the
occurrence of a Default Pricing Event shall be an interest rate equal to the
Default Rate.

                  "Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance
agreement entered into by a Purchaser, a permitted assignee and the Managing
Agent for such Purchaser, pursuant to which such assignee may become a party to
this Note Purchase Agreement.

                  "Bank One" means Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago), a
national banking association.

                  "Bon-Ton Parties" means The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
and the Transferor.

                  "Broken Funding Cost" means for any Funding Tranche which: (i)
has its outstanding balance reduced without compliance by the Transferor with
the notice requirements hereunder or (ii) does not become subject to an
Aggregate Reduction following the delivery of any Reduction Notice or (iii) is
assigned to a Liquidity Purchaser or terminated prior to the date on which it
was originally scheduled to end; an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A)
the CP Costs or Yield (as applicable) that would have accrued during the
remainder of the Tranche Periods or the tranche periods for Commercial Paper
determined by the applicable Managing Agent to relate to such Funding Tranche
(as applicable) subsequent to the date of such reduction, assignment or
termination (or in respect of clause (ii) above, the date such Aggregate
Reduction was designated to occur pursuant to the Reduction Notice) of the
outstanding balance of such Funding Tranche if such reduction, assignment or
termination had not occurred or such Reduction Notice had not been delivered,
over (B) the sum of (x) the amount of CP Costs or Yield actually accrued during
the remainder of such period, to the extent such Funding Tranche is allocated to
another Tranche Period, and (y) to the extent such Funding Tranche is not
allocated to another Tranche Period, the income, if any, actually received
during the remainder of such period by the holder of such Funding Tranche from
investing the portion of such Funding Tranche not so allocated. In the event
that the amount referred to in clause (B) exceeds the amount referred to in
clause (A), the relevant Purchaser or Purchasers agree to pay to Transferor the
amount of such excess. The Applicable Managing Agent will use reasonable efforts
to allocate the Class A Invested Amount to tranche periods for Commercial Paper
in a manner that will minimize Broken Funding Costs (provided that the selection
of such tranche periods shall at all times remain in the control of such Agent).

                  "Class A Additional Amounts" means all amounts owed by a
Bon-Ton Party pursuant to Article IX hereof plus any Broken Funding Cost owed to
the Purchasers pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Indenture Supplement plus any
other amounts due and owing to the Purchasers under the Series Documents.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

                  "Class A Agent" means Bank One in its capacity as Class A
agent for the Purchasers, and any successor thereto appointed pursuant to
Article X and/or a Managing Agent, as applicable.

                  "Class A Incremental Funded Amount" means the amount of the
increase in the Class A Invested Amount occurring as a result of any Incremental
Funding.

                  "Class A Initial Principal Balance" means $228,487,970.46.

                  "Class A Initial Purchase Price" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.02 hereof.

                  "Class A Invested Amount" means, at any time, the Class A Note
Principal Balance outstanding at such time; provided that any reduction of the
Class A Invested Amount shall be restored in the amount of any Collections or
other payments received and applied to the Class A Note if at any time the
distribution of such Collections or payments are rescinded, returned or refunded
for any reason.

                  "Class A Maximum Principal Balance" means $250,000,000, as
such amount may be increased or decreased from time to time in accordance with
Section 2.05 hereof.

                  "Class A Monthly Interest" means, for any Accrual Period, the
sum of (a) as to the Conduit Purchasers, the sum of all accrued CP Costs plus
all accrued fees specified in the Fee Letter as payable to such Conduit
Purchasers or to the Managing Agents as provided for herein and in the Fee
Letter, respectively, and (b) as to the Committed Purchasers or the Liquidity
Purchasers (as the case may be) the sum of all accrued Yield plus all accrued
fees specified in the Fee Letter as payable to such Committed Purchasers or the
Liquidity Purchasers (as the case may be) as provided for herein and in the Fee
Letter, respectively; in each case, accrued from the first day through the last
day of such Accrual Period as provided for in Section 2.06 herein.

                  "Class A Note" means the Class A Series 2004-1 Floating Rate
Asset Backed Notes in the maximum aggregate principal amount of $ 250,000,000 to
be issued by the Trust pursuant to the Master Indenture and the Indenture
Supplement.

                  "Class A Note Rate" shall mean, with respect to the Due Period
related to any Payment Date, as to the Conduit Purchaser and the Committed
Purchasers or the Liquidity Purchasers (as the case may be), respectively, a per
annum interest rate which if multiplied by the average daily Class A Invested
Amount owing to the Purchasers (as applicable) for such Due Period, would
produce, on the basis of the actual number of days in such Due Period and a
360-day year, an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Interest owed to the
Conduit Purchaser, or the Class A Monthly Interest owed to the Committed
Purchaser or the Liquidity Purchaser (as the case may be), respectively, for
such Due Period.

                  "Class A Note Principal Balance" is defined in Section 1.01 of
the Indenture Supplement.

                  "Closing" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01 hereof.

                  "Closing Date" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01
hereof.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

                  "CNAI" means Citicorp North America, Inc., or its successor.

                  "Commercial Paper Notes" means short-term promissory notes
issued or to be issued by a Conduit Purchaser to fund its investments in
accounts receivable or other financial assets.

                  "Committed Purchaser" means Bank One, Citibank, N.A. and each
Person that shall become a party to this Note Purchase Agreement as a "Committed
Purchaser" pursuant to Section 11.03 hereof.

                  "Conduit Information" means information provided by an Agent
in connection with the transactions described herein and which is confidential
or proprietary information, including, without limitation, information regarding
an Agents' multi-seller commercial paper conduit and forms of transaction
documents together with the pricing, and other economic terms applicable under
this Agreement.

                  "Conduit Purchaser" means Falcon Asset Securitization
Corporation, CHARTA LLC, and any other Persons that become a Party to this Note
Purchase Agreement as a Conduit Purchaser pursuant to Section 11.03 hereof.

                  "CP Costs" means, for each day, the sum of (i) discount or
yield accrued on Pooled Commercial Paper on such day, plus (ii) any and all
accrued commissions in respect of placement agents and Commercial Paper dealers,
and issuing and paying agent fees incurred, in respect of such Pooled Commercial
Paper for such day, plus (iii) other costs associated with funding small or
odd-lot amounts with respect to all receivable purchase facilities which are
funded by Pooled Commercial Paper for such day, minus (iv) any accrual of income
net of expenses received on such day from investment of collections received
under all receivable purchase facilities funded substantially with Pooled
Commercial Paper, minus (v) any payment received on such day net of expenses in
respect of Broken Funding Costs related to the prepayment of any invested amount
of Conduit Purchaser pursuant to the terms of any receivable purchase facilities
funded substantially with Pooled Commercial Paper. In addition to the foregoing
costs, if Transferor shall request any Incremental Funding during any period of
time determined by the applicable Managing Agent in its sole discretion to
result in incrementally higher CP Costs applicable to such Incremental Funding,
the increase to the Class A Invested Amount associated with any such Incremental
Funding shall, during such period, be deemed to be funded by the applicable
Conduit Purchasers in a special pool (which may include capital associated with
other receivable purchase facilities) for purposes of determining such
additional CP Costs applicable only to such special pool and charged each day
during such period against such incremental increase. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the "CP Costs" for any day on or after the occurrence of a Default
Pricing Event shall be an interest rate equal to the Default Rate.

                  "Default Pricing Event" shall mean (i) any event of the type
described in Section 6.01(h)(ii) of the Indenture Supplement (payment
default)(other than a Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event arising thereunder in respect
of any payment due under Article IX hereof) or Section 6.01(e) of the Indenture
Supplement (bankruptcy), and (ii) any other event of the type described in
Section 6.01 of the Indenture Supplement, provided that under this clause (ii)
the Wachovia Bank, N.A., the Class A Agent or any Managing Agent or the Required
Committed Purchasers

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

shall have declared such event to constitute a Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event in
accordance with Section 6.01 of the Indenture Supplement and a period of five
days shall have elapsed.

                  "Default Rate" shall mean a rate of interest per annum equal
to the sum of (i) the Prime Rate plus (ii) 2.00% per annum.

                  "Due Period" shall mean, with respect to a Payment Date (i) as
to a Conduit Purchaser, the Accrual Period immediately preceding such Payment
Date and (ii) as to a Committed Purchaser or a Liquidity Purchaser, the entire
Tranche Period in which such Payment Date occurs.

                  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the
rulings issued thereunder.

                  "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any Person, (i)
any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations
(within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as such Person; (ii) a trade
or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the
meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with such Person; or (iii) a member of
the same affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(n) of the
Code) as such Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade
or business described in clause (ii) above.

                  "Federal Bankruptcy Code" means the bankruptcy code of the
United States of America codified in Title 11 of the United States Code.

                  "Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding to any of its principal
functions.

                  "Fee Letter" means the agreements dated as of January 30, 2004
among the Transferor and the Managing Agents and/or other members of such
Managing Agent's Purchase Group setting forth certain fees payable by the
Transferor in connection with the purchase of the Class A Notes by the Managing
Agents for the benefit of the Purchasers.

                  "Funding Tranche" means all or a portion of the outstanding
principal balance of the Class A Note (i) designated by the Managing Agent as a
Funding Tranche for funding purposes by the Committed Purchaser or the Liquidity
Purchaser(s) (as the case may be) as provided for herein or in the Liquidity
Agreement or (ii) funded by a Conduit Purchaser with Pooled Commercial Paper.

                  "Governmental Actions" means any and all consents, approvals,
permits, orders, authorizations, waivers, exceptions, variances, exemptions or
licenses of, or registrations, declarations or filings with, any Governmental
Authority required under any Governmental Rules.

                  "Governmental Authority" means the United States of America,
any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
pertaining to government and having jurisdiction over the applicable Person.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

                  "Governmental Rules" means any and all laws, statutes, codes,
rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, writs, decrees and injunctions, of any
Governmental Authority and any and all legally binding conditions, standards,
prohibitions, requirements and judgments of any Governmental Authority.

                  "Increase Conditions" is defined in Section 1.01 of the
Indenture Supplement.

                  "Incremental Funding" means an increase in the Class A Note
Principal Balance in accordance with a Principal Balance Increase under Section
4.10 of the Indenture Supplement and the provisions of Section 2.03 hereof.

                  "Incremental Funding Date" means the date on which each
Incremental Funding occurs.

                  "Indemnified Amounts" is defined in Section 9.01.

                  "Indemnified Party" is defined in Section 9.01.

                  "Indenture" means the Master Indenture as supplemented by the
Indenture Supplement thereto.

                  "Indenture Supplement" means the Indenture Supplement dated as
of January 30, 2004 among the Issuer and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Indenture
Trustee, supplementing the Master Indenture and relating to the Series 2004-1
Floating Rate Asset Backed Variable Funding Notes, as the same may be amended,
modified or supplemented.

                  "Investment Letter" means a letter in the form of Exhibit C to
the Indenture Supplement.

                  "LIBOR" means the rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) (a)
the rate at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered by the Reference Bank to
first-class banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of the relevant Tranche
Period, such deposits being in the approximate amount of the Capital of the
Receivable Interest to be funded or maintained, divided by (b) one minus the
Reserve Requirement (expressed as a decimal) applicable to such Tranche Period
plus (ii) the Applicable Margin. LIBOR shall be rounded, if necessary, to the
next higher 1/16 of 1%

                  "Liquidity Purchase Agreement" means any asset purchase or
liquidity purchase agreement related to this Agreement among a Conduit
Purchaser, the related Managing Agent and each of the Committed Purchasers
signatory thereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified.

                  "Liquidity Purchasers" means each of the Committed Purchasers
party to the Liquidity Purchase Agreement.

                  "Managing Agent" means, as to any Conduit Purchaser, the
financial institution responsible for the administration of such Conduit
Purchaser's commercial paper program and related activities. As of the date
hereof, Bank One is the Managing Agent for Falcon and its

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

Committed Purchasers (Bank One), and CNAI is the Managing Agent for Charta and
its Committed Purchasers (Citibank, N.A.).

                  "Master Indenture" means the Master Indenture dated as of
January 30, 2004 among the Issuer and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Indenture Trustee,
as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture Supplement.

                  "Notice of Incremental Funding" means a written notice of an
Incremental Funding in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture Supplement.

                  "Parent" means The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and The Bon-Ton Corp.

                  "Participant" has the meaning specified in Section 11.03(c)
hereof.

                  "Performance Undertaking" means that certain Performance
Undertaking, dated as of January 29, 2004, by Parents, as the same may be
amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "Potential Pay Out Event" shall mean an event which but for
the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Pay Out
Event.

                  "Pooled Commercial Paper" means Commercial Paper notes of a
Conduit Purchaser subject to any particular pooling arrangement by such Conduit
Purchaser, but excluding Commercial Paper issued by such Conduit Purchaser for a
tenor and in an amount specifically requested by any Person in connection with
any agreement effected by such Conduit Purchaser.

                  "Prime Rate" means a rate per annum equal to the corporate
base rate, prime rate or base rate of interest, as applicable, announced by the
Reference Bank from time to time, changing when and as such rate changes.

                  "Purchase Expiration Date" means the earlier of (i) October
22, 2004 as such date may from time to time be extended in accordance with
Section 2.04 hereof and (ii) the date on which the Early Amortization Period
commences.

                  "Purchase Group" means any Conduit Purchasers, its Committed
Purchasers and their related Managing Agent. As of the date hereof, Falcon and
Bank One, as Committed Purchaser and Managing Agent constitute one Purchaser
Group and Charta, LLC, Citibank, N.A., as a Committed Purchaser and CNAI as
Managing Agent constitute another Purchaser Group.

                  "Purchase Group Percentage" means, with respect to any
Purchase Group, the aggregate Purchaser Percentages of all Committed Purchasers
in such Purchase Group.

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                  "Purchaser Percentage" of any Committed Purchaser means (a)
with respect to Bank One and Citibank, N.A., the percentage set forth on the
signature page to this Note Purchase Agreement as such Committed Purchaser's
Purchaser Percentage, or such percentage as reduced by any Assignment and
Acceptance entered into with an assignee, or (b) with respect to a Committed
Purchaser that has entered into an Assignment and Acceptance, the percentage set
forth therein as such Purchaser's Purchaser Percentage, or such percentage as
reduced by any Assignment and Acceptance entered into between such Committed
Purchaser and an assignee.

                  "Purchasers" means, the Conduit Purchaser, the Liquidity
Purchasers and the Committed Purchasers.

                  "Receivables Purchase Agreement" means the Receivables
Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 29, 2004 by and between the Sellers and
the Transferor.

                  "Records" means, with respect to any Receivable, all credit
card agreements and other documents, books, records and other information
(including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, disks, punch cards,
data processing software and related property and rights) relating to such
Receivable, any other related assets constituting part of the Collateral and the
related Obligor.

                  "Reduction Notice" means the written notice delivered by the
Transferor to the Agent under Section 2.05 with respect to an Aggregate
Reduction.

                  "Regulatory Change" means the adoption of any applicable law,
rule or regulation (including any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding
capital adequacy) or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable
agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance
with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any
such authority, central bank or comparable agency. For avoidance of doubt, any
interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 by the Financial
Accounting Standards Board shall constitute a "Regulatory Change".

                  "Reference Bank" means Bank One or such other bank as the
Class A Agent shall designate with the consent of the Transferor.

                  "Required Committed Purchasers" means, at any time, Committed
Purchasers with aggregate Purchaser Percentages in excess of 66-2/3%.

                  "Requirements of Law" for any Person shall mean the charter,
certificate of incorporation or articles of association and by-laws or other
organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule
or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority, in
each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is
subject, whether Federal, state or local (including, without limitation, usury
laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

                  "Series Documents" means the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
the Indenture Supplement, the Master Indenture, the Parent Undertaking, the
Intercreditor Agreement and the Fee Letters, the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
Note Purchase Agreement and the Fee Letters.

                  "Servicer" means The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., or any
Successor Servicer appointed in accordance with the terms of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and Indenture Supplement.

                  "Terminating Tranche" is defined in Section 2.06(b).

                  "Tranche Period" means, with respect to any Funding Tranche
owing to a Liquidity Purchaser or a Committed Purchaser:

                  (a)      if Yield for such Funding Tranche is calculated on
the basis of LIBOR, a period of one, two, three or six months, or such other
period as may be mutually agreeable to the applicable Managing Agent and
Transferor, commencing on a Business Day selected by Transferor or the
applicable Managing Agent pursuant to this Agreement. Such Tranche Period shall
end on the day in the applicable succeeding calendar month which corresponds
numerically to the beginning day of such Tranche Period, provided, however, that
if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such succeeding month, such
Tranche Period shall end on the last Business Day of such succeeding month; or

                  (b)      if Yield for such Funding Tranche is calculated on
the basis of the Prime Rate, a period commencing on a Business Day selected by
Transferor and agreed to by the applicable Managing Agent, provided no such
period shall exceed one month.

                  If any Tranche Period would end on a day which is not a
Business Day, such Tranche Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day,
provided, however, that in the case of Tranche Periods corresponding to LIBOR,
if such next succeeding Business Day falls in a new month, such Tranche Period
shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any Tranche
Period for any Funding Tranche which commences before the Series 2004-1 Final
Maturity Date and would otherwise end on a date occurring after the Series
2004-1 Final Maturity Date, such Tranche Period shall end on such Series 2004-1
Final Maturity Date and the duration of each Tranche Period which commences on
or after the Series 2004-1 Final Maturity Date shall be of such duration as
shall be selected by the applicable Managing Agent.

                  "Transfer and Servicing Agreement" means the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 among the Transferor, the
Servicer, and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Indenture Trustee, as the same may be
amended, modified or supplemented.

                  "Yield" means for each respective Tranche Period, an amount
equal to the product of the applicable Alternate Rate multiplied by the Class A
Invested Amount owing, if any, to the Committed Purchasers or the Liquidity
Purchasers (as the case may be) for each day elapsed during such Tranche Period,
annualized on a 360 day basis.

                  Other Definitional Provisions. (a) All terms defined in this
Note Purchase Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any
certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise
defined therein.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

                  (b)      As used herein and in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not
defined in Section 1.01, and accounting terms partially defined in Section 1.01
to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them
under generally accepted accounting principles. To the extent that the
definitions of accounting terms herein are inconsistent with the meanings of
such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions
contained herein shall control.

                  (c)      The words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and
words of similar import when used in this Note Purchase Agreement shall refer to
this Note Purchase Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of
this Note Purchase Agreement; and Section, subsection, Schedule and Exhibit
references contained in this Note Purchase Agreement are references to Sections,
Subsections, the Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Note Purchase Agreement
unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                PURCHASE AND SALE

                  SECTION 2.01 Purchase and Sale of the Class A Note. On the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Note Purchase Agreement,
and in reliance on the covenants, representations, warranties and agreements
herein set forth, the Transferor shall offer to sell to each Managing Agent, on
behalf of the Purchasers in its Purchaser Group, and each Managing Agent, on
behalf of the Purchasers in its Purchase Group shall purchase at the Closing, a
Class A Note in an initial outstanding principal amount equal to its Purchase
Group Percentage of the Class A Initial Principal Balance and with a maximum
principal amount equal to its Purchaser Group Percentage of the Class A Maximum
Principal Balance.

                  SECTION 2.02 Initial Purchase Price. The Class A Notes are to
be purchased at a price (the "Class A Initial Purchase Price") of 100% of the
Class A Initial Principal Balance to be paid to the Transferor.

                  SECTION 2.03 Incremental Fundings. (a) Subject to the terms
and conditions of this Note Purchase Agreement and the Indenture Supplement,
from time to time prior to the Purchase Expiration Date upon receipt by the
Class A Agent and each Managing Agent of a Notice of Incremental Funding, (i)
each Conduit Purchaser (or the applicable Managing Agent, on behalf of such
Conduit Purchaser), in the sole and absolute discretion of such Conduit
Purchaser, may make Incremental Fundings and (ii) if, such Conduit Purchaser
elects not to make an Incremental Funding, the Committed Purchasers, in its
Purchaser Group and its permitted assigns severally agree to make their
respective Purchaser Percentages of such Incremental Funding; provided, that no
Committed Purchaser shall be required to make a portion of any Incremental
Funding if, after giving effect thereto, (A) its Purchaser Percentage of the
Class A Invested Amount would exceed its Purchaser Percentage of the Class A
Maximum Principal Balance, or (B) its Purchaser Percentage of the Class A
Invested Amount hereunder plus the principal amount funded under a Liquidity
Purchase Agreement as a Liquidity Purchaser would exceed its Purchaser
Percentage of the Class A Maximum Principal Balance.

                  (b)      Each Incremental Funding hereunder shall be subject
to the further conditions precedent that:

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

                  (i)      the Increase Conditions shall have been satisfied;

                  (ii)     Each Agent will have received copies of all
         settlement statements and all reports required to be delivered by the
         Servicer to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 3.04 of the
         Transfer and Servicing Agreement and Section 5.03 of the Indenture
         Supplement;

                  (iii)    The Transferor and the Servicer shall be in
         compliance in all material respects with all of their respective
         covenants contained in the Series Documents; and

                  (iv)     At least two Business Days prior to the Incremental
         Funding Date, each Agent shall have received a completed Notice of
         Incremental Funding.

                  (c)      Each Incremental Funding of the Class A Note, shall
be requested in an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 and integral
multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof; provided, that the pro rata share of
which, with respect to each Committed Purchaser in the applicable Purchaser
Group shall not be less than $1,000,000.

                  (d)      The purchase price of each Incremental Funding shall
be equal to 100% of the allocation of the Class A Incremental Funded Amount and
shall be paid not later than 12:00 p.m. (noon) (New York City) time on the
Incremental Funding Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
account as may from time to time be specified by the Transferor in a notice to
each of the Agents).

                  SECTION 2.04 Extension of Purchase Expiration Date. The
Transferor may request that a Committed Purchaser extend the Purchase Expiration
Date for such Committed Purchaser to the date occurring 364 days (or less) past
the then applicable Purchase Expiration Date for such Committed Purchaser by
giving written notice of such request (an "Extension Request") to the Managing
Agent for such Committed Purchaser. Such Extension Request shall be delivered no
more than 60 days and no less than 30 days prior to the then applicable Purchase
Expiration Date for such Committed Purchaser. If the applicable Committed
Purchaser, or its Managing Agent on such Committed Purchaser's behalf, advises
the Transferor in writing by the later of (i) the date that is 30 days prior to
the then applicable Purchase Expiration Date for such Committed Purchaser and
(ii) the date that is 10 days after such Committed Purchaser receives an
Extension Request (such later date, the "Reply Date"), that such Committed
Purchaser consents to the requested extension, the Purchase Expiration Date for
such Committed Purchaser will be the date following the then applicable Purchase
Expiration Date for such Committed Purchaser that is specified by such Committed
Purchaser in writing as its new Purchase Expiration Date. If neither the
Committed Purchaser, nor its Managing Agent on such Committed Purchaser's
behalf, responds to the Transferor's Extension Request by the Reply Date for
such Committed Purchaser, such Committed Purchaser will be deemed to have denied
the Transferor's Extension Request. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, an
Extension Request that is delivered by the Transferor to an Committed Purchaser
prior to then applicable Purchase Expiration Date for such Committed Purchaser
may, with the written consent of the Transferor, be accepted in writing by such
Committed Purchaser at any time prior to the then applicable Purchase Expiration
Date for such Committed Purchaser; in such case, the Purchase

                                      -11-

<PAGE>

Expiration Date for such Committed Purchaser will be the date following the then
applicable Purchase Expiration Date for such Committed Purchaser that is
specified by such Committed Purchaser in writing as its new Purchase Expiration
Date.

                  SECTION 2.05 Reduction or Increase of the Class A Maximum
Principal Balance. (a)The Transferor may reduce in whole or in part the Class A
Maximum Principal Balance (but not below the Class A Invested Amount) by giving
the Agents written notice thereof at least five days before such reduction is to
take place; provided, however, that any partial reduction shall be in an
aggregate amount of $5,000,000, and any reduction of the Class A Maximum
Principal Balance shall not cause the Class A Maximum Principal Balance to be
less than $120,000,000 and any such reduction shall be allocated pro rata among
the Purchase Groups (and allocated within each Purchase Group as determined by
the applicable Managing Agent). Any such reduction in the Class A Maximum
Principal Balance shall be permanent unless a subsequent increase in the Class A
Maximum Principal Balance is made in accordance with Section 2.05(b).

                  (b)      The Transferor may request an increase in the Class A
Maximum Principal Balance (allocated pro rata among the Purchase Groups and
allocated within each Purchase Group as determined by the applicable Managing
Agent) by written notice to the Agents at least 30 days before the date on which
such increase is requested to become effective. No such increase will take
effect with respect to any Note unless (i) the Conduit Purchasers and Agents
agree thereto and (ii) the available commitments of the Purchasers (other than
the Conduit Purchasers) hereunder or under the Liquidity Purchase Agreements and
the credit and/or liquidity coverage committed under the program-wide credit
and/or liquidity facilities for the commercial paper program of the Conduit
Purchasers are increased as necessary to maintain the then-current ratings of
the Conduit Purchasers' Commercial Paper Notes.

                  SECTION 2.06 Calculation of Monthly Interest. (a) Prior to the
occurrence of a Series 2004-1 Pay Out Event, the Class A Notes shall accrue CP
Costs with respect to the portion of the outstanding principal balance of the
Class A Notes funded by the Conduit Purchasers for each day that such amount is
outstanding. The outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes funded with
Pooled Commercial Paper will accrue CP Costs each day on a pro rata basis, based
upon the percentage share that such amount represents in relation to all assets
held by the applicable Conduit Purchaser and funded substantially with related
Pooled Commercial Paper. On the Determination Date, each Conduit Purchaser shall
calculate the aggregate amount of CP Costs allocated to its Class A Note for the
applicable Due Period and shall notify the Servicer of such aggregate amount.

                  (b)      Prior to the occurrence of a Series 2004-1 Pay Out
Event, the Class A Notes shall accrue Yield with respect to the portion of the
outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes funded by the Committed
Purchasers or the Liquidity Purchasers (as the case may be) for each day during
the Tranche Period at either LIBOR or the Prime Rate in accordance with the
terms and conditions hereof. Until the Transferor gives notice to the Funding
Agent of another Alternate Rate in accordance with Section 2.06(c), the initial
Alternate Rate for any Funding Tranche transferred to the Committed Purchasers
or the Liquidity Purchasers by a Conduit Purchaser as provided for herein or
pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement (as the case may be), shall be the Prime Rate
with a Tranche Period of five days. If the Committed Purchasers or

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

the Liquidity Purchasers acquire by assignment from a Conduit Purchaser any
Funding Tranche as provided for herein or pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement (as
the case may be), each Funding Tranche so assigned shall each be deemed to have
a new Tranche Period commencing on the date of any such assignment. The
Transferor or the applicable Managing Agent, upon notice to and consent by the
other received by 12:00 p.m. (noon) (New York City Time) at least three (3)
Business Days prior to the end of a Tranche Period (the "Terminating Tranche")
for any Funding Tranche, may, effective on the last day of the Terminating
Tranche: (i) divide any such Funding Tranche into multiple Funding Tranches,
(ii) combine any such Funding Tranche with one or more other Funding Tranches
that have a Terminating Tranche ending on the same day as such Terminating
Tranche or (iii) combine any such Funding Tranche with a new Funding Tranche to
be purchased on the day such Terminating Tranche ends, provided, that in no
event may the portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Notes
funded by a Conduit Purchaser be combined with a Funding Tranche of the
Committed Purchasers or the Liquidity Purchasers.

                  (c)      The Transferor may select LIBOR or the Prime Rate for
each Funding Tranche of the Committed Purchaser or the Liquidity Purchaser (as
the case may be). The Transferor shall by 12:00 p.m.(noon) (New York time): (i)
at least three (3) Business Days prior to the expiration of any Terminating
Tranche with respect to which LIBOR is being requested as a new Alternate Rate
and (ii) at least one (1) Business Day prior to the expiration of any
Terminating Tranche with respect to which the Prime Rate is being requested as a
new Alternate Rate, give the applicable Managing Agents irrevocable notice of
the new Alternate Rate for the Funding Tranche associated with such Terminating
Tranche. Until the Transferor gives notice to the applicable Managing Agents of
another Alternate Rate, the initial Alternate Rate for any Funding Tranche
transferred to a Committed Purchaser or a Liquidity Purchaser pursuant to the
terms and conditions hereof shall be the Prime Rate.

                  (d)      If any Committed Purchaser notifies the applicable
Managing Agent that it has determined that funding a Funding Tranche at a rate
equal to LIBOR would, by reason of any Regulatory Change after the date hereof,
violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, or directive, whether or not
having the force of law, or that (i) deposits of a type and maturity appropriate
to match fund its Funding Tranche at a rate equal to LIBOR are not available or
(ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost of acquiring or maintaining a
Funding Tranche at LIBOR, then such Managing Agent shall suspend the
availability of LIBOR and shall require the Transferor to select a new Alternate
Rate for any Funding Tranche accruing at LIBOR.

                  (e)      The Transferor agrees to pay and to instruct the
Servicer and the Indenture Trustee to pay all amounts payable by each with
respect to the Class A Note to the account designated by the applicable Managing
Agent in the Fee Letter or as otherwise designated by such Managing Agent in
writing.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE III
                                    CLOSING

                  SECTION 3.01 Closing. The closing (the "Closing") of the
purchase and sale of the Class A Note shall take place at 10:00 a.m. at the
offices of Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP, Bank One Plaza, 10 S. Dearborn
Street, 55th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60603, on January 29, 2004, or if the
conditions to closing set forth in Article IV of this Note Purchase Agreement
shall not have been satisfied or waived by such date, as soon as practicable
after such conditions shall have been satisfied or waived, or at such other
time, date and place as the parties shall agree upon (the date of the Closing
being referred to herein as the "Closing Date").

                  SECTION 3.02 Transactions to be Effected at the Closing. At
the Closing (a) the Class A Initial Purchase Price will be deemed delivered to
the Transferor in consideration of the releases and assignments effected
pursuant to (i) that certain Payoff and Termination Agreement dated as of
January 30, 2004 among The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp., The El-Bee Receivables
Corporation, The El-Bee Chargit Corp., CRC Funding, LLC, Citicorp North America,
Inc., Citibank, N.A., Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation, Bank One, NA, and
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas and (ii) that certain Payoff and
Termination Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 among the parties to this
Agreement; and (b) the Transferor shall deliver the Class A Notes to the
Managing Agents in satisfaction of the Transferor's obligation to the Agents
hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO
                          PURCHASE ON THE CLOSING DATE

                  The purchase by the Managing Agent on behalf of the Purchasers
in its Purchaser Group of the Class A Notes is subject to the satisfaction at
the time of the Closing of the following conditions (any or all of which may be
waived by the Managing Agents in their sole discretion):

                  SECTION 4.01 Performance by the Transferor, Issuer, the
Parents, the Sellers and Servicer. All the terms, covenants, agreements and
conditions of the Series Documents to be complied with and performed by the
Transferor, the Issuer, the Parent, the Sellers and the Servicer at or before
the Closing shall have been complied with and performed in all material
respects.

                  SECTION 4.02 Representations and Warranties. Each of the
representations and warranties of the Transferor, the Issuer, the Parent, the
Sellers and the Servicer made in the Series Documents shall be true and correct
in all material respects as of the time of the Closing (except to the extent
they expressly relate to an earlier or later time).

                  SECTION 4.03 Corporate Documents. The Agents shall have
received copies of (a) the (i) Charter documents and By-Laws of The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc., (ii) Board of Directors resolutions of The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc. with respect to the Series Documents, and (iii)
incumbency certificate of The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., each certified by
appropriate corporate authorities, (b) the (i) Certificate of formation and good

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

standing certificate of the Transferor and its general partner (ii) Board of
Directors resolutions of the general partner of the Transferor with respect to
the Series Documents and (iii) incumbency of the general partner of the
Transferor, each certified by appropriate authorities, (c) (i) Charter documents
and By-Laws of The Bon-Ton Corp., Inc., (ii) Board of Directors resolutions of
Bon-Ton Corp, Inc. with respect to the Series Documents, and (iii) incumbency
certificate of Bon-Ton Corp, Inc., each certified by appropriate corporate
authorities, (d) the (i) Charter documents and By-Laws of The Bon-Ton Stores,
Inc. (ii) Board of Directors resolutions of The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. with
respect to the Series Documents, and (iii) incumbency certificate of The Bon-Ton
Stores, Inc., each certified by appropriate corporate authorities, (e) the (i)
Charter documents and By-Laws for each of the Sellers, (ii) Board of Directors
resolutions of each of the Sellers with respect to the Series Documents and
(iii) incumbency certificate of each of the Sellers each certified by
appropriate corporate authority.

                  SECTION 4.04 Opinions of Counsel to The Bon-Ton Department
Stores, Inc. and the Transferor. Counsel to the Bon-Ton Parties shall have
delivered to the Agents favorable opinions, dated as of the Closing Date and
reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agents and its counsel and
addressed to the Agents.

                  SECTION 4.05 Opinions of Counsel to the Owner Trustee. Counsel
to the Owner Trustee shall have delivered to the Agents a favorable opinion,
dated as of the Closing Date and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance
to the Agents and its counsel and addressed to the Agents.

                  SECTION 4.06 Opinions of Counsel to the Indenture Trustee .
Counsel to the Indenture Trustee shall have delivered to the Agents a favorable
opinion, dated as of the Closing Date and reasonably satisfactory in form and
substance to the Agents and its counsel and addressed to the Agents.

                  SECTION 4.07 Financing Statements. The Agents shall have
received evidence satisfactory to it of the completion of all recordings,
registrations, and filings as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Agents,
desirable to perfect or evidence (i) the assignments by Sellers to the
Transferor and by the Transferor to the Issuer of their respective ownership
interests in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and (ii) the security
interest granted by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables and
the proceeds thereof, including:

                  (a)      Acknowledgment copies of all UCC financing statements
and assignments that have been filed in the offices of the Secretary of State of
the applicable states and in the appropriate office or offices of such other
locations as may be specified in the opinions of counsel delivered pursuant to
Section 4.04 hereof; and

                  (b)      Certified copies of requests for information (Form
UCC-11) (or a similar search report certified by parties acceptable to the Agent
and its counsel) dated a date reasonably near the Closing Date and listing all
effective financing statements which name a Seller, the Transferor or the
Issuer, as seller, assignor or debtor and which are filed in all jurisdictions
in which the filings were or will be made, together with copies of such
financing statements.

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 4.08 Documents. The Agent shall have received a duly
executed counterpart of each of the Series Documents and each and every document
or certification delivered by any party in connection with any of such
agreements, and each such document shall be in full force and effect.

                  SECTION 4.09 No Actions or Proceedings. No action, suit,
proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority shall have
been instituted to restrain or prohibit the consummation of, or to invalidate,
the transactions contemplated by the Series Documents and the documents related
thereto in any material respect.

                  SECTION 4.10 Approvals and Consents. All Governmental Actions
of all Governmental Authorities required with respect to the transactions
contemplated by the Series Documents and the other documents related thereto
shall have been obtained or made.

                  SECTION 4.11 Officer's Certificates. The Agents shall have
received Officer's Certificates from the Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and its counsel,
dated as of the Closing Date, certifying as to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof with respect to the
Transferor, the Issuer and the Servicer, respectively.

                  SECTION 4.12 Accounts. The Agents shall have received evidence
that the Collection Account and Special Funding Account have been established in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

                  SECTION 4.13 Other Documents. The Transferor shall have
furnished to the Agents such other information, certificates and documents as
the Agents may reasonably request.

                                   ARTICLE V
              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BON-TON PARTIES

                  Each Bon-Ton Party hereby makes the following representations
and warranties to the Purchasers and the Agents, as to itself, as of the Closing
Date and as of each Incremental Funding Date, and the Purchasers and the Agents
shall be deemed to have relied on such representations and warranties in
purchasing the Class A Notes on the Closing Date and in making (or committing to
make) each Incremental Funding on each Incremental Funding Date.

                  SECTION 5.01 Transfer and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor
repeats and reaffirms to the Purchasers and the Agents the representations and
warranties of the Transferor set forth in Sections 2.03 and 2.04 of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement and represents and warrants that such representations
and warranties are true and correct. The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. repeats
and reaffirms to the Purchasers and the Agents the representations, warranties
and covenants of the Servicer set forth in Section 3.03 of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and represents and warrants that all such representations
and warranties are true and correct.

                  SECTION 5.02 Corporate Existence and Power. The Transferor is
a limited partnership duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania. The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
is Pennsylvania corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the United States. Each Bon-

                                      -16-

<PAGE>

Ton Party has all power, authority and legal right and all material governmental
licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals required to own its properties
and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such
business is presently conducted in each jurisdiction in which it presently owns
properties and presently conducts its business, and to execute and deliver this
Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture Supplement and the Fee Letter and perform
its obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture Supplement,
the Fee Letter and the other Series Documents. Each Bon-Ton Party is duly
qualified to do business and is in good standing (or is exempt from such
requirements) in any jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires
it to be so qualified.

                  SECTION 5.03 Corporate and Governmental Authorization;
Contravention. The execution and delivery by each Bon-Ton Party of this Note
Purchase Agreement, the Indenture Supplement, the Fee Letter and the other
Series Documents to which such Bon-Ton Party is a party and the performance by
each Bon-Ton Party thereof are within its corporate powers, have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate or limited partnership action, require no
action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or
official thereof, and do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any
provision of applicable law, rule or regulation or of the Charter or Bylaws of
The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., limited partnership agreement of the
Transferor or of any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, writ, decree or
other instrument binding upon such Bon-Ton Party or result in the creation or
imposition of any Lien on the assets of such Bon-Ton Party, other than pursuant
to the Series Documents.

                  SECTION 5.04 Binding Effect. Each of this Note Purchase
Agreement, the Indenture Supplement, the Fee Letter and the other Series
Documents to which each Bon-Ton Party is a party constitutes the legal, valid
and binding obligation of such Bon-Ton Party, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

                  SECTION 5.05 No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this
Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture Supplement, the Fee Letter and the other
Series Documents to which each Bon-Ton Party is a party, the performance of the
transactions contemplated by this Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture
Supplement, the Fee Letter and the other Series Documents to which such Bon-Ton
Party is a party and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof will not
conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or
constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under,
any Requirement of Law applicable to such Bon-Ton Party or any indenture,
contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other material instrument to
which The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. is a party or by which it or any of
its properties are bound.

                  SECTION 5.06 No Proceedings. There are no actions, suits,
proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of each Bon-Ton
Party, threatened, against or affecting such Bon-Ton Party or any Affiliate of
such Bon-Ton Party or their respective properties, in or before any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency, arbitrator or other tribunal or
governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this Note Purchase
Agreement, the Indenture Supplement, the Fee Letter, or any other Series
Document to which such Bon-Ton Party is a party, (ii) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Note Purchase Agreement, the

                                      -17-

<PAGE>

Indenture Supplement, the Fee Letter, the Notes or any other Series Document to
which such Bon-Ton Party is a party, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling
that, individually or in the aggregate, in the reasonable judgment of such
Bon-Ton Party, would materially and adversely affect the performance by such
Bon-Ton Party of its obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement, the
Indenture Supplement, the Fee Letter, the Class A Note or any other Series
Document to which such Bon-Ton Party is a party or (iv) seeking any
determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity
or enforceability of this Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture Supplement, the
Fee Letter, the Note or any other Series Document to which such Bon-Ton Party is
a party.

                  SECTION 5.07 Transferor Amount. As of the Closing Date and
each Incremental Funding Date, the Transferor Interest is not less than the
Required Transferor Interest and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
is not less than the Required Minimum Principal Balance.

                  SECTION 5.08 No Pay Out Event. After giving effect to the
issuance of, and the acquisition by the Agent, on behalf of the Class A
Noteholders and of any occurrence of any Incremental Funding pursuant to Section
2.03, no event shall have occurred and not been waived or be continuing and no
condition shall exist which would constitute a Pay Out Event or Potential Pay
Out Event.

                  SECTION 5.09 Accuracy of Information. Each document, book,
record, report, exhibit, schedule or other information furnished or to be
furnished at any time by each Bon-Ton Party to the Purchasers or the Agents for
purposes of or in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement, the Indenture
Supplement or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is or will be true
and accurate in all material respects on the date such information is stated or
certified.

                  SECTION 5.10 Taxes. Each Bon-Ton Party has filed all tax
returns (Federal, state and local) required to be filed and has paid or made
adequate provision for the payment of all its taxes, assessments and other
governmental charges.

                  SECTION 5.11 Use of Proceeds. No proceeds of the acquisition
of the Class A Notes or any Incremental Funding will be used by the Transferor
to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 13 or 14
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                  SECTION 5.12 Value. The Sellers have received or will receive
reasonably equivalent value in return for the transfer of the Receivables and
the other property transferred to the Transferor. The Transferor has received or
will receive reasonably equivalent value in return for the transfer of the
Receivables and other property transferred to the Trust.

                  SECTION 5.13 ERISA. Each Bon-Ton Party and its ERISA
Affiliates is in compliance in all material respects with ERISA and no lien
exists in favor of the PBGC on any of the Receivables.

                  SECTION 5.14 [RESERVED]

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 5.15 Investment Company. Neither the Transferor nor
the Trust is an "investment company" or is controlled by an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, or is exempt from all
provisions of such Act.

                  SECTION 5.16 No Liens. The sale, assignment and conveyance of
the Class A Notes and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated
will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien, charge or encumbrance
upon any of the property or assets of any Bon-Ton Party or any of its Affiliates
pursuant to the terms of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement
or other agreement (including this Note Purchase Agreement) or instrument to
which it or any of its Affiliates is bound or to which any of its property or
assets is subject.

                  SECTION 5.17 Authorization. The Transferor has authorized the
Trust to issue and sell the Class A Notes.

                  SECTION 5.18 [RESERVED].

                  SECTION 5.19 No Claims. No Person party to the Master
Indenture or Transfer and Servicing Agreement has any defenses, counterclaims or
right of set-off with respect to either agreement.

                  SECTION 5.20 Agreements Enforced. Except as otherwise agreed
by the parties thereto, each of the Master Indenture and the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement have been strictly enforced in accordance with their terms
by each party thereto.

                  The representations and warranties set forth in this Section
shall survive the sale of the Class A Notes to the Managing Agents on behalf of
the Purchasers. Upon discovery by either Bon-Ton Party or the Managing Agents,
on behalf of the Purchasers, of a breach of any of the foregoing representations
and warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written
notice to the other. Any document, instrument, certificate or notice delivered
to any Agent or any Purchaser hereunder shall be deemed to be a representation
and warranty by such Bon-Ton Party.

                  SECTION 5.21 Class A Notes. The Class A Notes have been duly
and validly authorized, and, when executed and authenticated in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement, and delivered to and
paid for in accordance with this Note Purchase Agreement, will be duly and
validly issued and outstanding and will be entitled to the benefits of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Master Indenture and the Indenture
Supplement.

                  SECTION 5.22 Issuer Existence and Authorization. The Issuer
has been duly created and is validly existing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                  SECTION 5.23 Financial Condition of Bon Ton Parties. On the
date hereof and on each Incremental Funding Date, neither Bon-Ton Party is
insolvent nor the subject of any insolvency proceeding.

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                     OMITTED

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                   COVENANTS

                  SECTION 7.01 Affirmative Covenants of the Bon Ton Parties. So
long as the Class A Notes remain outstanding, each Bon-Ton Party hereby
covenants, as to itself, as set forth below:

                  (a)      Financial Reporting. Such Bon-Ton Party will (or will
cause the Parent to) maintain a system of accounting established and
administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish to the Agents (if such
information is not publicly available at such time on the SEC's EDGAR online
system):

                  (i)      Annual Reporting. (1) Within 90 days after the close
         of each fiscal year, financial statements for the Parent and its
         Subsidiaries for such fiscal year certified without qualification or in
         another manner reasonably acceptable to each Agent by any "Big 4"
         accounting firm or any other firm of independent public accountants
         reasonably acceptable to each Agent (2) and within 90 days after the
         close of each fiscal year, financial statements for each of the
         Transferor and GP, Inc., certified by such Person's chief financial
         officer.

                  (ii)     Quarterly Reporting. Within 45 days after the close
         of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year, balance
         sheets as at the close of each such period and statements of income and
         a statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of such
         fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by the Parent's
         chief financial officer.

                  (iii)    Compliance Certificate. Together with the financial
         statements required hereunder, a compliance certificate in a form
         acceptable to the Agents, signed by the corporate comptroller or chief
         financial officer of the Person to which such financial statements
         relate and dated the date of such annual financial statement or such
         quarterly financial statement, as the case may be.

                  (iv)     Shareholders Statements and Reports. Promptly upon
         the furnishing thereof to the shareholders of the Parent, copies of all
         financial statements, reports and proxy statements so furnished.

                  (v)      S.E.C. Filings. Promptly upon the filing thereof,
         copies of all registration statements and annual, quarterly, monthly or
         other regular reports which the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries files
         with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  (vi)     Change in Credit and Collection Policy. At least 30
         days prior to the effectiveness of any material change in or amendment
         to the Credit Card Guidelines, a notice indicating such change or
         amendment.

                                      -20-

<PAGE>

                  (vii)    Other Information. Such other information (including
         non-financial information) as any Agent may from time to time
         reasonably request.

                  (viii)   Notice of Pay Out Events or Potential Pay Out Events.
         As soon as possible and in any event within two (2) days after the
         occurrence of each Pay Out Event or each Potential Pay Out Event, a
         statement of the president or any vice president of such Bon-Ton Party
         setting forth details of such Pay Out Event or Potential Pay Out Event
         and the action which such Bon-Ton Party proposes to take with respect
         thereto.

                  (ix)     Credit Card Guidelines. Within ninety (90) days after
         the close of such Bon-Ton Party's fiscal year, a complete copy of the
         Credit Card Guidelines then in effect.

                  (x)      ERISA. Promptly after the filing or receiving
         thereof, copies of all reports and notices with respect to any
         Reportable Event (as defined in Article IV of ERISA) which such Bon-Ton
         Party or any ERISA Affiliate of such Bon-Ton Party files under ERISA
         with the Internal Revenue Service, the PBGC or the U.S. Department of
         Labor or which such Bon-Ton Party or any ERISA Affiliate of such
         Bon-Ton Party receives from the Internal Revenue Service, the PBGC or
         the U.S. Department of Labor.

                  (xi)     Other Information. Such other information (including
         non-financial information) as an Agent may from time to time reasonably
         request with respect to the Transferor or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  (b)      Corporate Existence; Conduct of Business. The
Transferor will preserve and maintain its existence as a limited partnership or
other registered organization duly organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Pennsylvania. The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. will preserve and
maintain its existence as a corporation bank duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Pennsylvania. Each Bon-Ton Party will carry on and
conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the
same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted and do all things
necessary to remain duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
its jurisdiction of formation or organization, as applicable, and maintain all
requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its
business is conducted.

                  (c)      Compliance with Laws. Each Bon-Ton Party will comply
with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions,
decrees or awards applicable to it, its properties, the Accounts or any part
thereof, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (d)      Furnishing of Information and Inspection of Records.
Each Bon-Ton Party will (and will cause each Seller to) furnish to any Agent
from time to time such information with respect to it and the Receivables as
such Agent may reasonably request. Each Bon-Ton Party shall (and shall cause
each Seller to), from time to time during regular business hours as requested by
any Agent upon reasonable notice, permit such Agent or its agents or
representatives, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all
Records in the possession or under the control of such Bon-Ton Party or such
Seller, as applicable, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the for
the purpose of examining such materials described in

                                      -21-

<PAGE>

clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to the such Bon-Ton Party's or
such Seller's financial condition or the Receivables and the Collateral or such
Bon-Ton Party's or such Seller's performance hereunder or under the other Series
Documents with any of the officers or employees of such Person having knowledge
of such matters. Prior to the occurrence of a Pay Out Event or Potential Pay Out
Event, the Agents shall be limited to two material audits during any 12 month
period and any follow-up audits related to any deficiency found in any such
material audit.

                  (e)      Keeping of Records and Books of Account. The Servicer
will (and will cause Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. with respect to Receivables
originated by it) to maintain and implement administrative and operating
procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records
evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals
thereof), and keep and maintain, all documents, books, records and other
information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all
Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily
identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to
each existing Receivable). The Servicer will (and will cause each Seller with
respect to Receivables originated by it) give the Agents notice of any material
change in the administrative and operating procedures of the Servicer or the
Seller referred to in the previous sentence.

                  (f)      Transfer and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor will
comply with the covenants set forth in Sections 2.07 and 2.08 of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement. The Servicer will comply with the covenants set forth
in Section 3.03 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

                  (g)      Notice of Adverse Claims. Each Bon-Ton Party will
advise the Agents promptly, in reasonable detail, (i) of any Lien asserted or a
claim by a Person that is not an Obligor made against any of the Receivables,
(ii) of the occurrence of any breach by such Bon-Ton Party of any of its
representations, warranties and covenants contained herein or in the Series
Documents and (iii) of the occurrence of any other event which would have a
material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee's interest in the Receivables
or the collectability thereof.

                  (h)      Protection of Interest in Receivables. Each Bon-Ton
Party shall execute (if applicable) and file such continuation statements and
any other documents reasonably requested by the Indenture Trustee or an Agent or
which may be required by law to fully preserve and protect the interest of the
Indenture Trustee in and to the Receivables. The Transferor shall deliver to the
Agents a copy of any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Section 3.06 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement concurrently with the delivery thereof to any
party as required by said Section.

                  (i)      Each Bon-Ton Party will notify the Agent in writing
of any of the following promptly upon learning of the occurrence thereof,
describing the same, and if applicable, the steps being taken with respect
thereto:

                           (1) Judgment. The entry of any judgment or decree
against such Bon-Ton Party or any of its Affiliates if the aggregate amount of
all judgments and decrees then outstanding against such Bon-Ton Party and its
Affiliates (which judgments and decrees are not

                                      -22-

<PAGE>

covered by insurance, the carrier of which shall have acknowledged such
coverage) exceeds $1,000,000.

                           (2) Litigation. The institution of any litigation,
arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding which could be reasonably
likely to have a material adverse effect on such Bon-Ton Party and its
Affiliates or the collectibility of the Receivables.

                  (j)      Compliance with Credit Card Agreements and Credit
Card Guidelines. Such Bon-Ton Party will cause any Account Originator to timely
and fully (i) perform and comply with all provisions, covenants and other
promises required to be observed by it under the Credit Card Agreements related
to the Receivables, and (ii) comply in all respects with the Credit Card
Guidelines in regard to each Receivable and the related Credit Card Agreement,
except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  (k)      Transfers of Receivables. With respect to the
transfer of the Receivables, (1) from each Seller to the Transferor under the
Receivables Purchase Agreement and (2) from the Transferor to the Issuer under
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, each such transfer shall be effected
under, and in strict compliance with the terms of the applicable transfer
agreement, including, without limitation, the terms relating to the amount and
timing of payments to be made with respect to the purchase price for the related
Receivables.

                  (l)      Each Bon-Ton Party shall direct (or shall cause the
applicable Affiliate to direct) each Swap Counterparty to make all payments due
under each corresponding Interest Rate Swap Agreement directly to the Collection
Account.

                  (m)      Swap Coverage. The Transferor shall, or shall cause
the Issuer to, enter into and maintain Interest Rate Swap Agreements with Swap
Counterparties whose short-term unsecured debt is rated at least A-1 by Standard
& Poor's Ratings Group and P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. Such Interest
Rate Swap Agreement shall contain terms and conditions acceptable to each
Managing Agent and shall have by March 1, 2004 an aggregate Notional Amount
equal to the Class A Note Maximum Principal Amount and a remaining tenor of at
least 2 years at all times, unless otherwise agreed by each Managing Agent in
writing. The Notional Amount of Interest Rate Swap Agreements may be reduced
during the Amortization period at the option of the Agents in accordance with
the terms of such Interest Rate Swap Agreements.

                  (n)      Remittances. The Transferor shall make remittances
required to be made pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.06, 3.04(b) or 3.10 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement on the Business Day following the day on which
such remittance obligation arises thereunder rather than the Payment Date
following the Monthly Period in which such obligation arises.

                  (o)      Lock-Box. Each Bon-Ton Party agrees to effect control
arrangements relating to the Lock-Box serviced by Regulus West LLC which are
acceptable to the Managing Agents by March 31, 2004 or such later date as may be
agreed by the Managing Agents in writing.

                                      -23-

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 7.02 Covenants. Each Bon-Ton Party will duly observe
and perform each of its covenants set forth in the other Series Documents.

                  SECTION 7.03 Negative Covenants of the Bon Ton Parties. So
long as the Class A Notes remain outstanding, each Bon-Ton Party hereby
covenants as to itself, as set forth below:

                  (a)      Amendments. No Bon-Ton Party will make, nor will it
permit any Person to make, any amendment, modification or change to, or provide
any waiver under any Series Document without the prior written consent of the
Agents.

                  (b)      No Sales, Liens, Etc. Except as otherwise provided
herein and in the Series Documents, such Bon-Ton Party will not sell, assign (by
operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to
exist any Lien upon (or the filing of any financing statement) or with respect
to any of the Receivables.

                  (c)      No Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Except as
otherwise permitted by the Series Documents, the Servicer will not extend, amend
or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable.

                  (d)      No Change in Business or Account Guidelines. Neither
Bon-Ton Party will make any change in the character of its business or in the
Credit Card Guidelines, which change would, in either case, delay the timing of
recognition of the charge-off or write-off of any delinquent or fraudulent
Receivable or any Receivable with respect to which the related Obligor has
declared bankruptcy, impair the collectability of any Receivable or otherwise
have a material adverse effect on the Indenture Trustee's interest in the
Receivables, including any change which would have the effect of diminishing the
creditworthiness of Obligors with respect to Additional Accounts or Supplemental
Accounts.

                  (e)      Change of Name, Etc. Neither Bon-Ton Party will
without providing 30 days' notice to the Conduit Purchasers and the Agents and
without filing such amendments to any previously filed financing statements as
the Conduit Purchasers and the Agents may require, (A) change the location of
its principal executive office or the location of the offices where the records
relating to the accounts are kept or the jurisdiction of its organization, or
(B) change its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner which would,
could or might make any financing statement or continuation statement filed by
such Bon-Ton Party in accordance with the Series Documents seriously misleading
within the meaning of Sections 9-506 and 9-507 of the UCC as in effect in the
relevant UCC States or any applicable enactment of the UCC.

                  (f)      Transfer of Transferor Interest. Except as permitted
by the Series Documents, the Transferor shall not assign, transfer or otherwise
convey to any Person any interest in the Transferor Interest.

                  (g)      Issuance of New Series. The Transferor shall not
direct the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer, to issue one or more new
Series of Notes under the Indenture other than Series 2004-1 without obtaining
either (i) the prior written consent of the Agents to any such issuance or (ii)
a rating of the Series 2004-1 Notes by Standard & Poor's and Moody's of at least
AA/Aa after giving effect to such issuance.

                                      -24-

<PAGE>

                  (h)      Merger. The Transferor shall not, without the prior
written consent of the Agents, merge or consolidate with or into, or convey,
transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a
series of transactions, and except as otherwise contemplated herein) all or
substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, or
acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                              ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

                  SECTION 8.01 Legal Conditions to Closing. The parties hereto
will take all reasonable action necessary to obtain (and will cooperate with one
another in obtaining) any consent, authorization, permit, license, franchise,
order or approval of, or any exemption by, any Governmental Authority or any
other Person, required to be obtained or made by it in connection with any of
the transactions contemplated by this Note Purchase Agreement.

                  SECTION 8.02 Expenses. Whether or not the Closing takes place,
except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Fee Letter, all costs
and expenses incurred in connection with this Note Purchase Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby shall (as between the Transferor and the
Conduit Purchasers) be paid by the Transferor.

                  SECTION 8.03 Mutual Obligations. On and after the Closing,
each party hereto will do, execute and perform all such other acts, deeds and
documents as the other party may from time to time reasonably require in order
to carry out the intent of this Note Purchase Agreement.

                  SECTION 8.04 Restrictions on Transfer. Each Managing Agent
agrees that it will comply with the restrictions on transfer of its Class A Note
set forth in the Indenture and the Indenture Supplement and that it will resell
its Class A Note only in compliance with such restrictions; provided, however,
that the Transferor acknowledges that in the event of the purchase of a Class A
Note by any Purchaser no such Purchaser will be required to execute and deliver
the Investment Letter.

                  SECTION 8.05 Cash Collateral Account. The Transferor hereby
grants to Bank One, as agent on behalf of Bank One, as a Swap Counterparty, a
security interest in all of its interest in the "Swap Cash Collateral Account"
held by Bank One, and all proceeds thereof to secure the Interest Rate Swap
Obligations owing to Bank One, as Swap Counterparty.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

                  SECTION 9.01 Indemnities by the Bon Ton Parties. Without
limiting any other rights which any Agent or the Purchasers may have hereunder
or under applicable law, (A) the Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify the
Agents, the Purchasers and the Liquidity Purchasers and any successors and
permitted assigns and any of their respective officers, directors and employees
(collectively, "Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all damages,
losses, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation,
reasonable attorneys' fees (which such attorneys may be employees of any Agent
or the Purchasers or Liquidity Purchasers, as applicable) and disbursements (all
of the foregoing being collectively referred to as

                                      -25-

<PAGE>

"Indemnified Amounts") awarded against or incurred by any of them in any action
or proceeding between the Transferor and any of the Indemnified Parties or
between any of the Indemnified Parties and any third party or otherwise arising
out of or as a result of this Note Purchase Agreement, the other Series
Documents, the ownership or maintenance, either directly or indirectly, by an
Agent or the Purchasers of the Class A Notes or any of the other transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, and (B) The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts
awarded against or incurred by any of them in any action or proceeding
(including in its capacity as Servicer) between The Bon-Ton Department Stores,
Inc. and any of the Indemnified Parties or between any of the Indemnified
Parties and any third party or otherwise arising out of or as a result of this
Note Purchase Agreement, the other Series Documents, the ownership or
maintenance, either directly or indirectly, of the Class A Note or any of the
other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby,

excluding, in the case of clause (A) and clause (B), however: (i) Indemnified
Amounts to the extent final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds
such Indemnified Amounts resulted from gross negligence or willful misconduct on
the part of the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification;

(ii) recourse for Receivables that are uncollectible or uncollected (whether on
account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related
Obligor or otherwise); provided that the foregoing shall not negate, impair or
otherwise modify any (or the effect of any) of the representations, warranties,
covenants or other agreements of the Bon-Ton Parties contained in this Agreement
or the other Series Documents; or

(iii) taxes imposed by the jurisdiction or political subdivision thereof in
which such Indemnified Party's principal executive office is located or in which
such Indemnified Party is organized or maintains a lending office or is
otherwise engaged in business (except solely as a result of this Agreement), on
or measured by the overall net income of such Indemnified Party to the extent
that the computation of such taxes is consistent with the characterization of
the Class A Notes as debt of the Transferor;

provided, however, that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the
liability of The Bon-Ton Parties or limit the recourse of the Purchasers to a
Bon-Ton Party for amounts otherwise specifically provided to be paid by such
Bon-Ton Party under the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, each Bon-Ton Party shall indemnify each Indemnified Party for
Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from:

                  (i)      any representation or warranty made by any Bon-Ton
         Party or any officers of such Person under or in connection with this
         Note Purchase Agreement, any of the other Series Documents or any other
         information or report delivered by such Person pursuant hereto or
         thereto, which shall have been false or incorrect in any material
         respect when made or deemed made;

                  (ii)     the failure by any Seller, The Bon-Ton Department
         Stores, Inc. (including in its capacity as Servicer), the Parent or the
         Transferor to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with
         respect to any Receivable, or the nonconformity of any Receivable with
         any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

                                      -26-

<PAGE>

                  (iii)    the failure to vest and maintain vested in the
         Indenture Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a first priority, perfected
         security interest, in the Collateral free and clear of any Adverse
         Claim;

                  (iv)     any failure of the Parent, any Seller, The Bon-Ton
         Department Stores, Inc. (including in its capacity as Servicer) or the
         Transferor to perform its duties, covenants or other obligations in
         accordance with the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement or any
         other Series Document;

                  (v)      any products liability, personal injury or damage
         suit, or other similar claim arising out of or in connection with
         merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any
         Receivable;

                  (vi)     any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than
         discharge in bankruptcy) of the Obligor to the payment of any
         Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such
         Receivable not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such
         Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any
         other claim resulting from the sale of merchandise or services related
         to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such
         merchandise or services;

                  (vii)    the commingling of Collections of Receivables at any
         time with other funds;

                  (viii)   any investigation, litigation or proceeding related
         to or arising from this Note Purchase Agreement or any other Series
         Document, the transactions contemplated hereby, the use of the proceeds
         of an Incremental Funding, the ownership of the Class A Note or any
         other investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to the Parent,
         any Seller, The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. (including in its
         capacity as Servicer) or the Transferor in which any Indemnified Party
         becomes involved as a result of any of the transactions contemplated
         hereby, excluding, however, any investigation, litigation or proceeding
         that relates solely to the compliance or noncompliance by any Purchaser
         with any state or federal laws applicable to such Purchaser because of
         such Purchaser's regulatory status or any contractual restriction
         (other than the Series Documents) binding on such Purchaser;

                  (ix)     any inability to litigate any claim against any
         Obligor in respect of any Receivable as a result of such Obligor being
         immune from civil and commercial law and suit on the grounds of
         sovereignty or otherwise from any legal action, suit or proceeding;

                  (x)      any failure of the Trust to acquire and maintain
         legal and equitable title to, and ownership of any Receivable free and
         clear of any lien (other than as created under the Series Documents);
         or any failure of the Transferor to give reasonably equivalent value to
         a Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement in consideration of
         the transfer by such Seller of any Receivable, or any attempt by any
         Person to void such transfer under statutory provisions or common law
         or equitable action;

                  (xi)     the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing,
         financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under
         the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or

                                      -27-

<PAGE>

         other applicable laws with respect to any Receivable with respect
         thereto, and the proceeds of any thereof;

                  (xii)    any action or omission by the Parent, any Seller, The
         Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. (including in its capacity as Servicer)
         or the Transferor which reduces or impairs the rights of the Conduit
         Purchasers, the Agents or the Purchasers with respect to any Receivable
         or the value of any such Receivable;

                  (xiii)   any Receivable which is treated as or represented by
         any Seller, the Transferor or the Servicer to be an Eligible Receivable
         (including, without limitation, for purposes of computing the Net
         Receivables Balance at any time) which is not at the date thereof an
         Eligible Receivable; and

                  (xiv)    any Pay Out Event described in Section 6.01(e) of the
         Indenture Supplement.

                  SECTION 9.02 Notice of Claims; Participation. The Bon-Ton
Parties shall be given notice of any claim for Indemnified Amounts and, in the
case of any litigation or proceeding brought by any Person that is not a party
to this Agreement which litigation or proceeding is reasonably likely to give
rise to a claim hereunder for indemnification, the Bon-Ton Parties shall be
afforded a reasonable opportunity to participate in the defense, compromise or
settlement thereof.

                  SECTION 9.03 Indemnity for Taxes, Reserves and Expenses. (a)
If after the date hereof, the adoption of any Governmental Rule or bank
regulatory guideline or any amendment or change in the interpretation of any
existing or future Governmental Rule or bank regulatory guideline by any
Governmental Authority charged with the administration, interpretation or
application thereof, or the compliance with any directive of any Governmental
Authority (in the case of any bank regulatory guideline, whether or not having
the force of Governmental Rule):

                  (i)      shall subject any Indemnified Party to any tax, duty,
         deduction or other charge with respect to the Receivables, the Class A
         Notes, this Note Purchase Agreement or the other Series Documents, or
         payments of amounts due thereunder, or shall change the basis of
         taxation of payments to any Indemnified Party of amounts payable in
         respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of general corporate,
         franchise, net income or other income tax (including by means of
         withholding) imposed on such Indemnified Party by the United States of
         America, the jurisdiction (or a political subdivision thereof) in which
         such Indemnified Party's principal executive office is located or any
         other jurisdiction in which the Indemnified Party would be subject to
         such tax even if the transactions contemplated by this Note Purchase
         Agreement had not occurred); or

                  (ii)     shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
         capital, special deposit or similar requirement (including, without
         limitation, any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of
         the Federal Reserve System) against assets of, deposits with or for the
         account of, or credit extended by, any Indemnified Party or shall
         impose on any Indemnified Party or on the United States market for
         certificates of

                                      -28-

<PAGE>

         deposit or the London interbank market any other condition affecting
         the Receivables, the Class A Notes, this Note Purchase Agreement, the
         other Series Documents or payments of amounts due thereunder (including
         with respect to Eurocurrency liability reserves); or

                  (iii)    imposes upon any Indemnified Party any other cost or
         expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and
         expenses, and expenses of litigation or preparation therefor in
         contesting any of the foregoing if such a contest is requested by the
         Applicable Indemnifying Party) with respect to the Receivables, the
         Class A Notes, any Series Document or payments of amounts due hereunder
         or thereunder;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost or reduce the
payments to such Indemnified Party with respect to the Receivables, the Class A
Notes, this Note Purchase Agreement, the Series Documents or payments of amounts
due thereunder or the obligations thereunder or the funding of any purchases
(including Incremental Fundings) with respect thereto by any Purchaser, by an
amount deemed by such Indemnified Party to be material, then the Transferor
agrees to pay such Indemnified Party, within five Business Days after demand by
such Indemnified Party, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate
such Indemnified Party for such increased cost or reduced payments.

                  (b)      If any Indemnified Party shall have determined that,
after the date hereof, the adoption of any applicable Law or bank regulatory
guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in
the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority, or any directive
regarding capital adequacy (in the case of any bank regulatory guideline,
whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, has
or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such
Indemnified Party (or its parent) as a consequence of such Indemnified Party's
obligations hereunder or with respect hereto to a level below that which such
Indemnified Party (or its parent) could have achieved but for such adoption,
change, request or directive (taking into consideration its policies with
respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Indemnified Party to be
material, then from time to time the Transferor agrees to pay such Indemnified
Party, within 10 days after demand by any such Indemnified Party, such
additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Indemnified Party (or its
parent) for such reduction.

                  (c)      Any Indemnified Party who makes a demand for payment
of increased costs or capital pursuant to Section 9.03(a) or (b) shall promptly
deliver to the Transferor a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the
computation of such increased costs or capital and specifying the basis
therefor. In the absence of manifest error, such certificate shall be conclusive
and binding for all purposes. Each Indemnified Party shall use reasonable
efforts to mitigate the effect upon the Transferor of any such increased costs
or capital requirements; (including , by way of example, furnishing appropriate
certificates relating to its entitlement to a reduced rate of or exemption from
such taxation, or changing the jurisdiction with respect to which its rights
under this Agreement are considered to originate for purposes of such item);
provided, it shall not be obligated to take any action that it determines would
be disadvantageous to it or inconsistent with its policies.

                  SECTION 9.04 Costs, Expenses, Taxes, Broken Funding Cost and
Increased Costs under Note Purchase Agreement and Program Facility . (a)The
Transferor shall be

                                      -29-

<PAGE>

obligated to pay on demand to each Purchaser and its Managing Agent (i) all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation,
execution and delivery of this Note Purchase Agreement, the other documents to
be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith and any requested amendments,
waivers or consents or examination or visit by the Conduit Purchasers or Agents
pursuant to Section 7.01(d) hereof including, without limitation, the reasonable
fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Purchasers and the Agents,
with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Purchasers and the Agents
as to its respective rights and remedies under this Note Purchase Agreement and
the other documents delivered hereunder or in connection herewith and (ii) all
costs and expenses, if any, in connection with the enforcement of this Note
Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered hereunder or in connection
herewith. The Transferor shall reimburse any Conduit Purchaser on demand for all
other reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Conduit Purchaser or any
shareholder of such Conduit Purchaser ("Other Costs"), including, without
limitation, the cost of auditing such Conduit Purchaser's books by certified
public accountants, the cost of rating the Commercial Paper Notes by independent
financial rating agencies, and the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of
counsel for such Conduit Purchaser or any counsel for any shareholder of such
Conduit Purchaser with respect to advising such Conduit Purchaser or such
shareholder as to matters relating to such Conduit Purchaser's operations. Each
Conduit Purchaser shall allocate the liability for Other Costs among the
Transferor and other Persons with whom such Conduit has entered into agreements
to purchase interests in receivables ("Other Sellers"). If any Other Costs are
attributable to the Transferor and not attributable to any Other Seller, the
Transferor shall be solely liable for such Other Costs. However, if Other Costs
are attributable to Other Sellers and not attributable to the Transferor, such
Other Sellers shall be solely liable for such Other Costs. All allocations to be
made pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.04(a) shall be made
by the applicable Conduit in its sole discretion and shall be binding on the
Transferor and the Servicer. The Transferor shall make each such reimbursement
for costs and expenses, and shall make each other payment required under this
Section 9.04, within five Business Days following demand by the applicable Agent
therefor.

                  (b)      In addition, the Transferor shall be obligated to pay
on demand any and all stamp and other taxes and fees payable in connection with
the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Note Purchase Agreement,
the Class A Note or the other documents and agreements to be delivered
hereunder, and agrees to hold each Purchaser and its Managing Agent harmless
from and against any liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in
paying or omission to pay such taxes and fees.

                  (c)      The Transferor shall be obligated to pay to the
Purchasers within five Business Day of request therefor by the applicable Agent,
the amount of any Broken Funding Cost or other Class A Additional Amounts and to
the extent not paid when required pursuant to Section 4.05 of the Indenture
Supplement.

                  (d)      If a Conduit Purchaser becomes obligated to
compensate any financial institution under its commercial paper program as a
result of any events or circumstances similar to those described in Sections
9.03 or 9.04(c), such Conduit Purchaser shall promptly deliver to the Transferor
a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the computation of such
amounts. In the absence of manifest error, such certificate shall be conclusive
and binding for all purposes. The Transferor shall be obligated to pay to the
applicable Conduit Purchaser, within five

                                      -30-

<PAGE>

Business Days after receipt of such certificate, such additional amounts as may
be necessary to reimburse the Conduit Purchaser for any amounts so paid by such
Conduit Purchaser. With respect to amounts to be paid pursuant to this Section
9.04(d) as a result of any events or circumstances similar to those described in
Section 9.03 or 9.04(c) hereof, the applicable Conduit Purchaser shall request
the party to be compensated to use its reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect
upon the Transferor of any such increased costs or capital requirements;
provided, such party shall not be obligated to take any action that it
determines would be disadvantageous to it or inconsistent with its policies.

                                   ARTICLE X
                                   THE AGENT

                  SECTION 10.01 Authorization and Action. Each Purchaser hereby
designates and appoints Bank One to act as Class A Agent hereunder and under
each other Series Document, and authorizes the Class A Agent and such
Purchaser's Managing Agent to take such actions as the Class A Agent or Managing
Agent, as the case may be, on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are
delegated to the Class A Agent or such Managing Agent, respectively, by the
terms of this Agreement and the other Series Documents together with such powers
as are reasonably incidental thereto. Neither the Class A Agent nor any Managing
Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set
forth herein or in any other Series Document, or any fiduciary relationship with
any Purchaser, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties,
obligations or liabilities on the part of the Class A Agent or any Managing
Agent shall be read into this Agreement or any other Series Document or
otherwise exist for the Class A Agent or such Managing Agent. As to any matters
not expressly provided for by this Agreement (including, without limitation, any
enforcement or collection activity), neither the Class A Agent nor any Managing
Agent shall be required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but the
Class A Agent shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be
fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting) upon the instructions of
the Required Committed Purchasers. In performing its functions and duties
hereunder and under the other Series Documents, (i) the Class A Agent shall act
solely as agent for the Purchasers, (ii) each Managing Agent shall act solely as
agent for the Conduit Purchasers and Committed Purchasers in its related
Purchase Group and (iii) neither the Class A Agent nor any Managing Agent shall
assume or be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or
agency with or for the Transferor, or any of its successors or assigns, or any
Swap Counterparty, or any of its successors or assigns. Neither the Class A
Agent nor any Managing Agent shall be required to take any action which exposes
the Class A Agent or such Managing Agent to personal liability or which is
contrary to this Agreement, any other Series Document or applicable law. The
appointment and authority of the Class A Agent hereunder shall terminate upon
payment in full of all amounts to be paid under the Indenture Supplement or this
Agreement. The appointment and authority of any Managing Agent hereunder shall
terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of all amounts owing to all
members of such Managing Agent's Purchase Group under the Indenture Supplement
or this Agreement.

                  SECTION 10.02 Delegation of Duties. The Class A Agent and the
Managing Agents may execute any of their respective duties under this Agreement
and each other Series Document by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and
shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such
duties. Neither the Class A Agent nor any Managing

                                      -31-

<PAGE>

Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or
attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

                  SECTION 10.03 Exculpatory Provisions. None of the Class A
Agent, the Managing Agents or any of their respective directors, officers,
agents or employees shall be (i) liable to the Purchasers for any action
lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with
this Agreement or any other Series Document (except for its, their or such
Person's own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (ii) responsible in any
manner to any of the Purchasers for any recitals, statements, representations or
warranties made by the Seller contained in this Agreement, any other Series
Document or any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or
provided for in, or received under or in connection with, this Agreement, or any
other Series Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness,
enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement, or any other Series Document or
any other document furnished in connection herewith or therewith, or for any
failure of the Seller to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder, or for
the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article IV, or for the
perfection, priority, condition, value or sufficiency or any collateral pledged
in connection herewith. Neither the Class A Agent nor any Managing Agent shall
be under any obligation to any Purchaser to ascertain or to inquire as to the
observance or performance of any of the agreements or covenants contained in, or
conditions of, this Agreement or any other Series Document, or to inspect the
properties, books or records of the Seller. Neither the Class A Agent nor any
Managing Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Pay Out Event or
Potential Pay Out Event unless the Class A Agent or such Managing Agent, as
applicable, has received notice from the Transferor or a Purchaser. No Managing
Agent shall have any responsibility hereunder to any purchaser other than the
Purchasers in its Purchase Group.

                  SECTION 10.04 Reliance by Agents. The Class A Agent and the
Managing Agents shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully
protected in relying, upon any document or conversation believed by them to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person
or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including, without
limitation, counsel to the Transferor), independent accountants and other
experts selected by the Class A Agent or any Managing Agent. The Class A Agent
shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action
under this Agreement or any other Series Document unless it shall first receive
such advice or concurrence of the Managing Agents as the Class A Agent deems
appropriate and it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the
Committed Purchasers, provided that unless and until the Class A Agent shall
have received such advice, the Class A Agent may take or refrain from taking any
action, as the Class A Agent shall deem advisable and in the best interests of
the Purchasers. The Class A Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in
acting, or in refraining from acting, in accordance with a request of the
Managing Agents and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant
thereto shall be binding upon all the Purchasers.

                  SECTION 10.05 Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Purchasers.
Each Purchaser expressly acknowledges that none of the Class A Agent, the
Managing Agents or any of their respective officers, directors, employees,
agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates has made any representations or
warranties to it and that no act by the Class A Agent or any Managing Agent
hereafter taken, including, without limitation, any review of the affairs of the
Transferor, shall be

                                      -32-

<PAGE>

deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Class A Agent or such
Managing Agent. Each Purchaser represents and warrants to the Class A Agent and
each Managing Agent that it has and will, independently and without reliance
upon the Class A Agent, any Managing Agent or any other Purchaser and based on
such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property,
prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Transferor
and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement, the other Series
Documents and all other documents related hereto or thereto.

                  SECTION 10.06 Reimbursement and Indemnification. The Committed
Purchasers agree to reimburse and indemnify the Class A Agent, and the Committed
Purchasers in each Purchase Group agree to reimburse the Managing Agent for such
Purchase Group, and their respective officers, directors, employees,
representatives and agents ratably according to their Commitment Pro Rata
Shares, to the extent not paid or reimbursed by the Transferor (i) for any
amounts for which the Class A Agent, acting in its capacity as Agent, or such
Managing Agent acting in its capacity as a Managing Agent is entitled to
reimbursement by the Transferor hereunder and (ii) for any other expenses
incurred by the Class A Agent, in its capacity as Class A Agent or such Managing
Agent acting in its capacity as a Managing Agent and acting on behalf of the
related Purchasers, in connection with the administration and enforcement of
this Agreement and the other Series Documents; provided, however, that the
Committed Purchasers shall have no liability under this Section 10.06 to
reimburse the Class A Agent or the Managing Agent for such Committed Purchaser's
Purchase Group in respect of any such amount or expense that arises by reason of
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Class A Agent or such Managing
Agent, as the case may be.

                  SECTION 10.07 Agents in their Individual Capacities. Each of
the Class A Agent, each Managing Agent and their respective Affiliates may make
loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with
the Transferor or any Affiliate of the Transferor as though the it were not the
Class A Agent or a Managing Agent hereunder. With respect to the acquisition of
Class A Notes pursuant to this Agreement, each of the Class A Agent and each
Managing Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any
Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not the Class A Agent or a
Managing Agent, as applicable, and the terms "Committed Purchaser," "Purchaser,"
"Committed Purchasers" and "Purchasers" shall include each of the Class A Agent
and each Managing Agent in its individual capacity.

                  SECTION 10.08 Successor Agent. The Class A Agent may, upon
thirty days' notice to the Transferor and the Purchasers, and the Class A Agent
will, upon the written direction of all of the Purchasers (other than the Class
A Agent, in its individual capacity), resign as Class A Agent. If the Class A
Agent shall resign, then the Managing Agents during such thirty-day period shall
appoint from among the Purchasers a successor agent. If for any reason no
successor Class A Agent is appointed by the Managing Agents during such
thirty-day period, then effective upon the termination of such thirty-day
period, the Managing Agents shall perform all of the duties of the Class A Agent
hereunder and under the other Series Documents and the Transferor and the
Servicer shall make all payments contemplated in the Indenture Supplement and
this Agreement directly to the applicable Managing Agents and for all purposes
shall deal directly with the Managing Agents. After the effectiveness of any
retiring Class A Agent's

                                      -33-

<PAGE>

resignation hereunder, the retiring Class A Agent shall be discharged from its
duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Series Documents and the
provisions of this Article X and Article IX shall continue in effect for its
benefit with respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it
was Class A Agent under this Agreement and under the other Series Documents.

                  SECTION 10.09 Successor Managing Agents. Any Managing Agent
may, upon thirty days' notice to Transferor, the Class A Agent and the
Purchasers in its Purchase Group, and a Managing Agent will, upon the direction
of all the Purchasers in its Purchase Group (other than such Managing Agent in
its individual capacity), resign as Managing Agent. If a Managing Agent shall
resign, then the Purchasers in the related Purchase Group shall appoint a
successor Managing Agent during such thirty-day period. If for any reason no
successor Managing Agent is appointed by the related Purchase Group during such
thirty-day period, then effective upon the termination of such thirty-day
period, the Purchasers in the related Purchase Group shall perform all of the
duties of the related Managing Agent hereunder and under the other Series
Documents and the Transferor and the Servicer shall make all payments
contemplated in the Indenture Supplement and this Agreement directly to the
applicable Purchasers and for all purposes shall deal directly with such
Purchasers. After the effectiveness of any retiring Managing Agent's resignation
hereunder, the retiring Managing Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations hereunder and under the other Series Documents and the provisions of
this Article X and Article IX shall continue in effect for its benefit with
respect to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was a
Managing Agent under this Agreement and under the other Series Documents. The
Class A Agent may delegate any of its duties under this Note Purchase Agreement
and each other Series Document by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and
shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such
duties. The Class A Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or
misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable
care.

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 11.01 Waivers and Amendments. No failure or delay on
the part of the Conduit Purchaser, any Agent or any Purchaser in exercising any
power, right or remedy under this Note Purchase Agreement shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power,
right or remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of
any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall
be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Any
provision of this Note Purchase Agreement may be amended if, but only if, such
amendment is in writing and signed by each of the Bon-Ton Parties and each of
the Agents .

                  SECTION 11.02 Notices. All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing
(including telecopies, telegraphic, telex or cable communication) and mailed,
telecopied, telegraphed, cabled or delivered, as to each party hereto, at its
address set forth in Schedule I hereto or at such other address as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the other party hereto. All such
notices and communications shall, when mailed, telecopied, telegraphed or
cabled, be effective when

                                      -34-

<PAGE>

deposited in the mails, confirmed by telephone, delivered to the telegraph
company or delivered to the cable company, respectively.

                  SECTION 11.03 Binding Effect; Assignability. (a)This Note
Purchase Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Transferor, The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., the Agents and the Purchasers
party to this Note Purchase Agreement and their respective successors and
assigns (including any subsequent holders of the Class A Notes); provided,
however, that the Transferor shall not have the right to assign its rights
hereunder or any interest herein (by operation of law or otherwise) without the
prior written consent of all of the Agents.

                  (b)      Without the consent of the Transferor, each Committed
Purchaser party to this Note Purchase Agreement may assign all or a portion of
its rights and obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement to any financial
or other institution acceptable to the Managing Agent of its Purchase Group. The
parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver an Assignment and
Acceptance to the Class A Agent, and the Class A Agent shall promptly notify the
Transferor of such assignment. From and after the effective date of such
Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Committed Purchaser of its obligations
hereunder to the extent so assigned.

                  (c)      Any Purchaser may, in the ordinary course of its
business and in accordance with applicable law, at any time sell to one or more
Persons (each, a "Participant") participating interests in all or a portion of
its rights and obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement. Notwithstanding
any such sale by a Purchaser of participating interests to a Participant, such
Purchaser's rights and obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement shall
remain unchanged, such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for the
performance thereof, and the Transferor and the Agents shall continue to deal
solely and directly with such Purchaser in connection with such Purchaser's
rights and obligations under this Note Purchase Agreement. The Transferor also
agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Article IX
hereof; provided, however, that all amounts payable by the Transferor to any
such Participant shall be limited to the amounts which would have been payable
to the Purchaser selling such participating interest had such interest not been
sold.

                  (d)      This Note Purchase Agreement shall create and
constitute the continuing obligation of the parties hereto in accordance with
its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as all
amounts payable with respect to the Class A Note shall have been paid in full.

                  (e)      Additional Purchase Groups. Upon the Transferor's
request and with the consent of the Class A Agent, additional Purchase Groups
may be added to this Agreement at any time by the execution and delivery of a
joinder agreement by the members of such proposed additional Purchase Group, the
Transferor, the Servicer and the Agents, which execution and delivery shall not
be unreasonably refused by such parties. Upon the effective date of such joinder
agreement, (i) each Person specified therein as a "Conduit Purchaser" shall
become a party hereto as a Conduit Purchaser, entitled to the rights and subject
to the obligations of a Conduit Purchaser hereunder, (ii) each Person specified
therein as an "Committed Purchaser" shall become a party hereto as a Committed
Purchaser, entitled to the rights and subject to the

                                      -35-

<PAGE>

obligations of a Committed Purchaser hereunder, (iii) each Person specified
therein as a "Managing Agent" shall become a party hereto as a Managing Agent,
entitled to the rights and subject to the obligations of a Managing Agent
hereunder and (iv) the Class A Maximum Principal Balance shall be increased by
an amount specified in such joinder agreement. On or prior to the effective date
of such joinder agreement, the Transferor, the new Conduit Purchaser and the new
Managing Agent shall enter into a fee letter for purposes of setting forth the
fees payable to the members of such Purchase Group in connection with this
Agreement, which fee letter shall be considered a "Fee Letter" for all purposes
of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 11.04 Provision of Documents and Information.
Confidentiality. (a)The Transferor, the Servicer, the Purchasers and the Agents.
shall maintain and shall cause each of its employees and officers to maintain
the confidentiality of this Agreement and the other confidential proprietary
information obtained in connection with the structuring, negotiating and
execution of the transactions contemplated herein and therein, except that (i)
the Transferor, the Servicer, the Purchasers and the Agents, and their
respective general partners, officers and employees, may disclose such
information to its external accountants and attorneys and as required by any
law, rule, regulation, direction, request or order of any judicial,
administrative or regulatory authority or proceedings (whether or not having the
force or effect of law) and (ii) the Agents and the Purchasers may disclose such
information to the rating agencies, any commercial paper dealers and to any
providers of credit enhancement or liquidity to any Conduit Purchaser and (iii)
the Agents and the Purchasers may disclose such information to prospective or
actual assignees or participants.

                  (b)      Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, The
Transferor hereby consents to the disclosure of any nonpublic information with
respect to it (i) to Agents, the Committed Purchasers or the Conduit Purchasers
by each other, (ii) by the Agents or the Purchasers to any prospective or actual
assignee or participant of any of them or (iii) by any Managing Agent or any
Conduit Purchaser to any rating agency, Commercial Paper Note dealer or provider
of a surety, guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to such Conduit
Purchaser or any entity organized for the purpose of purchasing, or making loans
secured by, financial assets for which such Managing Agent provides managerial
services or acts as the administrative agent and to any officers, directors,
employees, outside accountants and attorneys of any of the foregoing, provided
that the recipients are advised of the confidential nature thereof. In addition,
the Purchasers or any Agent may disclose any such nonpublic information pursuant
to any law, rule, regulation, direction, request or order of any judicial,
administrative or regulatory authority or proceedings (whether or not having the
force or effect of law).

                  SECTION 11.05 GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION. THIS NOTE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS. EACH
OF THE PARTIES TO THIS NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO THE JURISDICTION
OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND
ANY APPELLATE COURT HAVING JURISDICTION TO REVIEW THE JUDGMENTS THEREOF. EACH OF
THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION BASED ON FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND ANY
OBJECTION TO VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED

                                      -36-

<PAGE>

HEREUNDER IN ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS AND CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF
SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT.

                  SECTION 11.06 No Proceedings. (a)The Transferor agrees that so
long as any senior indebtedness of the Conduit Purchaser shall be outstanding or
there shall not have elapsed one year plus one day since the last day on which
any senior indebtedness of the Conduit Purchaser shall have been outstanding, it
shall not file, or join in the filing of, a petition against such Conduit
Purchaser or the Trust under the Federal Bankruptcy Code, or join in the
commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency,
liquidation or other similar proceeding against the Conduit Purchaser or the
Trust.

                  (b)      Each Purchaser severally agrees that it shall not at
any time file, or join in the filing of, a petition against the Trust under the
Federal Bankruptcy Code, or join in the commencement of any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, liquidation or other similar proceeding
against the Trust.

                  SECTION 11.07 Execution in Counterparts. This Note Purchase
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties
hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and
the same agreement.

                  SECTION 11.08 No Recourse. The obligations of any Purchaser
under this Note Purchase Agreement, or any other agreement, instrument, document
or certificate executed and delivered by or issued by such Purchaser or any
officer thereof are solely the corporate or partnership obligations of such
Purchaser. No recourse shall be had for payment of any fee or other obligation
or claim arising out of or relating to this Note Purchase Agreement or any other
agreement, instrument, document or Note executed and delivered or issued by such
Purchaser or any officer thereof in connection therewith, against any
stockholder, limited partner, employee, officer, director or incorporator of
such Purchaser.

                  SECTION 11.09 Limited Recourse. The obligations of the
Transferor and The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. under this Note Purchase
Agreement are solely the corporate obligations of each of the Transferor and The
Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any
fee or other obligation or claim arising out of or relating to this Note
Purchase Agreement or any other agreement, instrument, document or certificate
executed and delivered or issued by the Transferor, The Bon-Ton Department
Stores, Inc. or any officer thereof in connection therewith, against any
stockholder, employee, officer or director of the Transferor.

                  SECTION 11.10 Survival. All representations, warranties,
covenants, guaranties and indemnifications contained in this Note Purchase
Agreement, including, without limitation, Article IX and Sections 11.06, 11.08
and 11.09, and in any document, Note or statement delivered pursuant hereto or
in connection herewith shall survive the sale, transfer or repayment of the
Class A Notes.

                                      -37-

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 11.11 Tax Characterization. Each party to this Note
Purchase Agreement (a) acknowledges and agrees that it is the intent of the
parties to this Note Purchase Agreement that, for federal, state and local
income and franchise tax purposes only, the Class A Notes will be treated as
evidence of indebtedness secured by the Receivables and proceeds thereof and the
Trust will not be characterized as an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation, (b) agrees to treat the Class A Notes for
federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness and
(c) agrees that the provisions of this Note Purchase Agreement and all related
Series Documents shall be construed to further these intentions of the parties.

                                      -38-

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Note Purchase
Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date first above written.

                                        THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES
                                        PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
                                        as Transferor

                                        By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Title: Treasurer

                                        THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                                        as Servicer

                                        By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Title: Treasurer

                                      S-1

<PAGE>

                                        FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION
                                        CORPORATION
                                        as Conduit Purchaser

                                        By: /s/ William Hendricks
                                            Name: William Hendricks
                                            Title: Authorized Signatory

                                        BANK ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        as Class A Agent and as a Managing Agent

                                        By: /s/ William Hendricks
                                            Name: William Hendricks
                                            Title: Director, Capital Markets

                                        BANK ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        as a Committed Purchaser

                                        By: /s/ William Hendricks
                                            Name: William Hendricks
                                            Title: Director, Capital Markets
                                        Purchaser Percentage: 50.0%

                                      S-2

<PAGE>

                                        CHARTA, LLC, as a Conduit Purchaser
                                        By: Citicorp North America, Inc.,
                                            as Attorney-in-Fact

                                        By: /s/ Lian J. Gutierrez
                                            Name: Lian J. Gutierrez
                                            Title: Vice President

                                        CITICORP NORTH AMERICA, INC.,
                                        as a Managing Agent

                                        By: /s/ Lian J. Gutierrez
                                            Name: Lian J. Gutierrez
                                            Title: Vice President

                                        CITIBANK, N.A.,
                                        as a Committed Purchaser

                                        By: /s/ Lian J. Gutierrez
                                            Name: Lian J. Gutierrez
                                            Title: Vice President
                                            Purchaser Percentage: 50.0%

                                      S-3

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE I
                              Addresses for Notices

If to:

             Transferor:       The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.
                               2801 East Market Street
                               York, PA  17405
                               Attention: Treasurer
                               Facsimile: (717) 751-3240

             Servicer:         The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
                               2801 East Market Street
                               York, PA 17405
                               Attention: Treasurer
                               Facsimile: (717) 751-3240

             Conduit
             Purchasers:       Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation
                               c/o Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago)
                               Asset Backed Finance, Suite 0612
                               1 Bank One Plaza
                               Chicago, IL 60670

                               Charta, LLC
                               388 Greenwich Street
                               19th Floor
                               New York, NY 10013

             Managing
             Agent:            Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago)
                               Asset Backed Finance, Suite 0612
                               1 Bank One Plaza
                               Chicago, IL 60670
                               Citicorp North America, Inc.
                               388 Greenwich Street
                               19th Floor
                               New York, NY 10013

<PAGE>

             Committed
             Purchasers:       Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago)
                               Asset Backed Finance, Suite 0612
                               1 Bank One Plaza
                               Chicago, IL 60670

                               Citibank, N.A.
                               388 Greenwich Street
                               19th Floor
                               New York, NY 10013

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01  Certain Defined Terms............................................................       1

                                   ARTICLE II

                                PURCHASE AND SALE

SECTION 2.01  Purchase and Sale of the Class A Note............................................      10

SECTION 2.02  Initial Purchase Price...........................................................      10

SECTION 2.03  Incremental Fundings.............................................................      10

SECTION 2.04  Extension of Purchase Expiration Date............................................      11

SECTION 2.05  Reduction or Increase of the Class A Maximum Principal Balance...................      12

SECTION 2.06  Calculation of Monthly Interest..................................................      12

                                   ARTICLE III

                                     CLOSING

SECTION 3.01  Closing..........................................................................      14

SECTION 3.02  Transactions to be Effected at the Closing.......................................      14

                                   ARTICLE IV

              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO PURCHASE ON THE CLOSING DATE

SECTION 4.01  Performance by the Transferor, Issuer, the Parents, the Sellers and Servicer.....      14

SECTION 4.02  Representations and Warranties...................................................      14

SECTION 4.03  Corporate Documents..............................................................      14

SECTION 4.04  Opinions of Counsel to The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. and the Transferor....      15

SECTION 4.05  Opinions of Counsel to the Owner Trustee.........................................      15
</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
SECTION 4.06  Opinions of Counsel to the Indenture Trustee ....................................      15

SECTION 4.07  Financing Statements.............................................................      15

SECTION 4.08  Documents........................................................................      16

SECTION 4.09  No Actions or Proceedings........................................................      16

SECTION 4.10  Approvals and Consents...........................................................      16

SECTION 4.11  Officer's Certificates...........................................................      16

SECTION 4.12  Accounts.........................................................................      16

SECTION 4.13  Other Documents..................................................................      16

                                    ARTICLE V

              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BON-TON PARTIES

SECTION 5.01  Transfer and Servicing Agreement.................................................      16

SECTION 5.02  Corporate Existence and Power....................................................      16

SECTION 5.03  Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention..........................      17

SECTION 5.04  Binding Effect...................................................................      17

SECTION 5.05  No Conflict......................................................................      17

SECTION 5.06  No Proceedings...................................................................      17

SECTION 5.07  Transferor Amount................................................................      18

SECTION 5.08  No Pay Out Event.................................................................      18

SECTION 5.09  Accuracy of Information..........................................................      18

SECTION 5.10  Taxes............................................................................      18

SECTION 5.11  Use of Proceeds..................................................................      18
</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
SECTION 5.12  Value............................................................................      18

SECTION 5.13  ERISA............................................................................      18

SECTION 5.14  [RESERVED].......................................................................      18

SECTION 5.15  Investment Company...............................................................      19

SECTION 5.16  No Liens.........................................................................      19

SECTION 5.17  Authorization....................................................................      19

SECTION 5.18  [RESERVED].......................................................................      19

SECTION 5.19  No Claims........................................................................      19

SECTION 5.20  Agreements Enforced..............................................................      19

SECTION 5.21  Class A Notes....................................................................      19

SECTION 5.22  Issuer Existence and Authorization...............................................      19

SECTION 5.23  Financial Condition of Bon Ton Parties...........................................      19

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     OMITTED

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 7.01  Affirmative Covenants of the Bon Ton Parties.....................................      20

SECTION 7.02  Covenants........................................................................      24

SECTION 7.03  Negative Covenants of the Bon Ton Parties........................................      24

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 8.01  Legal Conditions to Closing......................................................      25

SECTION 8.02  Expenses.........................................................................      25
</TABLE>

                                      iii

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
SECTION 8.03  Mutual Obligations...............................................................      25

SECTION 8.04  Restrictions on Transfer.........................................................      25

SECTION 8.05  Cash Collateral Account. ........................................................      25

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 9.01  Indemnities by the Bon Ton Parties...............................................      25

SECTION 9.02  Notice of Claims; Participation..................................................      28

SECTION 9.03  Indemnity for Taxes, Reserves and Expenses.......................................      28

SECTION 9.04  Costs, Expenses, Taxes, Broken Funding Cost and Increased Costs under
Note Purchase Agreement and Program Facility ..................................................      29

                                    ARTICLE X

                                    THE AGENT

SECTION 10.01  Authorization and Action........................................................      31

SECTION 10.02  Delegation of Duties............................................................      31

SECTION 10.03  Exculpatory Provisions..........................................................      32

SECTION 10.04  Reliance by Agents..............................................................      32

SECTION 10.05  Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Purchasers.....................................      32

SECTION 10.06  Reimbursement and Indemnification...............................................      33

SECTION 10.07  Agents in their Individual Capacities...........................................      33

SECTION 10.08  Successor Agent.................................................................      33

SECTION 10.09  Successor Managing Agents.......................................................      34

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
</TABLE>

                                       iv

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Page
                                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
SECTION 11.01  Waivers and Amendments..........................................................      34

SECTION 11.02  Notices.........................................................................      34

SECTION 11.03  Binding Effect; Assignability...................................................      35

SECTION 11.04  Provision of Documents and Information..........................................      36

SECTION 11.05  GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.....................................................      36

SECTION 11.06  No Proceedings..................................................................      37

SECTION 11.07  Execution in Counterparts.......................................................      37

SECTION 11.08  No Recourse.....................................................................      37

SECTION 11.09  Limited Recourse................................................................      37

SECTION 11.10  Survival........................................................................      37

SECTION 11.11  Tax Characterization............................................................      38
</TABLE>

                                       v

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                         RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                      among

                       THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.

                                       and

                         THE ELDER-BEERMAN STORES CORP.,
                                   as Sellers,

                                       and

                    THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.
                                  as Purchaser

                          Dated as of January 30, 2004

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
                                   ARTICLE ONE

                                   DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.    Definitions................................................................      1
Section 1.02.    Other Definitional Provisions..............................................      6
Section 1.03.    Amendment and Restatement of Existing Purchase Agreement...................      6

                                 ARTICLE TWO

                   PURCHASE AND CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

Section 2.01.    Purchase...................................................................      8
Section 2.02.    Additional Accounts........................................................      9
Section 2.03.    Delivery of Documents......................................................     11
Section 2.04.    Representations and Warranties as to the Security Interest of the
                 Purchaser in the Receivables...............................................     11
Section 2.05.    Collection Account Agreements..............................................     11

                                ARTICLE THREE

                          CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

Section 3.01.    Purchase Price.............................................................     13
Section 3.02.    Adjustments to Purchase Price..............................................     13

                                ARTICLE FOUR

                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.01.    Representations and Warranties of the Sellers..............................     15
Section 4.02.    Representations and Warranties as to the Agreement and the Receivables.....     17
Section 4.03.    Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser............................     19

                                ARTICLE FIVE

                                  COVENANTS

Section 5.01.    Covenants of the Sellers...................................................     21
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                              <C>
                                 ARTICLE SIX

                            REPURCHASE OBLIGATION

Section 6.01.    Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables.....................................     26
Section 6.02.    Reassignment...............................................................     26

                                ARTICLE SEVEN

                            CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 7.01.    Conditions to the Purchaser's Obligations Regarding Initial Receivables....     28
Section 7.02.    Conditions Precedent to the Sellers' Obligations...........................     28

                                ARTICLE EIGHT

                        TERM AND PURCHASE TERMINATION

Section 8.01.    Term.......................................................................     30
Section 8.02.    Purchase Termination.......................................................     30

                                ARTICLE NINE

                          MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 9.01.    Amendment..................................................................     31
Section 9.02.    Governing Law..............................................................     31
Section 9.03.    Notices....................................................................     31
Section 9.04.    Severability of Provisions.................................................     31
Section 9.05.    Acknowledgement and Agreement of the Sellers...............................     32
Section 9.06.    Further Assurances.........................................................     32
Section 9.07.    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.............................................     32
Section 9.08.    Counterparts...............................................................     32
Section 9.09.    Third-Party Beneficiaries..................................................     32
Section 9.10.    Merger and Integration.....................................................     33
Section 9.11.    Effect of Headings and Table of Contents...................................     33
Section 9.12.    Schedules and Exhibits.....................................................     33
Section 9.13.    Survival of Representations and Warranties.................................     33
Section 9.14.    Nonpetition Covenant.......................................................     33
</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                             EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

Exhibit A         Form of Supplemental Conveyance

Exhibit B         Principal Place of Business; Chief Executive Office; Office
                  where records are kept

Exhibit C         Seller's jurisdiction of organization and Federal Employer
                  Identification Number

Exhibit D         Corporate Names; Trade Names

Exhibit E         Form  of Revolving Note

Exhibit F         Form of Blocked Account Agreement

Schedule I        Lock-Boxes, Lock-Box Accounts, Concentration Accounts and
                  Store Accounts

                                      iii

<PAGE>

                         RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         This Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, is
among The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation ("Bon-Ton
DSI"), The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp., an Ohio corporation ("Elder-Beerman
Stores" and together with Bon-Ton DSI, the "Sellers" and each individually, a
"Seller"), and The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited
partnership (the "Purchaser").

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser and Bon-Ton DSI are parties to that certain
Amended and Restated Transfer Agreement dated as of January 17, 2003 (as
amended, the "Existing Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to which the Purchaser
purchases from Bon-Ton DSI certain receivables arising under certain credit card
accounts originated by Bon-Ton DSI (such receivables, the "Bon-Ton
Receivables");

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser and Bon-Ton DSI desire to amend and restate in
its entirety the Existing Purchase Agreement;

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to purchase, from time to time, certain
receivables arising under certain credit card accounts originated by
Elder-Beerman Stores (such Receivables, the "Elder-Beerman Receivables" and,
together with the Bon-Ton Receivables, the "Transferred Receivables"); and

         WHEREAS, each Seller desires to sell and assign, from time to time,
certain Transferred Receivables to the Purchaser upon the terms and conditions
hereinafter set forth.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and covenants
contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01. Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

         "Account" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Account Owner" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Addition Cut-Off Date" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Addition Date" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Addition Notice Date" has the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a).

         "Additional Account" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

<PAGE>

         "Adverse Claim" means a Lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance,
or other right or claim in, of or on any Person's assets or properties in favor
of any other Person; provided that any interest in the Receivables granted to
General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for itself and the
lenders under or in connection with the "Credit Agreement" does not constitute
an Adverse Claim.

         "Adverse Effect" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Agreement" means this Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended or
supplemented from time to time.

         "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

         "Bon-Ton Collection Account" means the Lock-Box Accounts.

         "Closing Date" means January 30, 2004.

         "Collection Account" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

         "Collection Account Agreement" means in the case of any actual or
proposed Bon-Ton Collection Account, an agreement in substantially the form of
the "Blocked Account Agreement" set forth in Exhibit F hereto.

         "Collection Bank" means, at any time, any of the banks or other
financial institutions holding one or more Bon-Ton Collection Accounts.

         "Collections" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Concentration Account" means the "Concentration Account" identified on
Schedule I hereto.

         "Conveyance" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a).

         "Conveyance Papers" has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(c).

         "Credit Adjustment" means, with respect to the transfer of Receivables
on any Addition Date pursuant to this Agreement, an amount equal to (i) the
product of (A) the amount of the reduction in the principal balance of the
related Receivables described in Section 3.02 and (B) the Purchase Price for
Principal Receivables payable on the related Payment Date divided by (ii) the
aggregate of the Principal Receivables transferred to the Purchaser on such
Addition Date.

         "Credit Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

         "Credit Card Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Credit Card Guidelines" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

                                       2

<PAGE>

         "Date of Processing" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Debtor Relief Laws" means (i) the Bankruptcy Code of the United States
of America and (ii) all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship,
bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization,
suspension of payments, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets or similar
debtor relief laws of the United States, any state or any foreign country from
time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.

         "Dilutions" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of reductions in
the amount of Principal Receivables as a result of any returns, setoff,
discount, adjustment or otherwise, other than cash Collections on account of the
Receivables. The term "Dilutions" shall not include the writing off of a
Receivable in the ordinary course of business due to a failure on the part of
the Obligor thereon to pay (or a discharge of such Obligor in any insolvency or
bankruptcy proceeding) which failure is not related to any action or omission on
the part of, or any claim against, either Seller or any of its Affiliates.

         "Document Delivery Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03.

         "Eligible Receivable" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, except that the word "Seller" shall be substituted for each
occurrence of the word "Transferor", the word "Purchaser" shall be substituted
for each occurrence of the word "Trust" and all references to the Notes shall be
ignored.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

         "Finance Charge Receivables" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement.

         "GP, Inc." means BTRGP, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation.

         "Governmental Authority" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "In-Store Collection Event" has the meaning specified in each Indenture
Supplement.

         "In-Store Collections" means any cash, instruments or other payment
items remitted by any Obligor toward payment of any Receivable at any store
location of the applicable Seller.

         "Indenture" means the master indenture, dated as of January 30, 2004,
between the Trust and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as Indenture Trustee, as amended or
supplemented from time to time, including as supplemented by Indenture
Supplements applicable to any Series that may be issued from time to time.

         "Indenture Supplement" means the indenture supplement pursuant to which
a Series is issued.

         "Indenture Trustee" means Wachovia Bank, N.A., as trustee under the
Indenture, and its successors.

                                       3

<PAGE>

         "Ineligible Receivables" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Initial Account" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Initial Cut-Off Date" means the close of business on January 29, 2004.

         "Insolvency Event" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Lien" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Lock-Box" means any of (i) the "Lock-Box" identified on Schedule I
hereto or (ii) any other lock-box established for the purpose of receiving and
processing Collections remitted by mail and in respect of which the applicable
Seller shall have complied with Sections 5.01(q) and 5.01 (r) and the other
terms and conditions of this Agreement.

         "Lock-Box Account" means any of (i) each "Lock-Box Account" identified
on Schedule I hereto or (ii) any other lock-box account established for the
purpose of receiving and processing Collections remitted to the Lock-Boxes and
in respect of which the applicable Seller shall have complied with Sections
5.01(q) and 5.01(r) and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

         "Lock-Box Processor" means, with respect to a Lock-Box, the person(s)
accessing a Lock-Box and processing the items of payment received in such
Lock-Box.

         "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (i) the
financial condition or operations of the Purchaser or any Seller, (ii) the
ability of a Seller to perform its obligations under this Agreement or of the
Purchaser to perform its obligations under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
(iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement or any Collection Account Agreement relating to a
Bon-Ton Collection Account, (iv) the Purchaser's interest in the Transferred
Receivables generally or in any significant portion of the Transferred
Receivables or the Purchased Assets with respect thereto, or (v) the
collectibility of the Transferred Receivables generally or of any material
portion of the Transferred Receivables.

         "Monthly Period" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

         "Noteholder" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Obligor" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Owner Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the
Trust Agreement, and its successors.

         "Parent" means The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. and The Bon-Ton Corp.

         "Periodic Rate Finance Charges" has the meaning set forth in the Credit
Card Agreement applicable to each Account for finance charges (due to periodic
rate) or any similar term.

                                       4

<PAGE>

         "Principal Receivables" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Purchase Price" means an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate balance
of Principal Receivables in the Accounts relating to Transferred Receivables as
of the Closing Date and each Addition Cut-Off Date or an amount determined to be
the fair market value of such Transferred Receivables and the related Purchased
Assets.

         "Purchased Assets" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

         "Purchaser" means The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., in its
capacity as purchaser of the Receivables under this Agreement, and its
successors.

         "Rating Agency" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

         "Rating Agency Condition" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

         "Receivables" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Recoveries" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement.

         "Removed Accounts" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Requirements of Law" has the meaning set forth in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Revolving Loan" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

         "Revolving Note" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

         "Securities" means any one of the Notes (as such term is defined in the
Indenture) or the Certificates (as such term is defined in the Trust Agreement).

         "Seller" means each of Bon-Ton DSI and Elder-Beerman Stores, and
"Sellers" means Bon-Ton DSI and Elder Beerman Stores, collectively.

         "Servicer" means Bon-Ton DSI, in its capacity as servicer under the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

         "Store Account" means (i) a deposit account identified on Schedule I as
a "Store Account" or any other deposit account established for the purpose of
receiving In-Store Collections and in respect of which the applicable Seller
shall have complied with Sections 5.01(q) and 5.01(r) and the other terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

         "Supplemental Accounts" has the meaning set forth the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

         "Supplemental Conveyance" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03.

                                       5

<PAGE>

         "Transfer Date" has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

         "Transfer and Servicing Agreement" means the transfer and servicing
agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, among the Purchaser, the Servicer, the
Indenture Trustee and the Trust, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

         "Transferred Receivable" means each Receivable transferred to the
Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.01 and for which the related Account is
identified in the computer file or microfiche list delivered to the Purchaser by
the Sellers pursuant to Section 2.01.

         "Trust" means the Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust and its
successors.

         "Trust Agreement" means the trust agreement, dated as of January 30,
2004, between the Purchaser, as Transferor, and the Owner Trustee, as amended or
supplemented from time to time.

         Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions.

         (a)      Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may
otherwise require, for all purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms used
herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto
in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the Indenture,
as the case may be.

         (b)      For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (i) terms used
herein include, as appropriate, all genders and the plural as well as the
singular, (ii) references to words such as "herein", "hereof" and the like shall
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular part, article or
section within this Agreement, (iii) references to a section such as "Section
1.01", an article such as "Article One" and the like shall refer to the
applicable Section or Article of this Agreement, as the case may be, (iv) the
term "include" and all variations thereof shall mean "include without
limitation", (v) the term "or" shall include "and/or" and (vi) the term
"proceeds" has the meaning set forth in the applicable UCC.

         (c)      All determinations of the principal or finance charge balance
of Receivables, and of any collections thereof, shall be made in accordance with
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

         Section 1.03. Amendment and Restatement of Existing Purchase Agreement.
With respect to the sale of Transferred Receivables by Bon-Ton DSI to the
Purchaser, this Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Existing
Purchase Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and
provisions of the Existing Purchase Agreement shall, subject to this Section
1.03, be superseded in their entirety by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the
amendment and restatement of the Existing Purchase Agreement by this Agreement,
Bon-Ton DSI shall continue to be liable to the Purchaser with respect to
agreements under the Existing Purchase Agreement to indemnify the Purchaser in
connection with events or conditions arising or existing prior to the effective
date of this Agreement, including, without limitation, such agreements set forth
in Section 2.2, Article VIII or Section 9.3 thereof. This Agreement is given in
substitution for the Existing Purchase Agreement and not as payment of the
obligations of

                                       6

<PAGE>

Bon-Ton DSI thereunder, and is in no way intended to constitute a novation of
the Existing Purchase Agreement.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE TWO

                     PURCHASE AND CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

         Section 2.01. Purchase.

         (a)      Each Seller hereby sells, transfers, assigns, sets over and
otherwise conveys to the Purchaser (collectively, the "Conveyance"), without
recourse except as provided herein, (i) all its right, title and interest in, to
and under the Transferred Receivables existing on the Initial Cut-Off Date, in
the case of Transferred Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts with respect
to which such Seller is the Account Owner, and on each Addition Cut-Off Date, in
the case of Transferred Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts with
respect to which such Seller is the Account Owner, and in each case thereafter
created from time to time until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to
Article Eight, (ii) all Recoveries with respect to such Transferred Receivables,
(iii) all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable
with respect thereto (including proceeds of the reassignment of Transferred
Receivables by such Seller pursuant to Sections 6.01 (b) and 6.02) and (iv) all
proceeds thereof (collectively, the "Purchased Assets").

         (b)      In connection with such Conveyance, each Seller agrees (i) to
record and file, at its own expense, any financing statements (and continuation
statements with respect to such financing statements when applicable) with
respect to the Transferred Receivables existing as of the Initial Cut-Off Date
and thereafter created in the Initial Accounts with respect to which such Seller
is the Account Owner, and existing as of the Addition Cut-Off Date and
thereafter created in the Additional Accounts with respect to which such Seller
is the Account Owner, meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such
manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the first priority
nature of the Purchaser's interest in the Transferred Receivables, and maintain
perfection of, the Conveyance of such Purchased Assets from such Seller to the
Purchaser, (ii) that such financing statements shall name such Seller, as
seller, and the Purchaser, as purchaser, of the Transferred Receivables and
(iii) to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statements or other
evidence of such filings to the Purchaser as soon as is practicable after
filing.

         (c)      In connection with such Conveyance, each Seller further agrees
that it will, at its own expense, (i) on or prior to (A) the Closing Date, in
the case of Initial Accounts with respect to which such Seller is the Account
Owner, (B) the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Additional Accounts with
respect to which such Seller is the Account Owner, and (C) the applicable
Removal Date, in the case of Removed Accounts with respect to which such Seller
is the Account Owner, indicate in its computer files that, in the case of such
Initial Accounts or such Additional Accounts, Transferred Receivables created in
connection with such Accounts have been conveyed to the Purchaser in accordance
with this Agreement and have been conveyed by the Purchaser to the Trust
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and have been pledged by the
Trust to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit of the
Noteholders by indicating in such computer files the transfer of the Transferred
Receivables to the Purchaser, or in the case of a Removed Account related to
Transferred Receivables, that such Receivables have been reassigned and (ii) on
or prior to (A) the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, (B) the
applicable Addition Date, in the case of

                                       8

<PAGE>

designation of Supplemental Accounts and (C) the applicable Removal Date, in the
case of Removed Accounts, and (iii) to deliver to the Purchaser a computer file
or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of all such Accounts
specifying for each such Account, as of the Initial Cut-Off Date, in the case of
the Initial Accounts, the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date, in the case of
Supplemental Accounts and the applicable Removal Date, in the case of Removed
Accounts, (1) its account number, (2) the aggregate amount outstanding in such
Account and (3) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in such Account.
Each such computer file or microfiche list, as supplemented from time to time to
reflect Additional Accounts or Removed Accounts, shall be delivered to the
Purchaser and is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement.
Each Seller further agrees not to alter the computer code referenced in clause
(i) of this paragraph with respect to any Account with respect to which such
Seller is the Account Owner, during the term of this Agreement unless and until
such Account becomes a Removed Account or the Rating Agency Condition is
satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as Series 2004-1 is the only
Series Outstanding and each Seller is in compliance with Section 5.01(h) hereof,
this subsection shall not apply.

         (d)      The parties hereto intend that the conveyance of each Seller's
right, title and interest in and to the Purchased Assets shall constitute an
absolute sale, conveying good title free and clear of any liens, claims,
encumbrances or rights of others from such Seller to the Purchaser. It is the
intention of the parties hereto that the arrangements with respect to the
Purchased Assets shall constitute a purchase and sale of such Purchased Assets
and not a loan. In the event, however, that it were to be determined that the
transactions evidenced hereby constitute a loan and not a purchase and sale, it
is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law, and that each Seller shall be deemed to
have granted and does hereby grant to the Purchaser a first priority perfected
security interest, in all of such Seller's right, title and interest, whether
owned on the Initial Cut-Off Date or thereafter acquired, in, to and under the
Purchased Assets, each Bon-Ton Collection Account and all money, accounts,
payment intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents, goods, investment
property, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, letters of credit and
advices of credit consisting of, arising from or related to the Purchased Assets
and all proceeds thereof to secure the obligations of such Seller hereunder.

         Section 2.02. Additional Accounts.

         (a)      If, from time to time, the Purchaser becomes obligated to
designate Supplemental Accounts pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(i) of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement, then the Purchaser may, at its option, give each Seller
written notice thereof on or before the tenth Business Day (the "Addition Notice
Date") prior to the Addition Date therefor, and upon receipt of such notice each
Seller shall on or before the Addition Date, designate sufficient Eligible
Accounts to be included as Supplemental Accounts so that after the inclusion
thereof the Purchaser will be in compliance with the requirements of Section
2.09(a)(i) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. Additionally, subject to
Sections 2.09(b) and (c) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and Section
2.02(b), from time to time Eligible Accounts may be designated to be included as
Supplemental Accounts, upon the mutual agreement of the Purchaser and the
applicable Seller. In either event, the Sellers shall have sole responsibility
for selecting such Supplemental Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long
as Series 2004-1

                                       9

<PAGE>

is the only Series of Notes outstanding, all newly originated Accounts shall be
automatically designated as Supplemental Accounts.

         (b)      On the Addition Date with respect to any designation by either
Seller of Eligible Accounts to be Supplemental Accounts pursuant to Section
2.02(a), the Purchaser shall purchase the applicable Seller's right, title and
interest in, to and under the Receivables in such Supplemental Accounts (and
such Receivables shall be deemed to be Transferred Receivables) and the related
Purchased Assets, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions on
such Addition Date:

                  (i)      all such Supplemental Accounts shall be Eligible
         Accounts;

                  (ii)     such Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser
         copies of UCC-1 financing statements covering such Supplemental
         Accounts, if necessary to perfect the Purchaser's interest in the
         Receivables arising therein;

                  (iii)    to the extent required of the Purchaser by Section
         2.09(c) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, such Seller shall have
         transferred to the Servicer for deposit in the Collection Account all
         Collections with respect to such Supplemental Accounts since the
         Addition Cut-Off Date;

                  (iv)     as of each of the Addition Cut-Off Date and the
         Addition Date, no Insolvency Event with respect to such Seller shall
         have occurred nor shall the transfer of the Receivables arising in the
         Supplemental Accounts to the Purchaser have been made in contemplation
         of the occurrence thereof;

                  (v)      the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
         with respect to such Addition;

                  (vi)     such Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser an
         Officer's Certificate, dated the Addition Date, confirming, to the
         extent applicable, the items set forth in clauses (i) through (v)
         above; and

                  (vii)    the transfer of the Transferred Receivables arising
         in the Supplemental Accounts to the Purchaser will not result in an
         Adverse Effect and, in the case of such Supplemental Accounts, such
         Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser an Officer's Certificate,
         dated the related Addition Date, stating that the transfer of the
         Receivables arising in such Supplemental Accounts to the Purchaser will
         not have an Adverse Effect.

         (c)      In addition to designating Additional Accounts pursuant to
clause (a) above, each Seller may, subject to the satisfaction by the Purchaser
of the conditions relating to the designation by the Purchaser of Accounts to
the Trust set forth in Section 2.09(a)(iii) of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, automatically convey newly originated Eligible Accounts to the
Purchaser upon their establishment; provided, however, that so long as Series
2004-1 is the only Series of Notes outstanding, all newly originated Accounts
shall be automatically conveyed to the Purchaser upon their establishment.

                                       10

<PAGE>

         Section 2.03. Delivery of Documents. In the case of the designation of
Supplemental Accounts, the applicable Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser (i)
the computer file or microfiche list required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 2.01(c) with respect to such Supplemental Accounts on the date such file
or list is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.01(c) (the "Document
Delivery Date") and (ii) a duly executed, written assignment (including an
acceptance by the Purchaser), substantially in the form of Exhibit A (the
"Supplemental Conveyance"), on the Document Delivery Date.

         Section 2.04. Representations and Warranties as to the Security
Interest of the Purchaser in the Receivables. Each Seller makes the following
representations and warranties to the Purchaser. The representations and
warranties speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of
each Transfer Date. Such representations and warranties shall survive the sale,
transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Transferor and the Trust, the
pledge thereof to the Indenture Trustee and the termination of this Agreement
and shall not be waived by any party hereto unless the Rating Agency Condition
is satisfied.

                  (a)      This Agreement creates a valid and continuing
         security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Transferred
         Receivables in favor of the Purchaser, which security interest is prior
         to all other Liens other than the Lien of each of the Indenture and the
         Trust, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and
         purchasers from such Seller.

                  (b)      The Transferred Receivables constitute "accounts"
         within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

                  (c)      Such Seller owns and has good and marketable title to
         the Transferred Receivables transferred by it to the Purchaser
         hereunder, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, claim or encumbrance of
         any Person.

                  (d)      Such Seller has caused or will have caused, within
         ten days, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the
         proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable
         law in order to perfect the security interest of the Purchaser in the
         Transferred Receivables transferred by it to the Purchaser hereunder.

                  (e)      Other than the security interest granted to the
         Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, such Seller has not pledged,
         assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed
         any of the Transferred Receivables. Such Seller has not authorized the
         filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against such
         Seller that include a description of collateral covering the
         Transferred Receivables other than any financing statement relating to
         the security interest granted to the Purchaser hereunder or that has
         been terminated. Such Seller is not aware of any judgment or tax lien
         filings against it.

         Section 2.05. Collection Account Agreements.

                  (a)      Each Seller hereby transfers to the Purchaser,
         effective concurrently with the initial purchase of Transferred
         Receivables hereunder, the exclusive ownership and control of the
         Bon-Ton Collection Accounts relating to the Transferred Receivables
         sold by such Seller, as evidenced by the Collection Account Agreements,
         and such Seller shall

                                       11

<PAGE>

         claim no further right, title and/or interest in and to any such
         Bon-Ton Collection Accounts nor any rights to withdraw funds therefrom.
         Each Seller hereby authorizes the Purchaser, and agrees that the
         Purchaser shall be entitled to (i) endorse such Seller's name on checks
         and other instruments representing Collections, (ii) enforce the
         Transferred Receivables and the related Credit Card Agreements and
         (iii) take such action as shall be necessary or desirable to cause all
         cash, checks and other instruments constituting Collections of
         Transferred Receivables to come into the possession of the Purchaser or
         its designees rather than such Seller.

                  (b)      Each Seller agrees that the Indenture Trustee, as
         assignee of the Purchaser, may at any time following the occurrence of
         an In-Store Collection Event, on written notice to the applicable
         Seller, direct that such Seller, and such Seller thereupon shall, (i)
         cease accepting In-Store Collections at individual cash registers
         within a store, (ii) accept all In-Store Collections at a single
         collection point within each store, and otherwise segregate, record and
         maintain the separateness of all In-Store Collections from all other
         cash and payment items handled or located at such store, and (iii)
         remit on a daily basis from each store location all In-Store
         Collections (in the form received) to such location or locations as the
         Agent(s) (as defined in the Series 2004-1 Supplement) or Noteholders
         may direct, as applicable, including, without limitation, to a deposit
         account at any bank selected by the Noteholders (which may be a
         separate deposit account at the bank where any store, in the ordinary
         course, deposits its Collections) or to a concentration location (which
         may entail daily delivery by overnight courier by each store to such
         location of such store's In-Store Collections). Each Seller shall take
         all actions necessary, or that the Indenture Trustee may reasonably
         request, to implement any alternative handling procedures required
         under this Section 2.05(b) for In-Store Collections.

                                       12

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE THREE

                            CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT

         Section 3.01. Purchase Price. (a)The Purchase Price for Transferred
Receivables relating to (i) Initial Accounts as of the Initial Cut-Off Date and
the related Purchased Assets conveyed to the Purchaser under this Agreement
shall be payable on the Closing Date (exclusive of the Bon-Ton Receivables which
have already been purchased by the Purchaser from Bon-Ton DSI pursuant to the
Existing Purchase Agreement) and (ii) Initial Accounts, Additional Accounts and
the related Purchased Assets to be conveyed after the Closing Date to the
Purchaser under this Agreement, shall be paid to the applicable Seller in the
following manner: (i) by delivery of immediately available funds (or its
equivalent), to the extent of funds made available to the Purchaser in
connection with its subsequent sale of such Transferred Receivables to the Trust
under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, (ii) by the issuance of equity (in
the case of purchases from Bon-Ton DSI) and (iii) the balance, with the proceeds
of a Revolving Loan. The Purchase Price shall be paid on the Payment Date
following the Monthly Period in which such Transferred Receivables and the
related Purchased Assets are conveyed by the applicable Seller to the Purchaser.

         (b)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section
3.01(a), the Purchaser may elect to pay all or part of, the applicable Purchase
Price by borrowing under a revolving loan (each a "Revolving Loan") from the
applicable Seller, and such Seller, subject to the remaining provisions of this
paragraph, irrevocably agrees to advance the requisite portion of the Purchase
Price under such Revolving Loan in the amount so specified by the Purchaser.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sellers are not committed to make any
Revolving Loan (and the Purchaser's right to make the election described
hereinabove shall not be effective), if, as a result of making such loan, either
(i) the aggregate outstanding amount of advances under the Revolving Loans would
exceed an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding balance of all Principal
Receivables at such time minus the Required Minimum Principal Balance at such
time or (ii) the Purchaser's net worth would be equal to an amount that is less
than $5,000,000 or (iii) the amount of the advance under the Revolving Loan then
being made would exceed an amount equal to the Purchase Price payable in
connection with the purchase being made hereunder on such date minus funds then
being made available under the Indenture Supplements or otherwise then available
to the Purchaser. Each Revolving Loan shall be evidenced by, and shall be
payable in accordance with the terms and provisions of, a promissory note in the
form of Exhibit E hereto (the "Revolving Note") and shall be payable solely from
funds which the Purchaser is not required under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement to set aside for the benefit of, or otherwise pay over to, the Trust,
the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders.

         Section 3.02. Adjustments to Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall
be adjusted on each Payment Date by an amount equal to the Credit Adjustment
with respect to any Receivable previously conveyed to the Purchaser by the
applicable Seller which has since been (x) reduced as a result of any defective
or rejected goods or services, any cash discount or any adjustment by the
applicable Seller, (y) reduced or cancelled as a result of a setoff in respect
of any claim by any Person (whether such claim arises out of the same or a
related transaction or an unrelated transaction and whether such claim relates
to the Seller or any Affiliate thereof) or (z) is otherwise reduced as a result
of any of the factors set forth in the definition of Dilutions. In the

                                       13

<PAGE>

event that the Credit Adjustment pursuant to this Section causes the Purchase
Price to be a negative number, the applicable Seller agrees that, not later than
12:00 p.m. (Noon), New York City time, on such Payment Date, such Seller shall
pay or cause to be paid to the Purchaser an amount equal to the amount by which
the Credit Adjustment exceeds the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if as a result of the occurrence of any event giving rise to a Credit
Adjustment, the Purchaser is required to deposit funds into the Special Funding
Account pursuant to Section 3.10 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
applicable Seller shall pay the Purchaser an amount equal to such required
deposit in immediately available funds on or before the date the Purchaser is
required to make such deposit to the Special Funding Account.

                                       14

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Section 4.01. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers. Each
Seller hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchaser (as to
itself) as of the date of this Agreement, as of the Closing Date and on each
Addition Date, that:

                  (a)      Organization and Good Standing. Such Seller has been
         duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good
         standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, with the power
         and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as such
         properties are currently owned and such business is presently
         conducted, and had at all relevant times, and has, power, authority and
         legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables.

                  (b)      Due Qualification. Such Seller is duly qualified to
         do business as a foreign corporation in good standing and has obtained
         all necessary licenses and approvals in each jurisdiction in which the
         failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would
         have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (c)      Power and Authority. Such Seller has the power and
         authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this
         Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution, delivery and
         performance of this Agreement, any other document or instrument
         delivered pursuant hereto, including any Supplemental Conveyance, to
         which such Seller is a party (the "Conveyance Papers") and the sale of
         the Receivables has been duly authorized by it by all necessary
         corporate action.

                  (d)      No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance
         by such Seller of this Agreement, each Conveyance Paper and the sale of
         the Receivables, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
         hereby and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof will not
         conflict with, result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions
         of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a
         default under, its articles of incorporation or bylaws, or conflict
         with or breach any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with
         or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any
         indenture, agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or by
         which it shall be bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of
         any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such
         indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than this Agreement);
         nor violate any law or any order, rule or regulation applicable to it
         of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative
         agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over
         it or its properties.

                  (e)      No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
         investigations pending, or to such Seller's knowledge, threatened
         against such Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative
         agency or other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over
         such Seller or its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this
         Agreement or the Conveyance Papers, (ii) seeking to prevent the
         issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement or the

                                       15

<PAGE>

         Conveyance Papers, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that could
         reasonably be expected to (a) adversely affect the collectibility of a
         material portion of the Transferred Receivables, (b) materially
         adversely affect the financial condition of such Seller, any of such
         Seller's Subsidiaries or the Parent or (c) materially adversely affect
         the ability of such Seller or the Purchaser to perform its obligations
         under this Agreement or the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or (iv)
         seeking to affect adversely the income tax attributes of the Trust
         under federal or applicable state income or franchise tax systems.

                  (f)      All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations,
         consents, orders or other actions of any Person or any Governmental
         Authority required in connection with the execution and delivery by
         such Seller of this Agreement or any of the Conveyance Papers and the
         performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any
         of the Conveyance Papers by such Seller have been obtained.

                  (g)      Insolvency. Such Seller is not insolvent and no
         Insolvency Event with respect to such Seller has occurred, and the
         transfer of the Transferred Receivables and Purchased Assets by such
         Seller to the Purchaser contemplated hereby has not been made in
         contemplation of such insolvency or Insolvency Event.

                  (h)      Accuracy of Information. All information heretofore
         furnished by such Seller to the Purchaser for purposes of or in
         connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby
         is, and all such information hereafter furnished by such Seller to the
         Purchaser will be, true and accurate in every material respect, on the
         date such information is stated or certified and does not and will not
         contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material
         fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not
         misleading.

                  (i)      Places of Business. The principal places of business
         and chief executive office of such Seller and the offices where such
         Seller keeps all its Records are, and have been at all times since
         January 1, 1995, located at the address(es) listed on Exhibit B or such
         other locations notified to the Purchaser in accordance with Section
         5.01(f) in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 5.01(f)
         has been taken and completed. Such Seller's jurisdiction of
         organization, organizational identification number and Federal Employer
         Identification Number are each correctly set forth on Exhibit C.

                  (j)      Financial Statements; Material Adverse Effect. The
         consolidated balance sheets of the Parent and its consolidated
         Subsidiaries as of November 1, 2003, and the related statements of
         income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal year and/or
         fiscal quarter then ended, copies of which have been furnished to the
         Purchaser and the Noteholders, fairly present the consolidated
         financial condition of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
         at each such date and the consolidated results of the operations of the
         Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the period ended on each
         such date, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting
         principles consistently applied. Since November 1, 2003, no event has
         occurred which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                       16

<PAGE>

                  (k)      Names. Such Seller has not used any corporate names,
         trade names or assumed names other than (i) on, or at any time during
         the five year period prior to, the date of this Agreement, those listed
         on Exhibit D and (ii) after the date of this Agreement any other name
         in respect of which such Seller shall have complied with Section
         5.01(f).

                  (l)      Payments to Seller. The Purchase Price and other
         consideration received hereunder constitutes reasonably equivalent
         value in consideration for the purchases hereunder and no such purchase
         shall have been made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by
         such Seller to the Purchaser and no such transfer is or may be voidable
         under any Section of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C.
         Sections 101 et seq.), as amended.

                  (m)      Not an Investment Company. Such Seller is not an
         "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
         of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

                  (n)      Ownership of the Purchaser. Such Seller (in the case
         of Bon-Ton DSI) owns, directly or indirectly, one hundred percent
         (100%) of the general and limited partnership interests of the
         Purchaser. For this purpose, the ownership by Bon-Ton DSI of 100% of
         the capital stock of an entity holding a 100% interest in the general
         partner of the Purchaser shall be deemed to be indirect ownership of
         such general partnership interest in the Purchaser.

         The representations and warranties set forth in this Section shall
survive the transfer and assignment of the Receivables to the Purchaser. Upon
discovery by the applicable Seller or the Purchaser of a breach of any of the
foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach
shall give written notice to the other party, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee within ten Business Days following such discovery.

         Section 4.02. Representations and Warranties as to the Agreement and
the Receivables.

         (a)      Representations and Warranties. Each Seller hereby represents
and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date of this Agreement and as of the
Closing Date with respect to the Initial Accounts with respect to which such
Seller is the Account Owner (and the Transferred Receivables arising therein),
and, with respect to Additional Accounts with respect to which such Seller is
the Account Owner (and the Transferred Receivables arising therein), as of the
related Addition Date that:

                  (i)      this Agreement and, in the case of Additional
         Accounts, the related Supplemental Conveyance, each constitutes a
         legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller enforceable against
         such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability
         may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws or general principles
         of equity;

                  (ii)     [Reserved];

                  (iii)    each Transferred Receivable conveyed to the Purchaser
         by such Seller has been conveyed to the Purchaser free and clear of any
         Adverse Claim (other than Adverse

                                       17

<PAGE>

         Claims permitted under Section 5.01(b)) and in compliance with all
         Requirements of Law applicable to such Seller;

                  (iv)     all authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of
         or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority
         required to be obtained, effected or given by such Seller in connection
         with the conveyance by such Seller of the Transferred Receivables to
         the Purchaser have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in
         full force and effect;

                  (v)      this Agreement or, in the case of Additional
         Accounts, the related Supplemental Conveyance, upon execution and
         delivery by such Seller, constitutes an absolute sale, transfer and
         assignment to the Purchaser of all right, title and interest of such
         Seller in the Transferred Receivables and other Purchased Assets
         conveyed to the Purchaser by such Seller and the proceeds thereof and
         Recoveries identified as relating to the Transferred Receivables
         conveyed to the Purchaser by such Seller or, if this Agreement or, in
         the case of Additional Accounts, the related Supplemental Conveyance,
         does not constitute a sale of such property, it constitutes a grant of
         a first priority perfected "security interest" (as defined in the UCC)
         in such property to the Purchaser, which, in the case of Transferred
         Receivables in Initial Accounts and the proceeds thereof and
         Recoveries, is enforceable upon execution and delivery of this
         Agreement, or, with respect to then existing Transferred Receivables in
         Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date, and which will
         be enforceable with respect to such Transferred Receivables hereafter
         and thereafter created and the proceeds thereof upon such creation;
         upon the filing of the financing statements and, in the case of
         Transferred Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds thereof,
         upon the creation thereof, the Purchaser shall have a first priority
         perfected security or ownership interest in such property and proceeds;

                  (vi)     except for those Accounts identified as not meeting
         the criteria set forth in the definition of "Eligible Account," on the
         Initial Cut-Off Date, each Initial Account transferred hereunder with
         respect to which such Seller is the Account Owner, is an Eligible
         Account and, on the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date, each related
         Additional Account transferred hereunder with respect to which such
         Seller is the Account Owner, is an Eligible Account;

                  (vii)    except for those Transferred Receivables identified
         as not meeting the criteria set forth in the definition of "Eligible
         Receivable," on the Initial Cut-Off Date, each Transferred Receivable
         in Initial Accounts conveyed to the Purchaser by such Seller is an
         Eligible Receivable and, on the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date, each
         Transferred Receivable conveyed in the related Additional Accounts
         conveyed to the Purchaser by such Seller is an Eligible Receivable;

                  (viii)   except for those Transferred Receivables identified
         as not meeting the criteria set forth in the definition of "Eligible
         Receivable," as of the date of the creation of any new Transferred
         Receivable transferred to the Purchaser by such Seller, such
         Transferred Receivable is an Eligible Receivable; and

                                       18

<PAGE>

                  (ix)     no selection procedures believed by such Seller to be
         materially adverse to the interests of the Noteholders have been used
         in selecting Accounts relating to Transferred Receivables.

         (b)      Notice of Breach. The representations and warranties set forth
in this Section shall survive the transfer and assignment of the Transferred
Receivables to the Purchaser and the transfer and assignment by the Purchaser of
the Transferred Receivables to the Issuer. Upon discovery by either the
applicable Seller or the Purchaser of a breach of any of the representations and
warranties set forth in this Section, the party discovering such breach shall
give written notice to the other party, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee within ten Business Days following such discovery; provided that the
failure to give notice within ten Business Days does not preclude subsequent
notice. Each Seller hereby acknowledges that the Purchaser intends to rely on
the representations hereunder in connection with representations made by the
Purchaser to secured parties, assignees or subsequent transferees including but
not limited to transfers made by the Purchaser to the Trust pursuant to the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the pledge by the Trust to the Indenture
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture and that the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee may enforce such representations directly against such Seller.

         Section 4.03. Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser. As of
the Closing Date and each Addition Date, each of the Purchaser and GP, Inc.
hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Sellers that:

                  (a)      Organization and Good Standing. The Purchaser has
         been duly formed and is validly existing as a limited partnership in
         good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, with
         power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business
         as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently
         conducted, and had at all relevant times, and has, power, authority and
         legal right to acquire, own and purchase the Transferred Receivables.

                  (b)      Due Qualification. The Purchaser is duly qualified to
         do business as a foreign limited partnership in good standing and has
         obtained all necessary licenses and approvals required to carry on its
         business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

                  (c)      Power and Authority. The Purchaser has the power and
         authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this
         Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution, delivery and
         performance of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers has been duly
         authorized by the Purchaser by all necessary limited partnership
         action.

                  (d)      No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance
         by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers and of the
         purchase of the Transferred Receivables and the consummation of the
         transactions contemplated hereby and by the Conveyance Papers and the
         fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof does not conflict with,
         result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor
         constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default
         under, the limited partnership agreement

                                       19

<PAGE>

         of the Purchaser, nor conflict with or violate any of the material
         terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse
         of time or both) a default under, any indenture, agreement or other
         instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it shall be
         bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of
         its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement
         or other instrument (other than this Agreement); nor violate any law or
         any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Purchaser of any court
         or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or
         other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the
         Purchaser or its properties.

                  (e)      No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
         investigations pending, or to the Purchaser's knowledge, threatened
         against the Purchaser, before any court, regulatory body,
         administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having
         jurisdiction over the Purchaser or its properties: (i) asserting the
         invalidity of this Agreement or any Conveyance Papers, (ii) seeking to
         prevent the issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any
         determination or ruling that could reasonably be expected to (a)
         adversely affect the collectibility of a material portion of the
         Transferred Receivables, (b) materially adversely affect the financial
         condition of the Purchaser, either Seller, any of the Sellers'
         Subsidiaries, the Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. or The Bon-Ton Corp. or (c)
         materially adversely affect the ability of such Seller or the Purchaser
         to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Transfer and
         Servicing Agreement or (iv) seeking to affect adversely the income tax
         attributes of the Trust under federal or applicable state income or
         franchise tax systems.

                  (f)      All Consents Required. All approvals, authorizations,
         consents, orders or other actions of any Person or any Governmental
         Authority required in connection with the execution and delivery by
         Purchaser of this Agreement or any of the Conveyance Papers and the
         performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any
         of the Conveyance Papers by Purchaser have been obtained.

         The representations and warranties set forth in this Section shall
survive the Conveyance of the Receivables to the Purchaser. Upon discovery by
the Purchaser or either Seller of a breach of any of the foregoing
representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give
prompt written notice to the other party, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee.

                                       20

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                                    COVENANTS

         Section 5.01. Covenants of the Sellers. Each Seller hereby covenants
and agrees with the Purchaser as follows:

                  (a)      Transferred Receivables Not to be Evidenced by
         Promissory Notes. Except in connection with its enforcement or
         collection of any Transferred Receivable, such Seller will take no
         action to cause any Receivable conveyed by it to the Purchaser to be
         evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC) and if any
         Transferred Receivable is so evidenced (whether or not in connection
         with the enforcement or collection of an Account), it shall be deemed
         to be an Ineligible Receivable and shall be reassigned to such Seller
         in accordance with Section 6.01(b).

                  (b)      Security Interests. Except for the conveyances
         hereunder, such Seller will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any
         other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
         Adverse Claim on, any Transferred Receivable conveyed by it to the
         Purchaser, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest
         therein, and such Seller shall defend the right, title and interest of
         the Purchaser in, to and under the Transferred Receivables, whether now
         existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties
         claiming through or under such Seller.

                  (c)      Account Allocations. In the event that such Seller is
         unable for any reason to transfer Transferred Receivables to the
         Purchaser in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement
         (including by reason of the application of the provisions of Section
         8.02 or any order of any Governmental Authority), then such Seller
         agrees (except as prohibited by any such order) that Collections on
         such Transferred Receivables will be allocated in accordance with
         Section 2.11 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

                  (d)      Delivery of Collections or Recoveries. In the event
         that such Seller receives Collections or Recoveries, such Seller agrees
         to remit such Collections and Recoveries to a Bon-Ton Collection
         Account as soon as practicable after receipt thereof but in no event
         later than the second Business Day after the receipt of such
         Collections.

                  (e)      Notice of Liens. Such Seller shall notify the
         Purchaser promptly after becoming aware of any Adverse Claim on any
         Transferred Receivable other than the conveyances hereunder, under the
         Transfer and Servicing Agreement or under the Indenture.

                  (f)      Continuous Perfection. Such Seller shall not change
         its name, identity or structure in any manner that might cause any
         financing or continuation statement filed pursuant to this Agreement to
         be misleading unless such Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser
         at least 15 days' prior written notice thereof and shall have taken all
         action necessary or advisable to amend such financing statement or
         continuation statement so that it is not misleading. Such Seller shall
         not change the jurisdiction under whose laws it is organized, its chief
         execution office or change the location of its principal records

                                       21

<PAGE>

         concerning the Transferred Receivables unless it has delivered to the
         Purchaser at least 15 days' prior written notice of its intention to do
         so and has taken such action as is necessary or advisable to cause the
         interest of the Purchaser in the Transferred Receivables and other
         Purchased Assets to continue to be perfected with the priority required
         by this Agreement.

                  (g)      Periodic Rate Finance Charges. Except (i) as
         otherwise required by any Requirements of Law or (ii) as is deemed by
         such Seller to be necessary in order for it to maintain its credit card
         business on a competitive basis based on a good faith assessment by it
         of the nature of the competition in the credit card business, it shall
         not at any time reduce the annual percentage rate of the Periodic Rate
         Finance Charges assessed on the Receivables transferred by it to the
         Purchaser or other fees charged on any of the Accounts owned by it if
         either (A) as a result of any such reduction, such Seller's reasonable
         expectation is that such reduction will cause a Pay Out Event or Event
         of Default to occur or (B) such reduction is not also applied to all
         comparable segments of consumer revolving credit card accounts owned by
         such Account Owner which have characteristics the same as, or
         substantially similar to, such Accounts.

                  (h)      Keeping and Marking of Records and Books.

                           (i) Such Seller will maintain and implement
                  administrative and operating procedures (including, without
                  limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing
                  Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals
                  thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records
                  and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for
                  the collection of all Receivables (including, without
                  limitation, records adequate to permit the immediate
                  identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of
                  and adjustments to each existing Receivable). Such Seller will
                  give the Purchaser notice of any material change in the
                  administrative and operating procedures referred to in the
                  previous sentence.

                           (ii) Such Seller will (a) at all times, mark its
                  master data processing records and other books and records
                  relating to the Receivables with a legend, acceptable to the
                  Purchaser, describing the interests of the Purchaser therein.

                  (i)      Credit Card Agreement. Such Seller will timely and
         fully (i) perform and comply in all material respects with all
         provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it
         under the Credit Card Agreement related to the Receivables, and (ii)
         comply in all material respects with the Credit Card Guidelines in
         regard to each Receivable and the related Credit Card Agreement. Such
         Seller will pay when due, any taxes (including, without limitation any
         sales taxes) payable in connection with the Receivables.

                  (j)      Purchase of Receivables. With respect to each
         Receivable purchased by the Purchaser from such Seller, such Seller
         shall take all actions necessary to vest legal and equitable title to
         such Receivable and the other Purchased Assets irrevocably in the
         Purchaser, including, without limitation, the filing of all financing
         statements or other similar instruments or documents necessary under
         the UCC of all appropriate

                                       22

<PAGE>

         jurisdictions (or any comparable law) to perfect the Purchaser's
         interest in such Receivable and such other action to perfect, protect
         or more fully evidence the interest of the Purchaser as the Purchaser
         may reasonably request.

                  (k)      Sales, Liens, Etc. Except as otherwise provided
         herein, such Seller shall not sell, assign (by operation of law or
         otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect
         to, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including,
         without limitation, the filing of any financing statement) or with
         respect to, any Receivable or other Purchased Asset or Collections in
         respect thereof, or upon or with respect to any Credit Card Agreement
         under which any Receivable arises, or any Bon-Ton Collection Account or
         assign any right to receive income in respect thereof, and such Seller
         shall defend the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in, to and
         under any of the foregoing property, against all claims of third
         parties claiming through or under such Seller. Without limiting the
         foregoing, such Seller shall not create or suffer to exist any Adverse
         Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing
         statement) or with respect to, any goods or merchandise the sale of
         which gives rise to the Receivables.

                  (l)      Change in Business or Credit Card Guidelines. Such
         Seller shall not make any material change in the character of its
         business or in the Credit Card Guidelines, which change would, in
         either case, be reasonably likely to impair the collectibility of any
         of the Receivables or decrease the credit quality of any new
         Receivables.

                  (m)      Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Such Seller
         shall not extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any
         Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any
         Credit Card Agreement under which such Receivable arises.

                  (n)      Merger. Such Seller shall not merge or consolidate
         with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of
         (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, and except
         as otherwise contemplated herein) all or substantially all of its
         assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to any Person, except
         that any Person may merge into such Seller in a transaction in which
         such Seller is the surviving entity so long as such merger shall not be
         reasonably likely to impair the collectibility of any of the
         Receivables or decrease the credit quality of any new Receivables.

                  (o)      Accounting for Purchases. Such Seller will not
         account for or treat (whether in financial statements or otherwise) the
         transactions contemplated hereby in any manner other than the sale of
         the Receivables and Purchased Assets by such Seller to the Purchaser,
         or in any other respect account for or treat the transactions
         contemplated hereby in any manner other than as a sale of the
         Receivables and Purchased Assets by such Seller to the Purchaser except
         to the extent that such transactions are not recognized on account of
         consolidated financial reporting in accordance with generally accepted
         accounting principles.

                  (p)      Ownership of the Purchaser. Such Seller (in the case
         of Bon-Ton DSI) and its affiliates will at all times own 100% of the
         partnership interests of the Purchaser. For this purpose, the ownership
         by Bon-Ton DSI of 100% of the capital stock of an entity

                                       23

<PAGE>

         holding a 100% interest in the general partner of the Purchaser shall
         be deemed to be indirect ownership of such general partnership interest
         in the Purchaser.

                  (q)      Bon-Ton Collection Accounts. With respect to
         Collections, the Bon-Ton Collection Accounts and the Store Accounts:

                           (i) such Seller will instruct in the monthly
                  remittance advices sent to all Obligors to pay all Collections
                  directly to a Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account; provided that
                  Obligors may elect to make payments at a store location of
                  such Seller;

                           (ii) such Seller will cause each of its stores (A) to
                  deposit all In-Store Collections into a Store Account within
                  one Business Day of its receipt thereof, and (B) on the same
                  day as such deposit, to initiate a remittance to the
                  Concentration Account (through the automated clearinghouse
                  system or by wire transfer) of all such In-Store Collections,
                  and subsequently (within one Business Day after such deposit)
                  to the Collection Account; provided, however, that such Seller
                  shall not be in breach of its obligations under clause (A)
                  above if an amount not to exceed 5% of the aggregate In-Store
                  Collections during any month shall fail to be deposited within
                  one Business Day of the receipt thereof so long as all such
                  In-Store Collections are deposited in a Store Account within
                  two Business Days of receipt;

                           (iii) such Seller will cause all Collections in the
                  Lock-Boxes to be deposited, on the same Business Day received,
                  directly into a Lock-Box Account and subsequently (within one
                  Business Day after such deposit) transferred to the Bon-Ton
                  Collection Account;

                           (iv) such Seller will cause all Lock-Boxes, Lock-Box
                  Accounts, Store Accounts and Concentration Accounts as of the
                  date hereof, together with the account numbers thereof and the
                  names and addresses of all banks maintaining the same, to be
                  listed on Schedule I and, with respect to each Bon-Ton
                  Collection Account and Store Account established after the
                  date hereof, such Seller will provide notice thereof to the
                  Purchaser, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and each
                  Noteholder and otherwise comply with all requirements set
                  forth in Section 5.01(r) with respect thereto;

                           (v) such Seller will enter into (A) a Collection
                  Account Agreement in respect of each Bon-Ton Collection
                  Account, in the appropriate form, that is duly executed and
                  delivered by the applicable Collection Bank, such Seller, the
                  Purchaser and the Indenture Trustee, and such Collection
                  Account Agreement shall be maintained in full force and
                  effect, (B) a control agreement in respect of each Lock-Box
                  (which control agreement may be contained in a Collection
                  Account Agreement), in form and substance acceptable to each
                  Noteholder, that is duly executed and delivered by the
                  Lock-Box Processor with respect to such Lock-Box, such Seller,
                  the Purchaser and the Indenture Trustee and such control
                  agreement shall be maintained in full force and effect, and
                  (C) a blocked account

                                       24

<PAGE>

                  agreement in respect of each Store Account (other than any
                  Store Account with a balance that does not at any time exceed
                  $50,000) with the applicable bank maintaining each such Store
                  Account, in a form acceptable to each Noteholder with either
                  the Indenture Trustee or with another secured party that has
                  entered into an intercreditor agreement with the Indenture
                  Trustee; and

                           (vi) such Seller has not granted, and will not grant
                  to, any Person, other than the Purchaser (and its assignees)
                  as contemplated by this Agreement, dominion and control of any
                  Bon-Ton Collection Account, or the right to take dominion and
                  control of any Bon-Ton Collection Account at a future time or
                  upon the occurrence of a future event.

                  (r)      Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. Such
         Seller will not add or terminate any bank as a Collection Bank, or make
         any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be
         made on the Receivables, unless in the case of the proposed addition or
         termination of any bank as a Collection Bank, the Purchaser, the
         Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency shall have received, at least
         10 days before the proposed effective date therefor, (i) written notice
         of such addition or termination and (ii) with respect to the addition
         of a Collection Bank or a Bon-Ton Collection Account, a fully executed
         Collection Account Agreement; provided, however, that such Seller may
         make changes in instructions to Obligors regarding payments if such new
         instructions require such Obligor to make payments to an existing
         Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account. The Originator will not add or terminate
         any Lock-Box unless the Noteholders shall have received at least 30
         days before the proposed effective date therefor (x) written notice of
         such addition or termination and (y) a fully executed control agreement
         in compliance with Section 5.01(q).

                  (s)      Purchaser's Reliance. Such Seller (in the case of
         Bon-Ton DSI) acknowledges that the Purchaser, the Trust and the
         Noteholders are entering into the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in reliance upon the
         Purchaser's identity as a separate legal entity from Bon-Ton DSI.
         Therefore, from and after the date of execution and delivery of this
         Agreement, Bon-Ton DSI shall take all reasonable steps including,
         without limitation, all steps that any Indenture Trustee or the
         Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request, to maintain the
         Purchaser's identity as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest
         to third parties that the Purchaser is an entity with assets and
         liabilities distinct from those of Bon-Ton DSI and any Affiliates
         thereof and not a division of Bon-Ton DSI. Without limiting the
         generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other covenants set
         forth herein, Bon-Ton DSI (i) shall not hold itself out to third
         parties as liable for the debts of the Purchaser nor purport to own the
         Receivables and other assets acquired by the Purchaser, (ii) shall take
         all other actions necessary on its part to ensure that the Purchaser is
         at all times in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section
         2.07(i) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and (iii) shall cause
         all tax liabilities arising in connection with the transactions
         contemplated herein or otherwise to be allocated between Bon-Ton DSI
         and the Purchaser on an arm's-length basis and in a manner consistent
         with the procedures set forth in U.S. Treasury
         Regulations Sections 1.1502-33(d) and 1.1552-1.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE SIX

                              REPURCHASE OBLIGATION

         Section 6.01. Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables.

         (a)      In the event any representation or warranty under Section
4.02(a)(ii), (iii), (iv), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (ix) is not true and correct in
any material respect as of the date specified therein with respect to any
Transferred Receivable or the related Account and as a result of such breach the
Purchaser is required to accept reassignment of Ineligible Receivables
previously sold by either Seller to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.05(a) of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the applicable Seller shall accept
reassignment of such Ineligible Receivables on the terms and conditions set
forth in Section 6.01(b).

         (b)      Each Seller shall accept reassignment of any Ineligible
Receivables previously sold by such Seller to the Purchaser from the Purchaser
on the date on which such reassignment obligation arises, and shall pay for such
reassigned Ineligible Receivables by paying to the Purchaser, not later than
12:00 p.m. (Noon), New York City time, on such date, an amount equal to the
product of (i) 100% and (ii) the sum of (A) the unpaid principal balance of such
Ineligible Receivables plus (B) accrued and unpaid finance charges at the annual
percentage rate applicable to such Receivables from the last date billed through
the end of the Monthly Period in which such reassignment obligation arises. Upon
reassignment of such Ineligible Receivables, the Purchaser shall automatically
and without further action be deemed to sell, transfer, assign, set-over and
otherwise convey to the applicable Seller, without recourse, representation or
warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in and to such
Ineligible Receivables, all Recoveries related thereto, all monies and amounts
due or to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof, free and
clear of all Liens created by or through the Purchaser; and such reassigned
Ineligible Receivables shall be treated by the Purchaser as collected in full as
of the date on which they were transferred. The Purchaser shall execute such
documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions
as shall reasonably be requested by the applicable Seller to effect the
conveyance of such Ineligible Receivables and other property pursuant to this
subsection.

         Section 6.02. Reassignment. In the event any representation or warranty
set forth in Section 4.01(a), (b) or (c) or Section 4.02(a)(i) or (v) is not
true and correct in any material respect and as a result of such breach the
Purchaser is required to accept a reassignment of the Receivables previously
sold by either Seller to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.06 of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement, the applicable Seller shall be obligated to accept a
reassignment of such Receivables on the terms set forth below.

         The applicable Seller shall pay to the Purchaser by depositing in the
Collection Account in immediately available funds, not later than 12:00 p.m.
(Noon), New York City time, on the first Transfer Date following the Monthly
Period in which such reassignment obligation arises, in payment for such
reassignment, an amount equal to the amount specified in Section 2.06 of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement. Upon reassignment of the Receivables on such
Transfer Date, the Purchaser shall automatically and without further action be
deemed to sell, transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the
applicable Seller, without recourse, representation

                                       26
<PAGE>

or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Purchaser in and to the
Receivables, all Recoveries related thereto and all monies and amounts due or to
become due with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof, free and clear of all
Liens created by or through the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall execute such
documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions
as shall reasonably be requested by the applicable Seller to effect the
conveyance of such property pursuant to this Section.

                                       27
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE SEVEN

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         Section 7.01. Conditions to the Purchaser's Obligations Regarding
Initial Receivables. The obligations of the Purchaser to purchase the
Transferred Receivables in the Initial Accounts on the Closing Date shall be
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (a)      all representations and warranties of each Seller
         contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the Closing
         Date with the same effect as though such representations and warranties
         had been made on such date;

                  (b)      all information concerning the Initial Accounts
         provided to the Purchaser shall be true and correct as of the Initial
         Cut-Off Date in all material respects;

                  (c)      each Seller shall have (i) delivered to the Purchaser
         a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list
         of all Initial Accounts with respect to which such Seller is the
         Account Owner, identified by account number and by the Transferred
         Receivables balance as of the Initial Cut-Off Date and (ii) performed
         all other obligations required to be performed by it pursuant to the
         provisions of this Agreement;

                  (d)      each Seller shall have recorded and filed, at its
         expense, any financing statement with respect to the Transferred
         Receivables (other than Transferred Receivables in Additional Accounts)
         now existing and hereafter created for the transfer of accounts (as
         defined in the applicable UCC) meeting the requirements of applicable
         law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as would be necessary to
         perfect the sale of and security interest in the Transferred
         Receivables from such Seller to the Purchaser, and shall deliver a
         file-stamped copy of such financing statements or other evidence of
         such filings to the Purchaser;

                  (e)      on or before the Closing Date, (i) the Purchaser and
         the Owner Trustee shall have entered into the Trust Agreement, (ii) the
         Purchaser, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust shall have
         entered into the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, (iii) the Trust and
         the Indenture Trustee shall have entered into the Indenture and (iv)
         the closing under all such agreements shall take place simultaneously
         with the initial closing hereunder; and

                  (f)      all corporate and legal proceedings and all
         instruments in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchaser,
         and the Purchaser shall have received from each Seller copies of all
         documents (including records of corporate proceedings) relevant to the
         transactions herein contemplated as the Purchaser may reasonably have
         requested.

         Section 7.02. Conditions Precedent to the Sellers' Obligations. The
obligations of each Seller to sell Transferred Receivables in the Initial
Accounts on the Closing Date shall be subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions:

                                       28
<PAGE>

                  (a)      All representations and warranties of the Purchaser
         contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct with the same
         effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on
         such date;

                  (b)      Payment or provision for payment of the Purchase
         Price in accordance with the provision of Section 3.01 shall have been
         made; and

                  (c)      All partnership and legal proceedings and all
         instruments in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Sellers,
         and the Sellers shall have received from the Purchaser copies of all
         documents (including records of partnership proceedings) relevant to
         the transactions herein contemplated as the Sellers may reasonably have
         requested.

                                       29
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE EIGHT

                          TERM AND PURCHASE TERMINATION

         Section 8.01. Term. This Agreement shall commence as of the date of
execution and delivery hereof and shall continue until at least the termination
of the Trust as provided in Article Eight of the Trust Agreement. Thereafter,
this Agreement may be terminated by the mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

         Section 8.02. Purchase Termination. If an Insolvency Event occurs with
respect to either Seller, then the applicable Seller shall immediately cease to
transfer Principal Receivables to the Purchaser and shall promptly give notice
to the Purchaser, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee of such Insolvency
Event. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to the Purchaser of
additional Principal Receivables, Principal Receivables transferred to the
Purchaser prior to the occurrence of such Insolvency Event and Collections in
respect of such Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables whenever
created, accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables, shall continue to be
property of the Purchaser available for transfer by the Purchaser to the Trust
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

                                       30
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         Section 9.01. Amendment. This Agreement and any Conveyance Papers and
the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and thereunder may not be
changed orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Purchaser and
the Sellers in accordance with this Section. This Agreement and any Conveyance
Papers may be amended from time to time by the Purchaser and the Sellers (i) to
cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provisions herein which
may be inconsistent with any other provisions herein or in any such other
Conveyance Papers, (iii) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under this Agreement or any Conveyance Papers which shall not
be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any Conveyance Papers,
(iv) to change or modify the Purchase Price and (v) to change, modify, delete or
add any other obligation of either Seller or the Purchaser; provided, however,
that no amendment pursuant to clause (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) of this Section
shall be effective unless the Sellers and the Purchaser have been notified in
writing that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied; provided further
that each Seller shall have delivered to the Purchaser an Officer's Certificate,
dated the date of such action, stating that such Seller reasonably believes that
such action will not have an Adverse Effect unless the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee or all Holders of outstanding Notes shall consent thereto. Any
reconveyance executed in accordance with the provisions hereof shall not be
considered to be an amendment to this Agreement. A copy of any amendment to this
Agreement shall be sent to the Rating Agency.

         Section 9.02. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
LAW), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         Section 9.03. Notices. All demands, notices, instruction, directions
and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given if personally delivered at, mailed by registered mail, return
receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission to (a) in the case of
Bon-Ton DSI, 2801 East Market St., P.O. Box 2821, York, Pennsylvania 17405,
facsimile no. (717) 751-3240, (b) in the case of Elder-Beerman Stores, 2801 East
Market Street, P.O. Box 2821, York, Pennsylvania 17405, facsimile no. (717)
751-3240, (c) in the case of the Purchaser, 2801 East Market St., P.O. Box 2821,
York, Pennsylvania 17405, facsimile no. (717) 751-3240, (d) in the case of the
Owner Trustee, Rodney Square North, 1100 North market Street, Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-0001, attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or (e) in the
case of the Indenture Trustee, 1 Penn Plaza, Suite 1414, New York, New York
10019; or (e) as to each party, at such other address or facsimile number as
shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

         Section 9.04. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement or any Conveyance
Paper shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants,
agreements, provisions, or terms shall be

                                       31
<PAGE>

deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions, and terms
of this Agreement or any Conveyance Paper and shall in no way affect the
validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement or of
any Conveyance Paper.

         Section 9.05. Acknowledgement and Agreement of the Sellers. By
execution below, each Seller expressly acknowledges and agrees that all of the
Purchaser's right, title, and interest in, to, and under this Agreement,
including all of the Purchaser's right, title, and interest in and to the
Transferred Receivables purchased pursuant to this Agreement, may be assigned by
the Purchaser to the Trust, and a security interest therein may be granted by
the Trust to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the beneficiaries of the
Trust, including the Noteholders, and such Seller consents to such assignment
and grant. Each Seller further agrees that notwithstanding any claim,
counterclaim, right of setoff or defense which it may have against the
Purchaser, due to a breach by the Purchaser of this Agreement or for any other
reason, and notwithstanding the bankruptcy of the Purchaser or any other event
whatsoever, such Seller's sole remedy shall be a claim against the Purchaser for
money damages, and then only to the extent of funds available to the Purchaser,
and in no event shall such Seller assert any claim on or any interest in the
Transferred Receivables or any proceeds thereof or take any action which would
reduce or delay receipt by the Trust of collections with respect to the
Receivables. Additionally, each Seller agrees that any amounts payable by such
Seller to the Purchaser hereunder which are to be paid by the Purchaser to the
Indenture Trustee shall be paid by such Seller, on behalf of the Purchaser,
directly to the Indenture Trustee.

         Section 9.06. Further Assurances. The Purchaser and each Seller agree
to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and
all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the other party and
their respective permitted successors and assigns, the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement and the
Conveyance Papers, including the execution of any financing statements or
continuation statements relating to the Transferred Receivables for filing under
the provisions of the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction.

         Section 9.07. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise
and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Purchaser or the Sellers, any
right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement, shall operate as a
waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy,
power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The
rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided under this Agreement are
cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges
provided by law.

         Section 9.08. Counterparts. This Agreement and all Conveyance Papers
may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on
separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         Section 9.09. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and the
Conveyance Papers will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties
hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Trust and the
Indenture Trustee shall be considered third-party beneficiaries of this
Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no other
Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

                                       32
<PAGE>

         Section 9.10. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers set forth the entire
understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all
prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement and the
Conveyance Papers. This Agreement and the Conveyance Papers may not be modified,
amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

         Section 9.11. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

         Section 9.12. Schedules and Exhibits. The schedules and exhibits
attached hereto and referred to herein shall constitute a part of this Agreement
and are incorporated into this Agreement for all purposes.

         Section 9.13. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All
representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or
contained in any Supplemental Conveyance shall remain operative and in full
force and effect and shall survive conveyance of the Receivables by the
Purchaser to the Trust pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the
grant of a security interest therein by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee
pursuant to the Indenture.

         Section 9.14. Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior
termination of this Agreement, neither Seller shall, prior to the date which is
one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement, acquiesce,
petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Purchaser or the Trust to invoke the
process of any Governmental Authority for the purpose of commencing or
sustaining a case against the Purchaser or the Trust under any Debtor Relief Law
or appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Purchaser or the Trust or any
substantial part of its property or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of
the affairs of the Purchaser or the Trust.

                                       33
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser and the Sellers have caused this
Receivables Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers
as of the day and year first above written.

                                        THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                                        as a Seller

                                        By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Title: Treasurer

                                        THE ELDER-BEERMAN STORES CORP.,
                                        as a Seller

                                        By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Title: Vice President and Assistant
                                            Treasurer

                                        THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP,
                                        L.P., as the Purchaser

                                        By: BTRGP, Inc., its General Partner

                                        By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                            Title: Treasurer

                                 Signature Page
                                       to
                         Receivables Purchase Agreement

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                         FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL CONVEYANCE

       (As required by Section 2.03 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement)

         This Supplemental Conveyance No. ___ dated as of ____________, 200_, is
between [The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.] [The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.],
as seller ("the Seller"), and The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., as
purchaser ("the Purchaser"), pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement
referred to below.

         WHEREAS, the Seller and the Purchaser are parties to a receivables
purchase agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004 (hereinafter as such agreement
may have been amended or supplemented from time to time, the "Receivables
Purchase Agreement");

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Seller
wishes to designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts and the
Seller wishes to convey its right, title and interest in the Transferred
Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter
created, to the Purchaser pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement (as
each such term is defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement); and

         WHEREAS, the Purchaser is willing to accept such designation and
conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Seller and the Purchaser hereby agree as follows:

         1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Receivables Purchase
Agreement.

         "Addition Date" means, with respect to the Additional Accounts
designated hereby __________ ___, ____.

         "Addition Cut-Off Date" means, with respect to the Additional Accounts
designated hereby, __________ ____, _____.

         2. Designation of Additional Accounts. The Seller delivers herewith a
computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete schedule
identifying all such Additional Accounts (the "Additional Accounts") and
specifying for each such Additional Account, as of the Addition Cut-Off Date,
its account number, the aggregate amount outstanding in such Account and the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in such Account. Such computer file,
microfiche list or other documentation shall be as of the date of this
Supplemental Conveyance incorporated into and made part of this Supplemental
Conveyance and is marked as Schedule 1 to this Supplemental Conveyance.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

         3.       Conveyance of Receivables.

         (a)      The Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and
otherwise convey to the Purchaser, without recourse except as provided in the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, all its right, title and interest in, to and
under the Transferred Receivables arising in such Additional Accounts, existing
at the close of business on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created
until termination of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, all Recoveries with
respect to such Transferred Receivables, all monies due or to become due and all
amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and all "proceeds"
(including "proceeds" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) thereof.

         (a)      In connection with such sale and if necessary, the Seller
agrees to record and file, at its own expense, one or more financing statements
(and continuation statements with respect to such financing statements when
applicable) with respect to the Receivables, existing on the Addition Cut-Off
Date and thereafter created, meeting the requirements of applicable state law in
such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the sale and
assignment of and the security interest in the Receivables to the Purchaser, and
to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statement or other evidence of
such filing to the Purchaser.

         (b)      In connection with such sale, the Seller further agrees, at
its own expense, on or prior to the date of this Supplemental Conveyance, to
indicate in the appropriate computer files or microfiche list that all
Transferred Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts
designated hereby have been conveyed to the Purchaser pursuant to this
Supplemental Conveyance.

         4.       Acceptance by the Purchaser. The Purchaser hereby acknowledges
its acceptance of all right, title and interest to the property, existing on the
Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created, conveyed to the Purchaser pursuant
to Section 3(a) and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and
interest. The Purchaser further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously
with the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Conveyance, the Seller
delivered to the Purchaser the computer file or microfiche list described in
Section 2.

         5.       Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller
hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date of this
Supplemental Conveyance and as of the Addition Date that:

                  (a)      Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation. This
         Supplemental Conveyance constitutes a legal, valid and binding
         obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance
         with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
         applicable Debtor Relief Laws or general principles of equity;

                  (b)      Eligibility of Accounts. On the Addition Cut-Off
         Date, each Additional Account designated hereby is an Eligible Account;

                  (c)      No Liens. Each Receivable in an Additional Account
         designated hereby has been conveyed to the Purchaser free and clear of
         any Adverse Claim and each underlying receivable is free and clear of
         all Liens;

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                  (d)      Eligibility of Receivables. On the Addition Cut-Off
         Date, each Transferred Receivable existing in an Additional Account
         designated hereby is an Eligible Receivable and as of the date of
         creation of any Receivable in an Additional Account designated hereby,
         such Receivable is an Eligible Receivable;

                  (e)      Selection Procedures. No selection procedure believed
         by the Seller to be adverse to the interests of the Purchaser or the
         Noteholders was utilized in selecting the Additional Accounts;

                  (f)      Transfer of Receivables. This Supplemental Conveyance
         constitutes a valid sale, transfer and assignment to the Purchaser of
         all right, title and interest of the Seller in the Transferred
         Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts designated hereby
         existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date or thereafter created, the
         Recoveries with respect thereto, all monies due or to become due and
         all amounts received with respect thereto and the "proceeds" (including
         "proceeds" as defined in Article 9 of the UCC) thereof;

                  (g)      No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this
         Supplemental Conveyance, the performance of the transactions
         contemplated by this Supplemental Conveyance and the fulfillment of the
         terms hereof, will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of
         the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without
         notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any
         indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
         instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it or its
         properties are bound;

                  (h)      No Violation. The execution and delivery of this
         Supplemental Conveyance by the Seller, the performance of the
         transactions contemplated by this Supplemental Conveyance and the
         fulfillment of the terms hereof applicable to the Seller will not
         conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to the
         Seller;

                  (i)      No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
         investigations, pending or, to the best knowledge of the Seller,
         threatened, against the Seller before any Governmental Authority (i)
         asserting the invalidity of this Supplemental Conveyance, (ii) seeking
         to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
         this Supplemental Conveyance, or (iii) seeking any determination or
         ruling that could reasonably be expected to (1) adversely affect the
         collectibility of a material portion of the Transferred Receivables,
         (2) materially adversely affect the financial condition of the Seller,
         any of the Seller's Subsidiaries or the Parent or (c) materially
         adversely affect the ability of the Seller or the Purchaser to perform
         its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement or this
         Supplemental Conveyance; and

                  (j)      All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or
         approvals of any Governmental Authority required to be obtained by the
         Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this
         Supplemental Conveyance by the Seller and the performance of the
         transactions contemplated by this Supplemental Conveyance by the
         Seller, have been obtained.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

         6.       Ratification of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. The
Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby ratified, and all references to the
"Receivables Purchase Agreement," to "this Agreement" and "herein" shall be
deemed from and after the Addition Date to be a reference to the Receivables
Purchase Agreement as supplemented by this Supplemental Conveyance. Except as
expressly amended hereby, all the representations, warranties, terms, covenants
and conditions of the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall remain unamended and
shall continue to be, and shall, remain, in full force and effect in accordance
with its terms and except as expressly provided herein shall not constitute or
be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with or consent to non-compliance
with any term or provision of the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

         7.       Counterparts. This Supplemental Conveyance may be executed in
two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts),
each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

         8.       Governing Law. This Supplemental Conveyance shall be construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its
conflict of law provisions (other than Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations
Law), and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder shall be
determined in accordance with such laws.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Supplemental
Conveyance to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized
officers on the day and the year first above written.

                                        [THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.]
                                        [THE ELDER-BEERMAN STORES CORP.]

                                        By: ________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                        THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP,
                                        L.P.

                                        By: BTRGP, Inc., its General Partner

                                        By: ________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                                                                   Schedule 1 to
                                                                    Supplemental
                                                                      Conveyance

                               Additional Accounts

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

               Principal Place of Business; Chief Executive Office
                          Office where records are kept

         The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.

                  Principal Place of Business:

                           2801 East Market Street
                           York, PA 17405

                  Chief Executive Office:

                           2801 East Market Street
                           York, PA 17405

                  Location of Records:

                           2801 East Market Street
                           York, PA 17405

                           Queensgate Shopping Center
                           2081 Springwood Road
                           York, PA 17403

         Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.

                  Principal Place of Business:

                           2801 East Market Street
                           York, PA 17405

                           3155 El-Bee Road
                           Dayton, Ohio 45439

                  Chief Executive Office:

                           2801 East Market Street
                           York, PA 17405

                  Location of Records:

                           2801 East Market Street
                           York, PA 17405

                           3155 El-Bee Road
                           Dayton, Ohio 45439

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C

           Seller's Jurisdiction of Organization and Federal Employer
                             Identification Number

         The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.

                  Jurisdiction of Organization:

                           Pennsylvania

                  Federal Employer Identification Number:

                           23-1269309

         Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.

                  Jurisdiction of Organization:

                           Ohio

                  Federal Employer Identification Number:

                           31-0271980

                                      C-1
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                          Corporate Names; Trade Names

         Corporate Names:

                  The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.

                  Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.

         Trade Names:

                  None

                                      D-1
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                             Form of Revolving Note

                                 REVOLVING NOTE

                                                                January 30, 2004

         1.       Note. FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, The Bon-Ton
Receivables Partnership, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership ("BTLP"),
hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of The Bon-Ton Department
Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation ("BTDSI"), in lawful money of the
United States of America and in immediately available funds, on or before the
fifth anniversary of the date hereof the aggregate unpaid principal balance
outstanding of all "Revolving Loans" made from time to time by BTDSI to BTLP
pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of that certain Receivables
Purchase Agreement (the "Receivables Purchase Agreement"), dated as of January
30, 2004, among BTDSI, The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp. and BTLP. Principal shall
be repaid on the first Business Day of each month to the extent that Collections
exceed sales of Receivables during the prior Monthly Period. Reference to
Section 3.01 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby made for a
statement of the terms and conditions under which the loans evidenced hereby
have been and will be made. All terms which are capitalized and used herein and
which are not otherwise specifically defined herein shall have the meanings
ascribed to such term in the Receivables Purchase Agreement, unless otherwise
stated. The outstanding principal of any loan made under this Revolving Note may
be repaid or prepaid at any time without premium or penalty.

         2.       Interest. BTLP further promises to pay interest monthly on the
outstanding unpaid principal amount hereof from the date hereof until payment in
full hereof at a rate equal to the Prime Rate (as defined in the Note Purchase
Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, among BTDSI as Servicer, BTRP, Falcon
Asset Securitization Corporation ("Falcon") and Charta, LLC as Conduit
Purchasers, Bank One, NA (Main Office Chicago) and Citicorp North America, Inc.
("Citicorp") as Managing Agents, Bank One NA (Main Office Chicago) and Citibank,
N.A. as Committed Purchasers and Bank One NA (Main Office Chicago) as Class A
Agent (the "Class A Agent")); provided, however, that if BTLP shall default in
the payment of any principal hereof, BTLP promises to, on demand, pay interest
at the rate of the Prime Rate plus 2% on any such unpaid amounts, from the date
such payment is due to the date of actual payment. Interest shall be payable on
the first Business Day of each month in arrears.

         3.       Principal Payments. BTDSI is authorized and directed by BTLP
to enter on the grid attached hereto, or, at its option, in its books and
records, the date and amount of each loan made by it which is evidenced by this
Revolving Note and the amount of each payment of principal made by BTLP and,
absent manifest error, such entries shall constitute prima facie evidence of the
accuracy of the information so entered; provided that neither the failure of
BTDSI to make any such entry nor any error therein shall expand, limit or affect
the obligations of BTLP hereunder.

                                      E-1
<PAGE>

         4.       Amendments. This Revolving Note shall not be amended or
otherwise modified in a manner that is inconsistent with the Receivables
Purchase Agreement without the prior written consent of the Class A Agent for
the benefit of the Purchasers.

         5.       Governing Law. This Revolving Note has been delivered at and
shall be deemed to have been made at York, Pennsylvania and shall be interpreted
and the rights and liabilities of the parties hereto determined in accordance
with the laws and decisions of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Wherever
possible each provision of this Revolving Note shall be interpreted in such
manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision
of this Revolving Note shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law,
such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the
remaining provisions of this Revolving Note.

         6.       Waivers. All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers, or
otherwise, severally waive presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice
of dishonor.

         7.       Amendment and Restatement.This Revolving Note, among other
things, re-evidences all of the obligations of BTLP under the Revolving Loans
heretofore evidenced by that certain Amended and Restated Subordinated Revolving
Note, dated July 1, 1995 (the "July 1995 Note"), executed by BTLP and made
payable to The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. This Note does not, however, effect a
refinancing of all or any portion of the obligations heretofore evidenced by the
July 1995 Note and is not in repayment of the July 1995 Note, it being the
intention of BTDSI and BTLP to avoid effectuating a novation of such
obligations.

         8.       Assignment. This Revolving Note may not be assigned, pledged
or otherwise transferred to any party other than to BTDSI without the prior
written consent of the Class A Agent, and any such attempted transfer shall be
void.

                                       THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

                                       By:      BTRGP, Inc., Its General Partner

                                       By:__________________________

                                       Name:  H. Todd Dissinger
                                       Title:  Treasurer

                                      E-2
<PAGE>

                                    Schedule

                                       to

                                 REVOLVING NOTE

                             DATED JANUARY 30, 2004

                    REVOLVING LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Amount of      Amount         Unpaid
         Revolving        of          Principal      Notation
 Date      Loan     Principal Paid     Balance       made by
<S>     <C>         <C>             <C>            <C>
------  ----------  --------------  -------------  -------------

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________

______  __________  ______________  _____________  _____________
</TABLE>

                                      E-3
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT F

                        Form of Blocked Account Agreement

                                     [Date]

Wachovia Bank, N.A.
1345 Chestnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19107

Attn:

         Re:  Account Arrangements

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Reference is made to account no. 2014218771982 (the "Lock-Box Account")
maintained by you (Wachovia Bank, N.A.) into which payments received from P.O.
Box 17598 (the "Lock-Box") in Baltimore, MD 21297 are deposited. We and certain
of our affiliates have entered into a transaction pursuant to which a security
interest in the Lock-Box Account and the Lock-Box has been granted to Wachovia
Bank, N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee") pursuant to a Master Indenture (the
"Master Indenture") dated as of January 30, 2004, between the Trustee and
Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (the "Trust"). Terms defined in the Master
Indenture, unless otherwise defined herein, are used herein as therein defined.

         You hereby agree that the Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders
and Series Enhancers, possesses all right, title and interest in the Lock-Box
Account and the Lock-Box and all funds now or hereafter on deposit therein. You
further agree that on each Business Day, you will transfer all available funds
on deposit in the Lock-Box Account to the Trustee on behalf of the Trust to the
following account:

         Wachovia Bank, N.A.
         ABA Number:  053000219
         Account Name: Bon Ton Master Note Trust Collection
         Account Number: 1076021451
         Reference: Bon Ton Master Note Trust
         Attention: Trish O'Neill-Manella

         You further agree that the Trustee shall have the full and irrevocable
right, power and authority to demand, collect, withdraw, receive or sue for all
amounts now or hereafter on deposit in the Lock-Box Account. We agree, however,
to continue to pay all the fees and other assessments due thereunder at any
time.

         You hereby acknowledge that monies deposited in the Lock-Box Account
are subject only to the liens of the Trustee, and will not be subject to
deduction, setoff, banker's lien or any other right you or any other party may
have against us. The foregoing notwithstanding. you shall retain (i) the right
to charge back against the Lock-Box Account the face amount of any item
deposited in or credited to the Lock-Box Account which is subsequently returned
for any reason,

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

the right to charge the Lock-Box Account for your customary charges for the
administration of the Lock-Box Account or other fees or charges due and payable
to you in connection with the Lock-Box Account and the right to charge the
Lock-Box Account for any erroneous crediting of funds by you to the Lock-Box
Account, and (ii) any security interest to which you are entitled pursuant to
Section 4-208 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania (the "UCC").

         The parties hereto agree that this letter agreement shall constitute an
"authenticated record" for purposes of Section 9-104 (and similar related
provisions) of Article 9 of the UCC. You hereby represent and warrant that
Wachovia Bank, N.A. is a "bank" and that the Lock-Box Account is a "deposit
account", as such terms are defined in Section 9-102 (and similar related
provisions) of the UCC.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter agreement, if there
are not sufficient funds in the Lock-Box Account, you will notify us of that
fact and we will reimburse you for the loss, charges, commissions, expenses and
other items ordinarily chargeable to the Lock-Box Account immediately upon
written demand by you.

         This letter agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties
hereunder will be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with
the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. This letter agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken
together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. All
references herein to "we" or "us" refer to The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
and The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.

         This letter agreement contains the entire agreement between the
parties, and may not be altered, modified, terminated or amended in any respect,
nor may any right, power or privilege of any party hereunder be waived or
released or discharged, except upon execution by all parties hereto of a written
instrument so providing. In the event that any provision in this letter
agreement is in conflict or inconsistent with any provision of the this letter
agreement, this letter agreement will exclusively govern and control. Each party
agrees to take all actions reasonably requested by any other party to carry out
the purposes of this letter agreement or to preserve and protect the rights of
each party hereunder. You may terminate this letter agreement at any time upon
at least sixty days advance written notice to the undersigned and the Trustee
(as its address set forth below); provided that you may terminate this letter
agreement for cause (including but not limited to upon the occurrence of any
bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding to which we may become subject) on such
shorter notice as you may reasonably determine to be appropriate under the
prevailing circumstances. Any available funds remaining in the Lock-Box Account,
upon and at any time following the termination of this letter agreement shall be
remitted upon the instruction of the Trustee.

         The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. agrees to indemnify and hold you
and your directors, officers, agents and/or employees harmless against any loss,
liability, penalty, action, judgement, suit, cost, disbursement, damage or
expense of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to unpaid charges,
fees and returned items (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's
fees, court costs and other litigation expenses) which you may suffer as a
direct result of entering into this letter agreement, honoring any instructions
or directions you receive from

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

the Trustee with respect to the Lock-Box Account during the term of this letter
agreement or, to the extent required by this letter agreement, not honoring any
instructions you receive from The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. or any of its
affiliates with respect to the Lock-Box Account during the term of this letter
agreement, except in the event of your gross negligence or willful misconduct.
In no event shall you be liable for special, indirect, exemplary, consequential
or punitive damages. Our obligations under this paragraph shall survive
termination of this letter agreement with respect of the parties hereto.

         Your duties and obligations shall be determined solely by the express
provisions of this letter agreement, and, except as expressly set forth herein,
you will not be charged with knowledge of any provisions of the note or any of
the loan documents. You shall not be liable except for the performance of your
duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this letter agreement,
and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this letter agreement
against you.

         Notwithstanding any other provisions of this letter agreement, it is
agreed by the parties hereto that you shall not be liable for any action taken
by you or any of your directors, officers, agents or employees in accordance
with this letter agreement except for your own gross negligence or willful
misconduct. In no event shall you be liable for losses or delays resulting from
force majeure, interruption of communication facilities, strike, lockout or
other causes beyond your reasonable control.

         You may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting
upon any written notice (including, but not limited to, electronically confirmed
facsimiles of such notice) believed by you to be genuine and believed by it to
have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

         You shall not be liable for any claims, suits, actions, costs, damages,
liabilities, or expense, or for any interruption of services ("Liabilities") in
connection with the subject matter of this letter agreement, other than
Liabilities caused by your own gross negligence or willful or intentional
misconduct. You substantial compliance with its standard procedures for
provision of the services required under this letter agreement shall be deemed
to constitute the exercise of ordinary care.

         Any notice, demand or other communication required or permitted to be
given hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served or sent by
facsimile or by courier service and shall be deemed to have been delivered when
delivered in person or by courier service or by facsimile. For the purposes
hereof, the address of Wachovia Bank, N.A. shall be: 1345 Chestnut Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19107.

         Please indicate your agreement to the terms of this letter agreement by
signing in the space provided below. This letter agreement will become effective
immediately upon execution of a counterpart of this letter agreement by all
parties hereto.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                                        By:_______________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                        THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP,
                                        L.P.

                                        By:_________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

Acknowledged and agreed to as of
this ___ day of _______ ____.

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.

By:_________________________
   Name:
   Title:

WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., as Indenture Trustee

By:_________________________
   Name:
   Title:

Address for notices:

Wachovia Bank, N.A.
401 South Tryon Street, 12th Floor
Charlotte, NC 28288-1179
Attention: Trish O'Neill-Manella

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE I

    Lock-Boxes; Lock-Box Accounts, Concentration Accounts and Store Accounts

                                      I-1
<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

================================================================================

                   THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
                                   Transferor,

                      THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                                    Servicer,

                              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                                Indenture Trustee

                                       and

                     BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST,
                                     Issuer

                    ---------------------------------------

                        TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                    ---------------------------------------

                          Dated as of January 30, 2004

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
                                                  ARTICLE ONE

                                                  DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.  Definitions.....................................................................................    1
Section 1.02.  Other Definitional Provisions...................................................................   15

                                                  ARTICLE TWO

                                           CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

Section 2.01.  Conveyance of Receivables.......................................................................   16
Section 2.02.  Acceptance by Trust.............................................................................   17
Section 2.03.  Corporate Representations and Warranties of Each Transferor.....................................   18
Section 2.04.  Other Representations and Warranties of Each Transferor; Representations and Warranties of GP,
                  Inc..........................................................................................   21
Section 2.05.  Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables..........................................................   24
Section 2.06.  Reassignment of Trust Portfolio.................................................................   25
Section 2.07.  Covenants of each Transferor....................................................................   26
Section 2.08.  Additional Covenants of each Transferor with Respect to Receivables Purchase Agreements;
                  Covenants of GP, Inc.......... ..............................................................   31
Section 2.09.  Addition of Accounts............................................................................   35
Section 2.10.  Removal of Accounts and Participation Interests.................................................   38
Section 2.11.  Account Allocations.............................................................................   40
Section 2.12.  Discount Option.................................................................................   40
Section 2.13.  Representations and Warranties as to the Security Interest of the Trust in the Receivables......   40

                                                 ARTICLE THREE

                                  ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

Section 3.01.  Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer............................   41
Section 3.02.  Collection Notices..............................................................................   43
Section 3.03.  Servicing Compensation..........................................................................   43
Section 3.04.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Servicer.......................................   44
Section 3.05.  Reports and Records for the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.............................   46
Section 3.06.  Annual Certificate of Servicer..................................................................   47
Section 3.07.  Annual Servicing Report of Independent Public Accountants; Copies of Reports Available..........   47
Section 3.08.  Tax Treatment...................................................................................   48
Section 3.09.  Notices to Bon-Ton DSI..........................................................................   48
</TABLE>

                                        i
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
Section 3.10.  Adjustments.....................................................................................   49
Section 3.11.  Reports to the Commission.......................................................................   49

                                                 ARTICLE FOUR

                                           OTHER TRANSFEROR MATTERS

Section 4.01.  Liability of each Transferor....................................................................   50
Section 4.02.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, a Transferor...................   50
Section 4.03.  Limitations on Liability of Each Transferor.....................................................   50

                                                 ARTICLE FIVE

                                    OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER

Section 5.01.  Liability of the Servicer.......................................................................   51
Section 5.02.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the  Servicer..................   51
Section 5.03.  Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others..............................................   52
Section 5.04.  Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustees..........................................   52
Section 5.05.  Resignation of the Servicer.....................................................................   52
Section 5.06.  Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables.......................   53
Section 5.07.  Delegation of Duties............................................................................   53
Section 5.08.  Examination of Records..........................................................................   54

                                                  ARTICLE SIX

                                               INSOLVENCY EVENTS

Section 6.01.  Rights upon the Occurrence of an Insolvency Event...............................................   54

                                                 ARTICLE SEVEN

                                               SERVICER DEFAULTS

Section 7.01.  Servicer Defaults...............................................................................   55
Section 7.02.  Indenture Trustee To Act; Appointment of Successor..............................................   57
Section 7.03.  Notification to Noteholders.....................................................................   58
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
                                                 ARTICLE EIGHT

                                                  TERMINATION

Section 8.01.  Termination of Agreement........................................................................   59

                                                 ARTICLE NINE

                                           MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 9.01.  Amendment; Waiver of Past Defaults..............................................................   59
Section 9.02.  Waiver of Transferor or Servicer Defaults.......................................................   60
Section 9.03.  Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust Assets.........................................   61
Section 9.04.  GOVERNING LAW...................................................................................   62
Section 9.05.  Notices; Payments...............................................................................   62
Section 9.06.  Severability of Provisions......................................................................   62
Section 9.07.  Further Assurances..............................................................................   62
Section 9.08.  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..................................................................   63
Section 9.09.  Counterparts....................................................................................   63
Section 9.10.  Third-Party Beneficiaries.......................................................................   63
Section 9.11.  Actions by Noteholders..........................................................................   63
Section 9.12.  Rule 144A Information...........................................................................   63
Section 9.13.  Merger and Integration..........................................................................   63
Section 9.14.  Headings........................................................................................   63
Section 9.15.  Assignment......................................................................................   63
Section 9.16.  Nonpetition Covenant............................................................................   64
Section 9.17.  Limitation of Liability.........................................................................   64
</TABLE>

                             EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
EXHIBIT A      Form of Assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts................................    A-1
EXHIBIT B      Form of Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts.................................    B-1
EXHIBIT C      Form of Annual Servicer's Certificate...................................................    C-1
EXHIBIT D-1    Form of Opinion of Counsel with Respect to Amendments...................................  D-1-1
EXHIBIT D-2    Form of Opinion of Counsel with Respect to Accounts.....................................  D-2-1
EXHIBIT D-3    Provisions to be Included in Annual Opinion of Counsel..................................  D-3-1

SCHEDULE I     Principal Place of Business; Chief Executive Office; Office where records are kept
SCHEDULE II    Transferor's jurisdiction of organization and Federal Employer Identification Number
SCHEDULE III   Corporate Names; Trade Names
SCHEDULE IV    Bon-Ton Collection Accounts; Store Accounts
</TABLE>

                                      iii
<PAGE>

                  TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of January 30, 2004
among The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited
partnership, as transferor, The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., as servicer,
Wachovia Bank, N.A., as indenture trustee and Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note
Trust, as Issuer.

                  In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained,
each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties, the
Noteholders and any Series Enhancer (as defined below) to the extent provided
herein, in the Indenture and in any Indenture Supplement:

                                   ARTICLE ONE
                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01. Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and the
definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural
forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter
genders of such terms.

                  "Account" means (i) each Initial Account, (ii) each Additional
Account (but only from and after the Addition Date with respect thereto), (iii)
each Related Account, and (iv) each Transferred Account, but shall exclude any
Account all the Receivables in which are either: (a) after the Removal Date,
removed by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.10, (b) reassigned to the
Transferor pursuant to Section 2.05 or (c) assigned and transferred to the
Servicer pursuant to Section 3.03.

                  "Account Originator" means Bon-Ton DSI or Elder-Beerman
Stores, or, upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, any other entity
which is the issuer of the credit card relating to an Account pursuant to a
Credit Card Agreement or any Person who has acquired such Account.

                  "Account Owner" means the Account Originator relating to an
Account or any Person who has acquired such Account and has sold the related
Receivables to the Transferor pursuant to a Receivables Purchase Agreement.

                  "Addition" means the designation of (i) additional Eligible
Accounts to be included as Accounts or (ii) Participation Interests to be
included as Trust Assets in each case pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b).

                  "Addition Cut-Off Date" means, with respect to any Additional
Accounts or Participation Interests to be included in the Trust, the date on
which such Additional Accounts are designated for inclusion in the Trust.

                  "Addition Date" means, with respect to (i) Additional
Accounts, the date on which the Receivables in such Additional Accounts are
conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b) and (ii) Participation
Interests, the date from and after which such Participation Interests are to be
included as Trust Assets pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b).

<PAGE>

                  "Additional Account" means each consumer revolving credit card
account established pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement, and designated pursuant
to Section 2.09(a) or (b) to be included as an Account.

                  "Additional Transferors" means Affiliates of the Transferor
(which are special purpose entities) designated by the Transferor to be included
as Transferors pursuant to Section 2.09(d).

                  "Adverse Claim" has the meaning specified in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Adverse Effect" means, with respect to any action, that such
action will (i) result in the occurrence of a Pay Out Event or an Event of
Default or (ii) materially and adversely affect the amount or timing of
distributions to be made to the Noteholders of any Series or Class pursuant to
this Agreement, the Indenture or the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any
other Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such
specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means the power
to direct the management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

                  "Agreement" means this Transfer and Servicing Agreement, as
the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "Appointment Date" means the day on which an Insolvency Event
occurs with respect to the Transferor.

                  "Assignment" means an Assignment of Receivables in Additional
Accounts, in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

                  "Authorized Newspaper" means any major newspaper or newspapers
of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
printed in the English language (and, with respect to any Series or Class, if
and so long as the Notes of such Series are (i) listed on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange and such Exchange shall so require, in Luxembourg, printed in any
language satisfying the requirements of such Exchange or (ii) Bearer Notes, in
such place as may be specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement) and
customarily published on each business day at such place, whether or not
published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays.

                  "Bearer Notes" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Bon-Ton Collection Account" has the meaning specified in the
Receivables Purchase Agreement.

                  "Bon-Ton DSI" means The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                  "BTRP" means The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., a
Pennsylvania limited partnership.

                  "Business Day" means any day other than (i) a Saturday or
Sunday or (ii) any other day on which national banking associations or state
banking institutions in New York, Illinois, North Carolina or Pennsylvania are
authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be
closed or (iii) for purposes of any particular Series, any other day specified
in the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Charged-Off Receivable" means a Receivable: (i) as to which
the Obligor thereof is the subject of an Insolvency Event; (ii) as to which the
Obligor thereof, if a natural person, is deceased, (iii) which, consistent with
the Credit Card Guidelines, would be written off as uncollectible or (iv) which
has been identified by the Servicer as uncollectible and written-off.

                  "Class" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Closing Date" means, with respect to any Series, the closing
date specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Collection Account" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Collection Notice Event" has the meaning specified in each
Indenture Supplement.

                  "Collections" means all payments by or on behalf of Obligors
(including Insurance Proceeds) received in respect of the Receivables, in the
form of cash, checks, wire transfers, electronic transfers, ATM transfers or any
other form of payment in accordance with a Credit Card Agreement in effect from
time to time and all other amounts specified by this Agreement, the Indenture or
any Indenture Supplement as constituting Collections or Available Finance Charge
Collections. As specified in any Participation Interest Supplement or Indenture
Supplement, Collections shall include amounts received with respect to
Participation Interests. All Recoveries with respect to Receivables previously
charged off as uncollectible will be treated as Collections of Finance Charge
Receivables.

                  "Commission" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Concentration Account" has the meaning specified in the
Receivables Purchase Agreement.

                  "Contractually Delinquent" with respect to an Account, means
an Account as to which the required minimum payment set forth on the related
billing statement has not been received by the due date thereof.

                  "Corporate Trust Office" has the meaning when used in respect
of (i) the Owner Trustee, specified in the Trust Agreement and (ii) the
Indenture Trustee, specified in the Indenture.

                  "Coupon" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  "Credit Card Agreement" means, with respect to a revolving
credit card account, the agreements between an Account Owner and the Obligor
governing the terms and conditions of such account, as such agreements may be
amended, modified or otherwise changed from time to time and as distributed
(including any amendments and revisions thereto) to holders of such account.

                  "Credit Card Guidelines" means the written policies and
procedures of the Servicer, the Transferor or any other Account Owner, as the
case may be, relating to the operation of its consumer revolving lending
business, which are consistent with prudent practice, including, the written
policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of credit card
account customers, the extension of credit to credit card account customers and
relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and collection of
receivables with respect thereto, as such policies and procedures may be
amended, modified or otherwise changed from time to time.

                  "Date of Processing" means, with respect to any transaction or
receipt of Collections, the date on which such transaction is first recorded on
the Servicer's computer file of revolving credit card accounts (without regard
to the effective date of such recordation).

                  "Deferred Payment Receivable" means a Receivable with respect
to which the initial payment of principal or the commencement of the accrual of
Periodic Rate Finance Charges on the principal balance thereof may be deferred
for a fixed period of time in accordance with the related Credit Card Agreement
and the Credit Card Guidelines.

                  "Determination Date" means, with respect to any Series, the
date specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement.

                  "Dilution Amount" means the amount by which the Servicer is
required to adjust the amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the
Transferor Interest pursuant to the first two sentences of Section 3.10.

                  "Discount Option Date" means each date on which a Discount
Percentage designated by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.12 takes effect.

                  "Discount Option Receivables" means Principal Receivables (or
a specified portion thereof) existing on or after the Discount Option Date
designated by the Transferor as being treated as Finance Charge Receivables
pursuant to Section 2.12(a). The aggregate amount of Discount Option Receivables
outstanding on any Date of Processing occurring on or after the Discount Option
Date shall equal the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Discount Option
Receivables at the end of the prior Date of Processing (which amount, prior to
the Discount Option Date, shall be zero) plus (ii) the aggregate amount of any
new Discount Option Receivables created on such Date of Processing minus (iii)
any Discount Option Receivables Collections received on such Date of Processing.
Discount Option Receivables created on any Date of Processing means the product
of the amount of any Principal Receivables created on such Date of Processing
(without giving effect to the proviso in the definition of the term Principal
Receivables) and the Discount Percentage.

                  "Discount Option Receivable Collections" means on any Date of
Processing, the product of (i) a fraction the numerator of which is the
aggregate amount of Discount Option

                                       4
<PAGE>

Receivables and the denominator of which is the sum of the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables and the aggregate amount of Discount Option Receivables,
in each case at the end of the prior Date of Processing and (ii) Collections of
Principal Receivables on such Date of Processing (without giving effect to the
proviso in the definition of Principal Receivables).

                  "Discount Percentage" means the percentages, if any,
designated by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.12(a).

                  "Dollars", "$" or "U.S. $" means United States dollars.

                  "Early Amortization Period" has the meaning, with respect to
any Series, specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Elder-Beerman Stores" means The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.,
an Ohio corporation.

                  "Eligible Account" means a consumer revolving credit card
account owned by an Account Owner identified by the Transferor as of (i) the
Initial Cut-Off Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts or (ii) the applicable
Addition Cut-Off Date, in the case of the Additional Accounts, as having the
following characteristics:

                  (a)      has not been cancelled and is in existence and
         maintained by the Transferor or the applicable Account Owner;

                  (b)      is denominated and payable in Dollars in the United
         States;

                  (c)      except as provided below, does not have any
         Receivables which are Charged-Off Receivables or which are more than
         150 days Contractually Delinquent;

                  (d)      except as provided below, does not have any
         Receivables which have been identified by the applicable Account Owner
         or the relevant Obligor as having been incurred as a result of
         fraudulent use of any related credit card;

                  (e)      (1) which has not been classified by the Applicable
         Account Owner or the Servicer as being cancelled, counterfeit or
         fraudulent, and (2) if the card issued in connection with such Account
         has been lost or stolen, the Obligor thereon has not asserted the
         occurrence of any unauthorized charges thereon;

                  (f)      the Obligor of which has not been identified by the
         Servicer in its computer files as having been declared bankrupt;

                  (g)      is a private label revolving credit card account that
         may be used to purchase goods and services in the retail stores,
         catalogs and internet sites of the applicable Account Originator;

                  (h)      was created in accordance with the Credit Card
         Guidelines of the applicable Account Originator at the time of creation
         of such Account;

                                       5
<PAGE>

                  (i)      does not have outstanding Receivables which have been
         sold or pledged by the related Account Owner to any party other than
         the Transferor pursuant to a Receivables Purchase Agreement;

                  (j)      does not have outstanding Receivables that give rise
         to any claim of any governmental agency including, without limitation,
         the government of the United States or any state thereof or any agency,
         instrumentality or department thereof;

                  (k)      the Obligor of which (1) is not an Affiliate of any
         of the parties hereto; (2) is not a government or a governmental
         subdivision or agency and (3) is a natural person resident in the
         United States or Canada or, up to $50,000 in the aggregate for all
         Receivables at any one time outstanding in another country other than
         the United States or Canada unless the Rating Agency Condition is
         satisfied; and

                  (l)      which arises under a Credit Card Agreement which (1)
         does not require the Obligor under such Credit Card Agreement to
         consent to the transfer, sale or assignment of the rights and duties of
         the applicable Account Originator under such Credit Card Agreement and
         (2) does not contain a confidentiality provision that purports to
         restrict the ability of the Trust or the Indenture Trustee Agent to
         exercise its rights under this Agreement, including, without
         limitation, its right to review such Credit Card Agreement.

                  Eligible Accounts may include Accounts, the Receivables of
which have been written off, or with respect to which the Transferor believes
the related Obligor is bankrupt, or as to which certain Receivables have been
identified by the Obligor as having been incurred as a result of fraudulent use
of any credit cards, or as to which any credit cards have been reported to the
Account Owner or the Servicer as lost or stolen, in each case as of the Initial
Cut-Off Date, with respect to the Initial Accounts, and as of the related
Addition Cut-Off Date, with respect to the Additional Accounts; provided that
(i) the balance of all Receivables included in such Accounts is reflected on the
books and records of the Account Owner (and is treated for purposes of this
Agreement) as "zero", and (ii) charging privileges with respect to all such
Accounts have been canceled in accordance with the relevant Credit Card
Guidelines.

                  "Eligible Receivable" means each Receivable, including, where
applicable, the underlying receivable:

                  (a)      which has arisen in an Eligible Account;

                  (b)      which was created in compliance in all material
         respects with all Requirements of Law applicable to the institution
         which owned such Receivable at the time of its creation and pursuant to
         a Credit Card Agreement which complies in all material respects with
         all Requirements of Law applicable to the Account Originator or Account
         Owner, as the case may be;

                  (c)      with respect to which all consents, licenses,
         approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with,
         any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given
         in connection with the creation of such Receivable or the execution,
         delivery and performance by the applicable Account Originator and any

                                       6
<PAGE>

         subsequent Account Owner of its obligations, if any, under the related
         Credit Card Agreement pursuant to which such Receivable was created,
         have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and
         effect;

                  (d)      as to which at the time of the transfer of such
         Receivable to the Trust, the Transferor or the Trust will have good and
         marketable title thereto and which itself is, and the underlying
         receivables are, free and clear of all Adverse Claims;

                  (e)      which has been the subject of either a valid transfer
         and assignment from the Transferor to the Trust of all the Transferor's
         right, title and interest therein (including any proceeds thereof), or
         the grant of a first priority perfected security interest therein (and
         in the proceeds thereof), effective until the termination of the Trust;

                  (f)      which at all times will be the legal, valid and
         binding payment obligation of the related Obligor enforceable against
         such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such
         enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in
         effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in general and
         except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of
         equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity);

                  (g)      which, at the time of transfer to the Trust, has not
         been waived or modified except as permitted in accordance with the
         Credit Card Guidelines and which waiver or modification is reflected in
         the Servicer's computer file of revolving credit card accounts;

                  (h)      which, at the time of transfer to the Trust, is not
         subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other
         defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of
         the Obligor, other than defenses arising out of applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
         the enforcement of creditors' rights in general and except as such
         enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether
         considered in a suit at law or equity) or as to which the Servicer is
         required by Section 3.10 to make an adjustment;

                  (i)      as to which, at the time of transfer to the Trust,
         the relevant Account Originator and any subsequent Account Owner has
         satisfied and fully performed all of its obligations required to be
         satisfied by such time;

                  (j)      as to which, at the time of transfer to the Trust,
         none of the Transferor, the Servicer, or any other Account Owner, as
         the case may be, has taken any action which would impair, or omitted to
         take any action the omission of which would impair, the rights of the
         Trust or the Noteholders therein;

                  (k)      which is not a Charged-Off Receivable and is not more
         than 150 days Contractually Delinquent;

                  (l)      which is an account receivable representing all or
         part of the sales price of merchandise, insurance or services within
         the meaning of Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
         as amended;

                                       7
<PAGE>

                  (m)      which is an "account" or "general intangible" within
         the meaning of Section 9-102 of the UCC of all applicable
         jurisdictions;

                  (n)      which has been posted to the applicable Account of
         the Obligor thereon;

                  (o)      which (1) arises in the ordinary course of business
         of the applicable Account Originator from an authorized use of an
         Account with such Account Originator in connection with the purchase of
         goods or services of goods by the applicable Obligor from such Account
         Originator, and (2) arises solely from the sale or the provision of
         goods or services to the related Obligor by such Account Originator,
         and not by any other Person (in whole or in part);

                  (p)      with respect to which, if such Receivable is a
         Deferred Payment Receivable, payments thereon are not deferred for more
         than 40 months from the date on which such Receivable arose; and

                  (q)      which, if such Receivable is a Deferred Payment
         Receivable, when added to the outstanding amount of all Deferred
         Payment Receivables, would not cause the aggregate amount of Deferred
         Payment Receivables to exceed 10% of the aggregate outstanding amount
         of all Receivables.

                  "Eligible Servicer" means an entity which, at the time of its
appointment as Servicer, (i) is servicing a portfolio of revolving credit card
accounts, (ii) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the
Accounts, (iii) has demonstrated the ability to service professionally and
competently a portfolio of similar accounts in accordance with high standards of
skill and care, (iv) is qualified to use the software that is then being used to
service the Accounts or obtains the right to use or has its own software which
is adequate to perform its duties under this Agreement and (v) has a net worth
of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter.

                  "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Exchange Act" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and
its successors.

                  "Finance Charge Receivables" means all amounts (a) billed to
the Obligors on any Account in respect of (i) all Periodic Rate Finance Charges,
(ii) annual membership fees and annual service charges, (iii) Late Fees, (iv)
Overlimit Fees and (v) Discount Option Receivables, if any. Finance Charge
Receivables shall also include (a) the interest portion of Participation
Interests as shall be determined pursuant to, and only if so provided in, the
applicable Participation Interest Supplement or Indenture Supplement for any
Series and (b) all Recoveries with respect to Receivables previously charged off
as uncollectible.

                  "Fitch" means Fitch, Inc. and its successors.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                  "Governmental Authority" means the United States, any State or
other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government.

                  "Indenture" means the Master Indenture, dated as of January
30, 2004, between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "Indenture Collateral" has the meaning specified in Section
2.01.

                  "Indenture Supplement" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Indenture Trustee" means Wachovia Bank, N.A., and its
successors, in its capacity as trustee under the Indenture, its successors in
interest and any successor indenture trustee under the Indenture.

                  "Ineligible Receivables" has the meaning specified in Section
2.05(a).

                  "Initial Account" means each consumer revolving credit card
account or business charge account established pursuant to a Credit Card
Agreement between the applicable Account Owner and any Person, which account is
identified in the computer file or microfiche list delivered to the Owner
Trustee by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.01 on the Initial Issuance Date.

                  "Initial Cut-Off Date" means the close of business on January
29, 2004.

                  "Initial Issuance Date" means January 30, 2004, the date the
Transferor's Certificate is delivered by the Trust to the Transferor pursuant to
the Trust Agreement.

                  "Insolvency Event" means, with respect to any Person, such
Person shall consent or fail to object to the appointment of a bankruptcy
trustee or conservator, receiver or liquidator in any bankruptcy proceeding or
other insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or
similar proceedings of or relating to such Person or relating to all or
substantially all of such Person's property, or the commencement of an action
seeking a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having
jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a bankruptcy trustee or
conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the
winding-up, insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, conservatorship,
receivership or liquidation of such Person's affairs, or notwithstanding an
objection by such Person any such action shall have remained undischarged or
unstayed for a period of 60 days or upon entry of any order or decree providing
for such relief; or such Person shall admit in writing its inability to pay its
debts generally as they become due, file, or consent or fail to object (or
object without dismissal of any such filing within 60 days of such filing) to
the filing of, a petition to take advantage of any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization, receivership or conservatorship statute, make an
assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of
its obligations; or any order or decree providing for relief under any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, receivership or
conservatorship statute shall be entered.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                  "Insurance Proceeds" means any amounts received pursuant to
the payment of benefits under any credit life insurance policies, credit
disability or unemployment insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect
to Receivables under such Obligor's Account.

                  "Invested Amount" means, with respect to any Series and for
any date, an amount equal to the invested amount or adjusted invested amount, as
applicable, specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Investor Percentage" means, with respect to any Series, the
investor percentage for such Series specified in the related Indenture
Supplement.

                  "Issuer" means the Trust.

                  "Late Fees" has the meaning specified in the Credit Card
Agreement applicable to each Account for late fees or similar terms.

                  "Lien" means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, equity interest, encumbrance,
lien (statutory or other), preference, participation interest, priority or other
security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing
lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and
the filing of any financing statement under the UCC or comparable law of any
jurisdiction to evidence any of the foregoing; provided, however, that the lien
created by, this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Lien.

                  "Monthly Period" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Monthly Servicing Fee" means, with respect to any Series and
any Monthly Period, the portion of the Servicing Fee for such Monthly Period
allocable to such Series.

                  "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and its
successors.

                  "Note Interest Rate" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Note Owner" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Note Register" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Noteholder" or "Holder" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Notices" means all demands, notices, instructions, directions
and communications under this Agreement.

                  "Obligor" means, with respect to any Account, the Person or
Persons obligated to make payments with respect to such Account, including any
guarantor thereof, but excluding any merchant.

                  "Officer's Certificate" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                  "Opinion of Counsel" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Overlimit Fees" has the meaning specified in the Credit Card
Agreement applicable to each Account for overlimit fees or similar terms if such
fees are provided for with respect to such Account.

                  "Owner Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, not in
individual its capacity, but solely as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement,
its successors in interest and any successor owner trustee under the Trust
Agreement.

                  "Payment Date" means, with respect to any Series, the date
specified in the applicable Indenture Supplement.

                  "Participating Transferor" means each Transferor who (i) owns
any Additional Account the Receivables in which shall be transferred to the
Trust on an Additional Date or (ii) is transferring a Participation Interest to
the Trust on an Addition Date.

                  "Participation Interest Supplement" means a supplement to this
Agreement entered into pursuant to Section 2.09(a)(ii) or (b) in connection with
the conveyance of Participation Interests to the Trust.

                  "Participation Interests" has the meaning specified in Section
2.09(a)(ii).

                  "Paying Agent" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Pay Out Event" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Periodic Rate Finance Charges" has the meaning specified in
the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account for finance charges (due to
periodic rate) or any similar term.

                  "Person" means any legal person, including any individual,
corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or
other entity of any nature.

                  "Portfolio Yield" has the meaning specified in the Indenture
Supplement.

                  "Principal Funding Account" has the meaning, with respect to
any Series, specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Principal Funding Account Balance" has the meaning, with
respect to any Series, specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Principal Receivables" means all Receivables other than
Finance Charge Receivables or Charged-Off Receivables; provided, however, that
after the Discount Option Date, Principal Receivables on any Date of Processing
thereafter means Principal Receivables as otherwise determined pursuant to this
definition minus the amount of any Discount Option Receivables. Principal
Receivables shall also include the principal portion of Participation

                                       11
<PAGE>

Interests as shall be determined pursuant to, and only if so provided in, the
applicable Participation Interest Supplement or Indenture Supplement for any
Series. In calculating the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables on any day,
the amount of Principal Receivables shall be reduced by the aggregate amount of
credit balances in the Accounts on such day. Any Principal Receivables which the
Transferor is unable to transfer as provided in Section 2.11 shall not be
included in calculating the amount of Principal Receivables.

                  "Rating Agency" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Rating Agency Condition" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Reassignment" means a Reassignment of Receivables in Removed
Accounts, in substantially the form of Exhibit B.

                  "Receivables" means all amounts shown on the Servicer's
records as amounts payable by Obligors on any Account from time to time,
including amounts payable for Principal Receivables and Finance Charge
Receivables. Receivables which become Charged-Off Receivables will cease to be
included as Receivables as of the day on which they become Charged-Off
Receivables.

                  "Receivables Purchase Agreement" means any receivables
purchase agreement entered into between the Transferor and one or more Account
Owners; provided, that before the Transferor shall enter into any receivables
purchase agreement, (i) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to
such receivables purchase agreement and (ii) the Transferor shall have delivered
to the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate to the effect that such
officer reasonably believes that the execution and delivery of such receivables
purchase agreement and the purchase of Receivables from the Account Owner named
therein will not have an Adverse Effect.

                  "Recoveries" means all amounts received (net of out-of-pocket
costs of collection) including Insurance Proceeds, which are reasonably
estimated by the Servicer to be attributable to Charged-Off Receivables,
including the net proceeds of any sale of such Charged-Off Receivables by the
Transferor.

                  "Registered Notes" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Related Account" means an Account with respect to which a new
credit account number has been issued by the applicable Account Owner or
Servicer or the applicable Transferor under circumstances resulting from a lost
or stolen credit card and not requiring standard application and credit
evaluation procedures under the Credit Card Guidelines.

                  "Removal Date" means the date specified by the Transferor for
removal of Removed Accounts and Removed Participation Interest.

                  "Removed Accounts" has the meaning specified in Section
2.10(a).

                  "Removed Participation Interests" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.10.

                                       12
<PAGE>

                  "Required Designation Date" has the meaning specified in
Section 2.09(a)(i).

                  "Required Minimum Principal Balance" means, unless otherwise
provided in an Indenture Supplement relating to any Series, as of any date of
determination, an amount equal to the sum of the numerators used in the
calculation of the Investor Percentages with respect to Principal Receivables
for all outstanding Series on such date; provided that with respect to any
Series in its Early Amortization Period or such other period as designated in
the related Indenture Supplement with an Invested Amount as of such date of
determination equal to the Principal Funding Account Balance relating to such
Series taking into account the Principal Funding Account Balance relating to
such Series on deposit in the Principal Funding Account on such date of
determination, the numerator used in the calculation of the Investor Percentage
with respect to Principal Receivables relating to such Series shall, solely for
the purpose of the definition of Required Minimum Principal Balance, be deemed
to equal zero.

                  "Required Transferor Interest" has the meaning specified in
the Indenture.

                  "Requirements of Law" means any law, treaty, rule or
regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental Authority, whether
federal, state or local (including usury laws, the Federal Truth in Lending Act
and Regulation B and Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System), and, when used with respect to any Person, the certificate of
incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such
Person.

                  "Series" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Series Account" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Series Enhancement" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Series Enhancer" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Service Transfer" has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.

                  "Servicer" means Bon-Ton DSI, in its capacity as Servicer
pursuant to this Agreement, and, after any Service Transfer, the Successor
Servicer.

                  "Servicer Default" has the meaning specified in Section
7.01(a).

                  "Servicing Fee" means the servicing fee payable to the
Servicer in respect of each Monthly Period pursuant to Section 3.02 in an amount
equal to one-twelfth of the product of (a) the weighted average of the Servicing
Fee Rates with respect to each outstanding Series (based upon the Servicing Fee
Rate for each Series and the Invested Amount (or such other amount as specified
in the related Indenture Supplement) of such Series, in each case as of the last
day of the prior Monthly Period) and (b) the daily average amount of Principal
Receivables during such Monthly Period prior to the termination of the Trust
pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Trust Agreement.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                  "Servicing Fee Rate" means, with respect to any Series, the
servicing fee rate specified in the related Indenture Supplement.

                  "Special Funding Account" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Special Funding Amount" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a
division of the McGraw Hill Companies, Inc., or its successor.

                  "State" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Successor Servicer" has the meaning specified in Section
7.02(a).

                  "Supplemental Accounts" means Additional Accounts that the
Transferor designates as Accounts pursuant to Sections 2.09(a)(i) and 2.09(b).

                  "Supplemental Certificate" has the meaning specified in the
Trust Agreement.

                  "Tax Opinion" has the meaning specified in the Indenture.

                  "Termination Notice" has the meaning specified in Section
7.01.

                  "Transaction Documents" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Transfer Agent and Registrar" has the meaning specified in
the Indenture.

                  "Transfer Restriction Event" means, with respect to a
Transferor, that such Transferor is unable for any reason to transfer
Receivables to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement, including by reason of the
application of the provisions of Section 6.01 or any order of any Governmental
Authority.

                  "Transferor" means (i) BTRP, or its successor under this
Agreement and (ii) any Additional Transferor. References to "each Transferor"
shall refer to each entity mentioned in the preceding sentence and references to
"the Transferor" shall refer to all of such entities.

                  "Transferor Certificates" has the meaning specified in the
Trust Agreement.

                  "Transferor Interest" has the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

                  "Transferred Account" means each account into which an Account
shall be transferred; provided, that (i) such transfer was made in accordance
with the Credit Card Guidelines and (ii) such account can be traced or
identified as an account into which an Account has been transferred.

                  "Trust" means the Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust.

                                       14
<PAGE>

                  "Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement relating to the
Trust, dated as of January 30, 2004, between BTRP and the Owner Trustee, as the
same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "Trust Assets" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

                  "Trust Termination Date" has the meaning specified in the
Trust Agreement.

                  "Trustee" means the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.

                  "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time
to time, as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

                  "United States" has the meaning specified in the Indenture

         Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions.

         (a)      With respect to any Series, all terms used herein and not
otherwise defined herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement, Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the related Indenture
Supplement, as applicable.

         (b)      All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined
meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered
pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

         (c)      As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not
defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and
accounting terms partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or
other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings
given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms
in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent
with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this
Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

         (d)      Any reference to each Rating Agency shall only apply to any
specific rating agency if such rating agency is then rating any outstanding
Series.

         (e)      Unless otherwise specified, references to any amount as on
deposit or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of
business on such day.

         (f)      The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and words of similar
import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and
not to any particular provision of this Agreement; references to any subsection,
Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to subsections, Sections, Schedules
and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term
"including" means "including without limitation."

                                       15
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE TWO

                            CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

         Section 2.01.Conveyance of Receivables. By execution of this Agreement,
BTRP or, if applicable, any Additional Transferor, does hereby transfer, assign,
set over and otherwise convey to the Trust, without recourse except as provided
herein, all its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables
existing at the close of business on the Initial Cut-Off Date, in the case of
Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts, and on each Addition Cut-Off Date,
in the case of Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts, and in each case
thereafter created from time to time until the termination of the Trust, the
Bon-Ton Collection Accounts, all Recoveries allocable to the Trust as provided
herein and the right to any Series Enhancement with respect to any Series, in
each case together with all monies due or to become due and all amounts received
or receivable with respect thereto and all proceeds (including "proceeds" as
defined in the UCC) thereof. The property described in the preceding sentence,
together with all monies and other property credited to any Bon-Ton Collection
Account, the Collection Account, the Series Accounts and the Special Funding
Account (including any subaccounts of such account), the rights of the Trust
under this Agreement and the Trust Agreement, the property conveyed to the Trust
under any Participation Interest Supplement and the right to receive Recoveries
attributed to cardholder charges for merchandise and services in the Accounts
shall constitute the assets of the Trust (the "Trust Assets"). The foregoing
does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption
by the Trust, the Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity), the
Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder of any obligation of any Account Owner, any
Transferor, the Servicer or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or
the Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including
any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, merchants clearance systems or
insurers. The Obligors shall not be notified in connection with the creation of
the Trust of the transfer, assignment, set-over and conveyance of the
Receivables to the Trust.

                  Each Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense,
financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable) with respect
to the Receivables conveyed by such Transferor existing on the Initial Cut-Off
Date and thereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in
such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain
the perfection of, the transfer and assignment of its interest in such
Receivables to the Trust, and to deliver a file stamped copy of each such
financing statement or other evidence of such filing to the Owner Trustee as
soon as practicable after the first Closing Date, in the case of Receivables
arising in the Initial Accounts, and (if any additional filing is so necessary)
as soon as practicable after the applicable Addition Date, in the case of
Receivables arising in Additional Accounts. The Owner Trustee shall be under no
obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation statements or to
make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such transfer and
assignment.

                  Each Transferor further agrees, at its own expense, on or
prior to (i) the first Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, (ii)
the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Additional Accounts with respect to
such Transferor, if any, and (iii) the applicable Removal Date, in the case of
Removed Accounts with respect to such Transferor, (a) to cause each

                                       16
<PAGE>

Account Owner to indicate in its respective computer files that Receivables
created (or reassigned, in the case of Removed Accounts) in connection with the
Accounts have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement (or conveyed
to each such Transferor or its designee in accordance with Section 2.10, in the
case of Removed Accounts) by including (or deleting in the case of Removed
Accounts) in such computer files a clearly specified code correctly indicating
the Trust's ownership of the Receivables, and (b) to deliver to the Owner
Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list
of all such Accounts specifying for each such Account, as of the Initial Cut-Off
Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date
in the case of Additional Accounts, and the applicable Removal Date in the case
of Removed Accounts, its account number and the aggregate amount outstanding in
such Account. Each such file or list, as supplemented, from time to time, to
reflect Additional Accounts and Removed Accounts is hereby incorporated into and
made a part of this Agreement. Each Transferor further agrees not to alter the
code referenced in this paragraph with respect to any Account during the term of
this Agreement unless and until such Account becomes a Removed Account or the
Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as
Series 2004-1 is the only Series Outstanding and each Transferor is in
compliance with Section 2.08(a)(ii) hereof, this subsection shall not apply.

                  If the arrangements with respect to the Receivables hereunder
shall constitute a loan and not a purchase and sale of such Receivables, it is
the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law, and each Transferor hereby grants to
the Trust a first priority perfected security interest in all of such
Transferor's right, title and interest, whether owned on the Initial Cut-Off
Date or thereafter acquired, in, to and under the Trust Assets, and all money,
accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents, goods,
investment property, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, letters of
credit, and advices of credit consisting of, arising from or related to the
Trust Assets and all proceeds thereof, to secure its obligations hereunder.

                  To the extent that any Transferor retains any interest in the
Trust Assets, such Transferor grants to the Issuer a security interest in all of
such Transferor's right, title, and interest, whether owned on the Initial
Cut-Off Date or thereafter acquired, in, to and under the Trust Assets, and all
money, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents,
goods, investment property, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, letters
of credit and advices of credit consisting of, arising from, or related to the
Trust Assets, and all proceeds thereof (collectively, the "Indenture
Collateral"), to secure its obligations hereunder. With respect to the Indenture
Collateral, the Issuer shall have all of the rights that it has under the
Indenture and all of the rights of a secured creditor under the UCC. The
Transferor shall perform all actions necessary to maintain the perfection
priority of Trust's security interest in the Indenture Collateral.

         Section 2.02. Acceptance by Trust.

         (a)      The Trust hereby acknowledges its acceptance of all right,
title and interest to the property, now existing and hereafter created, conveyed
to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.01. The Trust further acknowledges that,
prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the Transferor delivered to the Owner Trustee the computer file or microfiche

                                       17
<PAGE>

list relating to the Initial Accounts described in the third paragraph of
Section 2.01. The Trust shall maintain all of its right, title and interest in
the Indenture Collateral until the Lien of the Indenture is released.

         (b)      The Trust hereby agrees not to disclose to any Person any of
the account numbers or other information contained in the computer files or
microfiche lists delivered to the Owner Trustee or the Trust, from time to time,
except (i) to a Successor Servicer or as required by a Requirement of Law
applicable to the Owner Trustee, (ii) in connection with the performance of the
Owner Trustee's or the Trust's duties hereunder, (iii) to the Indenture Trustee
in connection with its duties in enforcing the rights of Noteholders or (iv) to
bona fide creditors or potential creditors of any Account Owner, the Servicer or
any Transferor for the limited purpose of enabling any such creditor to identify
applicable Receivables or Accounts subject to this Agreement or the Receivables
Purchase Agreements. The Trust agrees to take such measures as shall be
reasonably requested by any Transferor to protect and maintain the security and
confidentiality of such information and, in connection therewith, shall allow
each Transferor or its duly authorized representatives to inspect the Owner
Trustee's security and confidentiality arrangements as they specifically relate
to the administration of the Trust from time to time during normal business
hours upon prior written notice. The Trust shall provide the applicable
Transferor with notice five Business Days prior to disclosure of any information
of the type described in this subsection.

         Section 2.03. Corporate Representations and Warranties of Each
Transferor. Each Transferor (and GP, Inc. on behalf of BTRP) hereby severally
represents and warrants to the Trust (and agrees that the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee may conclusively rely on each such representation and warranty
in accepting the Receivables in trust and in authenticating the Notes,
respectively) as of each Closing Date (but only if it was a Transferor on such
date) that:

                  (a)      Organization and Good Standing. Such Transferor is
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
         the jurisdiction of its organization and has full power and authority
         to own its properties and conduct its business as presently owned or
         conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
         this Agreement, each Transaction Document to which it is a party and
         each applicable Participation Interest Supplement.

                  (b)      Due Qualification. Such Transferor is duly qualified
         to do business and is in good standing as a foreign entity (or is
         exempt from such requirements) and has obtained all necessary licenses
         and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in
         which its business is conducted, except those jurisdiction in which
         failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would
         (i) render any Credit Card Agreement relating to an Account specified
         in a Receivables Purchase Agreement with such Transferor or any
         Receivable conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor unenforceable by
         such Transferor or the Trust or (ii) have a material adverse effect on
         the Noteholders.

                  (c)      Due Authorization. (i) The execution and delivery of
         this Agreement, each Transaction Document to which it is a party and
         each applicable Participation

                                       18
<PAGE>

         Interest Supplement by such Transferor and the order to the Owner
         Trustee to have the Notes authenticated and delivered and the
         consummation by such Transferor of the transactions provided for in
         this Agreement, any Receivables Purchase Agreement to which it is a
         party and each applicable Participation Interest Supplement have been
         duly authorized by such Transferor by all necessary company, corporate
         or partnership action, as the case may be, on the part of such
         Transferor and (ii) this Agreement, each Transaction Document to which
         it is a party and each Participation Interest Supplement will remain,
         from the time of its execution, an official record of such Transferor.

                  (d)      No Conflict. The execution and delivery by such
         Transferor of this Agreement, each Transaction Document to which it is
         a party and each applicable Participation Interest Supplement, and the
         performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each
         Transaction Document to which it is a party and each applicable
         Participation Interest Supplement and the fulfillment of the terms
         hereof and thereof applicable to such Transferor, will not conflict
         with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to such Transferor
         or conflict with, result in any breach of any terms and provisions of,
         or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a
         default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of
         trust or other instrument to which such Transferor is a party or by
         which it or its properties are bound.

                  (e)      No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
         investigations, pending or, to the best knowledge of such Transferor,
         threatened against such Transferor before any Governmental Authority
         (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Transaction
         Document to which it is a party or any applicable Participation
         Interest Supplement, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of
         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Transaction
         Document to which it is a party or each applicable Participation
         Interest Supplement, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that,
         could reasonably be expected to (1) adversely affect the collectibility
         of a material portion of the Receivables, (2) materially adversely
         affect the financial condition of the Transferor, any Account
         Originator, any Subsidiary of any Account Originator, The Bon-Ton Corp.
         or The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. or (3) materially adversely affect the
         ability of the Transferor to perform its obligations under the
         Transaction Documents (iv) seeking to affect adversely the income or
         franchise tax attributes of the Trust under the United States Federal
         or any State income or franchise tax systems.

                  (f)      All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or
         approvals of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental
         Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by such Transferor
         in connection with the execution and delivery by such Transferor of
         this Agreement, each Transaction Document to which it is a party and
         each applicable Participation Interest Supplement and the performance
         of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Transaction
         Document to which it is a party and each applicable Participation
         Interest Supplement by such Transferor have been duly obtained,
         effected or given and are in full force and effect.

                  (g)      Insolvency. No Insolvency Event with respect to such
         Transferor has occurred and the transfer of the Receivables by such
         Transferor to the Trust has not been

                                       19
<PAGE>

         made in contemplation of the occurrence thereof or with the intent to
         hinder, delay or defraud such Transferor or the creditors of such
         Transferor.

                  (h)      Accuracy of Information. All information heretofore
         furnished by such Transferor to the Trust or the Indenture Trustee for
         purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction
         contemplated hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by
         such Transferor to the Trust or the Indenture Trustee will be, true and
         accurate in every material respect, on the date such information is
         stated or certified and does not and will not contain any material
         misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact
         necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

                  (i)      Places of Business. The principal places of business
         and chief executive office of such Transferor and the offices where
         such Transferor keeps all its records relating to the Receivables are,
         and have been at all times since January 1, 1995, located at the
         address(es) listed on Schedule I or such other locations notified to
         the Trust in accordance with Section 2.07(g) in jurisdictions where all
         action required by Section 2.07(g) has been taken and completed. The
         jurisdiction of organization, Federal Employer Identification Number
         and organizational identification number for such Transferor are each
         correctly set forth on Schedule II.

                  (j)      Material Adverse Effect. Since November 1, 2003, no
         event has occurred which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (k)      Names. Such Transferor has not used any corporate
         name, trade name, or assumed name other than (i) on, or at any time
         during the five year period prior to, the date of this Agreement, those
         listed on Schedule III and (ii) after the date of this Agreement any
         other name in respect of which such Transferor shall have complied with
         Section 2.07(g).

                  (l)      Payments to Account Originator. Such Transferor shall
         have given reasonably equivalent value to the applicable Account
         Originator in consideration for each transfer to such Transferor of
         Receivables and Purchased Assets under the Receivables Purchase
         Agreement and each such transfer shall not have been made for or on
         account of an antecedent debt owed by such Account Originator to the
         Transferor and no such transfer is or may be voidable under any Section
         of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. Sections 101 et seq.),
         as amended.

                  (m)      Not an Investment Company. Such Transferor is not an
         "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
         of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

                  The representations and warranties of each Transferor set
forth in this Section shall survive the transfer and assignment by such
Transferor of the respective Receivables to the Trust, the pledge of the
Receivables to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, and the issuance
of the Notes. Upon discovery by such Transferor, the Servicer or the Owner
Trustee of a breach of any of the representations and warranties by such
Transferor set forth in this Section, the party discovering such breach shall
give prompt written notice to the other parties and the

                                       20
<PAGE>
Indenture Trustee. Such Transferor agrees to cooperate with the Servicer and
the Owner Trustee in attempting to cure any such breach.

         Section 2.04. Other Representations and Warranties of Each Transferor;
Representations and Warranties of GP, Inc.

         (a)      Representations and Warranties. Each Transferor hereby
severally represents and warrants to the Trust as of the Initial Issuance Date,
each Closing Date and, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of the related
Addition Date (but only if, in either case, it was a Transferor on such date)
that:

                        (i) each Transaction Document to which it is a party,
         each applicable Participation Interest Supplement and, in the case of
         Additional Accounts, the related Assignment, constitutes a legal, valid
         and binding obligation of such Transferor enforceable against such
         Transferor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability
         may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
         moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally
         from time to time in effect or general principles of equity;

                        (ii) [Reserved];

                        (iii) each Receivable conveyed to the Trust by such
         Transferor has been conveyed to the Trust free and clear of any Adverse
         Claim (other than Liens permitted under Section 2.07(b)) and in
         compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to such Transferor,
         and such Transferor has not granted any Person, other than the Issuer
         (and its assigns) dominion and control of any Bon-Ton Collection
         Account, or the right to take dominion and control of any Bon-Ton
         Collection Account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future
         event;

                        (iv) all authorizations, consents, orders or approvals
         of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority
         required to be obtained, effected or given by such Transferor in
         connection with the conveyance by such Transferor of Receivables to the
         Trust have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force
         and effect;

                        (v) either this Agreement or, in the case of Additional
         Accounts, the related Assignment constitutes an absolute sale, transfer
         and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of such
         Transferor in the Receivables conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor
         and the proceeds thereof and Recoveries identified as relating to the
         Receivables conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor or, if this
         Agreement or, in the case of Additional Accounts, the related
         Assignment does not constitute a sale of such property, it constitutes
         a grant of a first priority perfected "security interest" (as defined
         in the UCC) in such property to the Trust, which, in the case of
         existing Receivables and the proceeds thereof and said Recoveries, is
         enforceable upon execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, with
         respect to then existing Receivables in Additional Accounts, as of the
         applicable Addition Date, and which will be enforceable with respect to
         such Receivables hereafter and thereafter created and the proceeds
         thereof upon such creation. Upon the filing of the financing statements
         and, in the case of Receivables hereafter

                                       21
<PAGE>

         created and the proceeds thereof, upon the creation thereof, the Trust
         shall have a first priority perfected security or ownership interest in
         such property and proceeds;

                        (vi) except for those Accounts identified as not meeting
         the criteria set forth in the definition of Eligible Account, on the
         Initial Cut-Off Date, each Initial Account transferred hereunder with
         respect to such Transferor is an Eligible Account and, on the
         applicable Addition Cut-Off Date, each related Additional Account
         transferred hereunder with respect to such Transferor is an Eligible
         Account;

                        (vii) except for those Receivables identified as not
         meeting the criteria set forth in the definition of Eligible
         Receivables, on the Initial Cut-Off Date, each Receivable then existing
         and conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor is an Eligible Receivable
         and, on the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date, each Receivable contained
         in the related Additional Accounts and conveyed to the Trust by such
         Transferor is an Eligible Receivable;

                        (viii) except for those Receivables identified as not
         meeting the criteria set forth in the definition of Eligible
         Receivable, as of the date of the creation of any new Receivable
         transferred to the Trust by such Transferor, such Receivable is an
         Eligible Receivable;

                        (ix) no selection procedures believed by such Transferor
         to be materially adverse to the interests of the Noteholders have been
         used in selecting such Accounts; and

                        (x) except as otherwise expressly provided in this
         Agreement or any Indenture Supplement, neither such Transferor nor any
         Person claiming through or under such Transferor has any claim to or
         interest in the Collection Account, the Special Funding Account, any
         Series Account, any Bon-Ton Collection Account or any Series
         Enhancement.

         (b)      Notice of Breach. The representations and warranties set forth
in Section 2.03 and this Section shall survive the transfers and assignments of
the Receivables to the Trust, the pledge of the Receivables to the Indenture
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, and the issuance of the Notes. Upon discovery
by any Transferor or the Servicer of a breach of any of the representations and
warranties set forth in Section 2.03 or this Section, the party discovering such
breach shall give notice to the other parties and to the Indenture Trustee
within ten Business Days following such discovery; provided that the failure to
give notice within ten Business Days does not preclude subsequent notice.

         (c)      GP, Inc. Representations and Warranties. GP, Inc. hereby
represents and warrants to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee that:

                        (i) Corporate Existence and Power. GP, Inc. is a
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of its state of incorporation, and has all corporate power and
         all governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals
         required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its
         business is conducted.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                        (ii) No Conflict. The execution, delivery and
         performance GP, Inc. of this Agreement and each other Transaction
         Document, in each case for itself and on behalf of the Transferor, are
         within its corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary
         corporate action, do not contravene or violate (i) its certificate or
         articles of incorporation or by-laws, (ii) any law, rule or regulation
         applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract
         or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its
         property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction
         or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result
         in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on its assets. This
         Agreement and each other Transaction Document to be executed and
         delivered by GP, Inc., on its own behalf and on behalf of BTRP, has
         been duly executed and delivered by GP, Inc.

                        (iii) Governmental Authorization. No authorization or
         approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any
         governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due
         execution, delivery and performance by GP, Inc. of this Agreement or
         any other Transaction Document to be delivered by it, whether on its
         own behalf or on behalf of BTRP, in connection herewith.

                        (iv) Binding Effect. This Agreement and each of the
         other Transaction Documents to which GP, Inc., for itself or on behalf
         of BTRP, is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation
         of GP, Inc., enforceable against GP, Inc. in accordance with its terms,
         except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or
         limiting creditors' rights generally.

                        (v) Accuracy of Information. All information heretofore
         furnished by GP, Inc. to the Trust or the Indenture Trustee for
         purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction
         contemplated hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by
         GP, Inc. to the Trust or the Indenture Trustee will be, true and
         accurate in every material respect, on the date such information is
         stated or certified and does not and will not contain any material
         misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact
         necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

                        (vi) Places of Business. The principal place of business
         and chief executive office of GP, Inc. are, and have been at all times
         since January 1, 1995, located at the address listed on Schedule I. The
         jurisdiction of organization, Federal Employer Identification Number
         and organizational identification number of GP, Inc. are correctly set
         forth on Schedule II.

                        (vii) Names. GP, Inc. has not at any time used any
         corporate name, trade name or assumed name other than "BTRGP, Inc."

                        (viii) Actions, Suits. There are no actions, suits or
         proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of GP, Inc., threatened,
         against or affecting GP, Inc. or any of its properties, in or before
         any court, arbitrator or other body, which are reasonably likely to
         materially adversely affect the financial condition of GP, Inc. or the
         ability of GP, Inc. or

                                       23
<PAGE>

         BTRP to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents; GP,
         Inc. is not in default with respect to any order of any court,
         arbitrator or governmental body.

                        (ix) Not an Investment Company. GP, Inc. is not an
         "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act
         of 1940, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

         Section 2.05. Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables.

         (a)      Reassignment of Receivables. In the event (i) any
representation or warranty contained in Section 2.04(a)(ii), (iv), (vi), (vii),
(viii) or (ix) is not true and correct in any material respect as of the date
specified therein with respect to any Receivable or the related Account and such
breach has a material adverse effect on any Receivable (which determination
shall be made without regard to whether funds are then available pursuant to any
Series Enhancement) unless cured within 60 days (or such longer period, not in
excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by the Indenture Trustee and the
Servicer) after the earlier to occur of the discovery thereof by the Transferor
which conveyed such Receivables to the Trust or receipt by such Transferor of
written notice thereof given by the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or the
Servicer, (ii) any representation or warranty contained in Section 2.04(a)(iii)
is not true and correct in any material respect as of the date specified therein
with respect to any Receivable and such breach has a material adverse effect on
any Receivable (which determination shall be made without regard to whether
funds are then available pursuant to any Series Enhancement) or (iii) it is so
provided in Section 2.07(a) with respect to any Receivables conveyed to the
Trust by such Transferor, then such Transferor shall accept reassignment of all
Receivables in the related Account ("Ineligible Receivables") on the terms and
conditions set forth in Section 2.05(b).

         (b)      Price of Reassignment. The Servicer shall deduct the portion
of such Ineligible Receivables reassigned to each Transferor which are Principal
Receivables from the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate
the Transferor Interest. In the event that, following the exclusion of such
Principal Receivables from the calculation of the Transferor Interest, the
Transferor Interest would be less than the Required Transferor Interest, not
later than 12:00 p.m. (Noon), New York City time, by the Payment Date following
the Monthly Period in which such reassignment obligation arises, the applicable
Transferor shall make a deposit into the Special Funding Account in immediately
available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the Transferor
Interest would be below the Required Transferor Interest (up to the amount of
such Principal Receivables).

                  Upon reassignment of any Ineligible Receivable, the Trust
shall automatically and without further action be deemed to transfer, assign,
set over and otherwise convey to the applicable Transferor or its designee,
without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest
of the Trust in and to such Ineligible Receivable, all Recoveries related
thereto, all monies and amounts due or to become due and all proceeds thereof
and such reassigned Ineligible Receivable shall be treated by the Trust as
collected in full as of the date on which it was transferred. The obligation of
each Transferor to accept reassignment of any Ineligible Receivables conveyed to
the Trust by such Transferor, and to make the deposits, if any, required to be
made to the Special Funding Account as provided in this Section, shall
constitute the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise to such obligation
available to the Trust, the Noteholders

                                       24
<PAGE>

(or the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders) or any Series Enhancer.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection, a reassignment of an
Ineligible Receivable in excess of the amount that would cause the Transferor
Interest to be less than the Required Transferor Interest shall not occur if the
applicable Transferor fails to make any deposit required by this Section with
respect to such Ineligible Receivable. The Trust shall execute such documents
and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall
be requested and provided by the applicable Transferor to effect the conveyance
of such Ineligible Receivables pursuant to this subsection, free and clear of
all Liens created by or through the Trust, but only upon receipt of an Officer's
Certificate from such Transferor that states that all conditions set forth in
this Section have been satisfied.

         Section 2.06. Reassignment of Trust Portfolio. In the event any
representation or warranty of a Transferor set forth in Section 2.03(a) or (c)
or Section 2.04(a)(i) or (v) is not true and correct in any material respect and
such breach has a material adverse effect on the Receivables or Participation
Interests conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor or the availability of the
proceeds thereof to the Trust (which determination shall be made without regard
to whether funds are then available pursuant to any Series Enhancement), then
either the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or the Holders of Notes evidencing not
less than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Notes,
by notice then given to such Transferor and the Servicer (and to the Trust and
Indenture Trustee if given by the Noteholders), may direct such Transferor to
accept a reassignment of the Receivables and any Participation Interests
conveyed to the Trust by such Transferor if such breach and any material adverse
effect caused by such breach is not cured within 60 days of such notice (or
within such longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be specified in
such notice), and upon those conditions such Transferor shall be obligated to
accept such reassignment on the terms set forth below.

                  The applicable Transferor shall deposit in the Collection
Account in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 p.m. (Noon), New
York City time, by the Payment Date following the Monthly Period in which such
reassignment obligation arises, in payment for such reassignment, an amount
equal to the sum of the amounts specified therefor with respect to each
outstanding Series in the related Indenture Supplement. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Agreement, such amounts shall be distributed to the
Noteholders on such Payment Date in accordance with the terms of each Indenture
Supplement. If the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders give notice
directing the applicable Transferor to accept a reassignment of the Receivables
and Participation Interests as provided above, the obligation of such Transferor
to accept such reassignment pursuant to this Section and to make the deposit
required to be made to the Collection Account as provided in this paragraph
shall constitute the sole remedy respecting an event of the type specified in
the first sentence of this Section available to the Noteholders (or the
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders) or any Series Enhancer. Upon
reassignment of the Receivables and the Participation Interests on such Payment
Date, the Trust shall automatically and without further action be deemed to
transfer, assign, set-over and otherwise convey to the applicable Transferor,
without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest
of the Trust in and to the Receivables and the Participation Interests, all
Recoveries allocable to the Trust, and all monies and amounts due or to become
due with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof, free and clear of all Liens
created by or through the Trust. The Trust shall execute such documents and
instruments of

                                       25
<PAGE>

transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be
requested by the applicable Transferor to effect the conveyance of such property
pursuant to this Section.

         Section 2.07. Covenants of each Transferor. Each Transferor hereby
severally covenants that:

         (a)      Receivables Not Evidenced by Promissory Notes. Except in
connection with its enforcement or collection of any Receivable, such Transferor
will take no action to cause any Receivable conveyed by it to the Trust to be
evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC) and if any such Receivable
is so evidenced (whether or not in connection with the enforcement or Collection
of a Receivable) it shall be deemed to be an Ineligible Receivable and shall be
reassigned to such Transferor in accordance with Section 2.05(b).

         (b)      Security Interests. Except for the conveyances hereunder, such
Transferor will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or
grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim on, any
Receivable or Participation Interest conveyed by it to the Trust, whether now
existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein, and such Transferor
shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trust and the Indenture
Trustee in, to and under the Receivables and any Participation Interest, whether
now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming
through or under such Transferor.

         (c)      Transferor Interest. Except (i) as provided in Section 2.09(d)
of this Agreement or Section 2.12 of the Indenture or (ii) for conveyances with
respect to which the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied and a Tax
Opinion shall have been delivered, such Transferor agrees not to transfer, sell,
assign, exchange or otherwise convey or pledge, hypothecate or otherwise grant a
security interest in the Transferor Interest, the Transferor Certificate or any
Supplemental Certificate and any such attempted transfer, assignment, exchange,
conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, grant or sale shall be void.

         (d)      Delivery of Collections or Recoveries. In the event that such
Transferor receives Collections or Recoveries, such Transferor agrees to pay the
Servicer all such Collections and Recoveries as soon as practicable after
receipt thereof but in no event later than the Business Day after the receipt of
such Collections.

         (e)      Notice of Adverse Claims. Such Transferor shall notify the
Trust, the Indenture Trustee and each Series Enhancer promptly after becoming
aware of any Adverse Claim on any Receivable or Participation Interest (or on
the underlying receivable) conveyed by it to the Trust other than the
conveyances hereunder and under any Receivables Purchase Agreement to which it
is a party and the Indenture.

         (f)      Notice of Change in Credit Card Guidelines. Such Transferor
shall notify the Rating Agencies of any change in the Credit Card Guidelines.

         (g)      Continuous Perfection. Such Transferor shall not change its
name, identity or structure in any manner that might cause any financing or
continuation

                                       26
<PAGE>

statement filed pursuant to this Agreement to be misleading unless such
Transferor shall have delivered to the Trust at least 15 days' prior written
notice thereof and shall have taken all action necessary or advisable to amend
such financing statement or continuation statement so that it is not misleading.
Such Transferor shall not change the jurisdiction under whose laws it is
organized, its chief execution office or change the location of its principal
records concerning the Receivables unless it has delivered to the Trust at least
15 days' prior written notice of its intention to do so and has taken such
action as is necessary or advisable to cause the interest of the Trust in the
Receivables to continue to be perfected with the priority required by this
Agreement.

         (h)      Performance and Enforcement of Receivables Purchase Agreement.
Each Transferor shall timely perform the obligations required to be performed by
such Transferor, and vigorously enforce the rights and remedies accorded to such
Transferor, under the Receivables Purchase Agreement to which it is a party.

         (i)      Trust's Reliance. Such Transferor (in the case of BTRP)
acknowledges that the Trust is entering into the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement in reliance upon BTRP's identity as a separate legal entity from
Bon-Ton DSI and GP, Inc. Therefore, from and after the date of execution and
delivery of this Agreement, BTRP shall take all reasonable steps including,
without limitation, all steps that the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or any
Noteholder may from time to time reasonably request to maintain BTRP's identity
as a separate legal entity and to make it manifest to third parties that BTRP is
an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of Bon-Ton DSI and GP,
Inc. and any Affiliates thereof and not a division of Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the other
covenants set forth herein, BTRP shall:

                        (i) conduct its own business in its own name and require
         that all full-time employees of BTRP identify themselves as such and
         not as employees of Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc. (including, without
         limitation, by means of providing appropriate employees with business
         or identification cards identifying such employees as BTRP's
         employees);

                        (ii) compensate all employees, consultants and agents
         directly, from BTRP's bank accounts, for services provided to BTRP by
         such employees, consultants and agents and, to the extent any employee,
         consultant or agent of BTRP is also an employee, consultant or agent of
         Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc., allocate the compensation of such employee,
         consultant or agent between BTRP and Bon-Ton DSI (or GP, Inc. as
         applicable) on a basis which reflects the services rendered to BTRP and
         Bon-Ton DSI (or GP, Inc. as applicable);

                        (iii) clearly identify its offices (by signage or
         otherwise) as its offices (and that of GP, Inc.);

                        (iv) have a separate telephone number from Bon-Ton DSI,
         which will be answered only in its name (or that of GP, Inc.) and
         separate stationery, invoices and checks in its own name;

                                       27
<PAGE>

                        (v) conduct all transactions with Bon-Ton DSI and GP,
         Inc. strictly on an arm's-length basis, allocate all overhead expenses
         (including, without limitation, telephone and other utility charges)
         for items shared between BTRP and Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc. on the basis
         of actual use to the extent practicable and, to the extent such
         allocation is not practicable, on a basis reasonably related to actual
         use;

                        (vi) observe all partnership formalities as a distinct
         entity, and ensure that all partnership actions are duly authorized by
         GP, Inc. as its sole general partner;

                        (vii) maintain BTRP's books and records separate from
         those of Bon-Ton DSI and GP, Inc. and otherwise readily identifiable as
         its own assets rather than assets of Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc.;

                        (viii) be capable of preparing its financial statements
         separately from those of Bon-Ton DSI and GP, Inc. and insure that any
         consolidated financial statements of Bon-Ton DSI that include BTRP have
         detailed notes clearly stating that BTRP is a separate legal entity and
         that its assets will be available first and foremost to satisfy the
         claims of its own creditors;

                        (ix) except as herein specifically otherwise provided,
         not commingle funds or other assets of BTRP with those of Bon-Ton DSI
         or GP, Inc. and not maintain bank accounts or other depository accounts
         to which Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc. is an account party, into which
         Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc. makes deposits or from which Bon-Ton DSI or GP,
         Inc. has the power to make withdrawals;

                        (x) not permit Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc. to pay any of
         BTRP's operating expenses (except pursuant to allocation arrangements
         that comply with the requirements of subparagraphs (ii) and (v) above);
         and

                        (xi) not permit BTRP to be named as an insured on the
         insurance policy covering the property of Bon-Ton DSI or GP, Inc. or
         enter into an agreement with the holder of such policy whereby in the
         event of a loss in connection with such property, proceeds are paid to
         BTRP.

         (j)      Collections by the Account Originators. Such Transferor shall
cause the applicable Account Originator to remit all Collections received by
such Account Originator to a Bon-Ton Collection Account not later than the
Business Day immediately after receipt of such Collections by such Account
Originator and, at all times prior to such remittance, cause such Collections to
be held in trust by such Account Originator, for the exclusive benefit of the
Trust and the Indenture Trustee.

         (k)      Ownership of BTRP. Bon-Ton DSI and GP, Inc. will at all times
own 100% of the partnership interests of BTRP.

         (l)      Bon-Ton Collection Accounts. With respect to Collections, the
Bon-Ton Collection Accounts and the Store Accounts:

                                       28
<PAGE>

                        (i) such Transferor will cause the applicable Account
         Originator and the Servicer to instruct in the monthly remittance
         advices sent to all Obligors to pay all Collections directly to a
         Lock-Box or Lock-Box Account; provided that Obligors may elect to make
         payments at a store location of such Account Originator;

                        (ii) such Transferor will cause the applicable Account
         Originator to agree to cause each of its stores (A) to deposit all
         In-Store Collections into a Store Account within one Business Day of
         its receipt thereof, and (B) on the same day as such deposit, to
         initiate a remittance to the Concentration Account (through the
         automated clearinghouse system or by wire transfer) of all such
         In-Store Collections and subsequently (within one Business Day after
         such deposit) to the Collection Account and the Servicer, if it
         receives any of the same, shall apply such Collections in accordance
         with Article Three and the other terms and provisions of this
         Agreement; provided, however, that neither such Transferor nor such
         Account Originator shall be in breach of its obligations under clause
         (A) above if an amount not to exceed 5% of the aggregate In-Store
         Collections during any month shall fail to be deposited within one
         Business Day of the receipt thereof into a Store Account so long as all
         such In-Store Collections are deposited in a Store Account within two
         Business Days of receipt;

                        (iii) such Transferor will cause all Collections in the
         Lock-Boxes to be deposited, on the same Business Day received, directly
         into a Lock-Box Account and subsequently (within one Business Day after
         such deposit) transferred to the Collection Account and such Transferor
         shall thereupon make the same available to the Servicer for application
         in accordance with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

                        (iv) such Transferor will cause all Lock-Boxes, Lock-Box
         Accounts, Store Accounts and Concentration Accounts as of the date
         hereof, together with the account numbers thereof and the names and
         addresses of all banks maintaining the same, to be listed on Schedule
         IV and, with respect to each Bon-Ton Collection Account and Store
         Account established after the date hereof, such Transferor will provide
         notice thereof to the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder
         and otherwise comply with all requirements set forth in Section 2.07(o)
         with respect thereto;

                        (v) such Transferor will (a) enter into a Collection
         Account Agreement in respect of each Bon-Ton Collection Account, in the
         appropriate form, that is duly executed and delivered by the applicable
         Collection Bank, the applicable Account Originator, such Transferor and
         the Indenture Trustee and such Collection Account Agreement shall be
         maintained in full force and effect, (b) enter into a control agreement
         in respect of each Lock-Box (which control agreement may be contained
         in a Collection Account Agreement), in form and substance acceptable
         the each Noteholder, that is duly executed and delivered by the
         Lock-Box Processor with respect to such Lock-Box, the applicable
         Account Originator, such Transferor and the Indenture Trustee and such
         control agreement

                                       29
<PAGE>

         shall be maintained in full force and effect, and (c) enter into a
         blocked account agreement in respect of each Store Account (other than
         any Store Account with a balance that does not at any time exceed
         $50,000), in a form acceptable to each Noteholder, with the Indenture
         Trustee or with another secured party that has entered into an
         intercreditor agreement with the Indenture Trustee; and

                        (vi) such Transferor and the Servicer will not permit
         any funds other than Collections to be deposited into any Bon-Ton
         Collection Account.

         (m)      Sales, Liens, Etc. Except as otherwise provided herein, such
Transferor shall not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or
otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or create or suffer
to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of
any financing statement) or with respect to, any Receivable or Purchased Assets
or Collections in respect thereof, or upon or with respect to any Credit Card
Agreement under which any Receivable arises or any Bon-Ton Collection Account,
and such Transferor shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trust and
the Indenture Trustee in, to and under any of the foregoing property, against
all claims of third parties claiming through or under such Transferor or the
applicable Account Originator.

         (n)      Change in Business or Credit Card Guidelines. Such Transferor
shall not make any material change in the character of its business or in the
Credit Card Guidelines, which change would, in either case, be reasonably likely
to impair the collectibility of any of the Receivables or decrease the credit
quality of any new Receivables. Such Transferor shall not engage in any business
or activity of any kind or enter into any transaction or indenture, mortgage,
instrument, agreement, contract, lease or other undertaking other than the
transactions contemplated and authorized by this Agreement and the other
Transaction Documents.

         (o)      Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. Such Transferor
will not add or terminate any bank as a Collection Bank, or make any change in
its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made on the Receivables,
unless in the case of the proposed addition or termination of any bank as a
Collection Bank the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency shall have
received, at least 10 days before the proposed effective date therefor, (i)
written notice of such addition or termination and (ii) with respect to the
addition of a Collection Bank or a Bon-Ton Collection Account, a fully executed
Collection Account Agreement; provided, however, that such Transferor may make
changes in instructions to Obligors regarding payments if such new instructions
require such Obligor to make payments to an existing Lock-Box or Lock-Box
Account. Such Transferor will not add or terminate any Lock-Box, unless the
Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency shall have received at least 10 days
before the proposed effective date therefor (i) written notice of such addition
or termination and (ii) a fully executed control agreement in compliance with
Section 2.07(l). Such Transferor will not add or terminate any bank maintaining
a Store Account, unless the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency shall have
received at least 10 days before the proposed effective date therefor (i)
written notice of such addition or termination and (ii) a fully executed blocked
account agreement in compliance with Section 2.07(l).

                                       30
<PAGE>

         (p)      Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Such Transferor shall
not extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable, or amend,
modify or waive any term or condition of any Credit Card Agreement under which
such Receivable arises.

         (q)      Amendments to Receivables Purchase Agreement. Such Transferor
shall not, without the satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, (i) cancel
or terminate the Receivables Purchase Agreement to which it is a party, (ii)
give any consent, waiver, directive or approval under such Receivables Purchase
Agreement, (iii) waive any default or breach under such Receivables Purchase
Agreement, or otherwise grant any indulgence thereunder, or (iv) amend,
supplement or otherwise modify any of the terms of such Receivables Purchase
Agreement.

         (r)      Other Agreements. Such Transferor shall not enter into or be a
party to any agreement or instrument other than this Agreement and the other
Transaction Documents to which it is a party, other than to incur ordinary
operating expenses in the conduct of, or in order to qualify to do business for
purposes of, its limited business affairs.

         (s)      Amendments to Organizational Documents. Such Transferor shall
not amend its partnership agreement or certificate of limited partnership in any
respect that would impair its ability to comply with the terms or provisions of
any of the Transaction Documents.

         (t)      Indebtedness. Such Transferor shall not create, incur,
guarantee, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or other liabilities,
whether direct or contingent, other than (i) as a result of the endorsement of
negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) the incurrence of obligations under this
Agreement or the Receivables Purchase Agreement to which it is a party to make
payment for the purchase of Receivables thereunder, including, without
limitation, the Revolving Loans thereunder and (iii) the incurrence of operating
expenses in the ordinary course of business of the type otherwise contemplated
in this Agreement.

         (u)      Merger. Such Transferor shall not merge or consolidate with or
into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one
transaction or in a series of transactions, and except as otherwise contemplated
herein) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter
acquired) to, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person.

         Section 2.08. Additional Covenants of each Transferor with Respect to
Receivables Purchase Agreements; Covenants of GP, Inc.

         (a)      Each Transferor hereby covenants that it will at all times
enforce the covenants and agreements of the Account Owners under the terms of
the Receivables Purchase Agreements to which it is a party, including covenants
to the effect set forth below:

                        (i) Periodic Rate Finance Charges and Other Fees. Except
         (A) as otherwise required by any Requirements of Law, or (B) as is
         deemed by the applicable Account

                                       31
<PAGE>

         Owner to be necessary in order for it to maintain its credit card
         business on a competitive basis based on a good faith assessment by it
         of the nature of its competition in the credit card business, it shall
         not at any time reduce the annual percentage rate of the Periodic Rate
         Finance Charges assessed on the Receivables transferred by it to the
         Transferor or other fees charged on any of the Accounts owned by it if
         either (1) as a result of any such reduction, such Account Owner's
         reasonable expectation is that such reduction will cause a Pay Out
         Event or Event of Default to occur or (2) such reduction is not also
         applied to all comparable segments of consumer revolving credit card
         accounts owned by such Account Owner which have characteristics the
         same as, or substantially similar to, such Accounts.

                        (ii) Keeping and Marking of Records and Books.

                           (A)      Each Account Owner will maintain and
                  implement administrative and operating procedures (including,
                  without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing
                  Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals
                  thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records
                  and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for
                  the collection of all Receivables (including, without
                  limitation, records adequate to permit the immediate
                  identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of
                  and adjustments to each existing Receivable). Each will give
                  such Transferor notice of any material change in the
                  administrative and operating procedures referred to in the
                  previous sentence.

                           (B)      Each Account Owner will at all times, mark
                  its master data processing records and other books and records
                  relating to the Receivables with a legend, acceptable to such
                  Transferor, describing the interests of such Transferor
                  therein.

                        (iii) Credit Card Agreements and Guidelines. Each
         Account Owner will timely and fully (i) perform and comply in all
         material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises
         required to be observed by it under the Credit Card Agreement related
         to the Receivables, and (ii) comply in all material respects with the
         Credit Card Guidelines in regard to each Receivable and the related
         Credit Card Agreement. Each Account Owner will pay when due, any taxes
         (including, without limitation any sales taxes) payable in connection
         with the Receivables.

                        (iv) Receivables Purchase Agreement. Each Transferor, in
         its capacity as a Purchaser of Receivables from the Sellers under a
         Receivables Purchase Agreement, shall enforce the covenants and
         agreements of the Sellers as set forth in such Receivables Purchase
         Agreement.

         (b)      New or Amendments to Receivables Purchase Agreements. Each
Transferor further covenants that it will not enter into any amendments to the
Receivables Purchase Agreement to which such Transferor is a party or enter into
a new Receivables Purchase Agreement unless the Rating Agency Condition has been
satisfied.

                                       32
<PAGE>

         (c)      GP, Inc. hereby covenants that:

                        (i) Compliance by BTRP. It will cause BTRP to comply
         with each term, covenant and agreement on the part of BTRP to be
         performed hereunder and under each other Transaction Document, and the
         payment and performance of all obligations and liabilities of BTRP
         hereunder and under each other Transaction Document.

                        (ii) Compliance with Laws. It will comply in all
         material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders
         writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be
         subject, and will pay all taxes when the same shall become due.

                        (iii) Separate Identity. GP, Inc. acknowledges that the
         Trust is entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
         in reliance upon (x) BTRP's identity as a separate legal entity from
         Bon-Ton DSI and from GP, Inc. and (y) GP, Inc.'s identity as a separate
         legal entity from Bon-Ton DSI. Therefore, from and after the date of
         execution and delivery of this Agreement, GP, Inc. shall take all
         reasonable steps including, without limitation, all steps that the
         Trust, the Indenture Trustee or any Noteholder may from time to time
         reasonably request to maintain its identity as a separate legal entity
         and to make it manifest to third parties that it is an entity with
         assets and liabilities distinct from those of BTRP and Bon-Ton DSI and
         any Affiliates thereof and that it is not a division of Bon-Ton DSI.
         Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to the
         other covenants set forth herein, GP, Inc. shall:

                           (A)      conduct its own business in its own name and
                  require that all full-time employees of GP, Inc. identify
                  themselves as such and not as employees of Bon-Ton DSI
                  (including, without limitation, by means of providing
                  appropriate employees with business or identification cards
                  identifying such employees as GP, Inc.'s employees and by
                  providing stationery in the name of GP, Inc. for business
                  correspondence);

                           (B)      compensate all directors, employees,
                  consultants and agents directly, from GP, Inc.'s bank accounts
                  (which in the case of the directors of GP, Inc. shall be in
                  cash at all times falling on or after November 24, 2003 and
                  any such payments shall be reflected in the books and records
                  of GP, Inc. and/or BTRP, as applicable), for services provided
                  to GP, Inc. by such employees, consultants and agents and, to
                  the extent any employee, consultant or agent of GP, Inc. is
                  also an employee, consultant or agent of Bon-Ton DSI, allocate
                  the compensation of such employee, consultant or agent between
                  GP, Inc. and Bon-Ton DSI on a basis which reflects the
                  services rendered to GP, Inc. and Bon-Ton DSI;

                           (C)      conduct all transactions with Bon-Ton DSI
                  strictly on an arm's-length basis, allocate all overhead
                  expenses (including, without limitation, telephone and other
                  utility charges) for items shared between GP, Inc. and Bon-Ton
                  DSI on the basis of actual use to the extent practicable and,
                  to the extent such allocation is not practicable, on a basis
                  reasonably related to actual use;

                                       33
<PAGE>

                           (D)      at all times have at least one member of its
                  Board of Directors who is not (A) a director, officer or
                  employee of Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP or any affiliate thereof
                  (other than GP, Inc.), (B) a person related to any officer or
                  director of Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP, (C) a holder (directly or
                  indirectly) of more than 5% of any voting securities of
                  Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP, or (D) a person related to a holder
                  (directly or indirectly) of more than 5% of any voting
                  securities of Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP;

                           (E)      observe all corporate formalities as a
                  distinct entity, and ensure that all corporate actions are
                  duly authorized by unanimous vote of its Board of Directors;

                           (F)      maintain its books and records separate from
                  those of Bon-Ton DSI and BTRP and otherwise readily
                  identifiable as its own assets rather than assets of Bon-Ton
                  DSI or BTRP;

                           (G)      prepare its financial statements separately
                  from those of Bon-Ton DSI and BTRP and insure that any
                  consolidated financial statements of Bon-Ton DSI that include
                  GP, Inc. have detailed notes clearly stating that GP, Inc. is
                  a separate corporate entity and that its assets will be
                  available first and foremost to satisfy the claims of its
                  creditors;

                           (H)      not commingle funds or other assets of GP,
                  Inc. with those of Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP and not maintain bank
                  accounts or other depository accounts to which Bon-Ton DSI or
                  BTRP is an account party, into which Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP makes
                  deposits or from which Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP has the power to
                  make withdrawals;

                           (I)      not permit Bon-Ton DSI or BTRP to pay any of
                  GP, Inc.'s operating expenses (except pursuant to allocation
                  arrangements that comply with the requirements of
                  subparagraphs (B) and (C) above); and

                           (J)      not permit itself to be named as an insured
                  on the insurance policy covering the property of Bon-Ton DSI
                  or BTRP or enter into an agreement with the holder of such
                  policy whereby in the event of a loss in connection with such
                  property, proceeds are paid to GP, Inc.

                        (iv) Name Change, Offices, Records and Books of
         Accounts. It will not change its name, form of organization or
         jurisdiction of organization (within the meaning of Section 9-102 of
         any applicable enactment of the UCC) unless it shall have given the
         Trust and the Indenture Trustee at least 15 days prior notice thereof.

                        (v) Sales, Liens, Etc. It shall not sell, assign (by
         operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any
         option with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim
         upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing
         statement) or with respect to, any of its assets, properties or
         interests in property or assign any right to receive income in respect
         thereof.

                                       34
<PAGE>

                        (vi) Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy.
         It shall not make any material change in the character of its business.
         It shall not engage in any business or activity of any kind or enter
         into any transaction other than the transactions contemplated and
         authorized by this Agreement and the Receivables Purchase Agreement to
         which BTRP is a party. It shall not enter into or be a party to any
         agreement or instrument other than this Agreement and the other
         Transaction Documents to which BTRP is a party and other than to incur
         ordinary operating expenses in the conduct of, or in order to qualify
         to do business for purposes of, its limited business affairs.

                        (vii) Amendments to Corporate Documents. It shall not
         amend its certificate of incorporation or by-laws in any respect that
         would impair its ability to comply with the terms or provisions of any
         of the Transaction Documents.

                        (viii) Indebtedness. It shall not create, incur,
         guarantee, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or other
         liabilities, whether direct or contingent, other than (i) as a result
         of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection
         or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business, and (ii)
         the incurrence of operating expenses in the ordinary course of business
         of the type otherwise contemplated in this Agreement.

                        (ix) Merger; Ownership of BTRP. It shall not merge or
         consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise
         dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions,
         and except as otherwise contemplated herein) all or substantially all
         of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, or acquire
         all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person. GP, Inc. shall
         not permit any Person other than itself to become or be a general
         partner in BTRP, and shall not permit any Person other than Bon-Ton DSI
         to become or be a limited partner in BTRP.

         Section 2.09. Addition of Accounts.

         (a)      Additional Accounts

                        (i) Required Additions. If on any Business Day, either
         (A) the Transferor Interest is less than the Required Transferor
         Interest or (B) the total amount of Principal Receivables is less than
         the Required Minimum Principal Balance on such Business Day, the
         Transferor shall on or prior to the close of business on the second
         Business Day following such Business Day (the "Required Designation
         Date"), unless the Transferor Interest exceeds the Required Transferor
         Interest and the total amount of Principal Receivables exceeds the
         Required Minimum Principal Balance, in each case, as of the close of
         business on such Required Designation Date, cause to be designated
         additional Eligible Accounts to be included as Accounts as of the
         Required Designation Date or any earlier date in a sufficient amount
         such that, after giving effect to such addition, the Transferor
         Interest as of the close of business on the applicable Addition Date,
         is at least equal to the Required Transferor Interest and the aggregate
         principal balance of Principal Receivables, plus the then outstanding
         principal amount of any Participation Interests conveyed to the Trust
         as of the close of business on the Addition Date, is at least equal to
         the Required Minimum Principal Balance on such date. The Transferor
         shall promptly

                                       35
<PAGE>

         give notice to each Rating Agency of any obligation of the Transferor
         to designate Accounts pursuant to the preceding sentence. The failure
         of any condition set forth in Section 2.09(c) shall not relieve the
         Transferor of its obligation pursuant to this paragraph; provided,
         however, that the failure of the Transferor to transfer Receivables to
         the Trust as provided in this clause solely as a result of the
         unavailability of a sufficient amount of Eligible Receivables shall not
         constitute a breach of this Agreement; provided further, that any such
         failure which has not been timely cured may nevertheless result in the
         occurrence of a Pay Out Event. Notwithstanding anything in this Section
         2.09(a)(i) to the contrary, so long as Series 2004-1 is the only Series
         of Notes outstanding, all newly originated Accounts shall be
         automatically designated as Additional Accounts.

                        (ii) Optional Participation Interests. In lieu of, or in
         addition to, designating Additional Accounts pursuant to Section
         2.09(a)(i), the Transferor may, subject to the conditions specified in
         Section 2.09(c), convey to the Trust participations (including 100%
         participations) representing undivided interests in a pool of assets
         primarily consisting of revolving credit card receivables and any
         interests in any of the foregoing, including securities representing or
         backed by such receivables and collections thereon ("Participation
         Interests"). The addition of Participation Interests in the Trust shall
         be effected by a Participation Interest Supplement, dated the
         applicable Addition Date and entered into pursuant to Section 9.01(a).

                        (iii) Optional Additions. In addition to designating
         Additional Accounts pursuant to clause (i) above, the Transferor,
         subject to the conditions set forth in this subsection, may elect on
         any date to designate Eligible Accounts to the Trust and/or to
         automatically convey newly originated Eligible Accounts to the Trust
         upon their establishment. The Transferor hereby elects to automatically
         designate newly originated Eligible Accounts to the Trust upon their
         establishment. The Transferor shall be permitted to transfer Eligible
         Accounts to the Trust pursuant to this clause as long as (A) the number
         of new Accounts and the amount of Receivables arising from such
         Accounts designated during any fiscal year do not exceed 20% of the
         total amount of Accounts designated to the Trust and Receivables in the
         Trust, respectively, as of the first day of such year fiscal year or
         (B) for any fiscal quarter, the number of new Accounts and the amount
         of Receivables arising from such Accounts designated during such fiscal
         quarter do not exceed 15% of the total amount of Accounts designated to
         the Trust and Receivables in the Trust, respectively, as of the first
         day of such quarter. The Transferor shall give prompt notice to each
         Rating Agency if any of the limits set forth in the preceding sentence
         have been exceeded. If the Transferor elects to suspend or terminate
         the Eligible Receivables, it shall do so only upon providing the
         Indenture Trustee, the Rating Agencies and the Servicer with notice
         thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Series 2004-1 is the
         only Series of Notes outstanding, all newly arising Accounts originated
         by either Account Originator and sold to the Transferor pursuant to the
         Receivables Purchase Agreement shall be automatically designated as
         Additional Accounts and shall not be subject the limitations set forth
         in this clause (iii).

         (b)      Restricted Additions. Each Transferor may from time to time,
at its sole discretion, subject to the conditions specified in Section 2.09(c),
designate additional Eligible

                                       36
<PAGE>

Accounts to be included as Accounts or Participation Interests to be included as
Trust Assets, in either case as of the applicable Addition Date.

         (c)      Conditions to Required Additions, Optional Participation
Interests and Restricted Additions. On the Addition Date with respect to any
Supplemental Accounts or Participation Interests designated pursuant to Section
2.09(a) or (b), the Transferor shall transfer the Receivables in such
Supplemental Accounts (and such Supplemental Accounts shall be deemed to be
Accounts for purposes of this Agreement) or shall transfer such Participation
Interests, in each case as of the close of business on the applicable Addition
Date, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (it being
understood that the following conditions need not be satisfied with respect to
those Accounts which are automatically designated as Additional Accounts
pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.09(a)(i) and the last sentence of
Section 2.09(a)(iii)):

                        (i) on or before the tenth Business Day immediately
         preceding the Addition Date, each Participating Transferor shall have
         given the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency written
         notice that the Supplemental Accounts or Participation Interests will
         be included and specifying the applicable Addition Date, the Addition
         Cut-Off Date and the approximate number of accounts expected to be
         added and the approximate aggregate receivables balances expected to be
         outstanding in the accounts to be added (in the case of Supplemental
         Accounts);

                        (ii) in the case of Supplemental Accounts, the
         Participating Transferor shall have delivered to the Trust and the
         Indenture Trustee copies of UCC-1 financing statements covering such
         Supplemental Accounts, if necessary to perfect the Trust's interest in
         the Receivables arising therein;

                        (iii) as of each of the Addition Cut-Off Date and the
         Addition Date, no Insolvency Event with respect to the Participating
         Transferor or the Account Owner of the Supplemental Accounts shall have
         occurred nor shall the transfer of the Receivables arising in the
         Supplemental Accounts or of the Participation Interests to the Trust
         have been made in contemplation of the occurrence thereof or with the
         intent to hinder, delay or defraud the Transferor or the creditors of
         the Transferor;

                        (iv) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
         satisfied with respect to such Addition;

                        (v) each Participating Transferor shall have delivered
         to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate, dated
         the Addition Date, stating that (A) in the case of Supplemental
         Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Cut-Off Date, the Supplemental
         Accounts are all Eligible Accounts, (B) to the extent applicable, the
         conditions set forth in Sections 2.09(a)(ii) through (a)(iv) and
         (a)(viii) have been satisfied and (C) such Participating Transferor
         believes that the addition by such Participating Transferor of the
         Receivables arising in the Supplemental Accounts or of the
         Participation Interests to the Trust will not then or thereafter result
         in an Adverse Effect with respect to any Series;

                                       37
<PAGE>

                        (vi) on or prior to each Payment Date, the Participating
         Transferors shall have delivered to the Trust, the Indenture Trustee
         and each Rating Agency, an Opinion of Counsel substantially in the form
         of Exhibit D-2 with respect to the Supplemental Accounts, if any,
         included as Accounts during the related Monthly Periods ending prior to
         such Payment Date; the opinion delivery requirement set forth in the
         immediately preceding sentence may be modified provided that the Rating
         Agency Condition is satisfied;

                        (vii) in the case of designation of Supplemental
         Accounts, Participating Transferors shall have delivered to the Owner
         Trustee (A) the computer file or microfiche list required to be
         delivered pursuant to Section 2.01 with respect to such Supplemental
         Accounts and (B) a duly executed Assignment; and

                        (viii) to the extent required by Section 4.03, the
         Servicer shall have deposited in the Collection Account all Collections
         with respect to such Supplemental Accounts since the Addition Cut-off
         Date.

         (d)      Additional Transferors. Upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition, the Transferor may designate Additional Transferors under this
Agreement in an amendment hereto pursuant to subsection 9.01(a) and, in
connection with such designation, the Transferor shall surrender the Transferor
Certificate to the Owner Trustee in exchange for a newly issued Transferor
Certificate modified to reflect such Additional Transferor's interest in the
Transferor Interest; provided, however, that prior to any such designation and
exchange the conditions set forth in clauses (iii) and (v) of subsection 3.06(b)
of the Trust Agreement shall have been satisfied with respect thereto.

         Section 2.10. Removal of Accounts and Participation Interests.

         (a)      Once per Monthly Period, each Transferor shall have the right
to require the reassignment to it or its designee of all the Trust's right,
title and interest in, to and under the Receivables then existing and thereafter
created, all Recoveries related thereto after the Removal Date, all monies due
or to become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto,
and all proceeds thereof in or with respect to certain specified Accounts (the
"Removed Accounts") or Participation Interests conveyed to the Trust by such
Transferor (the "Removed Participation Interests") (unless otherwise set forth
in the applicable Participation Interest Supplement or Indenture Supplement) and
designated for removal by the Transferor, upon satisfaction of the following
conditions:

                        (i) on or before the fifth Business Day preceding the
         Removal Date, such Transferor shall have given written notice to the
         Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer, the Rating Agency and each
         Series Enhancer (unless such notice requirement is otherwise waived) of
         such removal and specifying the Removal Date;

                        (ii) on or prior to the date that is five Business Days
         on or before the Removal Date, such Transferor shall deliver to the
         Owner Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and
         complete list of the Removed Accounts specifying for each such Account,
         as of the date notice of the Removal Date is given, its account

                                       38
<PAGE>

         number, the aggregate amount outstanding in such Account and the
         aggregate amount of Principal Receivables outstanding in such Account;

                        (iii) the removal will not cause the Transferor Interest
         to be less than the Required Transferor Interest;

                        (iv) such Transferor shall have represented and
         warranted as of the Removal Date that the list of Removed Accounts
         delivered pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, as of the Removal Date, is
         true and complete in all material respects;

                        (v) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
         satisfied with respect to the removal of the Removed Accounts and
         removed Participation Interests;

                        (vi) such Transferor shall have delivered to the Trust
         and the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate, dated the Removal
         Date, to the effect that such Transferor reasonably believes that (A)
         such removal will not have a material adverse effect on the
         Noteholders, (B) such removal will not result in the occurrence of a
         Pay Out Event or Event of Default, and (C) no selection procedures
         believed by such Transferor to be materially adverse to the interests
         of the Noteholders have been used in selecting the Removed Accounts;

                        (vii) as of the Removal Date, no more than 10% of the
         Receivables outstanding are more than 30 days Contractually Delinquent;
         and

                        (viii) the Transferor shall select Accounts for removal
         by a selection process, if any, which is consistent with achieving sale
         treatment under GAAP.

         (b)      Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trust shall
execute and deliver to such Transferor a Reassignment and shall, without further
action, be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to such
Transferor or its designee, effective as of the Removal Date, without recourse,
representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Trust in
and to the Receivables arising in the Removed Accounts and Removed Participation
Interests, all Recoveries related thereto, all monies due and to become due and
all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto after the Removal Date
and all proceeds thereof and any Insurance Proceeds relating thereto. The Trust
and Owner Trustee may conclusively rely on the Officer's Certificate delivered
pursuant to this Section and shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to
the matters set forth therein and shall incur no personal liability in so
relying.

                  In addition to the foregoing, on the date when any Receivable
in an Account becomes a Charged-Off Receivable, the Trust shall, unless directed
otherwise by the Transferor, automatically and without further action or
consideration be deemed to transfer, set over and otherwise convey to the
Transferor with respect to such Account, without recourse, representation or
warranty, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the Charged-Off
Receivables in such Account, all monies and amounts due or to become due with
respect thereto and all proceeds thereof, free and clear of all Liens created by
or through the Trust; provided that Recoveries of such Account shall be applied
as provided herein.

                                       39
<PAGE>

         Section 2.11. Account Allocations. In the event that a Transfer
Restriction Event occurs with respect to a Transferor, then, such Transferor and
the Servicer agree that, after the occurrence of such Transfer Restriction
Event, payments on each Account with respect to the principal balance of such
Account shall be allocated first to the oldest principal balance of such Account
and shall have such payments applied as Collections in accordance with Article
Eight of the Indenture and the terms of each Indenture Supplement. The parties
hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in
respect of Principal Receivables which have been conveyed to the Trust shall
continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer
of additional Principal Receivables to the Trust and Collections with respect
thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with Article Eight
of the Indenture and the terms of each Indenture Supplement.

         Section 2.12. Discount Option.

         (a)      The Transferor shall have the option to designate at any time
and from time to time a percentage or percentages, which may be a fixed
percentage or a variable percentage based on a formula (the "Discount
Percentage"), of all or any specified portion of Principal Receivables existing
on or after the Discount Option Date to be treated as Discount Option
Receivables and thereafter treated Finance Charge Receivables. As of the Closing
Date, the Discount Percentage is zero. Upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition, the Transferor shall also have the option of increasing, reducing or
withdrawing the Discount Percentage, at any time and from time to time, on and
after the applicable Discount Option Date. The Transferor shall provide to the
Servicer, the Trustees and any Rating Agency 30 days' prior written notice of
the Discount Option Date, and such designation shall become effective on the
Discount Option Date (i) unless such designation in the reasonable belief of the
Transferor would cause a Pay Out Event or Event of Default with respect to any
Series to occur, or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute a Pay Out Event or Event of Default with respect to any Series and
(ii) only if the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect
to such designation.

         (b)      After the Discount Option Date, Discount Option Receivable
Collections shall be treated as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables.

         Section 2.13. Representations and Warranties as to the Security
Interest of the Trust in the Receivables. The Transferor makes the following
representations and warranties to the Trust. The representations and warranties
speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of each Closing
Date. Such representations and warranties shall survive the sale, transfer and
assignment of the Receivables to the Trust, the pledge thereof to the Indenture
Trustee and the termination of this Agreement and shall not be waived by any
party hereto unless the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied.

                  (a)      This Agreement creates a valid and continuing
         security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Indenture
         Collateral in favor of the Trust, which security interest is prior to
         all other Liens other than the Lien of the Indenture, and is
         enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the
         Transferor.

                                       40
<PAGE>

                  (b)      The Receivables constitute "accounts" within the
         meaning of the applicable UCC.

                  (c)      The Transferor owns and has good and marketable title
         to the Indenture Collateral free and clear of any Lien, claim or
         encumbrance of any Person.

                  (d)      The Transferor has caused or will have caused, within
         ten days, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the
         proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable
         law in order to perfect the security interest in the Indenture
         Collateral granted to the Trust hereunder.

                  (e)      Other than the security interest granted to the Trust
         pursuant to this Agreement, the Transferor has not pledged, assigned,
         sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the
         Indenture Collateral. The Transferor has not authorized the filing of
         and is not aware of any financing statements against the Transferor
         that include a description of collateral covering the Indenture
         Collateral other than any financing statement relating to the security
         interest granted to the Trust hereunder or that has been terminated.
         The Transferor is not aware of any judgment or tax lien filings against
         the Transferor.

                                 ARTICLE THREE
                          ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING
                                 OF RECEIVABLES

         Section 3.01. Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to
the Servicer.

         (a)      Bon-Ton DSI agrees to act as the Servicer under this Agreement
and the Noteholders by their acceptance of Notes consent to Bon-Ton DSI acting
as Servicer.

         (b)      As agent for each Transferor and the Trust, the Servicer shall
service and administer the Receivables (including the underlying receivables)
and any Participation Interests, shall collect and deposit into the Collection
Account amounts received in respect of the Receivables (including the underlying
receivables) and any Participation Interests and shall charge off as
uncollectible Receivables, all in accordance with its customary and usual
servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the
Receivables and in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines and the
Transaction Documents. As agent for each Transferor and the Trust, the Servicer
shall have full power and authority, acting alone or through any party properly
designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such
servicing and administration which it may deem reasonably necessary or
desirable, including, but not limited to, billing, collecting and remitting
Collections, providing customer service and performing other activities
customary in servicing credit card receivables. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing and subject to Section 7.01, the Servicer or its designee is
hereby authorized and empowered, unless such power is revoked by the Indenture
Trustee on account of the occurrence of a Servicer Default, (i) to instruct the
Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the
Collection Account, the Special Funding Account and any Series Account, as set
forth in this Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement,

                                       41
<PAGE>

(ii) to take any action required or permitted under any Series Enhancement, as
set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture, any Indenture Supplement or any
Series Enhancement Agreement, (iii) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the
Trust, any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or
full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to
the Receivables and, after the delinquency of any Receivable and to the extent
permitted under and in compliance with applicable Requirements of Law, to
commence collection proceedings with respect to such Receivable and (iv) to make
any filings, reports, notices, applications and registrations with, and to seek
any consents or authorizations from, the Commission and any state securities
authority on behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or advisable to comply with
any federal or state securities or reporting requirements or other laws or
regulations. The Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee upon written request
therefor shall furnish the Servicer with any documents necessary or appropriate
to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties
hereunder.

         (c)      The Servicer shall not, and no Successor Servicer shall, be
obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts
for servicing the Receivables from the procedures, offices, employees and
accounts used by the Servicer or such Successor Servicer, as the case may be, in
connection with servicing other credit card receivables.

         (d)      The Servicer shall comply with and perform its servicing
obligations with respect to the Accounts and Receivables in accordance with the
Credit Card Agreements relating to the Accounts and the Credit Card Guidelines.

         (e)      The Servicer shall pay out of its own funds, without
reimbursement, all expenses incurred in connection with the Trust and the
servicing activities hereunder including expenses related to enforcement of the
Receivables, fees and disbursements of the Owner Trustee (as such and in its
individual capacity) including amounts owed to the Owner Trustee under the Trust
Agreement, the Administrator and the Indenture Trustee (including the reasonable
fees and expenses of its outside counsel) and independent accountants and all
other fees and expenses, including the costs of filing UCC continuation
statements, the costs and expenses relating to obtaining and maintaining the
listing of any Notes on any stock exchange and any stamp, documentary, excise,
property (whether on real, personal or intangible property) or any similar tax
levied on the Trust or the Trust's assets that are not expressly stated in this
Agreement to be payable by the Trust or the Transferor (other than federal,
state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes, if any, or any interest or
penalties with respect thereto, assessed on the Trust).

         (f)      Fidelity Bond Coverage. The Servicer agrees at its own cost
and expense to maintain during the term of this Agreement adequate fidelity bond
or insurance coverage of the officers and employees of the Servicer (as well as
any temporary personnel if not covered by their agency's insurance) who handle
or may have occasion to handle or control any funds handled by the Servicer,
documents and/or papers relating to the Receivables. Such fidelity bond or
insurance shall be in form and substance reasonable and customary for companies
which service credit card receivables, shall protect against losses, including
losses resulting from forgery, theft, embezzlement and fraud, and the coverage
under the fidelity bond or insurance shall be at least $5,000,000. The Servicer
shall furnish to the Administrator certification by the carrier of such fidelity
coverage attesting to the form or type of bond or insurance evidencing such
coverage, together with the amount, term, date of commencement, anniversary or
renewal

                                       42
<PAGE>

date and name of insured and affirmatively assuring the Administrator
that such coverage cannot be materially changed, other than by an increase in
amount, or canceled without 30 days' prior written notice to the Administrator.

         Section 3.02. Collection Notices. (a) The Indenture Trustee is
authorized at any time following the occurrence of a Collection Notice Event to
date and to deliver to the Collection Banks, the notice attached to the
Collection Account Agreements or other applicable written instruction (the
"Collection Notice") assuming exclusive control of the Bon-Ton Collection
Accounts. The Indenture Trustee is authorized at any time following the
occurrence of a Collection Notice Event to deliver to the Lock-Box Processors
written instructions assuming exclusive control of the Lock-Boxes pursuant to
the control agreement entered into by the Indenture Trustee and such Lock-Box
Processors. Each Transferor hereby transfers to the Indenture Trustee for the
benefit of the Noteholders the exclusive ownership and control of the Bon-Ton
Collection Accounts and the Indenture Trustee shall permit the Servicer,
pursuant to the terms of Collection Account Agreements, to withdraw funds from
the Bon-Ton Collection Accounts unless the Indenture Trustee has notified the
applicable Collection Bank to the contrary. Each Transferor hereby authorizes
the Indenture Trustee, and agrees that the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled
to (i) endorse such Transferor's name on checks and other instruments
representing Collections, (ii) enforce the Receivables and the related Credit
Cared Agreement and (iii) take such action as shall be necessary or desirable to
cause all cash, checks and other instruments constituting Collections of
Receivables to come into the possession of the Indenture Trustee rather than
such Transferor.

         (b)      No Transferor shall at any time permit, and shall cause the
applicable Account Originator not to permit at any time, any Obligor to make
payment at any store location of such Account Originator of any Receivable by
means of either (i) another credit card or (ii) any instrument or other payment
item that also represents payment of amounts owed to such Account Originator by
such Obligor other than such Receivable. The Indenture Trustee may at any time
following the occurrence of an In-Store Collection Event, on written notice to
the applicable Transferor, direct that such Transferor, and such Transferor
thereupon shall, direct the applicable Account Originator to (i) cease accepting
In-Store Collections at individual cash registers within a store, (ii) accept
all In-Store Collections at a single collection point within each store, and
otherwise segregate, record and maintain the separateness of all In-Store
Collections from all other cash and payment items handled or located at such
store, and (iii) remit on a daily basis from each store location all In-Store
Collections (in the form received) to such location or locations as the
Noteholders may direct, including, without limitation, to a deposit account at
any bank selected by the Noteholders (which may be a separate deposit account at
the bank where any store, in the ordinary course, deposits its Collections) or
to a concentration location (which may entail daily delivery by overnight
courier by each store to such location of such store's In-Store Collections).
Each Transferor and the Servicer shall take all actions necessary, or that the
Indenture Trustee may reasonably request, to implement any alternative handling
procedures required under this Section 3.02(b) for In-Store Collections.

         Section 3.03. Servicing Compensation. As compensation for its servicing
activities hereunder and as reimbursement for any expense incurred by it in
connection therewith, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Servicing
Fee with respect to each Monthly Period, payable on the related Payment Date.
The Monthly Servicing Fee allocable to a Series of Notes

                                       43
<PAGE>

with respect to any Monthly Period (the "Monthly Servicing Fee") shall be
determined in accordance with the relevant Indenture Supplement. The portion of
the Servicing Fee with respect to any Monthly Period not paid pursuant to the
preceding sentence shall be paid by the Holders of the Transferor Certificates
on the related Payment Date and in no event shall the Trust, the Owner Trustee
(as such or in its individual capacity), the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders
of any Series or any Series Enhancer be liable for the share of the Servicing
Fee with respect to any Monthly Period to be paid by the Holders of the
Transferor Certificates.

         Section 3.04. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the
Servicer.

         (a)      Bon-Ton DSI, as initial Servicer, hereby makes, and any
Successor Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make, with respect to
itself, on each Closing Date (and on the date of any such appointment), the
following representations, warranties and covenants on which the Trust and the
Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to have relied in accepting the Receivables in
trust and in entering into the Indenture:

                        (i) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a
         corporation duly organized and validly existing in good standing under
         the laws of its state of incorporation and has full power and authority
         to own its properties and conduct its credit card servicing business as
         presently owned or conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its
         obligations under this Agreement.

                        (ii) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified
         to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or
         other foreign entity (or is exempt from such requirements) and has
         obtained all necessary licenses and approvals required to carry on its
         business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted except
         where the failure to so qualify or obtain licenses or approvals would
         not have a material adverse effect on its ability to perform its
         obligations as Servicer under this Agreement.

                        (iii) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery, and
         performance of this Agreement and the other agreements and instruments
         executed or to be executed by the Servicer as contemplated hereby, have
         been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary action on the
         part of the Servicer.

                        (iv) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a
         legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable in
         accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited
         by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
         other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time to
         time in effect or by general principles of equity.

                        (v) No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this
         Agreement by the Servicer, and the performance of the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and
         the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to the
         Servicer, will not conflict with, violate or result in any breach of
         any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without
         notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, any indenture,
         contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to
         which the Servicer is a party or by which it or its properties are
         bound.

                                       44
<PAGE>

                        (vi) No Violation. The execution and delivery of this
         Agreement by the Servicer, the performance of the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and
         the fulfillment of the terms hereof applicable to the Servicer will not
         conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to the
         Servicer or conflict with, violate, result in any breach of any of the
         terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse
         of time or both) a default under any indenture, contract, agreement,
         mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the Servicer is a
         party or by which it or any of its properties are bound.

                        (vii) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
         investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer,
         threatened against the Servicer before any Governmental Authority
         seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement or seeking any determination or ruling
         that, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, would materially and
         adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations
         under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

                        (viii) Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Servicer
         shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or
         in connection with each Receivable (and the underlying receivable) and
         the related Account, if any, will maintain in effect all qualifications
         required under Requirements of Law in order to service properly each
         Receivable and the related Account, if any, and will comply in all
         material respects with all other Requirements of Law in connection with
         servicing each Receivable and the related Account the failure to comply
         with which would have an Adverse Effect.

                        (ix) No Rescission or Cancellation. Subject to Section
         3.10, the Servicer shall not permit any rescission or cancellation of
         any Receivable except in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines or
         as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental
         Authority.

                        (x) Protection of Rights. The Servicer shall take no
         action which, nor omit to take any action the omission of which, would
         substantially impair the rights of the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or
         the Noteholders in any Receivable or the related Account, if any, nor
         shall it reschedule, revise or defer payments due on any Receivable
         except in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines.

                        (xi) Receivables Not Evidenced by Promissory Notes.
         Except in connection with its enforcement or collection of an Account,
         the Servicer will take no action to cause any Receivable to be
         evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC) and if any
         Receivable is so evidenced (whether or not in connection with the
         enforcement or collection of an Account) it shall be reassigned or
         assigned to the Servicer as provided in this Section.

                        (xii) All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders
         or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental
         Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Servicer in
         connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the
         Servicer and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this

                                       45
<PAGE>

         Agreement by the Servicer, have been duly obtained, effected or given
         and are in full force and effect.

                        (xiii) Accuracy of Information. All information
         heretofore furnished by the Servicer to the Transferor, the Trust, the
         Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders for purposes of or in connection
         with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, and all
         such information hereafter furnished by the Servicer to the Transferor,
         the Trust, the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders will be, true and
         accurate in every material respect, on the date such information is
         stated or certified and does not and will not contain any material
         misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact
         necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

         (b)      In the event (i) any of the representations, warranties or
covenants of the Servicer contained in Section 3.04(a)(viii), (ix) or (x) with
respect to any Receivable or the related Account is breached, and such breach
has a material adverse effect on such Receivable (which determination shall be
made without regard to whether funds are then available to any Noteholders
pursuant to any Series Enhancement) and is not cured within 60 days (or such
longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by the Indenture
Trustee and the Transferor) of the earlier to occur of the discovery of such
event by the Servicer, or receipt by the Servicer of notice of such event given
by the Indenture Trustee or the Transferor, or (ii) as provided in Section
3.04(a)(xi) with respect to any Receivable, all Receivables in the Account or
Accounts to which such event relates shall be assigned and transferred to the
Servicer on the terms and conditions set forth below.

                  The Servicer shall effect such assignment by making a deposit
into the Collection Account in immediately available funds by the Payment Date
following the Monthly Period in which such assignment obligation arises in an
amount equal to the amount of such Receivables.

                  Upon each such reassignment or assignment to the Servicer, the
Trust shall automatically and without further action be deemed to sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Servicer, without
recourse, representation or warranty, all right, title and interest of the Trust
in and to such Receivables, all Recoveries related thereto, all monies due or to
become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and all
proceeds thereof. The Trust shall execute such documents and instruments of
transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall be reasonably
requested by the Servicer to effect the conveyance of any such Receivables
pursuant to this Section but only upon receipt of an Officer's Certificate of
the Servicer that states that all conditions set forth in this section have been
satisfied. The obligation of the Servicer to accept reassignment or assignment
of such Receivables, and to make the deposits, if any, required to be made to
the Collection Account as provided in the preceding paragraph, shall constitute
the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise to such obligation available to
Noteholders (or the Indenture Trustee on behalf of Noteholders) or any Series
Enhancer, except as provided in Section 5.04.

         Section 3.05. Reports and Records for the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee.

         (a)      Daily Records. On each Business Day, the Servicer shall make
or cause to be made available at the office of the Servicer for inspection by
the Owner Trustee and the

                                       46
<PAGE>

Indenture Trustee upon request a record setting forth (i) the Collections in
respect of Principal Receivables and in respect of Finance Charge Receivables
processed by the Servicer on the second preceding Business Day in respect of
each Account and (ii) the amount of Receivables as of the close of business on
the second preceding Business Day in each Account. The Servicer shall, at all
times, maintain its computer files with respect to the Accounts in such a manner
so that the Accounts may be specifically identified and shall make available to
the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at the office of the Servicer on any
Business Day any computer programs necessary to make such identification. The
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee shall enter into such reasonable
confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its
interests and the interests of the Obligors and as are reasonably acceptable in
form and substance to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.

         (b)      Monthly Servicer's Certificate. Not later than the
Determination Date preceding each Payment Date, the Servicer shall, with respect
to each outstanding Series, deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee
and each Rating Agency a certificate of an Authorized Officer in substantially
the form set forth in the related Indenture Supplement.

         Section 3.06. Annual Certificate of Servicer. The Servicer shall
deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency on or
before the date which is four months after the end of each fiscal year,
beginning with the 2004 fiscal year, an Officer's Certificate substantially in
the form of Exhibit C.

         Section 3.07. Annual Servicing Report of Independent Public
Accountants; Copies of Reports Available.

         (a)      On or before the date which is four months after the end of
each fiscal year of the Trust, beginning with the 2004 fiscal year, the Servicer
shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants (who
may also render other services to the Servicer or the Transferor or any Account
Owner) to furnish a report (addressed to the Owner Trustee) to the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency to the
effect that they have applied certain procedures agreed upon with the Servicer
and examined certain documents and records relating to the servicing of the
Receivables under this Agreement, the Indenture and each Indenture Supplement
for the prior fiscal year (or since the effective date of this Agreement in the
case of the first such report) and that, on the basis of such agreed-upon
procedures, nothing has come to the attention of such accountants that caused
them to believe that the servicing (including the allocation of Collections set
forth in Article Eight of the Indenture and in each Indenture Supplement) has
not been conducted in compliance with the terms and conditions set forth in
Article Three and Section 5.08 of this Agreement, Article Eight of the Indenture
and the applicable provisions of each Indenture Supplement, except for such
exceptions as they believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall
be set forth in such statement. Such report shall set forth the agreed-upon
procedures performed.

         (b)      On or before the date which is four months after the end of
each fiscal year of the Trust, beginning with the 2004 fiscal year, the Servicer
shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants (who
may also render other services to the Servicer or Transferor) to furnish a
report to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating
Agency to the effect that they have applied certain procedures agreed upon with
the

                                       47
<PAGE>

Servicer to compare the mathematical calculations of certain amounts set forth
in the Servicer's certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.05(b) during the
period covered by such report with the Servicer's computer reports that were the
source of such amounts and that on the basis of such agreed-upon procedures and
comparison, such accountants are of the opinion that such amounts are in
agreement, except for such exceptions as they believe to be immaterial and such
other exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement. Such report shall set
forth the agreed-upon procedures performed.

         (c)      In the event such independent public accountants require the
Indenture Trustee to agree to the procedures to be performed by such firm in any
of the reports required to be prepared pursuant to this Section 3.07, the
Servicer shall direct the Indenture Trustee in writing to so agree; provided,
however, that the Indenture Trustee will deliver such letter of agreement in
conclusive reliance upon the direction of the Servicer, and the Indenture
Trustee will not make any independent inquiry or investigation as to, and shall
have no obligation or liability in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or
correctness of such procedures.

         (d)      A copy of each certificate and report provided pursuant to
Section 3.05(b), or Section 3.06 or 3.07, may be obtained by any Noteholder or
Note Owner by a request in writing to the Indenture Trustee addressed to the
Corporate Trust Office.

         (e)      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reports
referred to in this Section 3.07 shall not have to be delivered for so long as
Series 2004-1 is the only Series Outstanding.

         Section 3.08. Tax Treatment. Unless otherwise specified in the
Indenture or an Indenture Supplement with respect to a particular Series, the
Transferor has entered into this Agreement, and the Notes will be issued, with
the intention that, for federal, State and local income and franchise tax
purposes, (i) the Notes of each Series which are characterized as indebtedness
at the time of their issuance will qualify as indebtedness secured by the
Receivables and (ii) the Trust shall not be treated as an association or
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. The Transferor, by
entering into this Agreement, and each Noteholder, by the acceptance of any such
Note (and each Note Owner, by its acceptance of an interest in the applicable
Note), agree to treat such Notes for federal, state and local income and
franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Transferor. Each Holder of such
Note agrees that it will cause any Note Owner acquiring an interest in a Note
through it to comply with this Agreement as to treatment as indebtedness under
applicable tax law, as described in this Section. The parties hereto agree that
they shall not cause or permit the making, as applicable, of any election under
Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3 whereby the Trust or any portion thereof
would be treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and, except as
required by Section 6.13 of the Indenture, shall not file tax returns or obtain
any federal employer identification number for the Trust but shall treat the
Trust as a security device for federal income tax purposes (or in the event that
there is more than one Transferor or holders of Certificates, shall treat the
Trust as a security device or as a partnership for federal income tax purposes).
The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in furtherance of the
foregoing intended tax treatment.

         Section 3.09. Notices to Bon-Ton DSI. In the event that Bon-Ton DSI is
no longer acting as Servicer, any Successor Servicer shall deliver or make
available to Bon-Ton DSI each

                                       48
<PAGE>

certificate and report required to be provided thereafter pursuant to Sections
3.05(b), 3.06 and 3.07.

         Section 3.10. Adjustments.

         (a)      If the Servicer adjusts downward the amount of any Receivable
because of any of the events described in Section 3.02 of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement, then, in any such case, the amount of Principal Receivables
used to calculate the Transferor Interest, and (unless otherwise specified) any
other amount required herein or in the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement to
be calculated by reference to the amount of Principal Receivables, will be
reduced by the amount of the adjustment. Similarly, the amount of Principal
Receivables used to calculate the Transferor Interest and (unless otherwise
specified) any other amount required herein or in any Indenture Supplement to be
calculated by reference to the amount of Principal Receivables will be reduced
by the principal amount of any Receivable which was discovered as having been
created through a fraudulent or counterfeit charge or with respect to which the
covenant contained in Section 2.07(b) was breached. Any adjustment required
pursuant to either of the two preceding sentences shall be made on or prior to
the end of the Monthly Period in which such adjustment obligation arises. In the
event that, following the exclusion of such Principal Receivables from the
calculation of the Transferor Interest, the Transferor Interest would be less
than the Required Transferor Interest, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City
time, by the Payment Date following the Monthly Period in which such adjustment
obligation arises, the Transferor shall make a deposit into the Special Funding
Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which
the Transferor Interest would be less than the Required Transferor Interest, due
to adjustments with respect to Receivables conveyed by such Transferor (up to
the amount of such Principal Receivables).

         (b)      If the Servicer (i) makes a deposit into the Collection
Account in respect of a Collection of a Receivable and such Collection was
received by the Servicer in the form of a check which is not honored for any
reason or (ii) makes a mistake with respect to the amount of any Collection and
deposits an amount that is less than or more than the actual amount of such
Collection, the Servicer shall appropriately adjust the amount subsequently
deposited into the Collection Account to reflect such dishonored check or
mistake. Any Receivable in respect of which a dishonored check is received shall
be deemed not to have been paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, adjustments made
pursuant to this Section shall not require any change in any report previously
delivered pursuant to Section 3.05(a).

         Section 3.11. Reports to the Commission. The Servicer shall, on behalf
of the Trust, cause to be filed with the Commission all periodic reports
required to be filed under the provisions of the Exchange Act, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder. The Transferor shall, at its own
expense, cooperate in any reasonable request of the Servicer in connection with
such filings. The Trust agrees to cooperate with the Servicer in connection with
such filings.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                            OTHER TRANSFEROR MATTERS

         Section 4.01. Liability of each Transferor. Each Transferor shall be
severally, and not jointly, liable for all obligations, covenants,
representations and warranties of such Transferor arising under or related to
this Agreement. Each Transferor shall be liable only to the extent of the
obligations specifically undertaken by it in its capacity as a Transferor.

         Section 4.02. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, a Transferor. No Transferor shall dissolve, liquidate,
consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or convey, transfer or sell
its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

                  (i)(x) if such Transferor is not the surviving entity, the
entity formed by such consolidation or into which such Transferor is merged or
the Person which acquires by conveyance, transfer or sale the properties and
assets of the Transferor substantially as an entirety shall (A) be organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or the
District of Columbia, and shall be a special purpose entity whose powers and
activities are limited to substantially the same degree as provided in the
limited partnership agreement of BTRP and (B) expressly assume, by an agreement
supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee, the performance of every covenant and obligation of such
Transferor hereunder; and (y) such Transferor or the surviving entity, as the
case may be, has delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee (with
a copy to each Rating Agency) an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or sale and
such supplemental agreement comply with this Section, that such supplemental
agreement is a valid and binding obligation of such surviving entity enforceable
against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally from time to time in effect or general principles of equity, and that
all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
been complied with;

                  (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
with respect to such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer; and

                  (iii) the relevant Transferor shall have delivered to the
Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency a Tax Opinion dated the date of such
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, with respect thereto.

         Section 4.03. Limitations on Liability of Each Transferor. Subject to
Section 4.01, no Transferor nor any of the directors, officers, employees,
incorporators or agents of any Transferor acting in such capacities shall be
under any liability to the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders, any Series Enhancer or any other Person for any action taken, or
for refraining from the taking of any action, in good faith in such capacities
pursuant to this Agreement, it being expressly understood that such liability is
expressly waived and released

                                       50
<PAGE>

as a condition of, and consideration for, the execution of this Agreement, the
Indenture and any Indenture Supplement and the issuance of the Notes; provided,
however, that this provision shall not protect any Transferor or any such person
against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. Each
Transferor and any director, officer, employee or agent of such Transferor may
rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and
submitted by any Person (other than such Transferor) respecting any matters
arising hereunder.

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                     OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER

         Section 5.01. Liability of the Servicer. The Servicer shall be liable
under this Article only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken
by the Servicer in its capacity as Servicer.

         Section 5.02. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, the Servicer. The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge
into any other corporation or entity or convey, transfer or sell its properties
and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:

                  (i) if the Servicer is not the surviving entity, the entity
formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or the Person
which acquires by conveyance, transfer or sale the properties and assets of the
Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be an entity organized and existing
under the laws of the United States of America or any state or the District of
Columbia, and such entity shall expressly assume, by an agreement supplemental
hereto, executed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee,
in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, the
performance of every covenant and obligation of the Servicer hereunder;

                  (ii) the Servicer has delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each
stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or sale comply
with this Section 5.02 and that such supplemental agreement is a valid and
binding obligation of such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except
as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally from time to time in effect and except as such enforceability may be
limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or
in equity), and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
such transaction have been complied with;

                  (iii) the Servicer shall have given the Rating Agencies notice
of such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; and

                  (iv) the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the
Servicer is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the
properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be an
Eligible Servicer.

                                       51
<PAGE>

         Section 5.03. Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others.
Except as provided in Section 3.01(e) and Section 5.04, neither the Servicer nor
any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be under any liability
to the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders, any
Series Enhancer or any other Person for any action taken, or for refraining from
the taking of any action, in good faith in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to
this Agreement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the
Servicer or any such Person against any liability which would otherwise be
imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the
performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and
duties hereunder. The Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of
the Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie
properly executed and submitted by any Person (other than the Servicer)
respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Servicer shall not be under any
obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not
incidental to its duties as Servicer in accordance with this Agreement and which
in its reasonable judgment may involve it in any expense or liability. The
Servicer may, in its sole discretion, undertake any such legal action which it
may deem necessary or desirable for the benefit of the Noteholders with respect
to this Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereto and the
interests of the Noteholders hereunder.

         Section 5.04. Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustees.
The Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Trust, the Owner
Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity), the Indenture Trustee and any
trustees predecessor thereto (including the Indenture Trustee in its capacity as
Transfer Agent and Registrar or as Paying Agent) and their respective directors,
officers, employees and agents from and against any and all loss, liability,
claim, expense or damage suffered or sustained by reason of (i) any acts or
omissions of the Servicer with respect to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement
or (ii) the administration by the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee of the
Trust or the performance by the Indenture Trustee of its duties under the
Indenture (other than such as may arise from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Owner Trustee or the negligence or willful misconduct of the
Indenture Trustee, as applicable), including any judgment, award, settlement,
reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection
with the defense of any action, proceeding or claim. Indemnification pursuant to
this Section shall not be payable from the Trust Assets unless otherwise
specified in the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement. In addition to the
foregoing, the Servicer agrees to indemnify the "Indemnified Parties" (as
defined in the Trust Agreement) on the basis provided pursuant to Section 7.02
of the Trust Agreement. The Servicer's obligations under this Section shall
survive the termination of this Agreement or the Trust or the earlier removal or
resignation of the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable. The
Servicer agrees that the Indenture Trustee is a third party beneficiary of this
Section and is entitled to enforce the provisions hereof for the benefit of the
Trust and in its individual capacity.

         Section 5.05. Resignation of the Servicer. The Servicer shall not
resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except (i) upon
determination that (a) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer
permissible under applicable law and (b) there is no reasonable action which the
Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible
under applicable law and (ii) upon the assumption, by a supplemental agreement
hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustees, in form satisfactory to each
Trustee, of the obligations and duties of the Servicer hereunder by any of its
Affiliates or by any entity the appointment of which shall have satisfied the
Rating Agency Condition and, in either case,

                                       52
<PAGE>

qualifies as an Eligible Servicer. Any determination permitting the resignation
of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an Opinion of
Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trust, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee. No resignation shall become effective until a Successor
Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer
in accordance with Section 7.02 hereof. If within 120 days of the date of the
determination that the Servicer may no longer act as Servicer under clause (i)
above the Indenture Trustee is unable to appoint a Successor Servicer, the
Indenture Trustee shall petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint
any established institution qualifying as an Eligible Servicer as the Successor
Servicer hereunder. The Trust shall give prompt notice to each Rating Agency and
each Series Enhancer upon the appointment of a Successor Servicer.
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Bon-Ton DSI may
assign part or all of its obligations and duties as Servicer under this
Agreement to an Affiliate of Bon-Ton DSI so long as Bon-Ton DSI shall have fully
guaranteed the performance of such obligations and duties under this Agreement.

         Section 5.06. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
the Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee, as applicable, access to the documentation regarding the
Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the Owner Trustee or the
Indenture Trustee, as applicable, is required in connection with the enforcement
of the rights of Noteholders or by applicable statutes or regulations to review
such documentation, such access being afforded without charge. Nothing in this
Section shall derogate from the obligation of the Transferor, the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting
disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the failure of the Servicer
to provide access as provided in this Section as a result of such obligation
shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

         Section 5.07. Delegation of Duties. (a) In the ordinary course of
business, the Servicer may at any time delegate its duties hereunder with
respect to the Accounts and the Receivables to any Person that agrees to conduct
such duties in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines and this Agreement.
The Servicer shall promptly give notice to each Rating Agency of any delegation
of duties hereunder. Such delegation shall not relieve the Servicer of its
liability and responsibility with respect to such duties, and shall not
constitute a resignation within the meaning of Section 5.05.

         (b)      The Servicer may enter into one or more sub-servicing
agreements for any servicing and administration of Receivables (including the
underlying receivables) with one or more entities (including Affiliates of the
Servicer) which are in compliance with the laws of each state necessary to
enable them to perform their obligations under such sub-servicing agreements.
The Servicer shall give notice to the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies
of the appointment of any sub-servicer and shall furnish to the Rating Agencies
a copy of the sub-servicing agreement (unless the sub-servicer is an Affiliate
of the Servicer). For purposes of this Agreement, the Servicer shall be deemed
to have received Collections on Receivables when any sub-servicer has received
such Collections. Any such sub-servicing agreement shall be consistent with and
not violate the provisions of this Agreement.

         (c)      The Servicer may terminate any sub-servicing agreement in
accordance with the terms and conditions of such sub-servicing agreement and
either directly service the related

                                       53
<PAGE>

Receivables itself or enter into a sub-servicing agreement with a successor
sub-servicer that qualifies under this Section.

         (d)      Any sub-servicing agreement and any other transactions or
services relating to the Receivables involving a sub-servicer shall be deemed to
be between the sub-servicer and the Servicer alone and the Indenture Trustee and
the Noteholders shall not be deemed parties thereto and shall have no claims,
rights, obligations, duties or liabilities with respect to any sub-servicer
except as set forth in this Section.

         (e)      The Servicer shall not be relieved of its obligations under
this Agreement notwithstanding any delegation of its duties or entry into any
sub-servicing agreement pursuant to this subsection, and the Servicer shall be
obligated to the same extent and under the same terms and conditions as if it
alone were servicing and administering the Receivables. The Servicer shall be
entitled to enter into any agreement with a sub-servicer for indemnification of
the Servicer by such sub-servicer. Nothing contained in any sub-servicing
agreement shall be deemed to limit or modify this Agreement.

         Section 5.08. Examination of Records. Each Transferor and the Servicer
shall indicate generally in their computer files or other records that the
Receivables arising in the Accounts have been conveyed to the Trust, pursuant to
this Agreement. Each Transferor and the Servicer shall, prior to the sale or
transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its custody, examine its
computer records and other records to determine that such receivable is not, and
does not include, a Receivable.

                                  ARTICLE SIX

                               INSOLVENCY EVENTS

         Section 6.01. Rights upon the Occurrence of an Insolvency Event. If an
Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to any Transferor, such Transferor
shall, on the related Appointment Date, immediately cease to transfer Principal
Receivables to the Trust and shall promptly give notice to each Rating Agency,
the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee thereof. Notwithstanding any
cessation of the transfer to the Trust of additional Principal Receivables,
Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust prior to the occurrence of such
Insolvency Event, Collections in respect of such Principal Receivables and
Finance Charge Receivables (whenever created) accrued in respect of such
Principal Receivables shall continue to be a part of the Trust Assets and shall
be allocated and distributed to Noteholders in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture and each Indenture Supplement.

                                       54
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE SEVEN

                               SERVICER DEFAULTS

         Section 7.01. Servicer Defaults.

         (a)      If any one of the following events (a "Servicer Default")
shall occur and be continuing:

                        (i) any failure by the Servicer to make any payment,
         transfer or deposit or to give instructions or to give notice to the
         Indenture Trustee to make such payment, transfer or deposit on or
         before the date occurring five Business Days after the date such
         payment, transfer or deposit or such instruction or notice is required
         to be made or given, as the case may be, under the terms of this
         Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement;

                        (ii) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe
         or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of
         the Servicer set forth in this Agreement which has an Adverse Effect
         and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date
         on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied,
         shall have been given to the Servicer by the Owner Trustee or the
         Indenture Trustee, or to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the
         Indenture Trustee by Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 10% of
         the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Notes (or, with respect to
         any such failure that does not relate to all Series, 10% of the
         aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Series to which such failure
         relates); or the Servicer shall assign or delegate its duties under
         this Agreement, except as permitted by Sections 5.02 and 5.07;

                        (iii) any representation, warranty or certification made
         by the Servicer in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered
         pursuant to this Agreement shall prove to have been incorrect when
         made, which has an Adverse Effect on the rights of the Noteholders of
         any Series (which determination shall be made without regard to whether
         funds are then available pursuant to any Series Enhancement) and which
         Adverse Effect continues for a period of 60 days after the date on
         which notice thereof, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have
         been given to the Servicer by the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
         Trustee, or to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
         Trustee by the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 10% of the
         aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Notes (or, with respect to any
         such representation, warranty or certification that does not relate to
         all Series, 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Series
         to which such representation, warranty or certification relates);

                        (iv) the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a
         bankrup tcy trustee or conservator or receiver or liquidator in any
         bankruptcy proceeding or other insolvency, readjustment of debt,
         marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or
         relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all
         its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory
         authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a
         bankruptcy trustee or a conservator or receiver or liquidator in

                                       55
<PAGE>

         any bankruptcy, insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets
         and liabilities or similar proceedings, or the winding-up or
         liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the
         Servicer and such decree or order shall have remained in force
         undischarged or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) days; or the
         Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
         generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any
         applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization statute, make any
         assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend
         payment of its obligations; or

                        (v) any other Servicer Default described in the related
         Indenture Supplement.

         (b)      Upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default, so long as the
Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the Indenture Trustee or
the Holders of Notes evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of all Notes, by notice then given to the Servicer and the Owner Trustee
(and to the Indenture Trustee if given by the Noteholders) (a "Termination
Notice"), may terminate all but not less than all the rights and obligations of
the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement; provided, however, if within 60
days of receipt of a Termination Notice the Indenture Trustee does not receive
any bids from Eligible Servicers in accordance with Section 7.02(c) to act as a
Successor Servicer and receives an Officer's Certificate of the Servicer to the
effect that the Servicer cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which
gave rise to the Termination Notice, the Indenture Trustee shall grant a right
of first refusal to the Transferor which would permit the Transferor at its
option to acquire the Notes on the Payment Date in the next calendar month.

                  The price for the Notes shall be equal to the sum of the
amounts specified therefor with respect to each outstanding Series in the
related Indenture Supplement. The Transferor shall notify the Indenture Trustee
prior to the Record Date for the Payment Date of the acquisition if it is
exercising such right of first refusal. If the Transferor exercises such right
of first refusal, the Transferor shall deposit the price into the Collection
Account not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Payment Date in
immediately available funds. The price shall be allocated and distributed to
Noteholders in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and each Indenture
Supplement.

                  After receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice, and on
the date that a Successor Servicer is appointed by the Indenture Trustee
pursuant to Section 7.02, all authority and power of the Servicer under this
Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Successor Servicer (a "Service
Transfer"); and, without limitation, the Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized
and empowered (upon the failure of the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and
deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all
documents and other instruments upon the failure of the Servicer to execute or
deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts
or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such Service
Transfer. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Indenture Trustee and such
Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and
rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing hereunder, including the transfer to
such Successor Servicer of all authority of the Servicer to service the
Receivables provided for under this Agreement, including all authority over all
Collections which shall on the date of transfer be held by the Servicer for
deposit, or which have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection
Account, or which shall thereafter

                                       56
<PAGE>

be received with respect to the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor
Servicer. The Servicer shall within 20 Business Days transfer its electronic
records relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in such electronic
form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall promptly
transfer to the Successor Servicer all other records, correspondence and
documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner
and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request. To the
extent that compliance with this Section shall require the Servicer to disclose
to the Successor Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer deems to be
confidential, the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such
customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem
reasonably necessary to protect its interests.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of
performance referred to in clause (a)(i) above for a period of ten (10) Business
Days after the applicable grace period or under clause (a)(ii) or (a)(iii) above
for a period of sixty (60) Business Days after the applicable grace period,
shall not constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be
prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay
or failure was caused by an act of God or the public enemy, acts of declared or
undeclared war, public disorder, rebellion or sabotage, epidemics, landslides,
lightning, fire, hurricanes, earthquakes, floods or similar causes. The
preceding sentence shall not relieve the Servicer from using all commercially
reasonable efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer shall provide the Indenture
Trustee, Owner Trustee, each Transferor and any Series Enhancer with an
Officer's Certificate giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it,
together with a description of its efforts so to perform its obligations.

         Section 7.02. Indenture Trustee To Act; Appointment of Successor.

         (a)      On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination
Notice pursuant to Section 7.01, the Servicer shall continue to perform all
servicing functions under this Agreement until the date specified in the
Termination Notice or otherwise specified by the Indenture Trustee or until a
date mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and the Indenture Trustee. The
Indenture Trustee shall as promptly as possible after the giving of a
Termination Notice notify each Rating Agency of such Termination Notice and
appoint an Eligible Servicer as a successor servicer (the "Successor Servicer"),
and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption
in a form acceptable to the Indenture Trustee. In the event that a Successor
Servicer has not been appointed or has not accepted its appointment at the time
when the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, the Indenture Trustee without
further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer. The
Indenture Trustee may delegate any of its servicing obligations to an Affiliate
or agent in accordance with Sections 3.01(b) and 5.07. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Indenture Trustee shall, if it is legally unable so to act,
petition at the expense of the Servicer a court of competent jurisdiction to
appoint any established institution qualifying as an Eligible Servicer as the
Successor Servicer hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall give prompt notice to
each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer upon the appointment of a Successor
Servicer.

         (b)      Upon its appointment, the Successor Servicer shall be the
successor in all respects to the Servicer with respect to servicing functions
under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties
and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms

                                       57
<PAGE>

and provisions hereof, and all references in this Agreement to the Servicer
shall be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer.

         (c)      In connection with any Termination Notice, the Indenture
Trustee will review any bids which it obtains from Eligible Servicers and shall
be permitted to appoint any Eligible Servicer submitting such a bid as a
Successor Servicer for servicing compensation not in excess of the aggregate
Servicing Fees for all Series plus the sum of the amounts with respect to each
Series and with respect to each Payment Date equal to any Collections of Finance
Charge Receivables allocable to Noteholders of such Series which are payable to
the Holders of the Transferor Certificates after payment of all amounts owing to
the Noteholders of such Series with respect to such Payment Date or required to
be deposited in the applicable Series Accounts with respect to such Payment Date
and any amounts required to be paid to any Series Enhancer for such Series with
respect to such Payment Date pursuant to the terms of any Enhancement Agreement;
provided, however, that the Holders of the Transferor Certificates shall be
responsible for payment of the Transferor's portion of such aggregate Servicing
Fees and all other such amounts in excess of such aggregate Servicing Fees
payable to a Successor Servicer. Each Holder of the Transferor Certificates
agrees that, if Bon-Ton DSI (or any Successor Servicer) is terminated as
Servicer hereunder, the portion of the Collections in respect of Finance Charge
Receivables that the Transferor is entitled to receive pursuant to this
Agreement, the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement shall be reduced by an
amount sufficient to pay the Transferor's share of the compensation of the
Successor Servicer.

         (d)      All authority and power granted to the Servicer under this
Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate upon termination of the Trust
pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Trust Agreement, and shall pass to and be vested
in the Transferor and, without limitation, the Transferor is hereby authorized
and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as
attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments, and to do
and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the
purposes of such transfer of servicing rights. The Servicer agrees to cooperate
with the Transferor in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and
rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing of the Receivables. The Servicer
shall transfer its electronic records relating to the Receivables to the
Transferor or its designee in such electronic form as it may reasonably request
and shall transfer all other records, correspondence and documents to it in the
manner and at such times as it shall reasonably request. To the extent that
compliance with this Section shall require the Servicer to disclose to the
Transferor information of any kind which the Servicer deems to be confidential,
the Transferor shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and
confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its
interests.

         Section 7.03. Notification to Noteholders. Within five Business Days
after the Servicer becomes aware of any Servicer Default, the Servicer shall
give notice thereof to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, each Rating
Agency and each Series Enhancer and the Indenture Trustee shall give notice to
the Noteholders. Upon any termination or appointment of a Successor Servicer
pursuant to this Article, the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt notice thereof
to the Noteholders.

                                       58
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE EIGHT

                                  TERMINATION

         Section 8.01. Termination of Agreement. This Agreement and the
respective obligations and responsibilities of the parties hereto shall
terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Section 5.04, on the
Trust Termination Date.

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         Section 9.01. Amendment; Waiver of Past Defaults.

         (a)      This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto from time
to time prior to, or in connection with, the issuance of the first Series of
Notes hereunder without the requirement of any consents or the satisfaction of
any conditions set forth below. This Agreement may be amended from time to time
by the Servicer, the Transferor and the Trust, by a written instrument signed by
each of them, without the consent of the Indenture Trustee or any of the
Noteholders, provided that (i) the Transferor shall have delivered to the
Trustees an Officer's Certificate, dated the date of any such amendment, stating
that the Transferor reasonably believes that such amendment will not have an
Adverse Effect, such amendment does not affect the rights, duties or obligations
of either the Trustee, Servicer or any Successor Servicer hereunder and (ii) the
Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to any such
amendment. Additionally, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this Agreement
may be amended by the Servicer and the Trust at the direction of the Transferor
without the consent of the Indenture Trustee or any of the Noteholders or Series
Enhancers to add, modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or
advisable in order to enable all or a portion of the Trust (i) to qualify as,
and to permit an election to be made to cause the Trust to be treated as, a
"financial asset securitization investment trust" as described in the provisions
of Section 860L of the Code, and (ii) to avoid the imposition of state or local
income or franchise taxes imposed on the Trust's property or its income;
provided, however, that (i) the Transferor delivers to the Trustees an Officer's
Certificate to the effect that the proposed amendments meet the requirements set
forth in this subsection, (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to any such amendment and (iii) such amendment does not
affect the rights, duties or obligations of either Trustee, Servicer or any
Successor Servicer hereunder.

         (b)      This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
parties hereto, with the consent of the Noteholders evidencing not less than
66-2/3% of the aggregate Outstanding principal amount of the Notes of all
affected Series for which the Transferor has not delivered an Officer's
Certificate stating that there is no Adverse Effect, for the purpose of adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders;
provided, however, that such amendment shall satisfy the Rating Agency Condition
and shall not (i) reduce in any manner the amount of or delay the timing of any
distributions (changes in Pay Out Events or Events of Default that decrease the
likelihood of the occurrence thereof shall not be considered

                                       59
<PAGE>

delays in the timing of distributions for purposes of this clause) to be made to
Noteholders or deposits of amounts to be so distributed or the amount available
under any Series Enhancement without the consent of each affected Noteholder,
(ii) change the definition of or the manner of calculating the interest of any
Noteholder without the consent of each affected Noteholder, or (iii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment without the
consent of each Noteholder.

         (c)      Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent
(other than an amendment pursuant to Section 9.01(a)), the Servicer shall
furnish notification of the substance of such amendment to the Indenture
Trustee, each Noteholder, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer.

         (d)      It shall not be necessary for the consent of Noteholders under
this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it
shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The
manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the
execution thereof by Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Indenture Trustee may prescribe.

         (e)      Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, no
amendment may be made to this Agreement or any Participation Interest Supplement
which would adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Series
Enhancer without the consent of such Series Enhancer.

         (f)      Any Indenture Supplement executed in accordance with the
provisions of Article Ten of the Indenture shall not be considered an amendment
of this Agreement for the purposes of this Section.

         (g)      The Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee's rights, duties,
benefits, protections, privileges or immunities under this Agreement or
otherwise. In connection with the execution of any amendment hereunder, the
Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive the Opinion of Counsel described in
Section 9.03(d), unless such requirement is waived by the Holders of all
outstanding Notes.

         Section 9.02. Waiver of Transferor or Servicer Defaults. The Holders of
Notes evidencing more than 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
the Notes of each Series or, with respect to any Series with two or more
Classes, of each Class (or, with respect to any default that does not relate to
all Series, 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes of
each Series to which such default relates or, with respect to any such Series
with two or more Classes, of each Class) may, on behalf of all Noteholders,
waive any default by the Transferor or the Servicer in the performance of their
obligations hereunder and its consequences, except the failure to make any
distributions required to be made to Noteholders or to make any required
deposits of any amounts to be so distributed. Upon any such waiver of a past
default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom
shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No
such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right
consequent thereon except to the extent expressly

                                       60
<PAGE>

so waived. Promptly after any such waiver of a past default, the Servicer shall
furnish notification of the substance of such waiver to each Rating Agency.

         Section 9.03. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust Assets.

         (a)      The Transferor shall cause this Agreement, all amendments and
supplements hereto and all financing statements and continuation statements and
any other necessary documents covering the Indenture Trustee's and the Trust's
right, title and interest to the Trust Assets to be promptly recorded,
registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and
filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to
preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Indenture Trustee,
Noteholders and the Trust hereunder to all property comprising the Trust Assets.
The Transferor shall deliver to the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee
file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded,
registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such
recording, registration or filing. The Transferor shall cooperate fully with the
Servicer in connection with the obligations set forth above and will execute any
and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this paragraph.

         (b)      Prior to any Transferor making any change in its name,
identity or corporate structure which would make any financing statement or
continuation statement filed in accordance with Section 9.03(a) seriously
misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 (or any comparable provision) of
the UCC, such Transferor shall give the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee
notice of any such change and shall file such financing statements or amendments
as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Trust's security interest
or ownership interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof.

         (c)      Each Transferor shall give the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee prior notice of any relocation of its chief executive office or any
change in the jurisdiction under whose laws it is organized and whether, as a
result of such relocation or change, the applicable provisions of the UCC would
require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or
continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall file such
financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to perfect or to continue
the perfection of the Trust's security interest in the Receivables and the
proceeds thereof. Each Transferor shall at all times maintain its chief
executive offices within the United States and shall at all times be organized
under the laws of a jurisdiction located within the United States.

         (d)      The Transferor shall deliver to the Owner Trustees, the
Indenture Trustees and each Rating Agency (unless such requirement is waived by
the Holders of all outstanding Notes) (i) upon the execution and delivery of
each amendment of this Agreement, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect specified
in Exhibit D-1; (ii) on each date specified in Section 2.09(c)(vi) with respect
to any Additional Accounts to be designated as Accounts, an Opinion of Counsel
substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2, (iii) on each Addition Date on which
any Participation Interests are to be included in the Trust pursuant to Section
2.09(a) or (b), an Opinion of Counsel covering the same substantive legal issues
addressed by Exhibits D-1 and D-2 but conformed to the extent appropriate to
relate to Participation Interests; and (iv) on or before the date which is four
months after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the 2004 fiscal year,
an Opinion of Counsel substantially in the form of Exhibit D-3.

                                       61
<PAGE>

         Section 9.04. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         Section 9.05. Notices; Payments.

         (a)      All Notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at, mailed by
registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission (i)
in the case of BTRP, to The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., 2801 East
Market St., P.O. Box 2821, York, Pennsylvania 17405, facsimile no. (717)
751-3198, (ii) in the case of the Servicer, to The Bon-Ton Department Stores,
Inc., 2801 East Market St., P.O. Box 2821, York, Pennsylvania 17405, facsimile
no. (717) 751-3198, (iii) in the case of the Trust or the Owner Trustee, to
Rodney Square North, 1100 North market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001,
attention: Corporate Trust Administration, (iv) in the case of the Rating Agency
for a particular Series, the address, if any, specified in the Indenture
Supplement relating to such Series and (v) to any other Person as specified in
the Indenture or any Indenture Supplement; or, as to each party, at such other
address or facsimile number as shall be designated by such party in a written
notice to each other party.

         (b)      Any Notice required or permitted to be given to a Holder of
Registered Notes shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the
address of such Holder as shown in the Note Register. No Notice shall be
required to be mailed to a Holder of Bearer Notes or Coupons but shall be given
as provided below. Any Notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this
Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not
the Noteholder receives such Notice. In addition, (i) if and so long as any
Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such Exchange
shall so require, any Notice to Noteholders shall be published in an Authorized
Newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg within the time period prescribed
in this Agreement and (ii) in the case of any Series or Class with respect to
which any Bearer Notes are outstanding, any Notice required or permitted to be
given to Noteholders of such Series or Class shall be published in an Authorized
Newspaper within the time period prescribed in this Agreement.

         Section 9.06. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any
reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such provisions shall be deemed
severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement and shall in no way
affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions or of the
Notes or the rights of the Noteholders or Note Owners.

         Section 9.07. Further Assurances. The Transferor and the Servicer agree
to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and
all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement,
including the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements
relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any
applicable jurisdiction.

                                       62
<PAGE>

         Section 9.08. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise
and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders, any right, remedy, power or privilege
under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or
partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement
preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges
provided under this Agreement are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights,
remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

         Section 9.09. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of
which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.

         Section 9.10. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and inure to the benefit
of the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and their respective successors and
permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no
other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

         Section 9.11. Actions by Noteholders.

         (a)      Wherever in this Agreement a provision is made that an action
may be taken or a Notice given by Noteholders, such action or Notice may be
taken or given by any Noteholder, unless such provision requires a specific
percentage of Noteholders.

         (b)      Any Notice, request, authorization, direction, consent, waiver
or other act by the Holder of a Note shall bind such Holder and every subsequent
Holder of such Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done
or omitted to be done by the Owner Trustee, the Transferor or the Servicer in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

         Section 9.12. Rule 144A Information. For so long as any of the Notes of
any Series or Class are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule
144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, each of the Transferor, the Trust, the
Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and any Series Enhancer agree to cooperate with
each other to provide to any Noteholders of such Series or Class and to any
prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder, upon the request
of such Noteholder or prospective purchaser, any information in its possession
required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the
condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

         Section 9.13. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings,
written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

         Section 9.14. Headings. The headings herein are for purposes of
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of
any provision hereof.

         Section 9.15. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided in Section 5.02, this Agreement may not be
assigned by the Servicer without

                                       63
<PAGE>

the prior consent of Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Series of Notes. The Servicer shall
give the Rating Agencies prior written notice of any such assignment.

         Section 9.16. Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior
termination of this Agreement, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee, the Sellers and each Transferor shall not, prior to the date which is
one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement, acquiesce,
petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any
Governmental Authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case
against the Trust under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of
its property or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the
Trust.

         Section 9.17. Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding any other
provision herein or elsewhere, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by
Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its
capacity as Owner Trustee of the Trust, in no event shall Wilmington Trust
Company in its individual capacity have any liability in respect of the
representations, warranties, or obligations of the Trust hereunder or under any
other document, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of
the Trust, and for all purposes of this Agreement and each other document, the
Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and
entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

                                       64
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer, the
Indenture Trustee and the Trust have caused this Transfer and Servicing
Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and
year first above written.

                           THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP,
                           L.P., as Transferor

                           By: BTRGP, INC., its General Partner

                           By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                               Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                               Title: Treasuer

                           THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                           as Servicer

                           By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                               Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                               Title: Treasurer

                           BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST, as Issuer

                           By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not
                               in its individual capacity but solely as
                               Owner Trustee of the Trust,

                           By: /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                               Name: Anita E. Dallago
                               Title: Senior Financial Services Officer

                           WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                           not in its individual capacity but solely as
                           Indenture Trustee

                           By: /s/ Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                               Name: Patricia O'Neill-Manella
                               Title: Vice President

                                 Signature Page
                                       to

Transfer and Servicing Agreement

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

            FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS
                         (As required by Section 2.09 of
                      the Transfer and Servicing Agreement)

                  ASSIGNMENT No.____ OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS dated
as of _____________,(1) among The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., as
Transferor (the "Transferor"), The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., as Servicer
(the "Servicer"), and Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (the "Trust"),
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement referred to below.

                                   WITNESSETH

                  WHEREAS, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trust are
parties to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004
(as amended and supplemented, the "Agreement");

                  WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, the Transferor wishes to
designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts and to convey the
Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter
created, to the Trust; and

                  WHEREAS, the Trust is willing to accept such designation and
conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trust hereby agree
as follows:

         1.       Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein that are not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto.

                  "Addition Cut-Off Date" means, with respect to the Additional
Accounts designated hereby, _____________, _____.

                  "Addition Date" means, with respect to the Additional Accounts
designated hereby, ____________, _____.

         2.       Designation of Additional Accounts. On or before the date
hereof, the Transferor will deliver to the Owner Trustee a computer file or
microfiche list containing a true and complete schedule identifying all
Additional Accounts designated hereby (the "Additional Accounts") specifying for
each such Additional Account, as of the Addition Cut-Off Date, its account
number and the aggregate amount outstanding in such Account.

-------------------------
(1)      To be dated as of the applicable Addition Date.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>

         3.       Conveyance of Receivables. (a) The Transferor does hereby,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey, without recourse except as set
forth in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, to the Trust, all its right,
title and interest in, to and under the Receivables of such Additional Accounts
existing at the close of business on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter
created from time to time until the termination of the Trust, all Recoveries
related thereto, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or
receivable with respect thereto and all proceeds (including "proceeds" as
defined in the UCC) thereof. The foregoing does not constitute and is not
intended to result in the creation or assumption by the Trust, the Owner Trustee
(as such or in its individual capacity), the Indenture Trustee, any Noteholders
or any Series Enhancer of any obligation of the Servicer, the Transferor or any
other Person in connection with the Accounts, the Receivables or under any
agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors,
merchant banks, merchants clearance systems or insurers. If necessary, the
Transferor agrees to record and file, at its own expense, financing statements
(and continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Receivables in
Additional Accounts existing on the Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created
meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such
jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain perfection of, the sale
and assignment of its interest in such Receivables to the Trust, and to deliver
a file-stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such
filing to the Owner Trustee on or prior to the Addition Date. The Owner Trustee
shall be under no obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation
statements or to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such
sale and assignment.

         (b)      In connection with such sale, the Transferor further agrees,
at its own expense, on or prior to the date of this Assignment, to indicate in
the appropriate computer files that Receivables created in connection with the
Additional Accounts have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement
and this Assignment.

         (c)      The Transferor does hereby grant to the Trust a security
interest in all of its right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, in and to the Receivables in the Additional Accounts existing on the
Addition Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to time until the
termination of the Trust, all Recoveries related thereto, all monies due or to
become due and all amounts received or receivable with respect thereto, all
money, accounts, general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents,
goods, investment property, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, letters
of credit, and advices of credit consisting of, arising from or related to the
foregoing, and all "proceeds" (including "proceeds" as defined in the UCC)
thereof. This Assignment constitutes a security agreement under the UCC.

         4.       Acceptance by Trust. The Trust hereby acknowledges its
acceptance of all right, title and interest to the property, now existing and
hereafter created, conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 3 of this
Assignment. The Trust further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with
the execution and delivery of this Assignment, the Transferor delivered to the
Owner Trustee the computer file or microfiche list described in Section 2 of
this Assignment.

         5.       Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The
Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust, as the Addition Date
that:

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                  (a)      Legal Valid and Binding Obligation. This Assignment
         constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Transferor
         enforceable against the Transferor in accordance with its terms, except
         as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or
         hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in
         general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general
         principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in
         equity).

                  (b)      Eligibility of Accounts. As of the Addition Cut-Off
         Date, each Additional Account designated hereby is an Eligible Account.

                  (c)      Insolvency. As of each of the Addition Cut-Off Date
         and the Addition Date, no Insolvency Event with respect to the
         Transferor has occurred and the transfer by the Transferor of
         Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts to the Trust has not
         been made in contemplation of the occurrence thereof.

                  (d)      Pay Out Event; Event of Default. The Transferor
         reasonably believes that (i) the transfer of the Receivables arising in
         the Additional Accounts will not then or thereafter cause a Pay Out
         Event or Event of Default to occur with respect to any Series and (ii)
         no selection procedure was utilized by the Transferor which would
         result in the selection of Additional Accounts (from among the
         available Eligible Accounts available to the Transferor) that would be
         materially adverse to the interests of the Noteholders of any Series as
         of the Addition Date.

                  (e)      Security Interest. This Assignment constitutes a
         valid sale, transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title
         and interest, whether owned on the Addition Cut-Off Date or thereafter
         acquired, of the Transferor in the Receivables existing on the Addition
         Cut-Off Date or thereafter created in the Additional Accounts, all
         Recoveries related thereto, all monies due or to become due and all
         amounts received or receivable with respect thereto and the "proceeds"
         (including "proceeds" as defined in the applicable UCC) thereof, or, if
         this Assignment does not constitute a sale of such property, it
         constitutes a grant of a "security interest" (as defined in the
         applicable UCC) in such property to the Trust, which, in the case of
         existing Receivables and the proceeds thereof, is enforceable upon
         execution and delivery of this Assignment, and which will be
         enforceable with respect to such Receivables hereafter created and the
         proceeds thereof upon such creation. Upon the filing of the financing
         statements described in Section 3 of this Assignment and, in the case
         of the Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds thereof, upon the
         creation thereof, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected
         security or ownership interest in such property.

                  (f)      No Conflict. The execution and delivery by the
         Transferor of this Assignment, the performance of the transactions
         contemplated by this Assignment and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
         applicable to the Transferor, will not conflict with or violate any
         Requirements of Law applicable to the Transferor or conflict with,
         result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or
         constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a material
         default under, any indenture, contract,

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

         agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which the
         Transferor is a party or by which it or its properties are bound.

                  (g)      No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
         investigations, pending or, to the best knowledge of the Transferor,
         threatened against the Transferor before any court, regulatory body,
         administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality
         (i) asserting the invalidity of this Assignment, (ii) seeking to
         prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
         this Assignment, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that could
         reasonably be expected to (1) adversely affect the collectibility of a
         material portion of the Receivables, (2) materially adversely affect
         the financial condition of the Transferor, any Account Originator, any
         Subsidiary of any Account Originator or The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc. or (3)
         materially adversely affect the ability of Transferor to perform its
         obligations under the Transaction Documents or the validity or
         enforceability of such Transaction Documents.

                  (h)      All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or
         approvals of any court or other governmental authority required to be
         obtained by the Transferor in connection with the execution and
         delivery of this Assignment by the Transferor and the performance of
         the transactions contemplated by this Assignment by the Transferor,
         have been obtained.

         6.       Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Assignment,
the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so
supplemented by this Assignment shall be read, taken and construed as one and
the same instrument.

         7.       Counterparts. This Assignment may be executed in two or more
counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

         8.       GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         9.       Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision
herein or elsewhere, this Assignment has been executed and delivered by
Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its
capacity as Owner Trustee of the Trust, in no event shall Wilmington Trust
Company in its individual capacity have any liability in respect of the
representations, warranties, or obligations of the Trust hereunder or under any
other document, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of
the Trust, and for all purposes of this Assignment and each other document, the
Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and
entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trust
have caused this Assignment to be duly executed by their respective officers as
of the day and year first above written.

                           THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
                           as Transferor

                           By: BTRGP, INC., its General Partner

                           By: _________________________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:

                           THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                           as Servicer

                           By: _________________________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:

                           BON-TON RECEIVABLES,
                           as Issuer

                           By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                           not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner
                           Trustee of the Trust,

                           By: _________________________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE 1

                                List of Accounts

                                      S1-1
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

             FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS
                         (As required by Section 2.10 of
                      the Transfer and Servicing Agreement)

                  REASSIGNMENT No. _______ OF RECEIVABLES dated as of
_______,(1) among The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., as Transferor (the
"Transferor"), The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., as Servicer (the
"Servicer"), and Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, (the "Trust"), pursuant
to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement referred to below.

                                   WITNESSETH:

                  WHEREAS the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trust are parties
to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004 (as
amended and supplemented, the "Agreement");

                  WHEREAS pursuant to the Agreement, the Transferor wishes to
remove from the Trust all Receivables owned by the Trust in certain designated
Accounts (the "Removed Accounts") and to cause the Trust to reconvey the
Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created,
from the Trust to the Transferor; and

                  WHEREAS the Trust is willing to accept such designation and to
reconvey the Receivables in the Removed Accounts subject to the terms and
conditions hereof.

         NOW, THEREFORE, the Transferor and the Trust hereby agree as follows:

         1.       Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein that are not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto.

                  "Removal Date" means, with respect to the Removed Accounts
designated hereby, ___________, ____

                  "Removal Notice Date" means, with respect to the Removed
Accounts ______________, ____

         2.       Designation of Removed Accounts. On or before the Removal
Date, the Transferor will deliver to the Owner Trustee a computer file or
microfiche list containing a true and complete schedule identifying all Accounts
the Receivables of which are being removed from the Trust, specifying for each
such Account, as of the Removal Notice Date, its account number and the
aggregate amount outstanding in such Account.

------------------------
(1)      To be dated as of the Removal Date.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

         3.       Conveyance of Receivables. The Trust does hereby transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Transferor, without recourse, all
right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Receivables existing
at the close of business on the Removal Notice Date and thereafter created from
time to time in the Removed Accounts designated hereby, all Recoveries related
thereto, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received or receivable
with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof.

         (a)      In connection with such transfer, the Trust agrees to execute
and deliver to the Transferor on or prior to the date this Reassignment is
delivered, applicable termination statements prepared by the Transferor with
respect to the Receivables existing at the close of business on the Removal Date
and thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts reassigned
hereby and the proceeds thereof evidencing the release by the Trust of its
interest in the Receivables in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the
requirements of applicable state law, in such manner and such jurisdictions as
are necessary to terminate such interest.

         4.       Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The
Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the Removal Date:

                  (a)      Legal Valid and Binding Obligation. This Reassignment
         constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Transferor
         enforceable against the Transferor, in accordance with its terms,
         except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or
         hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in
         general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general
         principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in
         equity); and

                  (b)      Pay Out Event; Event of Default. The Transferor
         reasonably believes that (A) the removal of the Receivables existing in
         the Removed Accounts will not then or thereafter cause a Pay Out Event
         or Event of Default to occur with respect to any Series and (B) no
         selection procedure was utilized by the Transferor which would result
         in a selection of Removed Accounts that would be materially adverse to
         the interests of the Noteholders of any Series as of the Removal Date.

                  (c)      List of Removed Accounts. The list of Removed
         Accounts delivered pursuant to subsection 2.10(a)(ii) of the Agreement,
         as of the Removal Date, is true and complete in all material respects.

         5.       Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this
Reassignment, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the
Agreement as so supplemented by this Reassignment shall be read, taken and
construed as one and the same instrument.

         6.       Counterparts. This Reassignment may be executed in two or more
counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which
shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

         7.       GOVERNING LAW. THIS REASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER

                                      B-2
<PAGE>

THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SUCH LAWS.

         8.       Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision
herein or elsewhere, this Reassignment has been executed and delivered by
Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its
capacity as Owner Trustee of the Trust, in no event shall Wilmington Trust
Company in its individual capacity have any liability in respect of the
representations, warranties, or obligations of the Trust hereunder or under any
other document, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of
the Trust, and for all purposes of this Reassignment and each other document,
the Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to,
and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust
Agreement.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trust
have caused this Reassignment to be duly executed by their respective officers
as of the day and year first above written.

                           THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
                           as Transferor

                           By: BTRGP, INC., its General Partner

                           By: _________________________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:

                           THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                           as Servicer

                           By: _________________________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:

                           BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST,
                           as Issuer

                           By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                           not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner
                           Trustee of the Trust,

                           By: _________________________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:

                                      B-4
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                      FORM OF ANNUAL SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE

            (To be delivered on or before the end of the fourth month
    following the end of each fiscal year beginning with the 2004 fiscal year
                  pursuant to Section 3.05 of the Transfer and
                     Servicing Agreement referred to below)

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

         The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of The Bon-Ton
Department Stores, Inc., as Servicer (the "Servicer") and The Bon-Ton
Receivables Partnership, L.P., as Transferor (the "Transferor"), pursuant to the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004 (as amended and
supplemented, the "Agreement"), among the Transferor, the Servicer, and Bon-Ton
Receivables Mater Note Trust, does hereby certify that:

                  1.       The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. is, as of the
         date hereof, the Servicer under the Agreement. Capitalized terms used
         in this Certificate have their respective meanings as set forth in the
         Agreement.

                  2.       The undersigned is an Authorized Officer who is duly
         authorized pursuant to the Agreement to execute and deliver this
         Certificate to the Trust.

                  3.       A review of the activities of the Servicer during the
         year ended ________ __, ____, and of its performance under the
         Agreement was conducted under my supervision.

                  4.       Based on such review, the Servicer has performed its
         obligations under the Agreement throughout such year and no default in
         the performance of such obligations has occurred or is continuing
         except as set forth in paragraph 5 below.

                  5.       The following is a description of each default in the
         performance of the Servicer's obligations under the provisions of the
         Agreement known to me to have been made by the Servicer during the year
         ended _______ __, ____ which sets forth in detail (i) the nature of
         each such default, (ii) the action taken by the Servicer, if any, to
         remedy each such default and (iii) the current status of each such
         default: [If applicable, insert "None."]

                                       C-1
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this
Certificate this ____ day of __________________, 20__.

                           THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                           as Servicer

                           By: _________________________________________________
                               Name:
                               Title:

                                       C-2
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT D-1

                           FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL
                           WITH RESPECT TO AMENDMENTS

                          Provisions to be included in
                  Opinion of Counsel to be delivered pursuant
                            to subsection 9.03(d)(i)

                  The opinions set forth below may be subject to all the
qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the
Opinions Of Counsel delivered on any applicable Closing Date.

                           (i)      The amendment to the Transfer and Servicing
         Agreement, attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the "Amendment" ), has been
         duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Transferor and
         constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Transferor,
         enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability
         may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
         moratorium or other laws from time to time in effect affecting
         creditors' rights generally. The enforceability of the Transferor's
         obligations is also subject to general principles of equity (regardless
         of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity
         or at law)

                           (ii)     The Amendment has been entered into in
         accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 9.01 of the
         Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

                                      D-1-1

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT D-2

                           FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL
                            WITH RESPECT TO ACCOUNTS

                          Provisions to be included in
                            Opinion of Counsel to be
                              delivered pursuant to
                          Section 9.03(d)(ii) or (iii)

                  The opinions set forth below may be subject to all the
qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the
Opinions of Counsel delivered on any applicable Closing Date.

                           (i)      To the extent that the transfer of
         Additional Receivables by the Transferor to the Trust pursuant to the
         Assignment does not constitute an absolute assignment by the Transferor
         to the Trust of such Additional Receivables or the proceeds thereof,
         the Assignment creates in favor of the Trust a security interest in the
         rights of the Transferor in such Additional Receivables and the
         proceeds thereof.

                           (ii)     The security interests described in
         paragraph 1 above is perfected and of first priority.

                                      D-2-1

<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT D-3

                          PROVISIONS TO BE INCLUDED IN
                            ANNUAL OPINION OF COUNSEL

                  The opinions set forth below may be subject to all the
qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the
Opinions of Counsel delivered on any applicable Closing Date with respect to
similar matters. Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms used herein
has the meanings ascribed to them in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

                           (i)      No filing or other action, other than such
         filing or other action described in such opinion, is necessary from the
         date of such opinion through the date which is four months after the
         end of the current fiscal year to continue the perfected status of the
         security interest of the Trust in the Receivables described in the
         financing statements referenced in such opinion.

                                      D-3-1

<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE I

               Principal Place of Business; Chief Executive Office
                          Office where Records are kept

         The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.

               Principal Place of Business:

                       2801 East Market Street

                       York, PA 17405

               Chief Executive Office:

                       2801 East Market Street

                       York, PA 17405

               Location of Records:

                       2801 East Market Street

                       York, PA 17405

                                      S-I-1

<PAGE>

                                                                     SCHEDULE II

                 Transferor's jurisdiction of organization and
                  Federal Employer Identification Number

         BTRGP, Inc.:

                  Jurisdiction of organization - Pennsylvania

                  Federal Employer Number - 23-2815483

                  Entity Number - 2641524

         The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.:

                  Jurisdiction of organization - Pennsylvania

                  Federal Employer Number - 23-2863402

                  Entity Number - 2641778

                                     S-II-1

<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE III

                          Corporate Names; Trade Names

Corporate Names:

         The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.

Trade Names:

         None.

                                     S-III-1

<PAGE>

                                                                     SCHEDULE IV

                   Bon-Ton Collection Accounts; Store Accounts

                                     S-IV-1

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

================================================================================

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

                                     between

                   THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
                                  as Transferor

                                       and

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Owner Trustee

                          Dated as of January 30, 2004

================================================================================
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                  ------
<S>              <C>                                                                              <C>
                                               ARTICLE ONE
                                               DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.    Capitalized Terms.............................................................     1
Section 1.02.    Other Definitional Provisions.................................................     3

                                               ARTICLE TWO
                                              ORGANIZATION

Section 2.01.    Name..........................................................................     4
Section 2.02.    Office........................................................................     4
Section 2.03.    Purpose and Powers............................................................     4
Section 2.04.    Appointment of Owner Trustee..................................................     5
Section 2.05.    Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate..................................     5
Section 2.06.    Declaration of Trust..........................................................     5
Section 2.07.    Title to Trust Property.......................................................     5
Section 2.08.    Situs of Trust................................................................     5
Section 2.09.    Representations and Warranties of Transferor..................................     6
Section 2.10.    Liability of Certificateholders...............................................     7

                                               ARTICLE THREE
                                               CERTIFICATES

Section 3.01.    Initial Ownership.............................................................     8
Section 3.02.    Form of Certificates..........................................................     8
Section 3.03.    Authentication of Certificates................................................     8
Section 3.04.    Restrictions on Transfer......................................................     8
Section 3.05.    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificate..............................     8
Section 3.06.    Issuance of New Transferor Certificates.......................................     9

                                               ARTICLE FOUR
                                        ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

Section 4.01.    Prior Notice to Owner and Transferor with Respect to Certain Matters..........    11
Section 4.02.    Restrictions on Power.........................................................    11

                                               ARTICLE FIVE
                                AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

Section 5.01.    General Authority.............................................................    12
Section 5.02.    General Duties................................................................    12
Section 5.03.    Action Upon Instruction.......................................................    12
Section 5.04.    No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in Instructions............    13
</TABLE>

                                        i

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                  ------
<S>              <C>                                                                              <C>
Section 5.05.    No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions....................    13
Section 5.06.    Restrictions..................................................................    13

                                               ARTICLE SIX
                                     CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

Section 6.01.    Acceptance of Trusts and Duties...............................................    15
Section 6.02.    Furnishing of Documents.......................................................    16
Section 6.03.    Representations and Warranties................................................    16
Section 6.04.    Reliance; Advice of Counsel...................................................    17
Section 6.05.    Not Acting in Individual Capacity.............................................    18
Section 6.06.    Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates, Notes or Receivables...............    18
Section 6.07.    Owner Trustee May Own Notes...................................................    18

                                               ARTICLE SEVEN
                                      COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.    Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses.............................................    19
Section 7.02.    Indemnification...............................................................    19
Section 7.03.    Payments to the Owner Trustee.................................................    19

                                               ARTICLE EIGHT
                                     TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

Section 8.01.    Termination of Trust Agreement................................................    20

                                               ARTICLE NINE
                                SUCCESSOR AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

Section 9.01.    Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee....................................    21
Section 9.02.    Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee.......................................    21
Section 9.03.    Successor Owner Trustee.......................................................    22
Section 9.04.    Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee......................................    22
Section 9.05.    Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.................................    22

                                               ARTICLE TEN
                                               TAX MATTERS

Section 10.01.   Tax and Accounting Characterization...........................................    25
Section 10.02.   Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner.....................................    25
Section 10.03.   Tax Reporting.................................................................    25
</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Page
                                                                                                  ------
<S>              <C>                                                                              <C>
                                               ARTICLE ELEVEN
                                               MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.   Supplements and Amendments....................................................    26
Section 11.02.   No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Transferor..................................    27
Section 11.03.   Limitations on Rights of Others...............................................    27
Section 11.04.   Notices.......................................................................    27
Section 11.05.   Severability..................................................................    28
Section 11.06.   Counterparts..................................................................    28
Section 11.07.   Successors and Assigns........................................................    28
Section 11.08.   Third-Party Beneficiaries.....................................................    28
Section 11.09.   Nonpetition Covenants.........................................................    28
Section 11.10.   No Recourse...................................................................    28
Section 11.11.   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents......................................    29
Section 11.12.   GOVERNING LAW.................................................................    29
Section 11.13.   Acceptance of Terms of Agreement..............................................    29
Section 11.14.   Merger and Integration........................................................    29

Exhibit A  -     Form of Ownership Interest Certificate........................................   A-1
Exhibit B  -     Form of Transferor Certificate................................................   B-1
Exhibit C  -     Form of Certificate of Trust..................................................   C-1
</TABLE>

                                       iii

<PAGE>

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

         This Trust Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, is between The
Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership, as
Transferor, and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as
Owner Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE ONE

                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01. Capitalized Terms. Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

         "Administration Agreement" means the administration agreement, dated as
of January 30, 2004, between the Issuer and Bon-Ton DSI, as amended or
supplemented from time to time.

         "Administrator" means Bon-Ton DSI, or any successor Administrator under
the Administration Agreement.

         "Agreement" means this Trust Agreement, as amended or supplemented from
time to time.

         "Bon-Ton DSI," means The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation, and its successors.

         "Certificateholder" means a holder of a Certificate.

         "Certificate of Trust" means the Certificate of Trust in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit C which has been filed for the Trust pursuant to
Section 3810(a) of the Statutory Trust Statute.

         "Certificates" means, unless otherwise indicated, the Transferor
Certificates, the Supplemental Certificates and the Ownership Interest
Certificate.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means, with respect to the Owner Trustee, the
principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee located at Rodney Square
North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention:
Corporate Trust Administration; or such other address as the Owner Trustee may
designate by notice to the Transferor, or the principal corporate trust office
of any successor Owner Trustee (the address of which the successor Owner Trustee
will notify the Owner and the Transferor).

         "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

         "Expenses" means any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
taxes, claims, actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and
disbursements (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and
nature whatsoever.

<PAGE>

         "Indemnified Parties" means the Owner Trustee and its successors,
assigns, directors, officers, agents, employees and servants.

         "Indenture" means the master indenture, dated as of January 30, 2004,
between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, as amended or supplemented from
time to time.

         "Indenture Trustee" means Wachovia Bank, N.A., not in its individual
capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture, and its
successors.

         "Initial Closing Date" means January 30, 2004.

         "Issuer" means the Trust, and its successors.

         "Owner" means the Transferor in its capacity as beneficial owner of the
Trust hereunder, and its successors.

         "Owner Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking
corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under
this Agreement, and its successors.

         "Ownership Interest Certificate" means the certificate evidencing the
beneficial ownership interest of the Owner in the Trust, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

         "Secretary of State" means the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware.

         "Statutory Trust Statute" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware
Code, 12 Del. C. Section 3801, et seq., as amended or supplemented from time to
time.

         "Supplemental Certificate" has the meaning specified in Section
3.06(b).

         "Transfer and Servicing Agreement" means the transfer and servicing
agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, among the Issuer, the Transferor and
The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. as amended or supplemented from time to
time.

         "Transferor" means The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., and its
successors.

         "Transferor Certificate Supplement" has the meaning specified in
Section 3.06(b).

         "Transferor Certificates" means the certificates executed by the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Trust and authenticated by or on behalf of the Owner
Trustee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

         "Trust" means Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust.

         "Trust Estate" means all right, title and interest of the Trust in and
to the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.05 of
this Agreement and Section 2.01 of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, all
monies, investment property, instruments and other property on deposit from time
to time in the Collection Account, the Series Accounts and the

                                       2

<PAGE>

Special Funding Account and all other property of the Trust from time to time,
including any rights of the Owner Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the
Transaction Documents.

         "Trust Termination Date" means the day on which the rights of all
Series of Notes to receive payment from the Trust have terminated.

         Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. Capitalized terms used
herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto
in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or in the Indenture, as the case may be.

         (a)      All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined
meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered
pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

         (b)      As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other
document made or delivered pursuant hereto, accounting terms not defined in this
Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms
partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to
the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement
or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings
of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained in this Agreement or in any
such certificate or other document shall control.

         (c)      For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (i) terms used
herein include, as appropriate, all genders and the plural as well as the
singular, (ii) references to this Agreement include all Exhibits hereto, (iii)
references to words such as "herein", "hereof" and the like shall refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular part, Article or Section within
this Agreement, (iv) references to an Article or Section such as "Article One"
or "Section 1.01" and the like shall refer to the applicable Article or Section
of this Agreement, (v) the term "include" and all variations thereof shall mean
"include without limitation", (vi) the term "or" shall include "and/or" and
(vii) the term "proceeds" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the
UCC.

                                       3

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                  ORGANIZATION

         Section 2.01. Name. The Trust created hereby shall be known as "Bon-Ton
Receivables Master Note Trust", in which name the Trust and the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Trust shall each have power and authority and is hereby authorized
and empowered to and may conduct the business of the Trust and may engage in the
Activities permitted in this Agreement, make and execute contracts and other
instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued, to the extent provided
herein.

         Section 2.02. Office. The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address in the
State of Delaware as the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the
Owner, the Indenture Trustee and the Transferor.

         Section 2.03. Purpose and Powers. The sole purpose of the Trust is to
engage in the activities set forth in this Section. The Trust shall have power
and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered, without the need for
further action on the part of the Trust, and the Owner Trustee shall have power
and authority, and is hereby authorized and empowered, in the name and on behalf
of the Trust, to do or cause to be done all acts and things necessary,
appropriate or convenient to cause the Trust to engage in the activities set
forth in this Section as follows:

                  (i)      to execute, deliver and issue the Notes pursuant to
         the Indenture and the Certificates pursuant to this Agreement, and to
         sell Notes upon the written order of the Transferor;

                  (ii)     with the net proceeds of the sale of Notes, to
         acquire the Trust Assets, to pay the organizational, start-up and
         transactional expenses of the Trust and to pay the balance to the
         Transferor for the amounts owed pursuant to Section 2.01 of the
         Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

                  (iii)    to Grant the Collateral pursuant to the Indenture to
         the Indenture Trustee as security for the Notes and to hold, manage and
         distribute to the Transferor, the Owner or the Noteholders pursuant to
         the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents any portion
         of the Collateral released from the lien of, and remitted to the Trust
         pursuant to, the Indenture;

                  (iv)     to enter into, execute, deliver and perform the
         Transaction Documents to which it is to be a party;

                  (v)      to engage in those activities, including entering
         into agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to
         accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected
         therewith; and

                  (vi)     subject to compliance with the Transaction Documents,
         to engage in such other activities as may be required in connection
         with conservation of the Trust Estate

                                       4

<PAGE>

         and the making of payments to the Noteholders and distributions to the
         holders of the Certificates.

Notwithstanding the grant of power and authority to the Owner Trustee set forth
herein, the Transferor may, in its sole discretion, sign and file registration
statements on behalf of the Trust under the Securities Act, registering the
offer and sale of Notes or Certificates issued by the Trust and periodic reports
relating to such Notes or Certificates required to be filed under the Exchange
Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Furthermore,
the Trust shall not have power, authority or authorization to, and shall not,
engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or other than
as required or authorized by the terms of this Agreement or the other
Transaction Documents.

         Section 2.04. Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Transferor hereby
appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date
hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein and, to the
extent not inconsistent herewith, in the Statutory Trust Statute, and the Owner
Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

         Section 2.05. Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate. The
Transferor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the Owner
Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $1.00. The Owner Trustee hereby
acknowledges receipt in trust from the Transferor, as of such date, of the
foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the initial Trust Estate and
shall be held by the Owner Trustee. The Transferor shall pay the organizational
expenses of the Trust as they may arise or shall, upon the request of the Owner
Trustee, promptly reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the
Owner Trustee.

         Section 2.06. Declaration of Trust. The Owner Trustee hereby declares
that it will hold the Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions
set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Certificateholders, who are
intended to be "beneficial owners" within the meaning of the Statutory Trust
Statute subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Transaction Documents.
It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute a statutory
trust under the Statutory Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitute the
governing instrument of such statutory trust. The parties hereto agree that they
will take no action contrary to the foregoing intention. Effective as of the
date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set
forth herein and, to the extent not inconsistent herewith, in the Statutory
Trust Statute with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.

         Section 2.07. Title to Trust Property. Legal title to the Trust Estate
shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except
where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Trust
Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be
deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate
trustee, as the case may be.

         Section 2.08. Situs of Trust. The Trust will be located in Delaware and
administered in the State of Delaware and the location of the Administrator. All
bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be
located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Delaware or New York. The Trust shall not have
any employees in any State other than Delaware; provided, however, that nothing
herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee from having employees

                                       5

<PAGE>

within or without the State of Delaware. Payments will be received by the Trust
only in Pennsylvania, Ohio, Delaware or New York, and payments will be made by
the Trust only in such States. The only office of the Trust will be at the
Corporate Trust Office.

         Section 2.09. Representations and Warranties of Transferor. The
Transferor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee that:

                  (a)      The Transferor is a limited partnership duly
         organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the
         State of Pennsylvania, with power, authority and legal right to own its
         properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently
         owned and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant
         times, and has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and
         sell the Receivables.

                  (b)      The Transferor is duly qualified to do business as a
         limited partnership and is in good standing and has obtained all
         necessary licenses and approvals in each jurisdiction in which the
         failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would
         materially and adversely affect the performance by the Transferor of
         its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this
         Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a
         party, the Receivables, the Notes or the Certificates.

                  (c)      The Transferor has (i) the power and authority to
         execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms, (ii) the
         power and authority to transfer the Trust Estate to and deposit the
         same with the Trust, (iii) duly authorized such transfer and deposit to
         the Trust by all necessary action and (iv) duly authorized the
         execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by all necessary
         action.

                  (d)      This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to
         which it is a party, each constitute a legal, valid and binding
         obligation of the Transferor, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
         except as such enforceability may be subject to or limited by
         bankruptcy, liquidation, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium,
         liquidation, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting the
         enforcement of creditors' rights in general and by general principles
         of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability shall be
         considered in a proceeding in equity or in law.

                  (e)      The execution, delivery and performance by the
         Transferor of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to
         which the Transferor is a party, the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof
         do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and
         provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time)
         a default under, the limited partnership agreement of the Transferor,
         or conflict with or violate any of the material terms or provisions of,
         or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default
         under, any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which the
         Transferor is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the
         creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant
         to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument
         (other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents); nor violate any law
         or, to the best of the Transferor's knowledge, any order, rule or
         regulation applicable to the

                                       6

<PAGE>

         Transferor of any court or of any federal or state regulatory body,
         administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having
         jurisdiction over the Transferor or its properties; which breach,
         default, conflict, Lien or violation would have a material adverse
         effect on the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the
         Transferor.

                  (f)      There are no proceedings or investigations pending
         or, to the Transferor's knowledge, threatened, before any court,
         regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
         instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Transferor or its
         properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any of the
         other Transaction Documents, the Notes or the Certificates, (ii)
         seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or Certificates or the
         consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
         and any of the other Transaction Documents or (iii) seeking any
         determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
         performance by the Transferor of its obligations under, or the validity
         or enforceability of, this Agreement, any of the other Transaction
         Documents, the Receivables, the Notes or the Certificates.

         Section 2.10. Liability of Certificateholders. The Certificateholders
shall be entitled to the same limitation of personal liability extended to
stockholders of private corporations for profit organized under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                  CERTIFICATES

         Section 3.01. Initial Ownership. The Owner as the holder of the
Ownership Interest Certificate, and the Transferor, as the holder of the initial
Transferor Certificate; (i) shall be the initial beneficial owners of the Trust
and (ii) shall be bound by the provisions of this Trust Agreement. Any
subsequent holder of a Certificate shall be bound by the provisions of this
Agreement.

         Section 3.02. Form of Certificates.

         (a)      The Ownership Interest Certificate shall be issued in
registered form in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and
initially registered as provided in Annex 1 to Exhibit A. A Transferor
Certificate shall be issued in registered form in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit B and initially registered as provided in Annex 1 to
Exhibit B.

         (a)      The Certificates shall be executed by manual or facsimile
signature of the Owner Trustee. The Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile
signatures of individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have
been affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall, when duly
authenticated pursuant to Section 3.03, be validly issued and fully paid
undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust and entitled to the
benefits of this Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them
shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery
of the Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication
and delivery of the Certificates.

         Section 3.03. Authentication of Certificates. On the Initial Closing
Date, the Owner Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver the Ownership
Interest Certificate and the Transferor Certificate upon the written order of
the Transferor, signed by its chairman of the board, its president, any vice
president, secretary, any assistant treasurer or any authorized signatory,
without further corporate action by the Transferor. No Certificate shall be
entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose,
unless there appears on such Certificate a certificate of authentication
substantially in the form set forth in Exhibits A and B, respectively, executed
by the Owner Trustee by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory, and
such certificate upon any Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Certificate has been duly authenticated, validly issued and
delivered hereunder. Each Certificate shall be dated the date of its
authentication. Upon issuance, execution, authentication and delivery pursuant
to the terms hereof, the Certificateholders shall be entitled to the benefits of
this Agreement.

         Section 3.04. Restrictions on Transfer. To the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, the Certificates (or any interest therein) may not be sold,
transferred, assigned, participated, pledged or otherwise disposed of to any
Person.

         Section 3.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificate. If (i)
a mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to the Owner Trustee, or if the
Owner Trustee shall receive evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of a Certificate and (ii) there shall be

                                       8

<PAGE>

delivered to the Owner Trustee (as such and in its individual capacity) such
security or indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless, then the
Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and
denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section, the Owner Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge or expense that may be imposed in
connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section
shall constitute conclusive evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally
issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found
at any time.

         Section 3.06. Issuance of New Transferor Certificates.

         (a)      Taken together, the Transferor Certificates shall represent a
beneficial ownership interest in the Trust and are entitled to payments from the
Trust Estate, subject to the Lien of the Indenture Trustee in the Trust Estate
as provided in the Indenture, including the right to receive Collections with
respect to the Receivables and other amounts at the times and in the amounts
specified in the Indenture and any Indenture Supplement to be paid to the
Transferor on behalf of all holders of the Transferor Certificates.

         (b)      At any time the Transferor may surrender its Transferor
Certificate to the Owner Trustee in exchange for a newly issued Transferor
Certificate and a second certificate (a "Supplemental Certificate"), the form
and terms of which shall be defined in a supplement (a "Transferor Certificate
Supplement") to this Agreement (which Transferor Certificate Supplement shall be
subject to Section 11.01 to the extent that it amends any of the terms of this
Agreement) to be delivered to the Transferor (it being understood that no
Transferor Certificate or Supplemental Certificate may be held by any Person
other than the Transferor). The issuance of any such Supplemental Certificate
shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions:

                  (i)      on or before the fifth day immediately preceding the
         Transferor Certificate surrender and exchange, the Transferor shall
         have given the Owner Trustee, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and
         each Rating Agency notice (unless such notice requirement is otherwise
         waived) of such Transferor Certificate surrender and exchange;

                  (ii)     the Transferor shall have delivered to the Owner
         Trustee and the Indenture Trustee any related Transferor Certificate
         Supplement in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
         Trustee, executed by each party hereto;

                  (iii)    the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
         with respect to such Transferor Certificate surrender and exchange;

                  (iv)     such surrender and exchange will not result in any
         Adverse Effect and the Transferor shall have delivered to the Owner
         Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate, dated the
         date of such surrender and exchange to the effect that the Transferor
         reasonably believes that such surrender and exchange will not, based on
         the facts known to such officer at the time of such certification, have
         an Adverse Effect and that all other conditions to the issuance of such
         Supplemental Certificate have been satisfied;

                                       9

<PAGE>

                  (v)      the Transferor shall have delivered to the Owner
         Trustee and Indenture Trustee (with a copy to each Rating Agency) a Tax
         Opinion, dated the date of such surrender and exchange with respect to
         such surrender and exchange;

                  (vi)     the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables as of
         the date of such surrender and exchange shall be greater than the
         Required Minimum Principal Balance as of the date of such surrender and
         exchange after giving effect to such surrender and exchange; and

                  (vii)    all Transferor Certificates shall be issued in a
         transaction (or transactions) not required to be registered under the
         Securities Act (or if offered and sold outside of the United States,
         would not be required to be registered under the Securities Act if the
         Transferor Certificates were to be offered and sold within the United
         States); the Trust does not have more than 100 holders of Transferor
         Certificates at any time during the taxable year for which the
         determination of the status of the Trust is relevant (for purposes of
         determining the number of owners of Transferor Certificates in the
         Trust and for purposes of determining whether the beneficial owners of
         any partnership, grantor trust or S corporation ("flow-through
         entities") that own Transferor Certificates are counted in determining
         whether the Trust has more than 100 holders of Transferor Certificates
         at any time, no flow-through entity that owns a Transferor Certificate
         will be utilized with a principal purpose of permitting the Trust to
         satisfy the 100 member limitation if substantially all of the value of
         the beneficial owner's interest in the flow-through entity is
         attributable to the flow-through entity's interest (direct or indirect)
         in the Trust).

         Any Supplemental Certificate held by any Person at any time after the
date of its initial issuance may be transferred or exchanged only upon the
delivery to the Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee of a Tax Opinion dated as of
the date of such transfer or exchange, as the case may be, with respect to such
transfer or exchange.

                                       10

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                            ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

         Section 4.01. Prior Notice to Owner and Transferor with Respect to
Certain Matters. With respect to the following matters, unless otherwise
instructed by the Transferor, the Trust shall not take action unless at least 30
days before the taking of such action the Owner Trustee shall have notified the
Owner and the Transferor in writing:

                  (a)      the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust
         (except claims or lawsuits brought in connection with the collection of
         the Receivables) and the settlement of any action, claim or lawsuit
         brought by or against the Trust (except with respect to the
         aforementioned claims or lawsuits for collection and the Receivables
         brought by the Trust);

                  (b)      the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the
         Certificate of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed
         under the Statutory Trust Statute);

                  (c)      the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental
         indenture or otherwise in circumstances where the consent of any
         Noteholder is required;

                  (d)      the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental
         indenture or any other Transaction Document to which the Trust is a
         party in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not
         required and such amendment materially adversely affects the interest
         of the Certificateholders;

                  (e)      the amendment, change or modification of the
         Administration Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or
         supplement any provision in a manner or add any provision that would
         not materially adversely affect the interests of the
         Certificateholders; or

                  (f)      the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a
         replacement or successor Transfer Agent and Registrar, Administrator or
         Indenture Trustee, or the consent to the assignment by the Transfer
         Agent and Registrar, Administrator or Indenture Trustee of its
         obligations under the Indenture.

         Section 4.02. Restrictions on Power.

         (a)      The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take or refrain
from taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any
obligation of the Trust or the Owner Trustee under any of the Transaction
Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.03.

         (b)      The Owner Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or
incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as
contemplated in the Transaction Documents.

                                       11

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                      AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

         Section 5.01. General Authority. The Owner Trustee shall administer the
Trust in the interest of the Certificateholders, subject to the lien of the
Indenture, in accordance with this Agreement. Each of the Trust and the Owner
Trustee in the name and on behalf of the Trust shall have power and authority,
and is hereby authorized and empowered, to execute and deliver the Transaction
Documents to which the Trust is to be a party and each certificate or other
document attached as an exhibit to or contemplated by the Transaction Documents
to which the Trust is to be a party, or any amendment thereto or other
agreement, in each case, in such form as the Transferor shall approve as
evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee's execution thereof and the
Transferor's execution of any related documents. In addition to the foregoing,
the Owner Trustee in the name and on behalf of the Trust shall also have power
and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered, but shall not be
obligated, to take all actions required of the Trust pursuant to the Transaction
Documents. The Owner Trustee in the name and on behalf of the Trust shall also
have power and authority and is hereby authorized and empowered from time to
time to take such action as the Transferor or the Administrator directs in
writing with respect to the Transaction Documents.

         Section 5.02. General Duties. Subject to Section 2.03, it shall be the
duty of the Owner Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its
responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and to administer the
Trust in the interest of the Certificateholders, subject to the Transaction
Documents and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have
discharged (or caused to be discharged) its duties and responsibilities
hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to the extent the
Administrator has agreed in the Administration Agreement or another Transaction
Document to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee or the
Trust under any Transaction Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable
for the default or failure of the Administrator to carry out its obligations
thereunder.

         Section 5.03. Action Upon Instruction.

         (a)      The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action
hereunder or under any other Transaction Document if the Owner Trustee shall
have reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such
action is likely to result in liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is
contrary to the terms of any Transaction Document or is otherwise contrary to
law.

         (b)      Subject to Article Four, whenever the Owner Trustee is unable
to decide between alternative courses of action permitted or required by the
terms of any Transaction Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice
(in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Transferor
requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the
extent the Owner Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in
accordance with any such instruction of the Transferor received, the Owner
Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action or inaction to any Person.
If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction within ten
days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as

                                       12

<PAGE>

reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the
circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from
taking such action, not in violation of the Transaction Documents, as it shall
deem to be in the best interest of the Certificateholders, and shall have no
personal liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

         (c)      Subject to Article Four, in the event that the Owner Trustee
is unsure as to the application of any provision of any Transaction Document or
any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be,
in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this
Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is
incomplete as to the course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take
with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in
such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Transferor
requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner Trustee acts or
refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction
received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or
inaction, to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received
appropriate instruction within ten days of such notice (or within such shorter
period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary
under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain
from taking such action, not in violation of the Transaction Documents, as it
shall deem to be in the best interests of the Certificateholders, and shall have
no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

         Section 5.04. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage,
make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or
otherwise deal with the Trust or the Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or
refrain from taking any action under, or in connection with, this Agreement or
any document contemplated hereby to which the Trust is a party, except as
expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement or in any document or written
instruction received by the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 5.03; and no
implied duties or obligations shall be read into any Transaction Document
against the Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for
any filing or recording, including filing any financing or continuation
statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain
the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it or the Trust
hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for the Trust or to record
any Transaction Document. The Owner Trustee in its individual capacity
nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all
action as may be necessary to discharge any Liens (other than the Lien of the
Indenture) on any part of the Trust Estate that result from actions by, or
claims against, the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity that are not
related to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Estate or the
transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

         Section 5.05. No Action Except under Specified Documents or
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of
or otherwise deal with any part of the Trust Estate except in accordance with
(i) the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee
pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the Transaction Documents or (iii) any document
or instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 5.03.

         Section 5.06. Restrictions. The Owner Trustee shall not take any action
(i) that would violate the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.03 or
(ii) that, to the actual knowledge of

                                       13

<PAGE>

the Owner Trustee, would result in the Trust becoming taxable as a corporation
for federal income tax purposes. The Transferor shall not direct the Owner
Trustee to take action that would violate the provisions of this Section.

                                       14

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE SIX

                          CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

         Section 6.01. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. The Owner Trustee
accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder
with respect to such trusts, but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The
Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all monies actually received by it
constituting part of the Trust Estate upon the terms of this Agreement. The
Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable under any Transaction
Document under any circumstances, except (i) for its own willful misconduct, bad
faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or the omission to
perform any such duties or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any
representation or warranty contained in Section 6.03 expressly made by the Owner
Trustee in its individual capacity. In particular, but not by way of limitation
(and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

                  (a)      the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error
         of judgment made in good faith by the Owner Trustee;

                  (b)      the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to
         any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the
         instructions of the Administrator or the Transferor;

                  (c)      no provision of this Agreement or any other
         Transaction Document shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk
         its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
         exercise or performance of any of its duties, rights or powers
         hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, if the Owner Trustee
         shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such
         funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
         reasonably assured or provided to it;

                  (d)      under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be
         liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the
         Transaction Documents, including the principal of and interest on the
         Notes;

                  (e)      the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in
         respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, the due
         execution hereof by the Transferor or the form, character, genuineness,
         sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Trust Estate, the
         Transaction Documents, the Notes or the Certificates other than the
         genuineness of the Owner Trustee's signature on the Certificates and on
         the certificate of authentication on the Certificates, and the Owner
         Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any personal liability, duty,
         or obligation to any Noteholder or to the Owner or any other Person,
         other than as expressly provided for herein or expressly agreed to in
         the other Transaction Documents;

                  (f)      the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default
         or misconduct of the Transferor, the Servicer, the Administrator or the
         Indenture Trustee or any other Person under any of the Transaction
         Documents or otherwise, and the Owner Trustee shall have no obligation
         or personal liability to perform the obligations of the Trust under the

                                       15

<PAGE>

         Transaction Documents, including those that are required to be
         performed by the Administrator under the Administration Agreement, the
         Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the Servicer under the
         Transfer and Servicing Agreement;

                  (g)      the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to
         exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or
         to institute, conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or
         otherwise or in relation to this Agreement or any other Transaction
         Document, at the request, order or direction of the Transferor, unless
         the Transferor has offered to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity
         satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may
         be incurred by the Owner Trustee therein or thereby; the right of the
         Owner Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this
         Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall not be construed as a
         duty, and the Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or liable to any
         Person for any such act other than liability to the Trust and the
         beneficial owners of the Trust for its own gross negligence or willful
         misconduct in the performance of any such act or the omission to
         perform any such act; and

                  (h)      Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the
         contrary, the Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action in
         any jurisdiction other than in the State of Delaware if the taking of
         such action will (i) require the registration with, licensing by or the
         taking of any other similar action in respect of, any state or other
         governmental authority or agency of any jurisdiction other than the
         State of Delaware by or with respect to the Owner Trustee; (ii) result
         in any fee, tax or other governmental charge under the laws of any
         jurisdiction or any political subdivisions thereof in existence on the
         date hereof other than the State of Delaware becoming payable by the
         Owner Trustee or (iii) subject the Owner Trustee to personal
         jurisdiction in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware for
         causes of action arising from acts unrelated to the consummation of the
         transactions by the Owner Trustee contemplated hereby; the Owner
         Trustee shall be entitled to obtain advice of counsel (which advice
         shall be an expense of the Transferor) to determine whether any action
         required to be taken pursuant to the Agreement results in the
         consequences described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this
         paragraph; in the event that said counsel advises the Owner Trustee
         that such action will result in such consequences, the Transferor shall
         appoint an additional trustee pursuant to Section 9.05 to proceed with
         such action.

         Section 6.02. Furnishing of Documents. The Owner Trustee shall furnish
to the Transferor and the Indenture Trustee, promptly upon written request
therefor, duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands,
certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the
Owner Trustee under the Transaction Documents.

         Section 6.03. Representations and Warranties. The Owner Trustee hereby
represents and warrants to the Transferor that:

                  (a)      it is a Delaware banking corporation duly organized
         and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of
         Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to
         execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

                                       16

<PAGE>

                  (b)      it has taken all corporate action necessary to
         authorize the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement, and this
         Agreement will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is
         duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf;

                  (c)      neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this
         Agreement, nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated
         hereby nor compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof
         will contravene any federal or Delaware law, governmental rule or
         regulation governing the banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee
         or any judgment or order binding on it, or constitute any default under
         its charter documents or by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract,
         agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which any of its
         properties may be bound or result in the imposition of any Lien, charge
         or encumbrance on the Trust Estate resulting from actions by or claims
         against the Owner Trustee individually that are related to this
         Agreement or the other Transaction Documents; and

                  (d)      each of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents
         to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by it and
         constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of it, enforceable
         against the Owner Trustee in accordance with its terms, except as
         enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, liquidation, insolvency,
         reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
         creditors' rights in general and by general principles of equity,
         regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding
         in equity or at law.

         Section 6.04. Reliance; Advice of Counsel.

                  (a)      The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone
in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent,
order, certificate, report, opinion, bond, or other document or paper believed
by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or
parties. The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the
board of directors or other governing body of any Person as conclusive evidence
that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in
full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the method of the determination
of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all
purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice
president or by the treasurer or other authorized officer of an appropriate
Person, as to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full
protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it in good faith in reliance thereon.

                  (b)      In the exercise or administration of the trusts
hereunder and in the performance of its duties and obligations under this
Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act
directly or through its agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into
with any of them, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or
misconduct of such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have
been selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult
with counsel, accountants and other skilled Persons to be selected with
reasonable care and employed by it. The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for
anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance with the
written opinion or written advice of any such counsel, accountants or other such
Persons.

                                       17

<PAGE>

         Section 6.05. Not Acting in Individual Capacity. Except as expressly
provided in this Article Six, in accepting the trusts hereby created, Wilmington
Trust Company acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual
capacity, and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason
of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document shall look only to
the Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

         Section 6.06. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates, Notes or
Receivables. The statements contained herein and in the Certificates, Notes and
other Transaction Documents (other than the genuineness of the signature and
authentication (as applicable) of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates and its
representations and warranties in Section 6.03) shall be taken as the statements
of the Transferor, and the Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the
correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee makes no representations as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or the
Certificates (other than the genuineness of the signature and authentication (as
applicable) of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates and its representations and
warranties in Section 6.03), the Notes or related documents. The Owner Trustee
shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the
legality, validity and enforceability of the Receivables or the perfection and
priority of any security interest in the Receivables or the maintenance of any
such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of the
Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed to the
Noteholders under the Indenture, including the existence, condition and
ownership of the Receivables, the existence and contents of the Receivables on
any computer or other record thereof, the validity of the assignment of the
Receivables to the Trust or of any intervening assignment, the completeness of
the Receivables; the performance or enforcement of the Receivables, the
compliance by the Transferor with any warranty or representation made under any
Transaction Document or in any related document or the accuracy of any such
warranty or representation or any action of the Administrator, the Servicer or
the Indenture Trustee taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

         Section 6.07. Owner Trustee May Own Notes. The Owner Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may deal with the Transferor, the Administrator, the Servicer and the Indenture
Trustee in banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were
not Owner Trustee.

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                          COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

         Section 7.01. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses. The Owner Trustee
shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been
separately agreed upon before the date hereof among the Transferor, the Servicer
and the Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed
by the Transferor (and if not by the Transferor, by the Servicer) for its other
reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable compensation, expenses
and disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the
Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its
rights and its duties hereunder and under the Transaction Documents; provided,
however, that the Owner Trustee shall have no recourse to the assets pledged
under the Indenture with respect to any payments under this Section and the
Owner Trustee's right to enforce such obligation shall be subject to the
provisions of 11.09.

         Section 7.02. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law,
the Transferor (and if not the Transferor, the Servicer) shall indemnify, defend
and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against Expenses which may at
any time be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Owner Trustee or
any Indemnified Party in any way relating to or arising out of the Transaction
Documents, the Trust Estate, the acceptance and administration of the Trust
Estate or any action or inaction of the Owner Trustee; provided that the
Transferor shall not be liable for or required to indemnify any Indemnified
Party from and against Expenses arising or resulting from any of the matters
described in the third sentence of Section 6.01, Expenses for which
indemnification is actually received under other Transaction Documents or income
taxes or any fees received by the Owner Trustee; provided further that the
Transferor shall not be liable for or required to indemnify an Indemnified Party
from and against expenses arising or resulting from (i) the Indemnified Party's
own willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence, (ii) income taxes or
(iii) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section
6.03. No Indemnified Party shall have any recourse to the assets pledged under
the Indenture with respect to any Expenses payable by the Transferor pursuant to
this Section. An Indemnified Party's Right to enforce such obligation shall be
subject to the provisions of Section 11.09. The indemnities contained in this
Section shall survive the resignation and termination of the Owner Trustee or
the termination of this Agreement. In any event of claim, action or proceeding
for which indemnity will be sought pursuant to this Section, the Indemnified
Party's choice of legal counsel shall be subject to approval of the Transferor,
which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         Section 7.03. Payments to the Owner Trustee. Any amounts paid to an
Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article shall not be construed to be a part
of the Trust Estate.

                                       19

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                         TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

         Section 8.01. Termination of Trust Agreement.

         (a)      The Trust shall dissolve upon the earlier of (i) at the option
of the Transferor (written notice of which shall be provided to the Owner
Trustee), the Trust Termination Date and (ii) dissolution of the Trust in
accordance with applicable law. After satisfaction of liabilities of the Trust
as provided by applicable law, any money or other property held as part of the
Trust Estate following such distribution shall be distributed to the Transferor.
The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, termination, death or incapacity of
the Transferor shall not (A) operate to terminate this Agreement or annul,
dissolve or terminate the Trust, (B) entitle the Transferor's legal
representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or
proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of the
Trust or Trust Estate or (C) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and
liabilities of the parties hereto.

         (b)      Except as provided in Section 8.01(a), the Transferor shall
not be entitled to revoke, dissolve or terminate the Trust. The Owner shall not
be entitled to revoke, dissolve or terminate the Trust.

         (c)      Upon completion of the winding up of the Trust in accordance
with the Statutory Trust Statute, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Certificate
of Trust to be canceled by filing a certificate of cancellation with the
Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of Section 3810 of the
Statutory Trust Statute and thereupon the Trust and this Agreement (other than
Articles Six and Seven and Section 11.09) shall terminate.

                                       20

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                     SUCCESSOR AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

         Section 9.01. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee. The Owner
Trustee shall at all times (i) be a Person satisfying the provisions of Section
3807(a) of the Statutory Trust Statute; (ii) be authorized to exercise trust
powers; (iii) have, or have a corporate parent that has, a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000; (iv) be subject to supervision or examination
by federal or state authorities; and (v) have (or have a parent which has) a
rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's, at least BBB- by Standard & Poor's and, if
rated by Fitch, at least BBB- by Fitch, or otherwise be acceptable to each
Rating Agency. If such Person shall publish reports of condition at least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or
examining authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital
and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and
surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In
case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of this Section, the Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in
the manner and with the effect specified in Section 9.02.

         Section 9.02. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee. The Owner
Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created
by giving written notice thereof to the Transferor; provided, however, that such
resignation and discharge shall only be effective upon the appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the
Transferor shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written
instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the
resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee. If no
successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted
appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
resigning Owner Trustee at the expense of the Transferor may petition any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

         If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of Section 9.01 and shall fail to resign after
written request therefor by the Transferor, or if at any time the Owner Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a
receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any
public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation, then the Transferor may, but shall not be required to, remove the
Owner Trustee. If the Transferor shall remove the Owner Trustee under the
authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Transferor shall promptly
(i) appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one
copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so
removed and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee and (ii) pay all amounts
owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

         Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 9.03 and, in the case of removal, payment of all
fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee. The

                                       21

<PAGE>

Transferor shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner
Trustee to each Rating Agency.

         Section 9.03. Successor Owner Trustee. Any successor Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 9.02 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Transferor and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal of
the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective and such successor Owner
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested
with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor under
this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. The
predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and expenses deliver to
the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and monies held by it
under this Agreement; and the Transferor and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall
execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably
be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor
Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

         No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall
be eligible pursuant to Section 9.01.

         Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the Transferor shall mail notice of such acceptance of appointment
including the name of such successor Owner Trustee to the Transferor, the
Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and each Rating Agency. If the Transferor
shall fail to mail such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment
by the successor Owner Trustee, the successor Owner Trustee shall cause such
notice to be mailed at the expense of the Transferor.

         Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Section, such successor Owner Trustee shall file an amendment to the
Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State identifying the name and
principal place of business of such successor Owner Trustee in the State of
Delaware.

         Section 9.04. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, any Person into which the Owner Trustee may be
merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person
resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Owner
Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all
of the corporate trust business of the Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of
the Owner Trustee hereunder (provided that such Person shall meet the
eligibility requirements set forth in Section 9.01), without the execution or
filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of the parties
hereto; provided further that (i) the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such
merger or consolidation to each Rating Agency and (ii) the Owner Trustee shall
file any necessary amendments to the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of
State.

         Section 9.05. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust Estate may at the time be located, the Transferor and the Owner
Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and

                                       22

<PAGE>

deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by each of the
Transferor and the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Owner
Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the
Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the
Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this
Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Transferor
and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Transferor
shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it
of a request so to do, the Owner Trustee alone shall have the power to make such
appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement shall be
required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee pursuant to
Section 9.01, and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 9.03.

         Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

                  (i)      all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred
         or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised
         or performed by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or
         co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or
         co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Owner
         Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law
         of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be
         performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to
         perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties,
         and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any
         portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and
         performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at
         the direction of the Owner Trustee;

                  (ii)     no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally
         liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this
         Agreement; and

                  (iii)    the Transferor and the Owner Trustee acting jointly
         may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate
         trustee or co-trustee.

         Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property
specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection
to, the Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Transferor.

         Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,

                                       23

<PAGE>

properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
or successor trustee.

                                       24

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE TEN

                                   TAX MATTERS

         Section 10.01. Tax and Accounting Characterization. It is the intent of
the parties hereto that the Trust not constitute a separate entity for federal
income tax or state income or franchise tax (where such franchise taxes are
based solely upon or measured by net income) purposes. It is the intent of the
Transferor, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders that the Class A Notes be
treated as indebtedness of the Transferor secured by the Trust Estate and the
payments on the Receivables for federal income tax and state income and
franchise tax purposes. It is the intention of the parties hereto that, for
income tax purposes, the Trust shall be treated as a security device and
disregarded as an entity and its assets shall be treated as owned in whole by
the Owner. Alternatively, if there are multiple Certificateholders at any point
in time for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes, it is
the intention of the parties that the Trust qualify as a partnership during the
period there are multiple Certificateholders, with the assets of the partnership
being the Trust Estate and the partners of the partnership being the
Certificateholders and the Notes being debt of the partnership. The parties
agree that the Trust shall not file or cause to be filed annual returns, reports
or other forms and will treat the Trust in a manner consistent with the
characterization that the Trust is not a separate entity for tax purposes unless
there are multiple Certificateholders at the same time or, unless there are
future changes in the federal or state income or franchise tax (where such
franchise taxes are based solely upon or measured by net income) laws, whereby
existing trusts with a single Certificateholder are treated as a separate entity
for purposes of the aforementioned taxes.

         Section 10.02. Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner.

         (a)      In the event that the Trust shall be required to file federal
or other income tax returns as a partnership, such returns shall be signed by an
authorized signatory for the Transferor or such other Person as shall be
required by law to sign such returns of the Trust.

         (b)      By acceptance of its beneficial interest in a Certificate,
each Certificateholder agrees that in the event that the Trust is classified as
a partnership for federal income tax purposes, the Transferor shall be the "tax
matters partner" of the Trust pursuant to the Code so long as the Transferor
holds any Certificate.

         Section 10.03. Tax Reporting. Unless otherwise required by appropriate
tax authorities, the Trust shall not file or cause to be filed annual or other
income or franchise tax returns and shall not be required to obtain a taxpayer
identification number.

                                       25

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.01. Supplements and Amendments.

         (a)      This Agreement may be amended from time to time, by a written
amendment duly executed and delivered by the Transferor and the Owner Trustee,
with the written consent of the Indenture Trustee, but without the consent of
any of the Noteholders, and upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition, to
cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or modifying in any manner
the rights of the Noteholders; provided, however, that such amendment will not
(i) in the good faith judgment of the parties thereto, materially adversely
affect the interest of any Noteholder and (ii) as evidenced by an Opinion of
Counsel addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee,
cause the Trust to be classified as an association (or a publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; provided,
further, that Section 2.03 may be amended only with the consent of the Holders
of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes. Additionally, notwithstanding the preceding sentence, this Agreement will
be amended by the Transferor and the Owner Trustee without the consent of the
Indenture Trustee or any of the Noteholders to add, modify or eliminate such
provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable all or a portion
of the Trust (i) to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made to cause
the Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset securitization investment trust"
as described in the provisions of Section 860L of the Code, and (ii) to avoid
the imposition of state or local income or franchise taxes imposed on the
Trust's property or its income; provided, however, that (i) the Transferor
delivers to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee an Officer's Certificate
to the effect that the proposed amendments meet the requirements set forth in
this Section, (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
respect to such amendment and (iii) such amendment does not affect the rights,
benefits, protections, privileges, immunities, duties or obligations of the
Owner Trustee hereunder. The amendments which the Transferor may make without
the consent of Noteholders pursuant to the preceding sentence may include,
without limitation, the addition of a sale of Receivables.

         (b)      This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by a
written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Transferor and the Owner
Trustee, with the consent of the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of Notes
evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, and
upon satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders;
provided, however, that without the consent of all Noteholders, no such
amendment shall (i) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or
accelerate or delay the timing of distributions that are required to be made for
the benefit of the Noteholders or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to
any such amendment; provided further, that such amendment will not, as evidenced
by an Opinion of Counsel addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture

                                       26

<PAGE>

Trustee (unless all of the Noteholders have waived the requirement to deliver
such Opinion of Counsel), cause the Trust to be classified as an association (or
a publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes.

         (c)      Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent,
the Transferor shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to the Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency. It shall
not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders pursuant to this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall
be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.

         (d)      Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the
Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment
with the Secretary of State.

         (e)      The Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be
fully protected in relying upon, an Officer's Certificate of the Transferor to
the effect that the conditions to amendment have been satisfied. The Owner
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into, and unless it has
consented thereto in writing shall not be bound by, any amendment which affects
the Owner Trustee's own rights, duties, benefits, protections, privileges or
immunities (as such or in its individual capacity) under this Agreement or
otherwise.

         Section 11.02. No Legal Title to Trust Estate in Transferor. The
Transferor shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust Estate. No
transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title, and interest of
the Transferor to and in its undivided beneficial interest in the Trust Estate
shall operate to terminate this Agreement or annul, dissolve or terminate the
Trust or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of
legal title to any part of the Trust Estate.

         Section 11.03. Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this
Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee, the other Indemnified
Parties, the Transferor, the holder of any Certificate and, to the extent
expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and
nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to
give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the
Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any covenants,
conditions or provisions contained herein.

         Section 11.04. Notices. Unless otherwise expressly specified or
permitted by the terms hereof, all demands, notices, instructions, directions
and communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed
to have been duly given if personally delivered at, mailed by registered mail,
return receipt requested or sent by facsimile transaction (except that notice to
the Owner Trustee, the Transferor or Indenture Trustee shall be deemed given
only upon actual receipt by the Owner Trustee, the Transferor or Indenture
Trustee), if to (i) the Owner Trustee, addressed to the Corporate Trust Office;
(ii) the Indenture Trustee, addressed to 401 South Tryon Street, 12th Floor,
Charlotte, North Carolina 25288-1179, attention: Structured Finance Trust
Services, Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, (iii) the Transferor, addressed
to The Bon-Ton Receivable Partnership L.P., 2801 East Market St., P.O. Box 2821,
York, PA, 17405 (facsimile no. (717) 751-3198) or (iv) as to each party, at such
other address or facsimile number as shall be designated by such party in a
written notice to each other party.

                                       27

<PAGE>

         Section 11.05. Severability. If any one or more of the covenants,
agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason
whatsoever held invalid or unenforceable, such covenants, agreements, provisions
or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this
Agreement or of the Certificates or the rights of the Certificateholders
thereof.

         Section 11.06. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and
delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 11.07. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements
contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the
Transferor, the Owner Trustee and each Certificateholder and their respective
successors and permitted assigns, all to the extent as herein provided. Any
request notice, direction, consent, waiver or other instrument or action by a
Certificateholder shall bind the successors and assigns of the Transferor or
such Certificateholder.

         Section 11.08. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

         Section 11.09. Nonpetition Covenants. Notwithstanding any prior
termination of the Trust or this Agreement, the Owner Trustee, individually or
in its capacity as Owner Trustee, shall not at any time with respect to the
Trust, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the
process of any court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or
sustaining a case against the Trust under any federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator,
assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the
Trust or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of the affairs of the Trust; provided, however, that this Section
shall not operate to preclude any remedy described in Article Five of the
Indenture.

         Notwithstanding any prior termination of the Trust or this Agreement,
the Transferor shall not at any time with respect to the Trust, acquiesce,
petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any
court or governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a
case against the Trust under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar law or appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any
substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of
the affairs of the Trust; provided, however, that this Section shall not operate
to preclude any remedy described in Article Five of the Indenture.

         Section 11.10. No Recourse. Each Person holding or owning a
Certificate, by accepting the Certificates, acknowledges that the Certificates
do not represent interest in or obligations of the Servicer, the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Trust), and no
recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, or against the assets

                                       28

<PAGE>

pledged under the Indenture, except as expressly agreed by such party in the
Transaction Documents.

         Section 11.11. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article
and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only
and shall not affect the construction hereof.

         Section 11.12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS, AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         Section 11.13. Acceptance of Terms of Agreement. The receipt and
acceptance of the Ownership Interest Certificate by the Owner and the Transferor
Certificate by the Transferor, without any signature or further manifestation of
assent, shall constitute the unconditional acceptance by the Owner and the
Transferor, respectively, of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement, and
shall constitute the agreement of the Trust that the terms and provisions of
this Agreement shall be binding, operative and effective as among the Trust, the
Owner and the Transferor.

         Section 11.14. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings,
written and oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

                                       29

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of the
day and year first above written.

                                   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                   as Owner Trustee

                                   By: /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                                       Name: Anita E. Dallago
                                       Title:  Senior Financial Services Officer

                                   THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP,
                                   L.P.,
                                    as Transferor

                                   By: BTRGP, Inc., its general partner

                                   By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                       Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                       Title:  Treasurer

                                Signature Page to
                                Trust Agreement

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                     FORM OF OWNERSHIP INTEREST CERTIFICATE

       TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THIS CERTIFICATE
         (OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN) MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON
                 EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TRUST AGREEMENT.

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST
                                OWNER CERTIFICATE

R-1

   (This Certificate does not represent an interest in or obligation of The
         Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P. or any of its affiliates, except
         to the extent described below.)

         THIS CERTIFIES THAT The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P. is a
registered Owner of the Bon-Ton Receivable Master Note Trust (the "Trust").

         The Trust was created pursuant to (i) the filing of the Certificate of
Trust with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (ii) the Bon-Ton
Receivable Master Note Trust Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004, (the
"Trust Agreement"), between The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P. (the
"Transferor") and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the "Owner Trustee").
Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust Agreement.

         This Certificate is the duly authorized Certificate evidencing a
beneficial ownership interest in the Trust (the "Certificate"). This Certificate
is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the
Trust Agreement, including the rights of the holder of the Transferor
Certificate to which Trust Agreement the holder by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and by which the holder is bound.

         Notwithstanding any prior termination of the Trust Agreement, the
holder, by its acceptance of this Certificate, covenants and agrees that it
shall not at any time with respect to the Trust, acquiesce, petition or
otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any court or
governmental authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case
against the Trust under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
law or appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any
substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of
the affairs of the Trust.

         This Certificate is not permitted to be transferred, assigned,
exchanged or otherwise pledged or conveyed except in compliance with the terms
of the Trust Agreement referred to herein.

                                       A-1

<PAGE>

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been
executed by the Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not
entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust Agreement, the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture or be valid for any purpose.

         THIS CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS AND THE
OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS, AND REMEDIES OF THE HOLDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                   BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE
                                   TRUST

                                   By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                       not in its individual capacity but solely
                                       as Owner Trustee

Dated: January 30, 2004            By: _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

         This is the Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Trust
Agreement.

                                   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                   not in its individual capacity but solely
                                   as Owner Trustee

                                   By: _________________________________________
                                                Authorized Signatory

                                       A-2

<PAGE>

                                                                         Annex 1
                                                                    to Exhibit A

Registered Owner and address:

The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.
2801 E. Market Road
P.O. Box 2821
York, PA, 17405

Tax Identification Number: __________

                                       A-3
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                         FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

         THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE NOR ANY
PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION
PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS.

         THIS TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE IS NOT PERMITTED TO BE TRANSFERRED,
ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED OR OTHERWISE PLEDGED OR CONVEYED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH
THE TERMS OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

No. R-__                                                                One Unit

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST
                             TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE

Evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in a trust, the corpus of which
consists primarily of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary
course of business in a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts transferred
by The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P. (the "Transferor").

               (Not an interest in or obligation of the Transferor
                            or any affiliate thereof)

         This certifies that The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P. is the
registered owner of an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Bon-Ton
Receivables Master Note Trust (the "Trust") and is entitled to payments from the
Trust Estate, subject to the lien of the Indenture Trustee in the Trust Estate
as provided in the Master Indenture, dated the date hereof, as amended and
supplemented (the "Indenture"), between Wachovia Bank, N.A., as trustee, and the
Trust, established pursuant to the Trust Agreement, dated as of January 30,
2004, (the "Trust Agreement"), between the Transferor and Wilmington Trust
Company as trustee (the "Owner Trustee"). The corpus of the Trust consists of
(a) a portfolio of certain receivables (the "Receivables") existing in the
revolving credit card accounts identified under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, dated the date hereof, as amended from time to time (the "Transfer
and Servicing Agreement"), among the Transferor, The Bon-Ton Department Stores,
Inc., as servicer (the "Servicer"), and the Trust, as issuer, from time to time
(the "Accounts"), (b) certain funds collected or to be collected from
accountholders in respect of the Receivables, (c) all funds which are from time
to time on deposit in the Collection Account, Special Funding Account and in the
Series Accounts, (d) the benefits of any Series Enhancements issued and to be
issued by Series Enhancers with respect to one or more Series of Notes and (e)
all other assets and interests constituting the Trust, including Recoveries
allocated to the Trust pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
Although a summary of certain provisions of the Transfer and Servicing

                                      B-1

<PAGE>

Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the Indenture (collectively, the
"Agreements") is set forth below, this Certificate does not purport to summarize
the Agreements and reference is made to the Agreements for information with
respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties
evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Owner Trustee. A
copy of the Agreements may be requested from the Owner Trustee by writing to the
Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. Capitalized terms used herein that
are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Agreements.

         This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Agreements, to which Agreements, as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the Transferor by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and is bound.

         The Receivables consist of Principal Receivables which arise generally
from the purchase of merchandise and services and amounts advanced to
cardholders as cash advances and Finance Charge Receivables which arise
generally from Periodic Rate Finance Charges, Late Fees and other fees and
charges with respect to the Accounts.

         This Certificate (this "Certificate") is the Transferor Certificate,
which represents an undivided beneficial ownership interest in the Trust and is
entitled to payments from the Trust Estate, subject to the lien of the Indenture
Trustee in the Trust Estate, including the right to receive a portion of the
Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in the
Indenture. In addition to the Transferor Certificate, (a) Notes will be issued
to investors pursuant to the Indenture and (b) Supplemental Certificates may be
issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

         Unless otherwise specified in an Indenture Supplement with respect to a
particular Series, the Transferor has entered into the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, and this Certificate is issued, with the intention that, for federal,
state and local income and franchise tax purposes, (a) the Notes of each Series
which are characterized as indebtedness at the time of their issuance will
qualify as indebtedness of the Transferor secured by the Receivables and (b) the
Trust shall not be treated as an association (or a publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation. The Transferor by the acceptance of this Certificate,
agrees to treat the Notes for federal, state and local income and franchise tax
purposes as indebtedness of the Transferor.

         Subject to certain conditions and exceptions specified in the
Agreements, the obligations created by the Agreements and the Trust created
thereby shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) at the option of the Transferor,
the day on which the rights of all Series of Notes to receive payments from the
Trust have terminated (the "Trust Termination Date") or (b) dissolution of the
Trust in accordance with applicable law.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or
on behalf of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Certificate shall not
be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

                                      B-2

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused this Certificate to be duly
executed.

                                          BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                          By:  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                               not in its individual capacity,
                                               but solely as Owner Trustee

                                          By:  _________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

Dated: January 30, 2004

                                      B-3

<PAGE>

                     TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

         This is the Transferor Certificate described in the Trust Agreement.

                                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                         not in its individual capacity, but
                                         solely as Owner Trustee

                                         By:____________________________________
                                                     Authorized Signatory

                                      B-4

<PAGE>

                                                                      Annex 1 to
                                                                       Exhibit B

Registered Owner and address:

The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.
2801 E. Market Road
P.O. Box 2821
York, PA 17405

Tax Identification Number:  __________

                                     B-I-1

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                          FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRUST

                      BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

         This Certificate of Trust of Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (the
"Trust") is being duly executed and filed by the undersigned, as trustee, to
form a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (12 Del. C.
Section 3801 et seq.) (the "Act").

         1.       Name. The name of the statutory trust created hereby is
Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust.

         2.       Delaware Trustee. The name and business address of the
trustee of the Trust having its principal place of business in the State of
Delaware are Wilmington Trust Company Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market
Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: Corporate Trust
Administration.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of
Trust in accordance with Section 3811(a)(1) of the Act.

                                     WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                     not in its individual capacity but solely
                                     as owner trustee of the Trust Agreement

                                     By:_____________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                      C-1

<PAGE>

                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

                                     between

                     BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST,
                                   as Issuer,

                                       and

                      THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                                as Administrator

                          Dated as of January 30, 2004

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 Page
                                                                                                                 ----
<S>                                                                                                              <C>
Section 1.01  Capitalized Terms; Interpretive Provisions..................................................        1

Section 1.02  Duties of Administrator.....................................................................        2

Section 1.03  Records.....................................................................................        6

Section 1.04  Compensation................................................................................        6

Section 1.05  Additional Information to be Furnished to Issuer............................................        7

Section 1.06  Independence of Administrator...............................................................        7

Section 1.07  No Joint Venture............................................................................        7

Section 1.08  Other Activities of Administrator...........................................................        7

Section 1.09  Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of Administrator.................................        7

Section 1.10  Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal.............................................        8

Section 1.11  Notices.....................................................................................        8

Section 1.12  Amendments..................................................................................        9

Section 1.13  Successors and Assigns......................................................................       10

Section 1.14  GOVERNING LAW...............................................................................       10

Section 1.15  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents....................................................       10

Section 1.16  Counterparts................................................................................       11

Section 1.17  Severability of Provisions..................................................................       11

Section 1.18  Not Applicable to Bon-Ton Department Stores in Other Capacities.............................       11

Section 1.19  Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee....................................................       11

Section 1.20  Third-Party Beneficiary.....................................................................       11

Section 1.21  Nonpetition Covenant........................................................................       11

Section 1.22  Successor Administrator.....................................................................       11

Exhibit A  Power Of Attorney..............................................................................      A-1
</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>

                            ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT

         This Administration Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004 (the
"Agreement"), is between Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust, a Delaware
statutory trust (the "Issuer"), and The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation, as administrator (the "Administrator").

         WHEREAS, the Issuer has entered into a master indenture, dated as of
January 30, 2004 (the "Indenture"), between the Issuer and Wachovia Bank, N.A.,
a national banking association, as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), to provide
for the issuance of its asset backed notes (the "Notes") from time to time
pursuant to one or more indenture supplements (the "Indenture Supplements");

         WHEREAS, the Issuer has entered into certain agreements in connection
with the issuance of the Notes, the issuance of the beneficial ownership
interest of the Issuer and transactions related thereto, including (i) the
Indenture; (ii) the Indenture Supplement; (iii) a transfer and servicing
agreement, dated as of January 30, 2004 (the "Transfer and Servicing
Agreement"), among The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P., as transferor (the
"Transferor"), The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., as servicer (the
"Servicer"), and the Issuer and (iv) a trust agreement, dated as of January 30,
2004 (the "Trust Agreement" and, together with the Indenture, the related
Indenture Supplement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the "Related
Agreements"), between the Transferor, as transferor, and Wilmington Trust
Company, as trustee (the "Owner Trustee");

         WHEREAS, pursuant to the Related Agreements, the Issuer and the Owner
Trustee are required to perform certain duties in connection with (a) the Notes
and the collateral therefor pledged pursuant to the Indenture (the "Collateral")
and (b) the beneficial ownership interest in the Issuer (the holder of such
interest being referred to herein as the "Owner");

         WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Owner Trustee desire to have the
Administrator perform certain of the duties of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee
referred to in the preceding clause and to provide such additional services
consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Related Agreements as the
Issuer and the Owner Trustee may from time to time request; and

         WHEREAS, the Administrator has the capacity to provide the services
required hereby and is willing to perform such services for the Issuer and the
Owner Trustee on the terms set forth herein;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained
herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

         Section 1.01 Capitalized Terms; Interpretive Provisions.

         (a)      Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings ascribed thereto or incorporated by reference in the
Trust Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture, as the
case may be. Whenever used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

<PAGE>

         "Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

         "Indenture" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

         "Related Agreements" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

         "Transfer and Servicing Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the
Preamble.

         "Trust Agreement" has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

         (b)      For all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, (i) terms used in
this Agreement include, as appropriate, all genders and the plural as well as
the singular, (ii) references to this Agreement include all Exhibits hereto,
(iii) references to words such as "herein", "hereof" and the like shall refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular part, Article or Section
within this Agreement, (iv) the term "include" and all variations thereof shall
mean "include without limitation", (v) the term "or" shall include "and/or" and
(vi) the term "proceeds" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the
UCC.

         Section 1.02 Duties of Administrator.

         (a)      Duties with Respect to the Related Agreements. The
Administrator shall consult with the Owner Trustee regarding the duties of the
Issuer and the Owner Trustee under the Related Agreements. The Administrator
shall monitor the performance of the Issuer and shall advise the Owner Trustee
when action is necessary to comply with the Issuer's or the Owner Trustee's
duties under the Related Agreements. The Administrator shall prepare for
execution by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee or shall cause the preparation by
other appropriate persons of all such documents, reports, filings, instruments,
orders, certificates and opinions as shall be the duty of the Issuer or the
Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to any Related Agreement. In
addition to the foregoing, the Administrator shall take all appropriate action
that is the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to take pursuant to the
Indenture including such of the foregoing as are required with respect to the
following matters under the Indenture (references are to sections of the
Indenture):

                  (i)      the preparation of or obtaining of the documents and
         instruments required for execution, authentication and delivery of the
         Notes (whether upon initial issuance, transfer or exchange, or
         otherwise), if any, and delivery of the same to the Indenture Trustee
         (if applicable) (Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.06, 2.12(c) or 2.15);

                  (ii)     the duty to cause the Note Register to be kept, to
         appoint a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar, if necessary, and to
         give the Indenture Trustee notice of any appointment of a new Transfer
         Agent and Registrar and the location, or change in location, of the
         Note Register (Section 2.05);

                  (iii)    the furnishing of the Indenture Trustee, the
         Servicer, any Noteholder or the Paying Agent with the names and
         addresses of Noteholders after receipt of a written request therefor
         from the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer, any Noteholder or the Paying

                                       2

<PAGE>

         Agent, respectively, or as otherwise specified in the Indenture
         (Sections 2.09(a) and 7.01);

                  (iv)     the preparation, obtaining or filing of the
         instruments, opinions and certificates and other documents required for
         the release of collateral (Section 2.11);

                  (v)      the duty to cause the Issuer to maintain an office or
         agency within the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York (and as
         otherwise set forth in an Indenture Supplement) and to give the
         Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders notice of the location, or change
         in location, of such office or agency (Section 3.02);

                  (vi)     the duty to direct the Indenture Trustee to deposit
         with any Paying Agent the sums specified in the Indenture and the
         preparation of an Issuer Order directing the investment of such funds
         in Eligible Investments (Section 3.03);

                  (vii)    the duty to cause newly appointed Paying Agents, if
         any, to deliver to the Indenture Trustee the instrument specified in
         the Indenture regarding funds held in trust (Section 3.03);

                  (viii)   the direction to Paying Agents to pay to the
         Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agents (Section
         3.03);

                  (ix)     the duty to cause the Issuer to keep in full force
         its existence, rights and franchises as a Delaware statutory trust and
         the obtaining and preservation of the Issuer's qualification to do
         business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall
         be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of the
         Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other related instrument
         and agreement (Section 3.04);

                  (x)      the preparation of all supplements, amendments,
         financing statements, continuation statements, if any, instruments of
         further assurance and other instruments necessary to protect, maintain
         and enforce the Collateral (Section 3.05);

                  (xi)     the obtaining of the Opinion of Counsel on the Series
         Issuance Date and the annual delivery of Opinions of Counsel as to the
         Collateral, and the annual delivery of the Officer's Certificate
         (Section 3.06);

                  (xii)    the identification to the Indenture Trustee in an
         Officer's Certificate of a Person with whom the Issuer has contracted
         to assist it in performing its duties under the Indenture (Section
         3.07(b));

                  (xiii)   causing the delivery of notice by the Indenture
         Trustee to the Rating Agencies of the occurrence of any Servicer
         Default of which the Issuer has knowledge and the action, if any, being
         taken in connection with such default (Section 3.07(d));

                  (xiv)    the delivery to the Indenture Trustee, within 120
         days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer of an Officer's
         Certificate with respect to various matters relating to compliance with
         the Indenture (Section 3.09);

                                       3

<PAGE>

                  (xv)     the preparation and obtaining of documents,
         certificates, opinions and instruments required in connection with the
         consolidation or merger by the Issuer with or into any other Person or
         the sale of the Issuer's assets substantially as an entirety to any
         Person (Section 3.10);

                  (xvi)    the delivery of notice to the Indenture Trustee and
         each Rating Agency of (1) each Event of Default, (2) each default by
         the Servicer or the Transferor under the Transfer and Servicing
         Agreement, (3) each default by a Seller under a Receivables Purchase
         Agreement and (4) any action taken by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
         the Indenture (Section 3.19);

                  (xvii)   the monitoring of the Issuer's obligations as to the
         satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the preparation and
         delivery of an Officer's Certificate and the obtaining of the Opinion
         of Counsel and the Independent Certificate relating thereto (Section
         4.01);

                  (xviii)  the compliance with any directive of the Indenture
         Trustee with respect to the sale of the Collateral if an Event of
         Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Notes have been
         accelerated (Section 5.05);

                  (xix)    the preparation and delivery of an Officer's
         Certificate to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and the
         deliverance of such Officer's Certificate to the Noteholders (Section
         6.03(b));

                  (xx)     the removal of the Indenture Trustee, if necessary
         and in compliance with the Indenture, and the appointment of a
         successor (Section 6.08);

                  (xxi)    the preparation and delivery of various reports to be
         filed with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission, as applicable
         (Section 7.03);

                  (xxii)   notifying the Indenture Trustee if and when the Notes
         are listed on any stock exchange (Section 7.04);

                  (xxiii)  the preparation of an Issuer Order and Officer's
         Certificate and the obtaining of an Opinion of Counsel and Independent
         Certificates, if necessary, for the release of the Collateral (Sections
         8.09 and 8.10);

                  (xxiv)   the preparation and delivery of Issuer Orders,
         agreements, certificates, instruments, consents and other documents and
         the obtaining of Opinions of Counsel with respect to the execution of
         supplemental indentures (Sections 3.07(f), 10.01, 10.02 and 10.03);

                  (xxv)    the execution of new Notes conforming to any
         supplemental indenture (Section 10.06);

                  (xxvi)   in connection with a Defeasance, compliance with the
         provisions of Section 11.04 of the Indenture (Section 11.04);

                                       4

<PAGE>

                  (xxvii)  the preparation of all Officers' Certificates,
         Opinions of Counsel and, if necessary, Independent Certificates with
         respect to any requests by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take
         any action under the Indenture (Section 12.01(a));

                  (xxviii) the preparation and delivery of Officers'
         Certificates and the obtaining of Independent Certificates, if
         necessary, in connection with the deposit of any Collateral or other
         property or securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made
         the basis for the release of property from the lien of the Indenture
         (Section 12.01(b));

                  (xxix)   the preparation and delivery to Noteholders and the
         Indenture Trustee of any agreements with respect to alternate payment
         and notice provisions (Section 12.06); and

                  (xxx)    compliance with the provisions of the Transfer and
         Servicing Agreement, Indenture Supplement and Trust Agreement
         applicable to the Issuer.

         (b)      Additional Duties.

                  (i)      In addition to the duties of the Administrator set
         forth above, but subject to Sections 1.02(c)(ii) and 1.06, the
         Administrator shall perform all duties and obligations of the Issuer
         under the Related Agreements and shall perform such calculations and
         shall prepare for execution by the Issuer and shall cause the
         preparation by other appropriate persons of all such documents,
         reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be
         the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver
         pursuant to the Related Agreements and shall administer the Trust in
         the interest of the holders of the Notes and the Transferor
         Certificates and at the request of the Issuer shall take all
         appropriate action that is the duty of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee
         to take pursuant to the Related Agreements. Subject to Sections
         1.02(c)(ii) and 1.06 of this Agreement, and in accordance with the
         directions of the Issuer, the Administrator shall administer, perform
         or supervise the performance of such other activities in connection
         with the Collateral (including the Related Agreements) as are not
         covered by any of the foregoing provisions and as are expressly
         requested by the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within the capability
         of the Administrator.

                  (ii)     The Administrator shall perform any duties expressly
         required to be performed by the Administrator under the Trust
         Agreement.

                  (iii)    In carrying out the foregoing duties or any of its
         other obligations under this Agreement, the Administrator may enter
         into transactions with or otherwise deal with any of its Affiliates;
         provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or dealings
         shall be in accordance with any directions received from the Issuer and
         shall be, in the Administrator's opinion, no less favorable to the
         Issuer than would be available from unaffiliated parties.

                  (iv)     It is the intention of the parties hereto that the
         Administrator shall, and the Administrator hereby agrees to, prepare,
         file and deliver on behalf of the Issuer all such documents, reports,
         filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty
         of the Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related
         Agreements. In furtherance

                                       5

<PAGE>

         thereof, the Owner Trustee shall, on behalf of the Issuer, execute and
         deliver to the Administrator and its agents, and to each successor
         Administrator appointed pursuant to the terms hereof, one or more
         powers of attorney substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto,
         appointing the Administrator the attorney-in-fact of the Issuer for the
         purpose of executing on behalf of the Issuer all such documents,
         reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions.

         (c)      Non-Ministerial Matters.

                  (i)      With respect to matters that in the reasonable
         judgment of the Administrator are non-ministerial, the Administrator
         shall not take any action unless within a reasonable time before the
         taking of such action, the Administrator shall have notified the
         Transferor of the proposed action and the Transferor shall not have
         withheld consent or provided an alternative direction. For the purpose
         of the preceding sentence, "non-ministerial matters" shall include:

                           (A)      the amendment of or any supplement to the
                  Indenture;

                           (B)      the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by
                  the Issuer and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit
                  brought by or against the Issuer (other than in connection
                  with the collection or enforcement of the Collateral);

                           (C)      the amendment, change or modification of the
                  Related Agreements;

                           (D)      the appointment of each successor Transfer
                  Agent and Registrars, each successor Paying Agents and each
                  successor Indenture Trustees pursuant to the Indenture or the
                  appointment of successor Administrators, or the consent to the
                  assignment by each of the Transfer Agent and Registrar, Paying
                  Agent or Indenture Trustee of its obligations under the
                  Indenture; and

                                    (1)      the removal of the Indenture
                                             Trustee.

                  (ii)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
         Agreement, the Administrator shall not be obligated to, and shall not,
         (x) make any payments from its own funds to the Noteholders, the Owner
         or any other Person under the Related Agreements, (y) sell the
         Collateral pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Indenture other than
         pursuant to a written directive of the Indenture Trustee or (z) take
         any other action that the Issuer directs the Administrator not to take
         on its behalf.

         Section 1.03 Records. The Administrator shall maintain appropriate
books of account and records relating to services performed hereunder, which
books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by the Issuer,
the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer and the Transferor at any
time during normal business hours.

         Section 1.04 Compensation. As compensation for the performance of the
Administrator's obligations under this Agreement, the Administrator shall be
entitled to $100 per month which shall be payable in accordance with Section
3.01(e) of the Transfer and Servicing

                                       6

<PAGE>

Agreement. The Transferor shall be responsible for payment of the
Administrator's fees (to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 3.01(e) of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement).

         Section 1.05 Additional Information to be Furnished to Issuer. The
Administrator shall furnish to the Issuer from time to time such additional
information regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably request.

         Section 1.06 Independence of Administrator. For all purposes of this
Agreement, the Administrator shall be an independent contractor and shall not be
subject to the supervision of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee with respect to
the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations
hereunder. Unless expressly authorized by the Issuer, the Administrator shall
have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer or the Owner Trustee in any
way and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer or the Owner
Trustee.

         Section 1.07 No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall (i) constitute the Administrator and either of the Issuer or the Owner
Trustee as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate,
unincorporated business or other separate entity, (ii) be construed to impose
any liability as such on any of them or (iii) be deemed to confer on any of them
any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any obligation or liability
on behalf of the others.

         Section 1.08 Other Activities of Administrator. Nothing herein shall
prevent the Administrator or its affiliates from engaging in other businesses
or, in its sole discretion, from acting in a similar capacity as an
administrator for any other person or entity even though such person or entity
may engage in business activities similar to those of the Issuer, the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee.

         Section 1.09 Term of Agreement; Resignation and Removal of
Administrator.

         (a)      This Agreement shall continue in force until the termination
of the Issuer, upon which event this Agreement shall automatically terminate.

         (b)      Subject to Sections 1.09(e) and (f), the Administrator may
resign its duties hereunder by providing the Issuer with at least 60 days, prior
written notice.

         (c)      Subject to Sections 1.09(e) and (f), the Issuer may remove the
Administrator without cause by providing the Administrator with at least 60
days, prior written notice.

         (d)      Subject to Sections 1.09(e) and (f), at the sole option of the
Issuer, the Administrator may be removed immediately upon written notice of
termination from the Issuer to the Administrator if any of the following events
shall occur:

                  (i)      the Administrator shall default in the performance of
         any of its duties under this Agreement and, after notice of such
         default, shall not cure such default within 30 days (or, if such
         default cannot be cured in such time, shall not give within 30 days
         such assurance of cure as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
         Issuer);

                                       7

<PAGE>

                  (ii)     a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall
         enter a decree or order for relief, and such decree or order shall not
         have been vacated within 60 days, in respect of the Administrator in
         any involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
         other similar law now or hereafter in effect or appoint a receiver,
         conservator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
         similar official for the Administrator or any substantial part of its
         property or order the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs; or

                  (iii)    the Administrator shall commence a voluntary case
         under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
         hereafter in effect, shall consent to the entry of an order for relief
         in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall consent to the
         appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
         sequestrator or similar official for the Administrator or any
         substantial part of its property, shall consent to the taking of
         possession by any such official of any substantial part of its
         property, shall make any general assignment for the benefit of
         creditors, shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
         generally as they become due or shall fail generally to pay its debts
         as they become due.

         The Administrator agrees that if any of the events specified in clause
(ii) or (iii) of this Section shall occur, it shall give written notice thereof
to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee within seven days after the happening of
such event.

         (e)      No resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to
this Section shall be effective until (i) a successor Administrator shall have
been appointed by the Issuer and (ii) such successor Administrator shall have
agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the same manner
as the Administrator is bound hereunder.

         (f)      The appointment of any successor Administrator shall be
effective only after satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect to
the proposed appointment.

         Section 1.10 Action upon Termination, Resignation or Removal. Promptly
upon the effective date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section
1.09(a) or the resignation or removal of the Administrator pursuant to Sections
1.09(b), (c) or (d), respectively, the Administrator shall be entitled to be
paid all fees and reimbursable expenses accruing to it pursuant to Section 1.04
of this Agreement and Section 3.01(e) of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to
the date of such termination, resignation or removal. The Administrator shall
forthwith upon such termination pursuant to Section 1.09(a) deliver to the
Transferor all property and documents of or relating to the Collateral then in
the custody of the Administrator. In the event of the resignation or removal of
the Administrator pursuant to Sections 1.09(b), (c) or (d), respectively, the
Administrator shall cooperate with the Issuer and take all reasonable steps
requested to assist the Issuer in making an orderly transfer of the duties of
the Administrator.

         Section 1.11 Notices. Any notice, report or other communication given
hereunder shall be in writing and addressed as follows:

         If to the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, to

                  Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust
                  c/o Wilmington Trust Company

                                       8

<PAGE>

                  Rodney Square North
                  1100 North Market Street
                  Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001

         If to the Administrator, to

                  The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.,
                  2801 East Market St.
                  P.O. Box 2821
                  York, Pennsylvania 17405
                  (facsimile no. (717) 751-3198)

         If to the Indenture Trustee, to

                  Wachovia Bank, N.A.
                  401 South Tryon Street
                  12th Floor
                  Charlotte, North Carolina 25288-1179
                  Attention:  Structured Finance Trust Services - Bon-Ton
                  Receivables Master Note Trust

         If to the Transferor, to

                  The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.
                  2801 East Market St.
                  P.O. Box 2821
                  York, Pennsylvania 17405
                  (facsimile no. (717) 751-3198)

or to such other address as any party shall have provided to the other parties
in writing. Any notice required to be in writing hereunder shall be deemed given
if such notice is mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, or hand-delivered
to the address of each such party as provided above, except that notices to the
Indenture Trustee, the Transferor, the Administrator or the Issuer are effective
only upon receipt.

         Section 1.12 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended from time to
time, by a written amendment duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, the
Administrator and the Transferor, with the written consent of the Owner Trustee
(as such and in its individual capacity), without the consent of any of the
Noteholders, the Certificateholders or the Owner, to cure any ambiguity, to
correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement or for the purpose of
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of this Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of the
Noteholders, the Certificateholders or Owner; provided, however, that (i) such
amendment will not, as evidenced by an Officer's Certificate of the
Administrator addressed and delivered to the Owner Trustee, materially and
adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder, any Certificateholder or the
Owner and (ii) the Rating Agency Condition will have been satisfied with respect
to such amendment.

                                       9

<PAGE>

         This Agreement may also be amended from time to time, by a written
amendment duly executed and delivered by the Issuer, the Administrator and the
Transferor, with the written consent of the Owner Trustee (as such and in its
individual capacity), the Noteholders evidencing not less than a majority in the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Owner, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement or modifying in any manner the rights of Noteholders or the
Owner; provided, however, that, without the consent of the Holders of all of the
Notes then outstanding, no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any
manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of
payments on the Receivables or distributions that are required to be made for
the benefit of the Noteholders or (b) reduce the aforesaid portion of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Holders of which are required to consent to
any such amendment.

         Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Administrator shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Rating Agency. Promptly after the execution of any
such amendment or consent, the Administrator shall furnish written notification
of the substance of such amendment or consent to the Indenture Trustee.

         It shall not be necessary for the consent of Noteholders pursuant to
this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance
thereof.

         Section 1.13 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned
by the Administrator unless such assignment is previously consented to in
writing by the Issuer, the Transferor and the Owner Trustee (as such and in its
individual capacity) and subject to the satisfaction of the Rating Agency
Condition in respect thereof. An assignment with such consent and satisfaction,
if accepted by the assignee, shall bind the assignee hereunder in the same
manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
upon notice to the Rating Agencies, this Agreement may be assigned by the
Administrator without the consent of the Issuer, the Transferor, the Owner
Trustee or the Rating Agencies to a corporation or other organization that is a
successor (by merger, consolidation or purchase of assets) to the Administrator,
provided that such successor organization executes and delivers to the Issuer,
the Transferor and the Owner Trustee an agreement in which such corporation or
other organization agrees to be bound hereunder by the terms of said assignment
in the same manner as the Administrator is bound hereunder. Subject to the
foregoing, this Agreement shall bind any successors or assigns of the parties
hereto.

         Section 1.14 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH NOTE SHALL BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401
OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW) AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         Section 1.15 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The headings
herein and Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

                                       10

<PAGE>

         Section 1.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall together constitute but one
and the same agreement.

         Section 1.17 Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall for any
reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions,
or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions, and terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity
or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement.

         Section 1.18 Not Applicable to The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. in
Other Capacities. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any obligation The
Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. may have in any other capacity, other than as
Administrator.

         Section 1.19 Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee. Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, this instrument has been signed by
Wilmington Trust Company not in its individual capacity but solely in its
capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in no event shall Wilmington Trust
Company in its individual capacity or any beneficial owner of the Issuer have
any liability for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or
other obligations of the Issuer hereunder, as to all of which recourse shall be
had solely to the assets of the Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in
the performance of any duties or obligations hereunder, the Owner Trustee (as
such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and entitled to the
benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

         Section 1.20 Third-Party Beneficiary. The Owner Trustee is a
third-party beneficiary to this Agreement and is entitled to the rights and
benefits hereunder and may enforce the provisions hereof as if it were a party
hereto.

         Section 1.21 Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior
termination of this Agreement, the Administrator shall not at any time with
respect to the Issuer or the Transferor acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke
or cause the Issuer or the Transferor to invoke the process of any court or
government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against
the Issuer or the Transferor under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar law or appointing a receiver, conservator, liquidator, assignee,
trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Issuer or the
Transferor or any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer or the Transferor; provided, however,
that this Section shall not operate to preclude any remedy described in Article
Five of the Indenture.

         Section 1.22 Successor Administrator. In the event of a servicing
transfer pursuant to Article Seven of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
successor servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement shall, upon the
date of such servicing transfer, become the successor Administrator hereunder.
"Administrator" shall mean initially The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc. and
thereafter its permitted successor and assigns as provided in Section 1.13 or
any successor Administrator as provided in this Section.

                                       11

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                               BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                               By:     WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                       not in its individual capacity
                                       but solely as Owner Trustee

                               By:     /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                       Name: Anita E. Dallago
                                       Title:  Senior Financial Services Officer

                               THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES,
                               INC., as Administrator

                               By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                   -----------------------
                                   Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                   Title:  Treasurer

Acknowledged and Accepted:

THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES
LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
as Transferor

By:  BTRGP, INC., its general partner

By: /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
    ----------------------
     Name:  H. Todd Dissinger
     Title:  Treasurer

                   Signature Page to Administration Agreement

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                            Form of Power of Attorney

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

STATE OF DELAWARE                      )
                                       )
COUNTY OF ______________               )

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note
Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the "Trust"), does hereby make, constitute
and appoint The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., as Administrator under the
Administration Agreement (as defined below), and its agents and attorneys, as
Attorneys-in-Fact to execute on behalf of the Trust all such documents, reports,
filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the
Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Related Agreements (as defined
in the Administration Agreement), including, without limitation, to appear for
and represent the Trust in connection with the preparation, filing and audit of
federal, state and local tax returns pertaining to the Trust, and with full
power to perform any and all acts associated with such returns and audits that
the Trust could perform, including without limitation, the right to distribute
and receive confidential information, defend and assert positions in response to
audits, initiate and defend litigation, and to execute waivers of restriction on
assessments of deficiencies, consents to the extension of any statutory or
regulatory time limit, and settlements and any reports to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. For the purpose of this Power of Attorney,
the term "Administration Agreement" means the administration agreement, dated as
of January 30, 2004, between the Trust and The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.,
as administrator (the "Administrator"), as amended from time to time.

         This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive
and not be affected by the subsequent bankruptcy or dissolution of the Trust.

         All powers of attorney for this purpose heretofore filed or executed by
the Trust are hereby revoked.

         EXECUTED this 30th day of January, 2004.

                                       BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST

                                       By:     WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                               not in its individual capacity
                                               but solely as Owner Trustee

                                       By: __________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:

                                      A-1

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                             INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

                             dated January 30, 2004

                                      among

                       THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.
                                       AND
                         THE ELDER-BEERMAN STORES CORP.
                            as Sellers and Borrowers,

                   THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
                                 as Transferor,

                     BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST,
                                   as Issuer,

                              WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                              as Indenture Trustee,

                                       and

                      GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                  as Bank Agent

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                                  <C>
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS..........................................................................................       2

         SECTION 1.01.  Defined Terms...........................................................................       2
         SECTION 1.02.  References to Terms Defined in the Purchaser Documents and the Bank Loan
                               Documents........................................................................       6

ARTICLE II  INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS............................................................................       6

         SECTION 2.01.  Priorities of Purchased Property........................................................       6
         SECTION 2.02.  Respective Interests in Purchased Property and Exclusive Bank Collateral................       7
         SECTION 2.03.  Distribution of Proceeds................................................................       7
         SECTION 2.04.  Collection Accounts.....................................................................       7
         SECTION 2.05.  Enforcement Actions.....................................................................       9
         SECTION 2.06.  Access to and Use of Exclusive Bank Collateral..........................................      10
         SECTION 2.07.  Notice of Amendments; Defaults..........................................................      10
         SECTION 2.08.  Agency for Perfection...................................................................      11
         SECTION 2.09.  UCC Notices.............................................................................      11
         SECTION 2.10.  Independent Credit Investigations.......................................................      11
         SECTION 2.11.  Limitation on Liability of Parties to Each Other........................................      12
         SECTION 2.12.  Marshalling of Assets...................................................................      12
         SECTION 2.13.  Relative Rights of Noteholders and Lender Parties as Among Themselves...................      12
         SECTION 2.14.  Effect upon Bank Loan Documents and Purchaser Documents.................................      12
         SECTION 2.15.  Accountings.............................................................................      13
         SECTION 2.16.  Further Assurances......................................................................      13
         SECTION 2.17.  Certain Other Assets....................................................................      13

ARTICLE III  MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................      13

         SECTION 3.01.  Notices.................................................................................      13
         SECTION 3.02.  Agreement Absolute......................................................................      14
         SECTION 3.03.  Successors and Assigns..................................................................      14
         SECTION 3.04.  Third-Party Beneficiaries...............................................................      14
         SECTION 3.05.  Amendments, Etc.........................................................................      14
         SECTION 3.06.  Bankruptcy Petition.....................................................................      14
         SECTION 3.07.  Section Titles..........................................................................      15
         SECTION 3.08.  Severability............................................................................      15
         SECTION 3.09.  Execution in Counterparts...............................................................      15
         SECTION 3.10.  Governing Law...........................................................................      15
         SECTION 3.11.  Submission to Jurisdiction..............................................................      15
         SECTION 3.12.  Consent to Service of Process...........................................................      16
         SECTION 3.13.  Waiver of Jury Trial....................................................................      16
         SECTION 3.14.  Limitation of Liability.................................................................      16
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                             INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

                  INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of January 30, 2004 by and
among THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC., a Pennsylvania corporation ("Bon-Ton
Stores") and THE ELDER BEERMAN STORES CORP., an Ohio corporation ("Elder
Beerman"), as sellers under the "Receivables Purchase Agreement" referred to
below (in such capacity, each a "Seller" and collectively, the "Sellers") and as
borrowers under the "Credit Agreement" referred to below (in such capacity, each
a "Borrower" and collectively, the "Borrowers"); THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES
PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership (the "Transferor");
WACHOVIA BANK, N.A., a national banking association, not in its individual
capacity but solely as indenture trustee (together with its successors and
assigns, the "Indenture Trustee"), BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST, a
Delaware statutory trust (the "Issuer"), and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
CORPORATION, in its separate capacity as administrative agent (the "Bank
Agent"), for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement referred to below (the
"Lenders").

                             PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

                  1.       Each of Bon-Ton Stores and Elder-Beerman has agreed
to sell, transfer and assign to the Transferor, and the Transferor has agreed to
purchase from Bon-Ton Stores and Elder-Beerman, all of the respective right,
title and interest of Bon-Ton Stores and Elder-Beerman in and to the Transferred
Receivables (as hereinafter defined) and certain related property pursuant to
that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 (as
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Receivables Purchase Agreement"), by and among Bon-Ton Stores, Elder-Beerman
and the Transferor.

                  2.       The Transferor has agreed to sell, transfer and
assign to the Issuer, and the Issuer has agreed to purchase from the Transferor,
all of the right, title and interest of the Transferor in and to the Transferred
Receivables and the related property pursuant to that certain Transfer and
Servicing Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 (as amended, restated,
supplemented or other otherwise modified from time to time, the "Transfer and
Servicing Agreement"), by and among the Transferor, the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee, and Bon-Ton Stores, as servicer (in such capacity, the "Servicer").

                  3.       The Transferor, the Servicer and the Indenture
Trustee are parties that certain Master Indenture dated as of January 30, 2004
(as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Master Indenture") pursuant to which the Issuer has agreed to pledge the Issuer
Collateral to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders.

                  4.       The Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and the Master Indenture provide for the filing of UCC (as
hereinafter defined) financing statements in connection with obtaining the
ownership and perfecting the security interests of the parties thereto in
certain of the assets and properties constituting the Receivables;

                  6.       Bon-Ton Stores, Elder-Beerman, the Lenders and the
Bank Agent are parties to a Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated
as of October 24, 2003 (as

                                       1

<PAGE>

amended, supplemented, modified, restated, replaced or refinanced from time to
time, with the same or a different group of lenders, issuing banks or bank
agents, the "Credit Agreement").

                  7.       To secure certain obligations, Bon-Ton Stores and
Elder-Beerman have granted to the Bank Agent, for the benefit of itself and the
Lenders, a security interest in certain collateral, including but not limited to
the Receivables and proceeds thereof, pursuant to the Security Agreement (as
such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).

                  8.       It is a condition precedent to the issuance of the
initial series of Notes by the Issuer under the Master Indenture that the
parties hereto enter into this Agreement.

                  9.       The parties hereto have agreed to enter into this
Agreement to set forth provisions regarding the allocation of priorities in, and
the enforcement of remedies with respect to, the Purchased Assets (as
hereinafter defined) and with respect to the Exclusive Bank Collateral (as
hereinafter defined);

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and
the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable
consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

                  SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the
following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to
be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms
defined). The term "Agreement" shall mean this Intercreditor Agreement, as the
same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "Bank Claim" means all "Obligations" as such term is defined
in the Credit Agreement.

                  "Bank Collateral" means all property and interests in property
now owned or hereafter acquired by any Seller in or upon which a security
interest, lien or mortgage is granted by any Seller or any subsidiary of any
Seller to the Bank Agent under any of the Bank Loan Documents.

                  "Bank Collateral Documents" means each Bank Loan Document
which grants a security interest, lien or mortgage in any asset of the Borrowers
or the Transferor.

                  "Bank Loan Documents" has the meaning specified for the term
"Loan Documents" in the Credit Agreement.

                  "Bon-Ton Collection Account" has the meaning specified in the
Receivables Purchase Agreement.

                  "Borrowers" has the meaning specified in the Credit Agreement.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                  "Business Day" means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and
any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of Ohio or the
State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in either of
such states are closed; provided, however, that when making reference to a LIBOR
Loan (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (including the making, continuing,
prepaying or repaying of any LIBOR Loan), the term "Business Day" shall also
exclude any day in which banks are not open for dealings in deposits of United
States dollars on the London interbank market.

                  "Claim" means the Bank Claim or the Purchaser Claim, as
applicable.

                  "Collection Account" has the meaning specified in the Master
Indenture.

                  "Collection Bank" has the meaning specified in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Collections" means, with respect to the Transferred
Receivables, all cash collection and other cash proceeds of the Transferred
Receivables.

                  "Company Claim" means all of the indebtedness, obligations and
other liabilities of the Transferor to either Seller arising under, or in
connection with, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, including, but not limited
to, obligations evidenced by any Revolving Note, and all costs of collection or
enforcement thereof.

                  "Concentration Account" has the meaning specified in the
Receivables Purchase Agreement.

                  "Enforcement" means, collectively or individually, for (i) the
Indenture Trustee to declare a "Pay Out Event" under the Purchaser Documents and
the Transferor and the Issuer to cease the purchase of Receivables under the
Receivables Purchase Agreement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or (ii)
the Requisite Lenders or the Bank Agent to demand payment in full of or
accelerate the Bank Claim, and to commence the judicial or nonjudicial
enforcement of any of the rights and remedies, under the Bank Loan Documents.

                  "Enforcement Notice" means a written notice delivered in
accordance with Section 2.05 hereof, which notice shall (i) if delivered by the
Indenture Trustee, state that a Pay Out Event has occurred, specify the nature
of such Pay Out Event and announce that an Enforcement Period has commenced and
(ii) if delivered by the Bank Agent, state that an Event of Default has
occurred, specify the nature of such event and announce that an Enforcement
Period has commenced.

                  "Enforcement Period" means the period of time following the
receipt by either the Bank Agent or the Indenture Trustee of an Enforcement
Notice delivered by the other such Person until the earliest of the following:
(i) the Purchaser Claim Termination Date, in the case of an Enforcement Notice
delivered by the Indenture Trustee; (ii) the Bank Claim has been paid and
satisfied in full in cash, in the case of an Enforcement Notice delivered by the
Bank Agent; and (iii) the parties hereto agree in writing to terminate the
Enforcement Period.

                  "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in the Credit
Agreement.

                                       3

<PAGE>

                  "Exclusive Bank Collateral" means all Bank Collateral which
does not constitute Purchased Property.

                  "Finance Charge Receivables" has the meaning specified in the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.

                  "Indenture Supplement" has the meaning specified in the Master
Indenture.

                  "Issuer Collateral" has the meaning given to the term
"Collateral" in the Master Indenture.

                  "Lender Parties" means the Bank Agent, the Lenders and their
respective affiliates.

                  "Noteholders" has the meaning specified in the Master
Indenture.

                  "Notes" has the meaning specified in the Master Indenture.

                  "Obligor" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

                  "Pay Out Event" has the meaning specified in the Master
Indenture.

                  "Person" means an individual, corporation, trust (including a
business trust), joint-stock company, limited liability company, unincorporated
organization, association, partnership, joint venture, governmental authority or
any other entity.

                  "Purchased Property" means, collectively, (i) the Transferred
Receivables, (ii) the Collections with respect to the Transferred Receivables,
(iii) each of the Collection Account, the Series Accounts, the Special Funding
Account and each other account established pursuant to the Master Indenture.

                  "Purchaser Claim" means all obligations of any Seller
(individually or in its capacity as Servicer) or the Transferor to, or which
have been assigned to or entered into in favor of, the Issuer or the Indenture
Trustee arising under any Purchaser Document and of any Obligor arising under
any Transferred Receivable, including, but not limited to, all sums or increases
now or hereafter advanced or made to or for the benefit of the Transferor
thereunder, any interest thereon, any repayment obligations, indemnity payments,
fees or expenses due thereunder, and any costs of collection or enforcement.

                  "Purchaser Claim Termination Date" means any date on which (i)
the Purchaser Claim has been paid and satisfied in full in cash or (ii) all
issued and outstanding Notes shall have been paid in full and the Trust shall
have been terminated in accordance with the Trust Agreement.

                  "Purchaser Documents" means the Receivables Purchase
Agreement, each Revolving Note, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Master
Indenture, each Indenture Supplement and any other agreements, instruments or
documents executed (i) by a Seller and

                                       4

<PAGE>

delivered to the Transferor, (ii) by the Transferor and delivered to the Issuer
or Indenture Trustee and (iii) by the Issuer and delivered to the Indenture
Trustee.

                  "Receivable" has the meaning specified in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.

                  "Records" means all contracts and other documents, books,
records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs,
tapes, disks, punch cards, data processing software and related property and
rights) maintained with respect to the Receivables and the related Obligors.

                  "Requisite Lenders" has the meaning specified in the Credit
Agreement.

                  "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to any party other
than the Indenture Trustee, such party's Vice Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Treasurer, Assistant Treasurer or
Controller. "Responsible Officer" means, when used with respect to the Indenture
Trustee, any officer (i) within the Corporate Trust Office including any vice
president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, assistant secretary,
trust officer or any other officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by the individuals who at the
time shall be such officers or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at
the Corporate Trust Office because of such officer's knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject and (ii) who shall have direct
responsibility for the administration of the Master Indenture and the related
transaction documents.

                  "Returned Goods" means all right, title and interest of any
Seller or the Transferor, as applicable, in and to returned, repossessed or
foreclosed goods and/or merchandise the sale of which gave rise to a Transferred
Receivable.

                  "Returned Goods Lien" has the meaning specified in Section
2.01(a).

                  "Revolving Note" has the meaning specified in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Senior Debt" means any and all amounts owing by the Issuer
under the Notes and the Master Indenture.

                  "Series" has the meaning specified in the Master Indenture.

                  "Store Account" has the meaning specified in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement.

                  "Transferred Receivables" means all Receivables now owned or
hereafter existing sold or purported to be sold, contributed or otherwise
transferred by any Seller to the Transferor under and pursuant to the terms of
the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

                  "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time
in effect in the applicable jurisdictions.

                  "Unsold Receivables" means any Receivables other than
Transferred Receivables.

                                       5

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 1.02. References to Terms Defined in the Purchaser
Documents and the Bank Loan Documents. Whenever in Section 1.01 a term is
defined by reference to the meaning specified in any of the Purchaser Documents
or Bank Loan Documents, then, unless otherwise specified herein, such term shall
have the meaning specified in such Purchaser Documents or Bank Loan Documents,
as the case may be, as in existence on the date hereof, without giving effect to
any amendments of such term as may hereafter be agreed to by the parties to such
documents, unless such amendments have been consented to in writing by all of
the parties hereto.

                                   ARTICLE II
                            INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS

                  SECTION 2.01. Priorities of Purchased Property.

                  (a)      Notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any
applicable law or decision or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser
Documents, the Bank Agent hereby agrees that, upon the sale or other transfer of
an interest in each Transferred Receivable by a Seller to the Transferor, any
lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest acquired by the
Bank Agent or any Lender Party in such Transferred Receivable and proceeds
thereof (other than the proceeds of such sale or transfer to the Transferor) and
any other Purchased Property shall automatically and without further action
cease and be released, and the Bank Agent and the Lender Parties shall have no
lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest or right therein;
provided, however, that nothing in this Section 2.01 shall be deemed to
constitute a release by the Bank Agent of: (i) its lien on and security interest
in the proceeds received by a Seller from the Transferor from the sale or other
transfer of the Transferred Receivables (including, without limitation, cash
payments made by the Transferor and any Revolving Note issued by the Transferor
in favor of, or endorsed to, a Seller, each in connection with such sales); (ii)
any lien on, security interest in or assignment of any Company Claim; (iii) any
lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest or right the Bank
Agent has in any Unsold Receivables and the proceeds thereof, including without
limitation, collections of Unsold Receivables which are at any time deposited in
any Bon-Ton Collection Account or the Concentration Account; (iv) any lien,
claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest or right the Bank Agent
may have in any Revolving Note or in any limited partnership interest issued by
the Transferor; and (v) any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other
interest or right the Bank Agent may have in any interest of a Seller in
Returned Goods (collectively, a "Returned Goods Lien"). The security interest of
the Bank Agent in Transferred Receivables reassigned by the Transferor to a
Seller pursuant to Section 6.01 or 6.02 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement
shall reattach upon such transfer.

                  (b)      The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall have no
interest in any Returned Goods the sale of which gave rise to a Receivable (any
such Receivable, a "Paid Receivable") that either (i) shall have been paid in
full or (ii) with respect to which all applicable adjustment payments for the
"Dilution Amount" relating to such Returned Goods have been made by the
Transferor pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement. All interests of
the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in Returned Goods under the Purchaser
Documents shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to any Returned Goods
Lien in such Returned Goods, except

                                       6

<PAGE>

that during any period in which a Pay Out Event shall have occurred and be
continuing, such Returned Goods Lien shall be junior and subordinate to all
interests of the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in any Returned Goods under
the Purchaser Documents which have not been commingled with Exclusive Bank
Collateral and that did not give rise to Paid Receivables. As among the Issuer
and the Indenture Trustee, on the one hand and the Bank Agent, on the other, all
proceeds of any Returned Goods the sale of which gave rise to a Receivable that
is not a Paid Receivable shall be distributed first to the party whose position
is designated as senior in the preceding sentence and second to the party whose
position is designated as junior in the preceding sentence.

                  (c)      The Bank Agent hereby acknowledges that each
Revolving Note is subordinated in accordance with the terms set forth therein.

                  SECTION 2.02 Respective Interests in Purchased Property and
Exclusive Bank Collateral. Except for all rights of access to and use of Records
granted to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Purchaser Documents, the
Indenture Trustee agrees that it does not have and shall not have any security
interest in, lien upon or interest in the Exclusive Bank Collateral. Except as
otherwise specified in Section 2.01 above, the Bank Agent agrees that it does
not have and shall not have any security interest in, lien upon or interest in
the Purchased Property other than an interest in the Store Accounts for the
benefit of itself and the Indenture Trustee.

                  SECTION 2.03. Distribution of Proceeds. At all times, all
proceeds of Exclusive Bank Collateral and Purchased Property (including proceeds
received to the Bon-Ton Collection Accounts or the Store Accounts) shall be
distributed in accordance with the following procedure:

                  (a)      Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.04(b) or
Section 2.01(b), (i) all collections and other proceeds of the Exclusive Bank
Collateral shall be paid or delivered to the Bank Agent for application of the
Bank Claim in accordance with the Bank Documents and (ii) any remaining proceeds
after the Bank Claim has been paid and satisfied in full in cash shall be paid
to the Borrowers or as otherwise required by applicable law.

                  (b)      Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.04 or
Section 2.01(b), (i) all Collections and other proceeds of the Purchased
Property shall be paid or delivered to the Indenture Trustee for application in
accordance with the terms of the Master Indenture and each Indenture Supplement
against the Purchaser Claim until the Purchaser Claim Termination Date and (ii)
any remaining Collections and proceeds shall be paid to the Transferor in
accordance with the terms of the Master Indenture and each Indenture Supplement
or as otherwise required by applicable law; provided, however, that the
Transferor and each Seller hereby agrees that all such remaining Collections and
proceeds which, pursuant to the Purchaser Documents, are to be paid by the
Transferor to a Seller, for application against a Company Claim shall be paid
directly on behalf of such Seller to the Bank Agent for application against the
Bank Claim before being paid to any Seller or the Transferor in accordance with
the Bank Loan Documents.

                  SECTION 2.04. Collection Accounts.

                                       7

<PAGE>

                  (a)      The Indenture Trustee hereby acknowledges (i) that
each Seller will deliver to the Bank Agent each Revolving Note issued by the
Transferor as security for the Bank Claim, (ii) that the Bank Agent shall be
entitled to collections of Unsold Receivables which may be deposited in the
Bon-Ton Collection Accounts or the Concentration Account and (iii) the interest
of the Bank Agent and the Lender Parties in the Store Accounts, which are also
held by the Bank Agent on behalf of the Indenture Trustee. The Servicer shall
promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and the Bank Agent of any collections of
Unsold Receivables which are deposited in any Bon-Ton Collection Account or the
Concentration Account and shall promptly deliver such funds to the Bank Agent.

                  (b)      For purposes of determining whether specific
Collections have been received on account of Purchased Property or on account of
Unsold Receivables, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                           (i)      All payments made by an Obligor which is
         obligated to make payments on Transferred Receivables but is not
         obligated to make any payments on Unsold Receivables shall be
         conclusively presumed to be payments on account of Transferred
         Receivables, and all payments made by an Obligor which is obligated to
         make payments on Unsold Receivables but is not obligated to make any
         payments on Transferred Receivables shall be conclusively presumed to
         be payments on account of Unsold Receivables.

                           (ii)     All payments made by an Obligor which is
         obligated to make payments with respect to both Transferred Receivables
         and Unsold Receivables shall be applied against the oldest outstanding
         Receivables or portion thereof owed by such Obligor.

                           (iii)    Finance Charge Receivables, whenever
         created, accrued in respect of Transferred Receivables shall continue
         to constitute part of the Transferred Receivables notwithstanding any
         cessation of the transfer of additional Receivables by the Sellers to
         the Transferor and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to
         be allocated and paid in accordance with Article Eight of the Master
         Indenture and the terms of each Indenture Supplement.

                  (c)      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section
2.04(c), the Indenture Trustee agrees that it shall transfer its ownership and
control over the Collection Account and the Bon-Ton Collection Accounts upon
receipt by the Indenture Trustee of (i) either (x) a certificate of the Servicer
to the effect that the Purchaser Claim Termination Date has occurred or (y) a
certificate of the Servicer to the effect that, with respect to all Series, the
Amortization Periods shall have commenced or a Pay Out Event shall have occurred
and be continuing, that a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee has been
notified in writing of such occurrence, and that all outstanding Transferred
Receivables have been paid in full in cash and deposited into the Collection
Account and (ii) written instructions (whether embodied in one or more
documents) to the Indenture Trustee to make such transfer signed by each of the
Servicer, the Transferor, each Seller and the Bank Agent. Any such transfer
shall be without representation, recourse or warranty of any kind on the part of
the Indenture Trustee. Notwithstanding any such transfer, all Collections and
other proceeds subsequently deposited into the Collection Account or the Bon-

                                       8

<PAGE>

Ton Collection Accounts on account of the Purchased Property shall be delivered
to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section 2.04(b) above.

                  (d)      In order to effect more fully the provisions of this
Agreement, each of the Indenture Trustee (or the Servicer on behalf of the
Indenture Trustee) and the Bank Agent hereby agrees that, from and after a Pay
Out Event: (i) during any period that the Indenture Trustee has control over the
Collection Account, the Indenture Trustee shall provide to the Bank Agent upon
prior written request a copy of the latest monthly account statement related to
the Collection Account during the Indenture Trustee's administration; (ii) in
the event that the Bank Agent has control over the Collection Account pursuant
to Section 2.04(c) above, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to review the
Bank Agent's records of receipts of Collections and application of proceeds
therefrom; (iii) in the event that the Bank Agent shall foreclose or otherwise
dispose of any commingled inventory described in Section 2.01(b), the Indenture
Trustee shall be allowed to have a representative observe such foreclosure or
disposition and the Bank Agent's application of proceeds received therefrom; and
(iv) neither the Bank Agent nor the Indenture Trustee shall, before the
Purchaser Claim Termination Date, send any notices to any Obligor of any
Receivable directing such Obligor to remit Collections of any Receivables other
than to the Collection Account.

                  (e)      The Indenture Trustee agrees that they will not cause
the Servicer to be replaced by a successor servicer unless such successor
servicer has acknowledged the terms of this agreement and agreed to be bound
hereby.

                  SECTION 2.05. Enforcement Actions. Each of the Bank Agent and
the Indenture Trustee agrees to use reasonable efforts to give an Enforcement
Notice to each other party hereto prior to commencement of Enforcement and
further agrees that during the period, if any, between the giving of such
Enforcement Notice and the commencement of Enforcement thereunder, each party
receiving such notice shall have the right to the extent within its power (but
not the obligation) to cure the Event of Default or Pay Out Event which has
occurred under the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser Documents, respectively,
and to which such Enforcement Notice relates. Subject to the foregoing, the
parties hereto agree that during an Enforcement Period:

                  (a)      Subject to any applicable restrictions in, and the
terms and conditions of, the Purchaser Documents, the Indenture Trustee may take
any action to liquidate the Purchased Property or to foreclose or realize upon
or enforce any of the rights of the Trust with respect to the Purchased Property
without the prior written consent of any Lender Party or any other party hereto;
provided, however, that with respect to Returned Goods, the Indenture Trustee
shall not take any action to foreclose or realize upon or to enforce any rights
it may have with respect to any Purchased Property constituting Returned Goods
in which the Indenture Trustee then has an interest junior and subordinate to a
Returned Goods Lien without the prior written consent of the Bank Agent, unless
the Bank Claim shall have been first paid and satisfied in full in cash, and the
Indenture Trustee shall apply the proceeds of such Returned Goods as provided in
Section 2.01(b) above.

                  (b)      Subject to any applicable restrictions in, and terms
and conditions of, the Bank Loan Documents, the Bank Agent may, at its option
and without the prior written consent

                                       9

<PAGE>

of the other parties hereto, take any action to accelerate payment of the Bank
Claim and to foreclose or realize upon or enforce any of its rights with respect
to (i) the Exclusive Bank Collateral (including the proceeds of any sale or
transfer of Transferred Receivables to the Transferor) and (ii) any Purchased
Property constituting Returned Goods; provided, however, that the Bank Agent
shall apply proceeds of any Purchased Property consisting of Returned Goods as
provided in Section 2.01(b) above.

                  SECTION 2.06. Access to and Use of Exclusive Bank Collateral.
The Indenture Trustee and the Bank Agent hereby agree that, notwithstanding the
priorities set forth in this Agreement, the Indenture Trustee and the Bank Agent
shall have the following rights of access to and use of the Purchased Property
and the Exclusive Bank Collateral, respectively:

                  (a)      Subject to any applicable restrictions in, and the
terms and conditions of, the Purchaser Documents, the Indenture Trustee may
enter one or more premises of any Seller or the Transferor, whether leased or
owned, at any time during reasonable business hours, without force or process of
law and without obligation to pay rent or compensation to any Seller, the
Transferor or the Bank Agent, whether before, during or after an Enforcement
Period, and may have access to and use of all Records located thereon and may
have access to and use of any other property to which such access and use are
granted under the Purchaser Documents, in each case provided that such use is
for any purpose permitted under the Purchaser Documents or for the purposes of
enforcing the rights of the Issuer with respect to the Purchased Property.

                  (b)      Subject to any applicable restrictions in, and the
terms and conditions of, the Bank Loan Documents and any Revolving Note, the
Bank Agent may enter one or more premises of any Seller or the Transferor,
whether leased or owned, at any time during reasonable business hours, without
force or process of law and without obligation to pay rent or compensation to
any Seller, the Transferor or the Indenture Trustee, whether before, during or
after an Enforcement Period, and may have access to and use of all Records
located thereon, provided that such use is for any purpose permitted under the
Bank Loan Documents or for the purposes of enforcing the Bank Agent's rights (i)
with respect to the Exclusive Bank Collateral and (ii) subject to the limits
provided in Section 2.01 above, with respect to the Purchased Property.

                  SECTION 2.07. Notice of Amendments; Defaults.

                  (a)      The Bank Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to,
concurrently with any written amendment or modification to the Bank Loan
Documents, give prompt notice to the Indenture Trustee of the same and the
Indenture Trustee agrees to use reasonable efforts to, concurrently with any
written amendment or modification in the Purchaser Documents, notify the Bank
Agent of the same; provided, that the failure to do so shall not create a cause
of action against any party failing to give such notice or create any claim or
right on behalf of any third party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each party
hereto agrees not to amend any of the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser
Documents so as to materially alter the rights and benefits intended hereunder
to be enjoyed by the Bank Agent and the Indenture Trustee and the other parties
hereto. Each party hereto shall, upon request of any other party hereto, provide
copies of all such modifications or amendments and copies of all other
documentation relevant to the Purchased Property or the Bank Collateral.

                                       10

<PAGE>

                  (b)      The Bank Agent agrees to use reasonable efforts to
give to the Indenture Trustee copies of any notice sent to any Borrower with
respect to the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default which continues
for a period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days without there being in effect
a waiver thereof or an agreement forbearing from the exercise of remedies duly
executed by the parties required to do so under the applicable Bank Loan
Documents. The Indenture Trustee agrees to use reasonable efforts to give to the
Bank Agent copies of any notice sent to any Seller or the Transferor with
respect to the occurrence or existence of a Pay Out Event which continues for
any period of ten (10) consecutive Business Days without there being in effect a
waiver thereof or an agreement forbearing from the exercise of remedies duly
executed by the parties required to do so under the applicable Purchaser
Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure by any party hereto to
give such notice shall not create a cause of action against any party failing to
give such notice or create any claim or right on behalf of any third party. In
each of the above cases, the party receiving such notice shall have the right to
the extent within its power (but not the obligation) to cure the Event of
Default or Pay Out Event, as the case may be, which gave rise to the sending of
such notice.

                  SECTION 2.08. Agency for Perfection. The Indenture Trustee and
the Bank Agent hereby appoint each other as agent for purposes of perfecting by
possession their respective security interests and ownership interests and liens
on the Exclusive Bank Collateral (which may include any Revolving Note) and
Purchased Property. In the event the Indenture Trustee, to the actual knowledge
of a Responsible Officer thereof, obtains possession of any of the Exclusive
Bank Collateral, the Indenture Trustee shall notify the Bank Agent of such fact,
shall hold such Exclusive Bank Collateral in trust and, subject to Section
2.01(b), shall deliver such Exclusive Bank Collateral to the Bank Agent upon
request. In the event that the Bank Agent, to the actual knowledge of a
Responsible Officer thereof, obtains possession of any of the Purchased
Property, the Bank Agent shall notify in writing the Indenture Trustee of such
fact, shall hold such Purchased Property in trust and, subject to Section
2.01(b), shall deliver such Purchased Property to the Indenture Trustee upon
request.

                  SECTION 2.09. UCC Notices. In the event that any party hereto
shall be required by the UCC or any other applicable law to give notice to the
other of intended disposition of Purchased Property or Exclusive Bank
Collateral, respectively, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section
3.01 hereof and ten (10) days' notice shall be deemed to be commercially
reasonable.

                  SECTION 2.10. Independent Credit Investigations. Neither the
Indenture Trustee nor the Bank Agent or any of their respective directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be responsible to the other or to any other
Person for the solvency, financial condition or ability of the Sellers or the
Transferor to repay the Purchaser Claim or the Bank Claim, or for the value of
the Purchased Property or the Exclusive Bank Collateral, or for statements of
any Seller or the Transferor, oral or written, or for the validity, sufficiency
or enforceability of the Purchaser Claim, the Bank Claim, the Purchaser
Documents, the Bank Loan Documents, the Indenture Trustee's interest in the
Purchased Property or the Bank Agent's interest in the Exclusive Bank Collateral
or any other collateral. The Bank Agent and the Indenture Trustee have entered
into their respective agreements with the Sellers or the Transferor, as
applicable, based upon their own independent investigations. Neither the Bank
Agent nor the Indenture

                                       11

<PAGE>

Trustee makes any warranty or representation to the other nor does it rely upon
any representation of the other with respect to matters identified or referred
to in this Section 2.10.

                  SECTION 2.11. Limitation on Liability of Parties to Each
Other. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Lender Parties shall have no
liability to the Indenture Trustee, and the Indenture Trustee shall have no
liability to the Lender Parties, except in each case for liability arising from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such party or its representatives.
Neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Bank Agent shall have any liability to any
other party hereto, in each case, for consequential, indirect, punitive or
exemplary damages.

                  SECTION 2.12. Marshalling of Assets. Nothing in this Agreement
will be deemed to require either the Indenture Trustee or the Bank Agent (a) to
proceed against certain property securing any or all of the Bank Claim or the
Purchaser Claim prior to proceeding against other property securing any such
Claim or (b) to marshal the Exclusive Bank Collateral or the Purchased Property
(as applicable) upon the enforcement of the Bank Agent's or the Indenture
Trustee's rights or remedies under the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser
Documents, as applicable.

                  SECTION 2.13. Relative Rights of Noteholders and Lender
Parties as Among Themselves. The relative rights of the Noteholders, each as
against the other, with respect to the exercise of the rights and the receipt of
the benefits granted to the Indenture Trustee hereunder shall be determined by
mutual agreement among such parties in accordance with the terms of the
Purchaser Documents. Each of the parties hereto (other than the Indenture
Trustee) shall be entitled to rely on the power and authority of the Indenture
Trustee to act on behalf of all of the Noteholders. The relative rights of the
Lender Parties, each as against the other, with respect to the exercise of the
rights and the receipt of the benefits granted by the Bank Agent shall be
determined by mutual agreement among the parties in accordance with the terms of
the Bank Loan Documents. Each of the parties hereto (other than the Bank Agent)
shall be entitled to rely conclusively on the power and authority of the Bank
Agent to act on behalf of all of the Lender Parties.

                  SECTION 2.14. Effect upon Bank Loan Documents and Purchaser
Documents. By executing this Agreement, each Seller and the Transferor agree to
be bound by the provisions hereof (a) as they relate to the relative rights of
the Bank Agent and the Indenture Trustee with respect to the property of the
Sellers, (b) as they relate to the relative rights of the Issuer as a creditor
of the Transferor and (c) as they relate to the relative rights of the Indenture
Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders, as a creditor of the Issuer. Each
of the Sellers and the Transferor acknowledge that the provisions of this
Agreement shall not give the Sellers or the Transferor any substantive rights as
against any other Person and that nothing in this Agreement shall amend, modify,
change or supersede the terms of (x) the Bank Loan Documents as between the
Borrowers, the Bank Agent and the Lender Parties or (y) the Purchaser Documents
as among the Sellers, the Transferor, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee. The
Bank Agent, individually and on behalf of the Lender Parties, hereby confirms
that the Purchaser Documents in existence as of the date hereof have been
furnished to it and the Lender Parties and that the Bank Loan Documents
expressly permit the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby consents to
the execution, delivery and performance by each Seller and the Transferor of
such Purchaser Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank Agent, on the
one hand, and the Indenture

                                       12

<PAGE>

Trustee, on the other hand, agree that, as between themselves, to the extent the
terms and provisions of the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser Documents are
inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the terms and
provisions of this Agreement shall control.

                  SECTION 2.15. Accountings. To the extent not provided by the
Sellers, (a) the Bank Agent agrees to render accounts of the Bank Claim to the
Indenture Trustee upon request, including, but not limited to, giving effect to
the application of proceeds of any collateral as hereinbefore provided and (b)
the Indenture Trustee agrees to (or to cause the Servicer to) render statements
to the Bank Agent upon request, which statements shall identify in reasonable
detail the Transferred Receivables and shall render an account of the Purchaser
Claim, giving effect to the application of proceeds of Purchased Property as
hereinbefore provided.

                  SECTION 2.16. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto
agrees to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by any other party,
whether before, during or after an Enforcement Period, in order to effect the
rules of distribution and allocation set forth above in this Article II.

                  SECTION 2.17. Certain Other Assets. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained herein, the Bank Collateral shall not at any time
include any assets comprising any interest that BTRGP, Inc. may now or at any
time hereafter have in any general partnership interest in the Transferor. Prior
to the Purchaser Claim Termination Date, (i) neither the Bank Agent nor any
Lender Party shall at any time directly or indirectly hold, control or direct
the exercise of any voting rights of any partner or other equity interest in the
Transferor other than the taking of a pledge of the capital stock in the general
partner of the Transferor as collateral, and (ii) neither the Bank Agent nor any
Lender Party shall ask, demand, sue for, take or receive any such voting rights.

                                  ARTICLE III
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 3.01. Notices. All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing
(including telex and facsimile communication) and shall be personally delivered
or sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, or overnight courier or facsimile,
to the intended party at the address or facsimile number of such party set forth
on Schedule I hereto or at such other address or facsimile number as shall be
designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All
such notices and communications shall be effective (a) if personally delivered,
when received, (b) if sent by certified mail, four Business Days after having
been deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, (c) if sent by overnight courier,
two Business Days after having been given to such courier, unless sooner
received by the addressee and (d) if transmitted by facsimile, when sent, upon
receipt confirmed by telephone or electronic means. Notices and communications
sent hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day shall be deemed to have been
sent on the following Business Day. Except as otherwise expressly required by
this Agreement, no notice shall be required to be given to any Lender Party
under any Bank Loan Document, other than to the Bank Agent.

                                       13

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 3.02. Agreement Absolute. The Indenture Trustee shall
be deemed to have entered into the Purchaser Documents to which it is a party in
express reliance upon this Agreement. The Bank Agent and the Lender Parties
shall be deemed to have entered into the Bank Loan Documents in express reliance
upon this Agreement (or a similar predecessor agreement). This Agreement shall
be and remain absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances, and no
acts or omissions on the part of any other party to this Agreement shall affect
or impair the agreement of any party to this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed
to in writing by all of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be applicable
both before and after the filing of any petition by or against any Seller or the
Transferor under the Bankruptcy Code and all references herein to any Seller or
the Transferor shall be deemed to apply to a debtor-in-possession or trustee for
such party and all allocations of payments among the parties hereto shall,
subject to any court order to the contrary, continue to be made after the filing
of such petition on the same basis that the payments were to be applied prior to
the date of the petition.

                  SECTION 3.03. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns. The successors and assigns for the Seller and
the Transferor shall include a debtor-in-possession or trustee of or for such
party. The successors and assigns for the Bank Agent and the Indenture Trustee
shall include any successor Bank Agent or Indenture Trustee, as the case may be,
appointed under the terms of the Bank Loan Documents or the Purchaser Documents,
as applicable. Each of the Bank Agent and the Indenture Trustee, as the case may
be, agrees to not transfer any interest it may have in the Bank Loan Documents
or the Purchaser Documents, as the case may be, unless such transferee has been
notified of the existence of this Agreement and has agreed to be bound hereby.

                  SECTION 3.04. Third-Party Beneficiaries. The terms and
provisions of this Agreement shall be for the sole benefit of the parties
hereto, the Noteholders and the Lender Parties and their respective successors
and assigns and no other Person shall have any right, benefit or priority by
reason of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.05. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by all the parties hereto, and any such amendment
or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and or the specific
purpose for which given.

                  SECTION 3.06. Bankruptcy Petition. Each party hereto
(including each Lender Party, by the Bank Agent on its behalf) hereby covenants
and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the
payment in full of all outstanding senior indebtedness of any Noteholder that is
a commercial paper conduit, it will not institute against, or join any other
Person in instituting against, such Noteholder any bankruptcy, reorganization,
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding
under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States. Each
party hereto (including each Lender Party, by the Bank Agent on its behalf)
hereby covenants and agrees that prior to the date which is one year and one day
after the payment in full of all outstanding senior indebtedness of the
Transferor or the Issuer, as applicable, it will not institute against, or join
any other Person in instituting against, the Transferor or the Issuer, as
applicable, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of

                                       14

<PAGE>

the United States or any state of the United States. The Lender Parties and the
Bank Agent agree that, in the event they shall at any time have the right to
exercise or otherwise control, directly or indirectly, any voting rights in
respect of any partner in the Transferor or the Issuer, the Lender Parties and
the Bank Agent shall cause such partner to comply with the terms of this Section
3.06 as if such partner were a party to this Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.07. Section Titles. The article and section headings
contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or
content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the
parties hereto.

                  SECTION 3.08. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement
that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or thereof
or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 3.09. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this
Agreement by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.10. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE
RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                  SECTION 3.11. Submission to Jurisdiction.

                  (a)      Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive
jurisdiction of any New York State court or federal court of the United States
of America sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any appeal
thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents to which it
is a party, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the
parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in
respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such
New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court.
Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by
suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this
Agreement or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents shall affect
any right that any party may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding
relating to this Agreement or any Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents to
which it is a party in the courts of any jurisdiction.

                  (b)      Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and
unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do
so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of
any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this

                                       15

<PAGE>

Agreement or any of the Bank Loan Documents or Purchaser Documents to which it
is a party in any New York State or federal court. Each of the parties hereto
hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense
of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any
such court.

                  SECTION 3.12. Consent to Service of Process. Each party to
this Agreement irrevocably consents to service or process by personal delivery,
certified mail, postage prepaid or overnight courier. Nothing in this Agreement
will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any
other manner permitted by law.

                  SECTION 3.13. Waiver of Jury Trial. Each party to this
Agreement waives any right to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding to
enforce or defend any rights under or relating to this Agreement or any
amendment, instrument, document or agreement delivered or which may in the
future be delivered in connection herewith or therewith or arising from any
course or conduct, course of dealing, statements (whether oral or written),
actions of any of the parties hereto or any other relationship existing in
connection with this Agreement, and agrees that any such action or proceeding
shall be tried before a court and not before a jury.

                  SECTION 3.14. Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding any
other provision herein or elsewhere, this Agreement has been executed and
delivered by Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual capacity, but
solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Trust, in no event shall the
Owner Trustee in its individual capacity have any liability in respect of the
representations, warranties or obligations of the Trust hereunder or under any
other document, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets of
the Trust, and for all purposes of this Agreement and each other document, the
Owner Trustee (as such or in its individual capacity) shall be subject to, and
entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of the Trust Agreement.

               Remainder of this page is intentionally left blank

                                       16

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the date first above written.

                         THE BON-TON DEPARTMENT STORES, INC.,
                         as a Seller and a Borrower

                         By:      /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                  ---------------------
                                  Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                  Title:  Treasurer

                         THE ELDER-BEERMAN STORES CORP.,
                         as a Seller and a Borrower

                         By:      /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                  ---------------------
                                  Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                  Title:  Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

                         THE BON-TON RECEIVABLES PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,
                         as Transferor

                         By:      BTRGP, Inc., its General Partner

                         By:      /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                  ---------------------
                                  Name:  H. Todd Dissinger
                                  Title:  Treasurer

<PAGE>

                        BON-TON RECEIVABLES MASTER NOTE TRUST,
                        as Issuer

                        By:      Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual
                                 capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee

                        By:      /s/ Anita E. Dallago
                                 ---------------------
                                 Name: Anita E. Dallago
                                 Title:  Senior Financial Services Officer

                        WACHOVIA BANK, N.A.,
                        as Indenture Trustee

                        By:      /s/ Patricia O'Neill Manella
                                 ----------------------------
                                 Name: Patricia O'Neill Manella
                                 Title:  Vice President

                        GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                        as Bank Agent

                        By:      /s/ Charles Chiodo
                                 -----------------------------
                                 Name: Charles Chiodo
                                 Title:  Duly Authorized Signatory

<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE I

                                Notice Addresses

If to The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.:

The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp.
3155 El-Bee Road
Dayton, Ohio 45439
Facsimile No.: 937-296-4625
Confirmation No.: 937-296-4698
Attention: Sr. Vice President and Treasurer

and

The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
2801 East Market Street
York, PA 17405
Attention: Treasurer
Facsimile No: 717-751-3240

If to Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.:

The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc.
2801 East Market Street
York, PA 17405
Attention: Treasurer
Facsimile No: 717-751-3240

If to the Transferor:

The Bon-Ton Receivables Partnership, L.P.
2801 East Market Street
York, PA 17405
Attention: Treasurer
Facsimile No: 717-751-3240

If to the Indenture Trustee:

Wachovia Bank, N.A.
401 South Tryon Street
12th Floor
Charlotte, North Carolina 25288-1179

Attention: Structured Finance Services, Bon-Ton Receivables
           Master Note Trust

<PAGE>

If to the Issuer:

Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust
c/o Wilmington Trust Company, as Issuer Trustee
Rodney Square North
1100 North Market Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

If to the Bank Agent:

General Electric Capital Corporation
800 Connecticut Avenue, Two North
Norwalk, Connecticut  06854
Facsimile No.:  203-852-3640
Attention:  Bon-Ton Account Manager

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                             PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING

         THIS PERFORMANCE UNDERTAKING (the "Undertaking"), dated as of January
30, 2004, is executed by The Bon-Ton Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
("Stores") and The Bon-Ton Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Bon-Ton") (each of
Stores and Bon-Ton a "Performance Guarantor" and collectively, the "Performance
Guarantors"), in favor of Bon-Ton Receivables Master Note Trust (the "Issuer")
and Wachovia Bank, N.A., as trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee").

         WHEREAS, each of The Elder-Beerman Stores Corp., an Ohio corporation
("EBS") and The Bon-Ton Department Stores, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation
("Bon-Ton DSI" and together with EBS, the "Sellers") has entered into that
certain Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 (as amended,
restated, supplemented, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time, the
"Receivables Purchase Agreement"), with the Transferor, pursuant to which the
Transferor, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, will purchase
certain of Sellers' receivables;

         WHEREAS, the Transferor has entered into that certain Transfer and
Servicing Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 (as amended, restated,
supplemented, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Transfer and
Servicing Agreement"), with Bon-Ton DSI, as servicer (in such capacity, the
"Servicer") and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee of the Issuer (in
such capacity, the "Owner Trustee"), pursuant to which the Transferor, subject
to the terms and conditions contained therein, will sell such receivables to the
Issuer and the Servicer will administer, service and collect such receivables;

         WHEREAS, the Issuer is party to that certain Master Indenture dated as
of January 30, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the "Master Indenture") with the Trustee pursuant to which
the Issuer intends to issue various series of asset-backed notes from time to
time;

         WHEREAS, Bon-Ton DSI, in its capacity as Servicer, is party to that
certain Note Purchase Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Note
Purchase Agreement") with the Transferor, the "Conduit Purchasers" from time to
time party thereto, the "Committed Purchasers" from time to time party thereto,
the "Managing Agents" from time to time party thereto and Bank One, as Agent
pursuant to which the "Purchasers" have agreed, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Note Purchase Agreement, to purchase the "Notes" (as
defined in the Note Purchase Agreement);

         WHEREAS, each Seller is a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of
Stores and the Performance Guarantors are expected to receive substantial direct
and indirect benefits from (x) the sales of the receivables by the Sellers to
the Transferor pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, (y) the sales of
the receivables from the Transferor to the Issuer pursuant to the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement and (x) the issuance of asset-backed notes pursuant to the
Master Indenture (which benefits are hereby acknowledged);

<PAGE>

         WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Master
Indenture and the Note Purchase Agreement that the Performance Guarantors
execute and deliver to the Issuer and the Trustee, a performance undertaking
substantially in the form hereof;

         WHEREAS, the Performance Guarantors wish to guarantee the due and
punctual performance of (i) the Sellers' obligations to the Transferor under or
in respect of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and (ii) Bon-Ton DSI's
obligations, individually and in its capacity as Servicer under or in respect of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement as provided
herein;

         NOW, THEREFORE, each Performance Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

         SECTION 1. Definitions.

                  (a)      As used herein:

                  "Obligations" means, collectively, all covenants, agreements,
terms, conditions and indemnities to be performed or observed by (i) each Seller
under or in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each other
document executed and delivered by each Seller in connection therewith,
including, without limitation, the due and punctual payment of all sums which
are or may become due and owing by any Seller under the Receivables Purchase
Agreement whether for Credit Adjustments, expenses (including reasonable counsel
fees), indemnified amounts or otherwise, whether upon any termination or for any
other reason and (ii) Bon-Ton DSI, individually and in its capacity as Servicer,
under or in connection with the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Note
Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, the performance by Bon-Ton
DSI of all of its obligations, individually and as Servicer under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement and the due and punctual
payment of all sums which are or may become due and owing by Bon-Ton DSI,
individually and in its capacity as Servicer, under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement whether for, expenses (including
reasonable counsel fees), indemnified amounts or otherwise, whether upon any
termination or for any other reason.

                  (b)      All capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise
defined herein shall have their respective meanings as defined in the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the
Master Indenture, as applicable.

         SECTION 2. Guaranty of Performance of Obligations. Each Performance
Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby guarantees to the Issuer and the
Trustee, the full and punctual payment and performance by each Seller and
Bon-Ton DSI of the Obligations. This Undertaking is an absolute, unconditional
and continuing guaranty of the full and punctual performance of all of the
obligations of (x) each Seller under the Receivables Purchase Agreement and each
other document executed and delivered by each Seller (in any capacity) in
connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement and (y) Bon-Ton DSI,
individually and in its capacity as Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement and the Note Purchase Agreement, and is in no way conditioned upon any
requirement that the Issuer or the Trustee first attempt to collect any amounts
owed by any Seller to the Transferor or by Bon-Ton DSI to

                                       2

<PAGE>

the Issuer or the Trustee, or resort to any collateral security, any balance of
any deposit account or credit on the books of any Person or other means of
obtaining payment. Should any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI default in the payment or
performance of any of the Obligations, the Issuer or the Trustee may cause the
immediate performance by either Performance Guarantor of such Obligations and
cause any payment Obligations of such party to become forthwith due and payable
to the Issuer and the Trustee, without demand or notice of any nature (other
than as expressly provided herein), all of which are expressly waived by each
Performance Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Undertaking is not a
guarantee of the ultimate recovery or collection of any of the Receivables and
neither Performance Guarantor shall be responsible for any inability to collect
any Receivable due to the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of
the related Obligor. Each such demand by the Issuer or the Trustee, as
applicable, for payment under this Section 2 shall be accompanied by a written
statement describing in reasonable detail the costs and expenses in respect of
which reimbursement is sought.

         SECTION 3. Performance Guarantors' Further Agreements to Pay. Each
Performance Guarantor further agrees, jointly and severally, as the principal
obligor and not as a guarantor only, to pay to the Issuer and the Trustee,
forthwith upon demand in funds immediately available to the Issuer and the
Trustee, all reasonable costs and expenses (including court costs and legal
expenses) incurred or expended by the Issuer and the Trustee in connection with
the Obligations, this Undertaking or the enforcement thereof within five (5)
Business Days after the Issuer's or the Trustee's demand therefor and, if such
amounts are not paid to the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable, within five
(5) Business Days after such demand, each Performance Guarantor hereby agrees to
pay interest on amounts recoverable under this Undertaking from time to time
when such amounts become due until paid in full, at a rate of interest (computed
for the actual number of days elapsed based on a 360 day year) equal to the
"prime rate" (as published in the Wall Street Journal's Money Rates section)
plus 2.00% per annum.

         SECTION 4. Waivers by Performance Guarantors; Issuer's and Trustee's
Freedom to Act. Each Performance Guarantor waives notice of acceptance of this
Undertaking, notice of any action taken or omitted by the Issuer or the Trustee
in reliance on this Undertaking, and any requirement that the Issuer or the
Trustee be diligent or prompt in making demands under this Undertaking, give
notice of any Event of Default or Pay Out Event, default or omission by any
Seller or Bon-Ton DSI or assert any other rights of the Issuer or the Trustee
under this Undertaking. Each Performance Guarantor warrants that it has adequate
means to obtain from each Seller and Bon-Ton DSI, on a continuing basis,
information concerning the financial condition of each Seller and Bon-Ton DSI,
and that it is not relying on the Issuer or the Trustee to provide such
information, now or in the future. Each Performance Guarantor also irrevocably
waives all defenses that at any time may be available in respect of the
Obligations by virtue of any valuation, stay, moratorium law or other similar
law now or thereafter in effect and any and all other defenses that may be
available to a guarantor at any time. Each of the Issuer and the Trustee shall
be at liberty, upon its own initiative, without giving notice to or obtaining
the consent of either Performance Guarantor, and without relieving either
Performance Guarantor of any liability under this Undertaking, to deal with the
Sellers and Bon-Ton DSI and with each other party who now is or after the date
hereof becomes liable in any manner for any of the Obligations, in such manner
as the Issuer or the Trustee in its sole discretion deems fit, and to this end
each Performance Guarantor agrees that the validity and enforceability of this

                                       3

<PAGE>

Undertaking, including without limitation, the provisions of Section 8 hereof,
shall not be impaired or affected by any of the following:

                  (a)      any extension, modification or renewal of, or
indulgence with respect to, or substitutions for, the Obligations or any part
thereof or any agreement relating thereto at any time;

                  (b)      any failure or omission to enforce any right, power
or remedy with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement
relating thereto, or any collateral securing the Obligations or any part
thereof;

                  (c)      any waiver of any right, power or remedy or of any
Event of Default or Pay Out Event or default with respect to the Obligations or
any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto;

                  (d)      any release, surrender, compromise, settlement,
waiver, subordination or modification, with or without consideration, of any
other obligation of any person or entity with respect to the Obligations or any
part thereof;

                  (e)      the enforceability or validity of the Obligations or
any part thereof or the genuineness, enforceability or validity of any agreement
relating thereto or with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof;

                  (f)      the application of payments received from any source
to the payment of any payment Obligations of any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI, any part
thereof or amounts which are not covered by this Undertaking even though the
Issuer or the Trustee might lawfully have elected to apply such payments to any
part or all of such payment Obligations or to amounts which are not covered by
this Undertaking;

                  (g)      the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights
which either Performance Guarantor may have at any time against any Seller or
Bon-Ton DSI in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction;

                  (h)      any assignment or transfer of the Obligations or any
part thereof in accordance with the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement or the Note Purchase Agreement; or

                  (i)      any failure on the part of any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI
to perform or comply with any term of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement or any other
document executed in connection therewith or delivered thereunder, all whether
or not either Performance Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any
act or omission referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (i) of this
Section.

         SECTION 5. Unenforceability of Obligations Against the Sellers and
Bon-Ton DSI. Notwithstanding (a) any change of ownership of any Seller or
Bon-Ton DSI, or the insolvency, bankruptcy or any other change in the legal
status of any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI; (b) the change in or the imposition of any
law, decree, regulation or other governmental act which does or might

                                       4

<PAGE>

impair, delay or in any way affect the validity, enforceability or the payment
when due of the Obligations; (c) the failure of any Seller, Bon-Ton DSI or
either Performance Guarantor, as applicable, to maintain in full force, validity
or effect or to obtain or renew when required all governmental and other
approvals, licenses or consents required in connection with the Obligations, the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Note
Purchase Agreement or this Undertaking, or to take any other action required in
connection with the performance of all obligations pursuant to the Obligations,
the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the
Note Purchase Agreement or this Undertaking; or (d) if any of the moneys
included in the Obligations have become unrecoverable from any Seller or Bon-Ton
DSI for any other reason other than final payment in full of the payment
Obligations in accordance with their terms, this Undertaking shall nevertheless
be binding on the Performance Guarantors. This Undertaking shall be in addition
to any other guaranty or other security for the Obligations, and it shall not be
rendered unenforceable by the invalidity or release of any such other guaranty
or security. In the event that the time for payment of any of the Obligations is
stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Seller or
Bon-Ton DSI, or for any other reason, all such amounts then due and owing by
such Seller or Bon-Ton DSI under the terms of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or the Note Purchase Agreement,
as applicable, or any other agreement evidencing, securing or otherwise executed
in connection with the Obligations, shall be immediately due and payable by the
Performance Guarantors.

         SECTION 6. Representations and Warranties. Each Performance Guarantor
hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer and the Trustee, as to itself, as
follows:

                  (a)      Existence and Standing. Such Performance Guarantor is
a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all requisite authority to
conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.
Each of such Performance Guarantor's Subsidiaries is a corporation, limited
partnership or limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all
requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its
business is conducted except where failure to have such authority would not have
a material adverse effect on the ability of such Performance Guarantor to
perform its obligations under this Undertaking.

                  (b)      Power and Authority. Such Performance Guarantor has
the corporate power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver this
Undertaking, perform its obligations hereunder and consummate the transactions
contemplated hereunder. The execution and delivery by such Performance Guarantor
of this Undertaking, the performance of its obligations and consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereunder have been duly authorized by proper
proceedings, and this Undertaking constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of such Performance Guarantor enforceable against such Performance
Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited
by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally.

                  (c)      No Conflict; Government Consent. Neither the
execution and delivery by such Performance Guarantor of this Undertaking, nor
the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated, nor compliance with
the provisions hereof will violate any law, rule,

                                       5

<PAGE>

regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on such
Performance Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries or such Performance Guarantor's
or any of its Subsidiary's organizational documents or the provisions of any
indenture, instrument or agreement to which such Performance Guarantor is a
party or is subject, or by which it, or its property, is bound, or conflicts
with or constitutes a default thereunder, or will result in the creation or
imposition of any Adverse Claim in, of or on the property of such Performance
Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any such
indenture, instrument or agreement, other than for any such violation which
could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the
ability of such Performance Guarantor to perform its obligations under this
Undertaking.

                  (d)      Financial Statements. The annual financial statements
dated as of November 1, 2003 of such Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries
heretofore delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee were prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles in effect on the date such
statements were prepared and fairly presents the consolidated financial
condition and operations of such Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at
such date and the consolidated results of their operations for the period then
ended.

                  (e)      Material Adverse Change. Since November 1, 2003,
there has been no change in the business, properties, condition (financial or
otherwise) or results of operations of such Performance Guarantor which has had
or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business,
properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, or
prospects of such Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole,
(ii) the ability of such Performance Guarantor to perform its obligations under
this Undertaking, or (iii) the validity or enforceability of any term or
provision of this Undertaking or the rights or remedies of the Issuer or the
Trustee hereunder.

                  (f)      Litigation and Contingent Obligations. There is no
litigation, arbitration, governmental investigation, proceeding or inquiry
pending or, to the knowledge of any of their officers, threatened against or
affecting such Performance Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries which is
reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on (i) the business,
properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, or
prospects of such Performance Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole,
(ii) the ability of such Performance Guarantor to perform its obligations under
this Undertaking, or (iii) the validity or enforceability of any term or
provision of this Undertaking or the rights or remedies of the Issuer or the
Trustee hereunder.

                  (g)      Taxes. Such Performance Guarantor has filed all
United States federal tax returns and all other tax returns which are required
to be filed and has paid all taxes due pursuant to said returns or pursuant to
any assessment received by such Performance Guarantor, except (i) such taxes, if
any, as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided
that adequate reserves for such contested taxes have been established in
accordance with GAAP and the relevant governmental authority shall not have
commenced any enforcement proceeding seeking recourse against any assets of such
Performance Guarantor in respect of such contested taxes and (ii) such returns
or taxes, the failure of which to file or pay could not reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Performance Guarantor
to perform its obligations under this Undertaking, . No federal or state tax
liens have been filed and no claims are being asserted with respect to any such
taxes. The charges, accruals and reserves

                                       6

<PAGE>

on the books of such Performance Guarantor in respect of any taxes or other
governmental charges are adequate.

         SECTION 7. Affirmative Covenants of the Performance Guarantors. Until
the date on which this Undertaking terminates in accordance with its terms, each
Performance Guarantor hereby covenants, as to itself, as set forth below:

                  (a)      Financial Reporting. Such Performance Guarantor will
maintain, for itself and each of its Subsidiaries, a system of accounting
established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and furnish or cause to be
furnished to the Issuer and the Trustee:

                           (i)      Annual Reporting. Within 90 days after the
         close of each of its fiscal years, audited, unqualified financial
         statements (which shall include balance sheets, statements of income
         and retained earnings and a statement of cash flows, each on a
         consolidated basis) for such Performance Guarantor for such fiscal year
         certified by independent public accountants of recognized national
         standing.

                           (ii)     Quarterly Reporting. Within 45 days after
         the close of the first three (3) quarterly periods of its fiscal year,
         such Performance Guarantor shall furnish, on a consolidated basis,
         balance sheets as at the close of each such period and statements of
         income and retained earnings and a statement of cash flows for such
         Performance Guarantor for the period from the beginning of such fiscal
         year to the end of such quarter, all certified by the chief financial
         officer of such Performance Guarantor.

                           (iii)    Compliance Certificate. Together with the
         financial statements required hereunder, a compliance certificate in
         substantially the form of Exhibit I signed by such Performance
         Guarantor's Authorized Officer and dated the date of such annual
         financial statement or such quarterly financial statement, as the case
         may be.

                           (iv)     Shareholders Statements and Reports.
         Promptly upon the furnishing thereof to the shareholders of such
         Performance Guarantor, copies of all financial statements, reports and
         proxy statements so furnished.

                           (v)      S.E.C. Filings. Notice, promptly upon the
         filing thereof, of all registration statements and annual, quarterly,
         monthly or other regular reports which such Performance Guarantor or
         any Subsidiary thereof files with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission.

                           (vi)     Copies of Notices. Promptly upon its receipt
         of any notice, request for consent, financial statements,
         certification, report or other communication under or in connection
         with any Transaction Document from any Person other than the Issuer or
         any Trustee, copies of the same.

                  (b)      Notices. Such Performance Guarantor will notify the
Issuer and the Agent in writing of any of the following promptly upon learning
of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and, if applicable, the steps
being taken with respect thereto:

                           (i)      Events of Default; Pay Out Events. The
         occurrence of each Event

                                       7

<PAGE>

         of Default and Pay Out Event or event that, with the giving of notice
         or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default or Pay
         Out Event in each case to the extent the same relates to the Seller,
         Bon-Ton DSI or such Performance Guarantor, by a statement of an
         Authorized Officer of such Performance Guarantor.

                           (ii)     Judgment and Proceedings. (A) (1) The entry
         of any judgment or decree against such Performance Guarantor or any of
         its Subsidiaries if the aggregate amount of all judgments and decrees
         then outstanding against such Performance Guarantor and its
         Subsidiaries exceeds $1,000,000 and (2) the institution of any
         litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding against
         such Performance Guarantor; and (B) the entry of any judgment or decree
         or the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or
         governmental proceeding against such Performance Guarantor.

                           (iii)    Material Adverse Effect. The occurrence of
         any event or condition that has had, or could reasonably be expected to
         have, a Material Adverse Effect in respect of any Seller, Bon-Ton DSI
         or such Performance Guarantor.

                           (iv)     Defaults Under Other Agreements. The
         occurrence of a default or an event of default under any other
         financing arrangement pursuant to which such Performance Guarantor is a
         debtor or an obligor.

                           (v)      Downgrade of Performance Guarantors. Any
         downgrade or withdrawal of the rating of any Indebtedness of such
         Performance Guarantor by Standard & Poor's or Moody's, setting forth
         the Indebtedness affected and the nature of such change.

         SECTION 8. Subordination. Neither Performance Guarantor shall enforce
or otherwise exercise any right of subrogation to any of the rights of the
Issuer or the Trustee against any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI and, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, hereby waives all rights of
subrogation (whether contractual, under Section 509 of the Bankruptcy Code, at
law or in equity or otherwise) to the claims of the Issuer and the Trustee
against any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI and all contractual, statutory or legal or
equitable rights of contribution, reimbursement, indemnification and similar
rights and "claims" (as that term is defined in the Bankruptcy Code) which such
Performance Guarantor might now have or hereafter acquire against any Seller or
Bon-Ton DSI that arises from the existence or performance of such Performance
Guarantor's obligations hereunder. Neither Performance Guarantor will claim any
setoff, recoupment or counterclaim against any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI in respect
of any liability of such Performance Guarantor to such Seller or Bon-Ton DSI
after the occurrence and during the continuance of any default in the payment or
performance of any of the Obligations (which has not been cured or waived in
writing by the Issuer and the Trustee) and each Performance Guarantor waives any
benefit of and any right to participate in any collateral security which may be
held by the Issuer or the Trustee. Each Performance Guarantor agrees that, after
the earlier of (i) actual notice or (ii) the receipt of written notice, of the
occurrence, and during the continuance, of any default in the payment or
performance of any of the Obligations, such Performance Guarantor will not
demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness of any
Seller or Bon-Ton DSI owed to such Performance Guarantor until all of the
Obligations shall have been paid and performed in full. If,

                                       8

<PAGE>

notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, either Performance Guarantor shall
collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness while
any Obligations are still unperformed or outstanding, such amounts shall be
collected, enforced and received by such Performance Guarantor as trustee for
the Issuer and the Trustee and be paid over to the Issuer and the Trustee on
account of the Obligations without affecting in any manner the liability of such
Performance Guarantor under the other provisions of this Undertaking. The
provisions of this Section 8 shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of
any rights and remedies of the Issuer and the Trustee with respect to any other
agreement the Issuer or the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter
into with such Performance Guarantor.

         SECTION 9. Termination of Undertaking. Each Performance Guarantor's
obligations hereunder shall continue in full force and effect until all
Obligations are finally paid and satisfied in full and each of the Receivables
Purchase Agreement, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and the Note Purchase
Agreement is terminated, provided that (i) this Undertaking shall continue to be
effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or
other satisfaction of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be
restored or returned upon the bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization of any
Seller or Bon-Ton DSI, or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made or
other satisfaction occurred, whether or not the Issuer or the Trustee is in
possession of this Undertaking and (ii) the provisions of Section 19 shall
survive any termination of this Undertaking. No invalidity, irregularity or
unenforceability by reason of the Bankruptcy Code or any insolvency or other
similar law, or any law or order of any government or agency thereof purporting
to reduce, amend or otherwise affect the Obligations shall impair, affect, or be
a defense to or claim against the obligations of either Performance Guarantor
under this Undertaking.

         SECTION 10. Effect of Bankruptcy. This Undertaking shall survive the
insolvency of any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI and the commencement of any case or
proceeding by or against any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI under the federal Bankruptcy
Code or other federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization statutes. No automatic stay under the federal Bankruptcy Code or
other federal, state or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization statutes to which any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI is subject shall
postpone the obligations of the Performance Guarantors under this Undertaking.

         SECTION 11. Setoff. Should any Seller or Bon-Ton DSI default in the
payment or performance of any of the Obligations, regardless of the other means
of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations, the Issuer and the Trustee are
hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to the
Performance Guarantors (any such notice being expressly waived by the
Performance Guarantors) and to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off
and apply any deposits and other sums against the obligations of the Performance
Guarantors under this Undertaking, whether or not the Issuer or the Trustee
shall have made any demand under this Undertaking and although such obligations
may be contingent or unmatured.

         SECTION 12. Taxes. All payments to be made by the Performance
Guarantors hereunder shall be made free and clear of any deduction or
withholding. If the Performance Guarantors are required by law to make any
deduction or withholding on account of tax or otherwise from any such payment,
the sum due from it in respect of such payment shall be increased to the extent
necessary to ensure that, after the making of such deduction or

                                       9

<PAGE>

withholding, the Issuer and the Trustee receive a net sum equal to the sum which
they would have received had no deduction or withholding been made.

         SECTION 13. Further Assurances. Each Performance Guarantor agrees that
it will permit the Issuer and the Trustee or any of their respective duly
authorized representatives, during normal business hours and upon reasonable
prior notice, to consult and discuss with such Performance Guarantor's Treasurer
or Controller, with respect to such Performance Guarantor's business, finances,
accounts and affairs. Each Performance Guarantor agrees that if an Event of
Default or Pay Out Event exists, it will, at the request of the Issuer or the
Trustee, provide to the Issuer or the Trustee information relating to the
business and affairs of such Performance Guarantor as the Issuer or the Trustee
may reasonably request.

         SECTION 14. Successors and Assigns. This Undertaking shall be binding
upon the Performance Guarantors, their respective successors and assigns, and
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Issuer and the Trustee
and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Neither Performance
Guarantor may assign or transfer any of its obligations hereunder without the
prior written consent of the Issuer and the Trustee.

         SECTION 15. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Undertaking nor consent to any departure by either Performance
Guarantor therefrom shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and
signed by the Issuer, the Trustee and the applicable Performance Guarantor. No
failure on the part of the Issuer or the Trustee to exercise, and no delay in
exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

         SECTION 16. Notices. All notices and other communications called for
hereunder shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise specifically provided
herein, shall be deemed to have been duly made or given when delivered by hand
or mailed first class, postage prepaid, or sent by express courier or, in the
case of telegraphic, telecopied or telexed notice, when transmitted, answer back
received, addressed as follows: if to a Performance Guarantor, at the address
set forth beneath its signature hereto, and if to the Issuer or the Trustee to
the address specified for such notices in the Master Indenture, or to any
address as either party hereto may hereafter designate in writing to the other.

         SECTION 17. GOVERNING LAW. THIS UNDERTAKING SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS (OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

         SECTION 18. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH OF THE PERFORMANCE
GUARANTORS, THE AGENT AND THE PURCHASERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE
NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT
SITTING IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS UNDERTAKING, THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE

                                       10

<PAGE>

AGREEMENT, THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, THE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT OR
ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH OR DELIVERED THEREUNDER AND
EACH OF THE PERFORMANCE GUARANTORS, THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY
BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN ANY SUCH COURT AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION
IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE AS TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR
PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT OR THAT SUCH COURT IS AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
NOTHING HEREIN SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST
ANY OTHER PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

         SECTION 19. Bankruptcy Petition. Each Performance Guarantor covenants
and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the
payment in full of the Obligations, it will not institute against, or join any
other Person in instituting against the Transferor or the Issuer any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or similar
proceedings under the laws of the United States or any state of the United
States.

         SECTION 20. Miscellaneous. This Undertaking constitutes the entire
agreement of the Performance Guarantors with respect to the matters set forth
herein. No failure on the part of the Issuer or the Trustee to exercise, and no
delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The rights and
remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies
provided by law or any other agreement, and this Undertaking shall be in
addition to any other guaranty of or collateral security for any of the
Obligations. The provisions of this Undertaking are severable, and in any action
or proceeding involving any state corporate law, or any state or federal
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of
creditors generally, if the obligations of the Performance Guarantors hereunder
would otherwise be held or determined to be avoidable, invalid or unenforceable
on account of the amount of the Performance Guarantors' liability under this
Undertaking, then notwithstanding any other provision of this Undertaking to the
contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by the
Performance Guarantors or the Issuer or the Trustee be automatically limited and
reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable as determined in
such action or proceeding. The invalidity or unenforceability of any one or more
sections of this Undertaking shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
its remaining provisions. Captions are for ease of reference only and shall not
affect the meaning of the relevant provisions. The meanings of all defined terms
used in this Undertaking shall be equally applicable to the singular and plural
forms of the terms defined.

                   REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

                                       11

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Performance Guarantors have caused this
Undertaking to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

                                             THE BON-TON STORES, INC.

                                             By:  /s/ H. Todd Dissinger
                                                  ---------------------
                                                  Name: H. Todd Dissinger
                                                  Title:  Treasurer

                                             THE BON-TON CORP.

                                             By:  /s/ Keith E. Plowman
                                                  --------------------
                                                  Name: Keith E. Plowman
                                                  Title:  Treasurer

                                      Signature Pages to Performance Undertaking<PAGE>
                                                                 Exhibit (d)(iv)

                  ASSIGNMENT, ASSUMPTION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 30th day of April, 2004 (the "EFFECTIVE DATE").

BETWEEN:

               HEMOSOL INC., a corporation incorporated pursuant to the laws of
               the Province of Ontario

               (the "ASSIGNOR")

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

               - AND -

               HEMOSOL LP, a limited partnership constated pursuant to the laws
               of the Province of Ontario

               (the "ASSIGNEE")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART

               - AND -

               MDS INC., a corporation incorporated pursuant to the laws of
               Canada

               (the "GUARANTOR")

                                                               OF THE THIRD PART

               - AND -

               THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

               ("BNS")

                                                              OF THE FOURTH PART

WHEREAS pursuant to the terms of a commitment letter dated October 25, 2002, as
amended and supplemented by a supplemental agreement dated as of November 22,
2002 and as further amended by amending agreements dated April 29, 2003 and
December 29, 2003 (collectively, the "COMMITMENT LETTER"), BNS agreed to extend
to the Assignor the credit facilities specifically described therein (the
"CREDIT FACILITIES") including that credit facility designated as Credit No: 01
in the principal amount of $20,000,000 (the "$20,000,000 CREDIT FACILITY");

AND WHEREAS in accordance with the terms of the Commitment Letter, the Assignor
issued to BNS a promissory note in the principal amount of $20,000,000 dated
November 22, 2002

<PAGE>

evidencing the indebtedness under the $20,000,000 Credit Facility (the
"PROMISSORY NOTE") and the security and other instruments in support of the
Credit Facilities listed in Schedule "A" hereto (collectively, the "EXISTING
SECURITY");

AND WHEREAS the Guarantor issued to BNS a guarantee in support of the
$20,000,000 Credit Facility dated November 22, 2002, amended by way of letter
agreement dated December 29, 2003 (collectively, the "GUARANTEE");

AND WHEREAS pursuant to the contribution agreement (the "CONTRIBUTION
AGREEMENT") dated the "Effective Date" as defined in the Arrangement Agreement
made as of the 11th day of February, 2004 between the Assignor and the Assignee,
the Assignor has agreed to transfer to the Assignee all of the Purchased Assets
and the Assumed Liabilities (each as defined in the Contribution Agreement) and
the Assignor has agreed to assign to the Assignee, and the Assignee has agreed
to assume, each of the Assumed Contracts (as defined in the Contribution
Agreement).

AND WHEREAS BNS has approved the assignment of the Credit Facilities to the
Assignee and the assumption of the Credit Facilities by the Assignee on the
terms and conditions contained herein;

AND WHEREAS BNS has agreed to release the Assignor from all liability and
obligations in connection with the Credit Facilities on the terms and conditions
contained herein;

AND WHEREAS the Guarantor and BNS desire that the Guarantee remain in place in
support of the $20,000,000 Credit Facility subsequent to the completion of the
transactions referred to and provided for herein;

AND WHEREAS the parties hereto have agreed to execute this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE IN CONSIDERATION of $10.00, the mutual covenants contained herein
and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and adequacy whereof are
hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto covenant, agree and acknowledge as
follows:

1.   Each of the parties severally acknowledges to and agrees with each other
     party that the recitals contained herein to the extent they relate to it
     and each agreement to which it is party are true and correct as of the
     Effective Date and form part of this Agreement.

2.   Each of the Assignor and the Assignee represents and warrants to BNS that
     the Contribution Agreement in the form attached hereto as Schedule "B"
     constitutes the entire Contribution Agreement as of the Effective Date and
     that the Contribution Agreement has not been otherwise amended or
     supplemented.

3.   The Assignor hereby sells, transfers and assigns unto the Assignee, and the
     Assignee hereby agrees to assume, all of the Assignor's right, title and
     interest in, as well as its corresponding responsibilities and obligations
     in connection with, the Credit Facilities, the indebtedness and obligations
     arising thereunder regardless of whether such indebtedness and obligations
     arose prior or subsequent to the date hereof (collectively, the
     "INDEBTEDNESS"), the Commitment Letter and the Existing Security.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

4.   The Assignee hereby accepts the assignment of the Credit Facilities, the
     Indebtedness, the Commitment Letter and the Existing Security upon the
     terms set out herein and assumes, and agrees to observe, perform, fulfill
     and be bound by all terms, covenants, conditions, obligations and
     responsibilities relating to the Credit Facilities, the Indebtedness, the
     Commitment Letter and the Existing Security which are to be observed,
     performed and fulfilled by the Assignor pursuant to the said instruments in
     the same manner and to the same extent as if the Assignee were the borrower
     named therein.

5.   The Assignee acknowledges that the Purchased Assets assigned to it pursuant
     to the Contribution Agreement are subject to the terms, conditions,
     security interests, charges and provisions of the Existing Security. The
     Assignee agrees to be bound by the Existing Security to the same extent as
     if the Assignee was named as the entity issuing the security therein and
     acknowledges receipt of same. The Assignee acknowledges and agrees that the
     Existing Security is in full force and effect, that the security interests
     created thereunder have remained continuously attached at all times before,
     at the time of and subsequent to the sale, transfer and assignment referred
     to herein and that the Existing Security creates a security interest in
     property and assets the Assignee acquires an interest in subsequent to the
     sale, transfer and assignment referred to herein.

6.   The Guarantor acknowledges having received a copy of the Contribution
     Agreement and agrees the Assignee shall be substituted for the Assignor as
     "Customer" under the Guarantee such that subsequent to the Effective Date
     the Assignee shall be the "Customer" under the Guarantee. The Guarantor
     agrees with BNS that the Guarantee remains in full force and effect, is
     hereby confirmed and continues to guarantee the $20,000,000 Credit Facility
     in accordance with its terms notwithstanding that the Assignee rather than
     the Assignor is, subsequent to the Effective Date, the borrower under the
     $20,000,000 Credit Facility. The definition of "Security" in the Guarantee
     shall include the security instruments issued by the Assignee referred to
     in Section 8 herein.

7.   In consideration of BNS agreeing to consent to the assignment and
     assumption referred to herein, the Assignee agrees to provide the following
     additional security or other documentation to BNS:

     (a)  General Security Agreement;

     (b)  General Assignment of Contracts;

     (c)  Specific Assignment of Contract with SNC Lavalin Inc.;

     (d)  Debenture in the amount of $25,000,000, inter alia, mortgaging and
          charging the lands known municipally as 2585 Meadowpine Blvd.,
          Mississauga, Ontario;

     (e)  Documentation substituting warrants to purchase 45,000 common shares
          of Hemosol Inc. held by BNS with an exercise price of $6.35 with
          warrants to purchase 45,000 common shares of Hemosol Corp. held by BNS
          with an exercise price of $6.31.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

8.   Each of the Guarantor, the Assignee and BNS severally confirm to each other
     that the balance of the indebtedness owing under the $20,000,000 Credit
     Facility as of the Effective Date is $20,000,000 plus accrued interest.
     Each of the Assignee and the Bank severally confirm that there is a letter
     of credit to the City of Mississauga in the revised amount of $20,000
     outstanding under Credit No. 3 in the Commitment Letter. BNS confirms to
     the other parties hereto that all payments of principal and interest due
     and owing in connection with the said indebtedness are current and in good
     standing to date.

9.   Each of BNS and the Guarantor hereby consents to the assignment of
     Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities from the Assignor to the Assignee
     provided for in the Contribution Agreement, the within assignment and
     assumption of the Credit Facilities, the Indebtedness, the Commitment
     Letter and the Existing Security from the Assignor to the Assignee and BNS
     acknowledges that the Guarantor has affirmed the continuation of the
     Guarantee.

10.  BNS hereby remises, releases and forever discharges the Assignor from any
     and all indebtedness, obligations, liabilities, claims and demands of any
     nature or kind whatsoever which BNS may now or hereafter have against the
     Assignor arising under, by reason of otherwise in connection with the
     Assumed Liabilities, including without limitation those arising under, by
     reason of or otherwise in respect of the Credit Facilities, the
     Indebtedness owing thereunder, the Commitment Letter and the Existing
     Security.

11.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts each of which
     when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of such
     counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
     instrument.

12.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the
     parties and their respective successors and assigns.

13.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
     laws of the Province of Ontario.

14.  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the
Effective Date.

                                          HEMOSOL INC.

                                          Per:  _____________________________c/s
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

                                          HEMOSOL LP
                                          BY ITS GENERAL PARTNER HEMOSOL CORP.

                                          Per:  ________________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

                                          MDS INC.

                                          Per:  _____________________________c/s
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

                                          THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                                          Per:  ________________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

                                          Per:  ________________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                           GENERAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

1.    HEMOSOL LP, of 2585 Meadowpine Blvd., Mississauga, Ontario L5N 8H9 (the
"Customer") for valuable consideration grants, assigns, transfers, sets over,
mortgages and charges to THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, at its office located at 40
King Street West, 64th Floor Toronto, ON M5W 2X6 (the "Bank") as and by way of a
fixed and specific mortgage and charge (which fixed and specific mortgage and
charge shall not, however, be granted in respect of the Customer's patents,
trade-marks and other intellectual property), and grants to the Bank, a security
interest in the present and after acquired undertaking and property (other than
consumer goods) of the Customer including all the right, title, interest and
benefit which the Customer now has or may hereafter have in all property of the
kinds hereinafter described (the "Collateral"):

      (a)   all goods comprising the inventory of the Customer including but not
            limited to goods held for sale or lease or that have been leased or
            consigned to or by the Customer or furnished or to be furnished
            under a contract of service or that are raw materials, work in
            process or materials used or consumed in a business or profession or
            finished goods and timber cut or to be cut, oil, gas, hydrocarbons,
            and minerals extracted or to be extracted, all livestock and the
            young and unborn young thereof and all crops;

      (b)   all goods which are not inventory or consumer goods, including but
            not limited to furniture, fixtures, equipment, machinery, plant,
            tools, vehicles and other tangible personal property;

      (c)   all accounts, including deposit accounts in banks, credit unions,
            trust companies and similar institutions, debts, demands and choses
            in action which are now due, owing or accruing due or which may
            hereafter become due, owing or accruing due to the Customer, and all
            claims of any kind which the Customer now has or may hereafter have
            including but not limited to claims against the Crown and claims
            under insurance policies;

      (d)   all chattel paper;

      (e)   all warehouse receipts, bills of lading and other documents of
            title, whether negotiable or not;

      (f)   all instruments, shares, stock, warrants, bonds, debentures,
            debenture stock or other securities, money, letters of credit,
            advices of credit and cheques;

      (g)   all intangibles including but not limited to contracts, agreements,
            options, permits, licences, consents, approvals, authorizations,
            orders, judgments, certificates, rulings, insurance policies,
            agricultural and other quotas, subsidies, franchises, immunities,
            privileges, and benefits and all goodwill, patents, trade marks,
            trade names, trade secrets, inventions, processes, copyrights and
            other industrial or intellectual property;

      (h)   with respect to the personal property described in subparagraphs (a)
            to (g) inclusive, all books, accounts, invoices, letters, papers,
            documents, disks, and other records in any form, electronic or
            otherwise, evidencing or relating thereto; and all contracts,
            securities, instruments and other rights and benefits in respect
            thereof;

      (i)   with respect to the personal property described in subparagraphs (a)
            to (h) inclusive, all parts, components, renewals, substitutions and
            replacements thereof and all attachments, accessories and increases,
            additions and accessions thereto; and

      (j)   with respect to the personal property described in subparagraphs (a)
            to (i) inclusive, all proceeds therefrom (other than consumer
            goods), including personal property in any form or fixtures derived
            directly or indirectly from any dealing with such property or
            proceeds therefrom, and any insurance or other payment as indemnity
            or compensation for loss of or damage to such property or any right
            to such payment, and any payment made in total or partial discharge
            or redemption of an intangible, chattel paper, instrument or
            security; and

      In this Agreement, the words "goods", "consumer goods", "account",
"account debtor", "inventory", "crops", "equipment" "fixtures", "chattel paper",
"document of title", "instrument", "money", "security", or "securities",
"intangible", "receiver", "proceeds" and "accessions" shall have the same
meanings as their defined meanings where such words are defined in the Personal
Property Security Act of the province or territory in which the Branch of the
Bank mentioned in paragraph 1 is located, such Act, including any amendments
thereto, being referred to in this Agreement as "the PPSA". In this Agreement,
"Collateral" shall refer to "Collateral or any item thereof". "Credit Agreement"
herein means, collectively, a commitment letter issued by the Bank to Hemosol
Inc. dated October 25, 2002, as amended and supplemented by a supplemental
agreement dated as of November 22, 2002, as further amended by amending
agreements dated April 29, 2003 and December 29, 2003, as assigned to, and
assumed by, the Customer pursuant to an Assignment, Assumption and Release
Agreement made as of the date hereof, and as further amended, modified,
supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time. "Event of Default" herein
means an event of default set forth in Section 10(a) of Schedule "A" to the
Credit Agreement.

      The last day of any term of years reserved by any lease, verbal or
written, or any agreement therefor, now held or hereafter acquired by the
Customer is excepted out of the Collateral, but the Customer shall stand
possessed of any such reversion upon trust to assign and dispose thereof as the
Bank may direct in writing.

      The fixed and specific mortgages and charges and the security interest
granted hereby do not and shall not extend to, and Collateral shall not include,
any agreement, right, franchise, license or permit (the "contractual rights") to
which the Customer is a party or of which the Customer has the benefit, to the
extent that the creation of the mortgage, charge or security interest therein
would constitute a breach of the terms of or permit any Person to terminate the
contractual rights, but the Customer shall hold its interest therein in trust
for the benefit of the Bank and shall assign such contractual rights to the Bank
forthwith upon obtaining the consent of the other party thereto.

<PAGE>

      Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Collateral shall not
include the cash collateral pledged to the Bank in support of the indebtedness
under Credit No. 02 and Credit No. 03 provided for in the Credit Agreement.

2.    The fixed and specific mortgages and charges and the security interest
granted under this Agreement secure payment and performance of all obligations,
debts and liabilities of the Customer to the Bank, present or future, direct, or
indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or not, at any time owing by the
Customer to the Bank in any currency or remaining unpaid by the Customer to the
Bank in any currency, whether arising from dealings between the Bank and the
Customer or from other dealings or proceedings by which the Bank may be or
become in any manner whatever a creditor of the Customer and wherever incurred,
and whether incurred by the Customer alone or with another or others and whether
as principal or surety, in each case, arising out of, under or relating to the
Credit No: 01 set forth in the Credit Agreement including pursuant to any
security, document or instrument issued in connection therewith and including
all interest, commissions, legal and other costs, charges and expenses
(collectively, the "Obligations").

3.    The Customer hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that:

      (a)   The Customer is a limited partnership duly formed pursuant to a
            limited partnership agreement and existing under the laws of the
            Province of Ontario. The Customer is duly qualified, registered or
            licensed in all jurisdictions where such qualification, registration
            or licensing is required except where the failure to be so
            qualified, registered or licensed would not reasonably be expected
            to have a material adverse effect on the Customer. The Customer has
            all requisite capacity, power and authority and, except for
            regulatory approvals for the commercialization of Hemolink (TM) and
            other products, all material licences, permits and approvals
            necessary or advisable to carry on its business as now conducted and
            to carry out the transactions contemplated by the documents and
            agreements to which it is a signatory (except where a failure to
            obtain or hold such license, permit or approval would not reasonably
            be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Customer).

      (b)   There are no actions, suits, claims or proceedings (whether or not
            purportedly on behalf of the Customer) pending or to the knowledge
            of the Customer inquiries pending or to the knowledge of the
            Customer actions, suits, claims or proceedings threatened in writing
            against or adversely affecting the Customer before any government,
            parliament, legislature, regulatory authority, agency, commission,
            board or court or before any private arbitrator, mediator or referee
            which in any case or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected
            to have a material adverse effect on the Customer.

      (c)   All necessary action has been taken by the Customer to authorize the
            execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Agreement and all
            security, documents and instruments issued in connection therewith
            (collectively, the "Documents"). The Documents have been duly
            executed and delivered and constitute legal, valid and binding
            obligations of the Customer, enforceable against the Customer by the
            Bank in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent
            that the enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable
            bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, liquidation and
            other laws of general application affecting creditors' rights
            generally, equitable principles and the fact that the courts may
            deny the granting or enforcement of equitable remedies.

      (d)   The execution, delivery and performance by the Customer of the
            Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
            herein and therein do not conflict with, result in any material
            breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the terms,
            conditions or provisions of the limited partnership agreement of, or
            any material agreement relating to the Customer or of any law,
            regulation, judgment, decree or order binding on or applicable to
            the Customer or to which its property is subject and do not require
            the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency or
            authority or any other party, subject to obtaining the consent of
            the Department of National Defence of Canada to the Customer
            granting a security interest in its license from the Department of
            National Defence of certain patents and processes.

      (e)   The Customer is in compliance with all laws, regulations, rules and
            requirements having the force of law of any jurisdiction having
            authority in relation to the Customer, its property or assets except
            where such non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to have a
            material adverse effect on the Customer.

      (f)   The written information provided by the Customer to the Bank,
            including all financial information, is full, true and accurate in
            all material respects.

      (g)   With the exception of intellectual property which may be licenced to
            or by the Customer or subject to royalties or jointly or partly
            owned and leased premises and leased equipment and licensed
            equipment and assets such as computer software and similar
            intangibles, all of the Collateral is, or, except in the case of
            intellectual property, when the Customer acquires any right, title
            or interest therein will be, the sole property of the Customer free
            and clear of all security interests, mortgages, charges, hypothecs,
            liens or other encumbrances except as set forth in Schedule "A"
            hereto (the "Permitted Encumbrances"), provided that nothing
            contained in this section 3(g) shall prohibit the Customer from
            dealing with the Collateral in any manner not expressly prohibited
            under section 4 of this Agreement.

      (h)   The Customer's chief executive address is located at the address
            specified in paragraph 1.

      (i)   None of the Collateral consists of consumer goods.

4.    The Customer hereby agrees that:

      (a)   the Customer will maintain its existence;

      (b)   the Customer will at all times comply in all material respects with
            the terms of all material agreements and licences, and with all
            applicable laws, regulations, bylaws, consents and permits;

                                       2
<PAGE>

      (c)   all operating accounts of the Customer shall be maintained with the
            Bank as long as any of the credit facilities provided for in the
            Credit Agreement remain outstanding or available;

      (d)   the Customer shall maintain, use and operate the Collateral and
            shall carry on and conduct its business in each case in a proper,
            efficient and commercially reasonable manner as would a prudent
            owner;

      (e)   the Collateral insofar as it consists of goods (other than inventory
            en route from suppliers or en route to customers or en route between
            approved locations or on lease or consignment) will be kept at the
            locations specified in Schedule "B" hereto or at such other
            locations as the Bank has previously consented to and, subject to
            the provisions of paragraph 4(k), none of the Collateral shall be
            moved therefrom without the written consent of the Bank;

      (f)   the Customer shall cause the Collateral to be insured and kept
            insured to the full insurable value thereof with reputable insurers
            against loss or damage by fire and such other risks as the Bank may
            reasonably require and shall maintain such insurance) with loss if
            any payable to the Bank and shall lodge such policies or evidence
            thereof with the Bank;

      (g)   the Customer shall pay all taxes, levies, assessments and government
            fees or dues lawfully levied, assessed or imposed in respect of the
            Collateral or the Customer's business operations or any part thereof
            as and when the same shall become due and payable (provided that the
            Customer shall be entitled to contest in good faith by appropriate
            action initiated and diligently contested such taxes, levies,
            assessments, fees or dues and, in the case of liens for such taxes,
            levies, assessments, fees and dues, only if paid "under protest" or
            there shall have been deposited with the Bank or, if required by
            law, with a governmental authority, cash in an amount sufficient to
            pay the amount of such claim together with any interest or penalties
            thereon or a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to the
            Bank in an amount sufficient for such payment), and shall exhibit to
            the Bank, upon reasonable written request, the receipts and vouchers
            establishing such payment;

      (h)   the Customer shall duly observe and conform in all material respects
            to all covenants, terms and conditions upon or under which the
            Collateral is held;

      (i)   the Customer shall keep proper books of account in accordance with
            sound business practice, shall furnish to the Bank such financial
            information and statements and such information and statements
            relating to the Collateral as the Bank may from time to time
            require, and the Customer shall permit the Bank or its authorized
            agents at any time during business hours upon reasonable notice at
            the expense of the Customer to examine all books of account and
            other financial records and reports relating to the Collateral and,
            except in respect of the Customer's intellectual property and the
            Customer's filings with securities regulatory authorities, stock
            exchanges and similar bodies which are not otherwise available to
            shareholders, to make copies thereof and take extracts therefrom;

      (j)   the Customer shall furnish to the Bank such information with respect
            to the Collateral and the insurance thereon as the Bank may from
            time to time reasonably require and shall give written notice to the
            Bank of all litigation before any court, administrative board or
            other tribunal affecting the Customer or the Collateral which would
            reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the
            Customer or which involves a claim in excess of $300,000 in one
            instance or $600,000 in aggregate;

      (k)   the Customer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to defend
            the title to the Collateral against all persons and shall keep the
            Collateral free and clear of all security interests, mortgages,
            charges, liens and other encumbrances except for Permitted
            Encumbrances and those hereafter approved in writing by the Bank
            prior to their creation or assumption, provided that the Customer
            may dispose of any Collateral in the ordinary course of its business
            and may dispose of assets which are obsolete, provided such assets
            are replaced with assets of equivalent or higher value, or surplus
            provided that nothing in this section 4(k) shall prohibit the
            Customer from dealing with intellectual property in any manner
            permitted under section 6 of this Agreement;

      (l)   the Customer shall, upon request by the Bank, execute and deliver
            all such financing statements, certificates, further assignments and
            documents and do all such further acts and things as may be
            considered by the Bank to be necessary or desirable to give effect
            to the intent of this Agreement;

      (m)   the Customer shall promptly notify the Bank in writing of any event
            which occurs that would reasonably be expected to have a material
            adverse effect upon the Collateral or upon the financial condition
            of the Customer and immediately upon the Customer's acquisition of
            rights in any vehicle, mobile home, trailer, boat, aircraft or
            aircraft engine, shall promptly provide the Bank with full
            particulars of such collateral;

      (n)   the Customer will not change its name or the location of its chief
            executive office or place of business or sell, exchange, transfer,
            assign, licence or lease or otherwise dispose of (including by way
            of entering into joint venture or similar arrangements) or change
            the use of the Collateral or any interest therein or modify, amend
            or terminate any chattel paper, document of title, instrument,
            security or intangible, without the prior written consent of the
            Bank, except that the Customer may (i) until an Event of Default
            occurs which is continuing, dispose of assets which are obsolete,
            provided such assets are replaced with assets of equivalent or
            higher value, or surplus, and (ii) until an Event of Default occurs
            which is continuing for 10 days, sell or lease inventory in the
            ordinary course of the Customer's business, provided that nothing in
            this section 4(n) shall prohibit the Customer from dealing with
            intellectual property in any manner permitted under section 6 of
            this Agreement;

      (o)   the Customer shall not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby
            any of the Hemolink (TM) Patents may lapse or become abandoned or
            dedicated to the public or unenforceable. "Hemolink (TM) Patents"
            herein means those patents necessary for the conduct of the
            Hemolink (TM) Business, from time to time, including those patents
            listed in Schedule

                                       3
<PAGE>

            "C" hereto. "Hemolink (TM) Business" herein means that portion of
            the Customer's business that is reliant upon the commercial
            exploitation, use or development of:

            (i)   the Hemolink (TM) Patents and the know how of, and other
                  technology used by, the Customer that is necessary for the
                  commercial exploitation, use or development thereof; and

            (ii)  the technology actually used by the Customer exclusively in
                  relation to the foregoing.

      (p)   the Customer shall not, in respect of any trademarks that are
            integral to the commercialization, marketing and distribution of
            Hemolink (TM):

            (i)   discontinue the use of any of such trademarks in respect of
                  which a registration has been made by the Customer, in order
                  to maintain all of such trademarks in full force free from any
                  claim of abandonment for non-use;

            (ii)  fail to use its best efforts to require its licensees to
                  maintain the quality of products and services offered under
                  any such trademarks that are subject to license agreements;

            (iii) fail to employ all of such trademarks registered with any
                  Canadian or foreign authority with an appropriate notice of
                  such registration, to the extent required to preserve such
                  trademarks and the Customer's rights therein; and

            (iv)  knowingly do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act
                  whereby any of such trademarks may lapse or become invalid or
                  unenforceable.

5.    For so long as no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, the
Customer may use the Collateral in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this
Agreement, but the Bank shall have the right at any time and from time to time
to verify the existence and state of the Collateral in any manner the Bank may
consider appropriate and the Customer agrees to furnish all assistance and
information and to perform all such acts as the Bank may reasonably request in
connection therewith, and for such purpose shall permit the Bank or its agents
reasonable access during business hours upon reasonable notice to all places
where Collateral may be located and to all premises occupied by the Customer to
examine and inspect the Collateral and related records and documents, subject to
compliance with applicable health and safety laws.

6.    Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict the ability of the
Customer or a subsidiary of the Customer to license the intellectual property
necessary for the conduct of the Hemolink (TM) Business to or with, or enter
into joint ventures, strategic alliances or similar arrangements respecting same
to or with, persons carrying on business outside North America without the
consent or approval of the Bank. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall
restrict the ability of the Customer (a) to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose
of any intellectual property which is not necessary for the conduct of the
Hemolink (TM) Business without the consent or approval of the Bank, (b) to
licence to third parties intellectual property which is not necessary for the
conduct of the Hemolink (TM) Business and to enter into, amend, surrender,
terminate, sell, assign or transfer joint ventures, strategic alliances and
similar arrangements and ventures respecting the intellectual property which is
not necessary for the conduct of the Hemolink (TM) Business without the consent
or approval of the Bank, (c) to sell, assign or transfer shares of a subsidiary
of the Customer without the consent or approval of the Bank if none of such
subsidiary's property, assets or undertaking is necessary for the conduct of the
Hemolink (TM) Business. The Bank agrees to take all actions necessary and to do
such acts and execute such documents as the Customer may require, at the
Customer's expense, but in a timely manner, to release the security over the
intellectual property that is not necessary for the conduct of the Hemolink (TM)
Business to the extent necessary in order to give effect to the terms, purpose
and intent of this section.

7.    After an Event of Default occurs and for so long as same is continuing:
(a) the Bank may give notice to any or all account debtors of the Customer and
to any or all persons liable to the Customer under an instrument to make all
further payments to the Bank and any payments or other proceeds of Collateral
received by the Customer from account debtors or from any persons liable to the
Customer under an instrument, whether before or after such notice is given by
the Bank, shall be held by the Customer in trust for the Bank and paid over to
the Bank upon request; (b) the Bank may take control of all proceeds of
Collateral and may apply any money taken as Collateral to the satisfaction of
the Obligations secured hereby; (c) the Bank may hold as additional security any
increase or profits, except money, received from any Collateral in the Bank's
possession, and may apply any money received from such Collateral to reduce the
Obligations secured hereby and may hold any balance as additional security for
such part of the Obligations as may not yet be due, whether absolute or
contingent; (d) the Bank will not be obligated to keep any Collateral separate
or identifiable; and (e) in the case of any instrument, security or chattel
paper comprising part of the Collateral, the Bank will not be obligated to take
any necessary or other steps to preserve rights against other persons.

8.    The Bank may have any Collateral comprising instruments, shares, stock,
warrants, bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other securities, registered in
its name or in the name of its nominee and following the occurrence of an Event
of Default which is continuing shall be entitled but not bound or required to
vote in respect of such Collateral at any meeting at which the holder thereof is
entitled to vote and, generally, to exercise any of the rights which the holder
of such Collateral may at any time have; but the Bank shall not be responsible
for any loss occasioned by the exercise of any of such rights or by failure to
exercise the same within the time limited for the exercise thereof.

9.    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Bank
may, but shall not be obliged to, perform any or all of the Customer's duties
hereunder, without waiving any rights to enforce this Agreement, and the
Customer shall pay to the Bank, forthwith upon written demand therefor, an
amount equal to the costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Bank in so doing
plus interest thereon from the date such costs, fees and expenses are incurred
until paid at the rate of 3% per annum over the Prime Lending Rate of the Bank
in effect from time to time. The "Prime Lending Rate of the Bank" means the
variable per annum, reference rate of interest as announced and adjusted by the
Bank from time to time for loans made by the Bank in Canada in Canadian dollars.

10.   If an Event of Default occurs which is continuing, the Bank may withhold
any future advances and may declare that the Obligations shall immediately
become due and payable in full, and the Bank may proceed to enforce payment of
the Obligations and the Customer and the Bank shall have, in addition to any
other rights and remedies provided by law, the rights and remedies of a

                                       4
<PAGE>

debtor and a secured party respectively under the PPSA and other applicable
legislation and those provided by this Agreement. The Bank may take possession
of the Collateral, enter upon any premises of the Customer, otherwise enforce
this Agreement and enforce any rights of the Customer in respect of the
Collateral by any manner permitted by law and may use the Collateral in the
manner and to the extent that the Bank may consider appropriate and may hold,
insure, repair, process, maintain, protect, preserve, prepare for disposition
and dispose of the same and may require the Customer to assemble the Collateral
and deliver or make the Collateral available to the Bank at a reasonably
convenient place designated by the Bank.

11.   Any notice, demand or other communication which may be or is required
to be given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been sufficiently and effectively given if signed by or on behalf
of the party giving notice and delivered or transmitted by telecopier to the
party for which it is intended.

      (a)   Communications sent to the Customer shall be address as follows:

            2585 Meadowpine Blvd.
            Mississauga, ON   L5N 8H9

            Attention:      President and Chief Executive Officer, Hemosol Corp.
            Telecopier No.: (905) 286-6300

            and a copy to:

            Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP
            1 First Canadian Place
            44th Floor
            Toronto, ON   M5X 1B1

            Attention:      Arthur Shiff/Scott Hyman
            Telecopier No.: (416) 863-0871

      (b)   Communications sent to the Bank shall be addressed as follows:

            The Bank of Nova Scotia
            40 King Street West, 64th Floor
            Toronto, Ontario
            M5W 2X6

            Attention:      Byron Kwan
            Telecopier No.: (416) 866-2009

            and a copy to:

            Gowling Lafleur Henderon LLP
            Commerce Court West, Suite 4900
            Toronto, Ontario
            M5L 1J3

            Attention:      Robert D. Muncaster
            Telecopier No.: (416) 862-7661

Any notice, demand or communication which may or is required to be given or made
shall be made or given as herein provided or to such other address or to such
other officer as a party may from time to time advise the other parties hereto
by notice in writing as aforesaid and shall not be deemed received until actual
receipt thereof by the party to whom such notice is given except if sent by
telecopier after 4:00 p.m., in which case it shall be deemed received on the
banking day (i.e. a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which the offices
of the Bank are open for normal business in the City of Toronto, Ontario) next
following the date of transmission.

12.   If an Event of Default occurs which is continuing, the Bank may take
proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
receiver (which term shall include a receiver and manager) of the Collateral or
may by appointment in writing appoint any person to be a receiver of the
Collateral and may remove any receiver so appointed by the Bank and appoint
another in his stead; and any such receiver appointed by instrument in writing
shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law or to such lesser extent
permitted, have all of the rights, benefits and powers of the Bank hereunder or
under the PPSA or otherwise and without limitation have power (a) to take
possession of the Collateral, (b) to carry on all or any part or parts of the
business of the Customer, (c) to borrow money required for the seizure,
retaking, repossession, holding, insurance, repairing, processing, maintaining,
protecting, preserving, preparing for disposition, disposition of the Collateral
and for any other enforcement of this Agreement or for the carrying on of the
business of the Customer on the security of the Collateral in priority to the
security interest created under this Agreement, and (d) to sell, lease or
otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the Collateral at public auction,
by public tender or by private sale, lease or other disposition either for cash
or upon credit, at such time and upon such terms and conditions as the receiver
may determine provided that if any such disposition involves deferred payment
the Bank will not be accountable for and the Customer will not be entitled to be
credited with the proceeds of any such disposition until the monies therefor are
actually received; and further provided that any such receiver shall be deemed
the agent of the Customer and the Bank shall not be in any way responsible for
any misconduct or negligence of any such receiver.

13.   Any proceeds of any disposition of any Collateral may be applied by the
Bank to the payment of expenses incurred or paid in connection with seizing,
repossessing, retaking, holding, repairing, processing, insuring, preserving,
preparing for disposition and disposing of the Collateral (including reasonable
solicitor's fees and legal expenses and any other reasonable expenses), and any

                                       5
<PAGE>

balance of such proceeds may be applied by the Bank towards the payment of the
Obligations in such order of application as the Bank may from time to time
effect. All such expenses and all amounts borrowed on the security of the
Collateral under paragraph 11 hereof shall bear interest at the rate of 3% per
annum over the Prime Lending Rate of the Bank in effect from time to time, shall
be payable by the Customer upon demand and shall be Obligations under this
Agreement. If the disposition of the Collateral fails to satisfy the Obligations
secured by this Agreement and the expenses incurred by the Bank, the Customer
shall be liable to pay any deficiency to the Bank on demand.

14.   The Customer and the Bank further agree that:

      (a)   the Bank may grant extensions of time and other indulgences, take
            and give up security, accept compositions, grant releases and
            discharges and otherwise deal with the Customer, debtors of the
            Customer, sureties and others and with the Collateral or other
            security as the Bank may see fit without prejudice to the liability
            of the Customer and the Bank's rights under this Agreement;

      (b)   this Agreement shall not be considered as satisfied or discharged by
            any intermediate payment of any part of the Obligations but shall
            constitute and be a continuing security to the Bank for a current or
            running account and shall be in addition to and not in substitution
            for any other security now or hereafter held by the Bank;

      (c)   nothing in this Agreement shall obligate the Bank to make any loan
            or accommodation to the Customer or extend the time for payment or
            satisfaction of the Obligations;

      (d)   any failure by the Bank to exercise any right set out in this
            Agreement shall not constitute a waiver thereof; nothing in this
            Agreement or in the obligations secured by this Agreement shall
            preclude any other remedy by action or otherwise for the enforcement
            of this Agreement or the payment in full of the Obligations secured
            by this Agreement;

      (e)   all rights of the Bank under this Agreement shall be assignable
            without the consent of the Customer provided that:

            (i)   if an Event of Default is not currently existing and
                  continuing and the assignee is other than MDS or a Canadian
                  financial institution with a tier 1 consolidated regulatory
                  capital in excess of $500,000,000 and such assignment does not
                  in itself result in increased costs to the Customer, the
                  Customer's prior written consent shall be required, not to be
                  unreasonably withheld; and

            (ii)  in all instances the Bank has also assigned to the assignee
                  the indebtedness (the "Indebtedness") owing under Credit No.:
                  01 provided for in the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee issued
                  by MDS Inc. dated November 22, 2002, as amended (if the
                  assignee is other than MDS Inc.) and all other outstanding
                  security granted to the Bank securing the Indebtedness.

      (f)   all rights of the Bank under this Agreement shall enure to the
            benefit of its successors and permitted assigns and all obligations
            of the Customer under this Agreement shall bind the Customer, his
            heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

      (g)   if more than one Customer executes this Agreement, their obligations
            under this Agreement shall be joint and several, and the Obligations
            shall include those of all or any one or more of them;

      (h)   if the Customer is a corporation, the Limitation of Civil Rights Act
            of the province of Saskatchewan shall have no application to this
            Agreement, or to any agreement or instrument renewing or extending
            or collateral to this Agreement or to the rights, powers or remedies
            of the Bank under this Agreement;

      (i)   this Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the
            jurisdiction in which the Branch of the Bank mentioned in paragraph
            1 is located;

      (j)   the time for attachment of the security interest created hereby has
            not been postponed and is intended to attach when this Agreement is
            signed by the Customer and attaches at that time to Collateral in
            which the Customer then has any right, title or interest and
            attaches to Collateral in which the Customer subsequently acquires
            any right, title or interest at the time when the Customer first
            acquires such right, title or interest;

      (k)   the Customer acknowledges that if it amalgamates with any other
            corporation or corporations then (i) the term "Customer", where used
            in this Agreement, will extend to and include each of the
            amalgamating corporations and the amalgamated corporation, and (ii)
            the term "Obligations", where used in this Agreement, will extend to
            and include the obligations of the amalgamated corporation arising
            out of or relating to the credit facilities set forth in the Credit
            Agreement; and

      (l)   if there is any conflict between the provisions contained in this
            Agreement and the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement, the
            provisions of the Credit Agreement shall have priority over and
            shall override the provisions contained in this Agreement; provided,
            however, that the fact that one document addresses a subject matter
            which is not addressed in the other document shall not, by itself,
            be deemed to be an inconsistency.

                                       6
<PAGE>

The Customer acknowledges receiving a copy of this Agreement.

Dated as of the ____ day of ___________________________, 2004.

                                   HEMOSOL LP

                                   BY ITS GENERAL PARTNER HEMOSOL CORP.

                                   Per: ________________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "A"

                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

PART I - SPECIFIC ENCUMBRANCES

1.       Easement registered on June 6, 1963 as No. TT154986 in favour of
         Trans-Canada PipeLines Limited (in respect of Block 1 only).

2.       Restrictions registered on February 6, 1964 as No. TT162545Z in favour
         of Her Majesty the Queen in Right of the Province of Ontario as
         represented by the Minister of Highways restricting access to Highway
         No. 401 from the Lands which appear to be perpetual.

3.       Notice registered on February 12, 1973 as No. VS248789 being an
         amendment of the Toronto-Malton Airport Zoning Regulations and amended
         further by a notice registered on March 27, 2000 as No. LT2057426 by
         Her Majesty the Queen in Right of the Department of Transport Canada
         which restrict the height of buildings and structures that can be
         erected on the Lands.

4.       Financial Agreement registered on December 14, 1989 as No. LT1082614
         between Runnymede Development Corporation Limited, The Corporation of
         the City of Mississauga and The Regional Municipality of Peel, as
         amended by an agreement registered on November 14, 2001 as No. PR166028
         between Hemosol Inc., The Regional Municipality of Peel and Runnymede
         Development Corporation Limited.

5.       Easement registered on December 14, 1989 as No. LT1082621 in favour of
         Mississauga Hydro-Electric Commission and Bell Canada.

6.       Easement registered on August 1, 1991 as No. LT1241703 in favour of The
         Regional Municipality of Peel (in respect of Block 2 only).

PART II - ADDITIONAL PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

(i)      any Inchoate Lien;

(ii)     liens, title defects or irregularities, including, without limitation,
         easements, rights of way, encroachments, restrictive covenants,
         servitudes or other similar rights in land granted to or reserved by
         other Persons, rights of way for sewers, drains, steam, gas and oil
         pipelines, gas and water mains, electric light and power lines,
         telegraph and telephone lines and other forms of communication, poles,
         wires or other incidental equipment and other similar purposes granted
         to or reserved by other Persons, or zoning or building by-laws and
         ordinances or other restrictions as to the use of land, which liens,
         title defects or irregularities do not in the aggregate materially
         adversely affect the use of the Lands or the construction or operation
         of the Project for the purposes for which they are held by the Customer
         including the construction, development and operation of the Project;
         and mortgages of and other Liens against the said liens, title defects
         or irregularities;

(iii)    any right reserved to or vested in any governmental authority or other
         public agency by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or
         permit acquired by such Person, or by any statutory provision to
         terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to
         require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the
         continuance thereof;

(iv)     security or deposits given to a public utility, any governmental
         authority or other public authority when required by such utility,
         governmental authority or other public authority in connection with the
         operations of such Person and in the ordinary course of its business or
         the supply of services to such Person;

(v)      reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed
         in any original grants from Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada or
         Her Majesty the Queen in right of Ontario of any land or interest
         therein, and statutory exceptions to title in any grants from Her
         Majesty the Queen in right of Canada or Her Majesty the Queen in right
         of Ontario;

(vi)     the exceptions and qualifications set out in Section 44(1) of the Land
         Titles Act (Ontario);

(vii)    Liens securing appeal bonds or other similar Liens arising in
         connection with court proceedings (including, without limitation,
         surety bonds, security for costs of litigation where required by law,
         letters of credit, Liens arising out of judgments or awards with
         respect to which an appeal or proceedings for review is being
         prosecuted in good faith and with respect to which there shall have
         been secured a stay of execution pending the appeal of proceedings for
         review or for which security acceptable to the Bank has been posted by
         the Person) or any other instruments serving similar purpose;

(viii)   applicable municipal and other governmental restrictions, including
         municipal by-laws and regulations (including site specific by-laws)
         provided same have been materially complied with;

(ix)     Purchase Money Liens securing purchase money obligations in an
         aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 per annum;

(x)      any Lien granted in favour of the Bank including the Charge/Mortgage
         registered in the Land Registry Office for Land Titles Division of Peel
         on November 22, 2002 as No. PR351375;

(xi)     any Lien granted in connection with indebtedness pursuant to Credit No.
         02 and Credit No. 03 set forth in the Credit Agreement;

<PAGE>

(xii)    any Lien consented to in writing by the Bank;

(xiii)   Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due Taxes for which a
         final assessment has not been received over the amount of such Taxes as
         estimated and paid by the Person acting prudently and reasonably;

(xiv)    Liens or deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or
         expropriation proceedings of the Person or to secure utilities,
         workers' compensation, employment insurance or other similar statutory
         assessments or to secure costs of litigation when required by
         applicable law, and surety or appeal bonds in connection with such
         litigation;

(xv)     deposits of cash or securities in connection with any Liens referred to
         in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above;

(xvi)    assignments of insurance provided to landlords (or their mortgagees)
         pursuant to the terms of any lease and Liens or rights reserved in or
         exercised under any lease for rent or compliance with the terms of such
         lease;

(xvii)   mechanics', workers', repairers or other like possessory liens, arising
         in the ordinary course of business for amounts the payment of which is
         either not delinquent or is being contested in good faith by
         appropriate proceedings and for which security acceptable to the Bank
         has been posted by the Person;

(xviii)  Liens in connection with indebtedness in respect of services rendered
         to or to be rendered or goods or products provided or to be provided to
         the Person, including rent and other payments under leases, contracts,
         hire-purchase agreements and agreements for sale;

(xix)    plans of subdivision, site plans, municipal agreements or restrictive
         covenants affecting the use to which the Lands may be put, provided
         that same are complied with in all material respects and do not
         materially detract from the value of the Lands or materially impair the
         construction, development and operation of the Project;

(xx)     rights and interests created by notice registered by the Ontario
         Ministry of Transportation or similar authorities with respect to
         proposed highways and which do not materially detract from the value of
         the Lands or materially impair the construction, development and
         operation of the Project;

(xxi)    certificates of pending litigation that may be registered against any
         real property or any interest therein of the Person in respect of any
         action or proceeding against the Person or in which it is a defendant,
         but with respect to which action or proceeding no judgment, award or
         attachment against the Person has been granted or made and which the
         Person is defending in good faith and in respect of which the Person
         has posted security satisfactory to the Bank provided the certificate
         of pending litigation is discharged from title within 30 days of its
         registration;

(xxii)   the granting by the Person in the ordinary course of its business of
         any lease, sublease, tenancy or right of occupancy to any person in
         respect of property owned or leased by the Person other than in respect
         of the Lands;

(xxiii)  the right of distress in favour of any landlord of the Person;

(xxiv)   Liens which do not mortgage, charge, create a security interest in or
         otherwise encumber any property or assets of the Borrower that are
         necessary to the conduct of the Hemolink (TM) Business;

(xxv)    any licences (in or out by the Borrower) of intellectual property, any
         royalties or other payments by or to the Borrower on any intellectual
         property, or joint or part ownership by the Borrower of intellectual
         property provided, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein
         permits the licencing out or entering into of joint venture, joint or
         partial ownership arrangements or similar arrangements respecting
         intellectual property necessary for the conduct of the Hemolink (TM)
         Business other than arrangements with licencees or partners which do
         not carry on business within North America; and

(xxvi)   the security interests perfected by registrations nos. 20030416 0914
         1146 8427, 20030121 1643 1616 0944, 20021203 1125 1146 7993, 20020102
         1738 1715 8882, 20011227 1818 1531 0426, 20011213 1430 1715 8757,
         20010417 0908 1322 1131 (as amended by registration no. 20020116 1113
         1322 1238) and 20000508 1433 1146 5863 pursuant to the Personal
         Property Security Act (Ontario).

In this Schedule A:

"INCHOATE LIEN" means, with respect to any property or asset of any Person, the
following Liens:

(i)      any Lien for taxes, rates or assessments not yet due or delinquent or
         which are due or delinquent but the validity of which is being
         contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
         security acceptable to the Bank has been posted by the Person with the
         appropriate Person;

(ii)     any liens of carriers, warehousemen, contractors, subcontractors,
         suppliers, mechanics or materialmen or other similar common law liens
         or Liens so long as such charges are not yet due or such charges are
         being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
         security acceptable to the Bank has been posted by the Person with the
         appropriate Person; and

(iii)    undetermined or inchoate liens, including statutory liens arising or
         potentially arising, privileges or charges incidental to current
         operations which have not at such time been filed or registered
         pursuant to law or served upon the Person or which, although filed and
         registered, relate to obligations not due or delinquent;

"LANDS" means the real property known municipally as 2585 Meadowpine Blvd.,
Mississauga, Ontario L5N 8H9;

                                       2
<PAGE>

"LIENS" means any mortgage, hypothec, title retention, pledge, lien, charge,
security interest or other encumbrance whatsoever, most recent whether fixed or
floating and howsoever created or arising;

"PERSON" includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a trust, an
unincorporated organization, a government or any department or agency thereof or
any other entity whatsoever and the heirs, executors, administrators or other
legal representatives of an individual;

"PROJECT" means the construction of the manufacturing facility for the
production and commercialization of Hemolink (TM) on the Lands;

"PURCHASE MONEY LIEN" means any Lien on any asset, other than accounts
receivable or inventory, of a Person which is assumed, created, guaranteed or
reserved to secure the unpaid purchase price of such asset, provided that any
such Lien is limited to the asset so acquired and does not secure an amount in
excess of the purchase price thereof, such purchase price not to exceed the fair
market value of the purchased asset, and includes an extension, renewal or
refunding of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien, provided that the principal
amount thereof is not thereby increased;

"TAXES" means, at any time, all taxes, rates, levies, imposts, assessments,
government fees, dues, stamp taxes, duties, charges to tax, fees, deductions,
withholdings and similar impositions, whether current or deferred, that are
payable to, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by, any governmental
authority with taxing authority;

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "B"

                             LOCATION OF COLLATERAL

MEADOWPINE BOULEVARD

         2585 Meadowpine Boulevard
         Mississauga, ON  L5N 8H9

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "C"

<PAGE>

                         SPECIFIC ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT

      THIS SPECIFIC ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT (as amended, modified, supplemented,
restated, or replaced from time to time, this "Agreement"), dated as of
______________________________, 2004, made by HEMOSOL LP, a limited partnership
existing under the laws of Ontario (the "Grantor"), in favour of THE BANK OF
NOVA SCOTIA (the "Lender").

      WHEREAS as general and continuing collateral security for the payment and
fulfillment of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor has agreed, inter alia, to
assign and pledge to the Lender all the Grantor's right, title, estate, interest
in and to the Contract.

      NOW THEREFORE for good and valuable consideration (the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,) the Grantor agrees as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 CERTAIN TERMS. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein,
including "Event of Default", shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the
General Security Agreement. In addition, in this Agreement, unless the context
otherwise requires, the following words and expressions have the meaning set
forth below (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and
plural forms thereof):

"Agreement" is defined in the preamble.

"Contract" means the EPC contract dated as of August 8, 2000 between Hemosol
Inc. and SNC Lavalin Inc., as amended pursuant to a Construction Contract
Amending Agreement made as of July 1, 2002, as further amended pursuant to a
Construction Contract-Second Amending Agreement made as of December 19, 2002, as
further amended pursuant to a Construction Contract-Third Amending Agreement
made as of January 30, 2003, and as assigned to the Grantor pursuant to the
Contribution Agreement between Hemosol Inc. and the Grantor dated the date
hereof and as the same may be further amended, modified, supplemented, restated
or replaced from time to time.

"Credit Agreement" means the commitment letter issued by the Lender to Hemosol
Inc. dated October 25, 2002, as amended and supplemented by a supplemental
agreement dated as of November 22, 2002, as further amended by amending
agreements dated April 29, 2003 and December   , 2003, as assigned to, and
assumed by, the Grantor pursuant to an Assignment, Assumption and Release
Agreement made as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended,
modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

"General Security Agreement" means the general security agreement issued by the
Grantor to the Lender dated the date hereof.

"Grantor" is defined in the preamble.

<PAGE>

"Lender" is defined in the preamble.

"Mechanical Functionality Guarantee" means the obligation of SNC Lavalin Inc. to
correct deficiencies noted during the mechanical functionality test detailed in
Appendix "D" to the Contract.

"Person" includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a trust, an
unincorporated association, a government or any department or agency thereof or
any other entity whatsoever and the heirs, executors, administrators or other
legal representatives of an individual.

"Secured Obligations" shall mean the "Obligations" as defined in the General
Security Agreement together with all costs and expenses incurred by the Lender
in enforcing any rights hereunder or in connection with the said Obligations.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                ASSIGNMENT, ETC.

SECTION 2.1 ASSIGNMENT. Upon and subject to the terms, conditions and provisions
herein contained, the Grantor hereby assigns, transfers and sets over to and in
favour of the Lender, as and by way of a fixed and specific assignment all of
its right, title, estate and interest in, to, under and in respect of:

      (a)   the Contract, and all benefits, powers and advantages of the Grantor
            to be derived therefrom, including any licenses, permits, plans and
            specifications, building and development permissions, performance
            bonds, labour and material bonds, completion bonds, letters of
            credit, letters of guarantee, Mechanical Functionality Guarantee, or
            any other documents or instruments affecting or relating to the
            Contract and all covenants, obligations and agreements of the
            parties thereunder and otherwise to enforce the rights of the
            Grantor thereunder in the name of the Grantor; and

      (b)   all revenues and other moneys now due and payable or hereafter to
            become due and payable to the Grantor thereunder or in connection
            therewith by the other party to the Contract or receivable by the
            Grantor pursuant to or in connection with the Contract,

to be held by the Lender as general and continuing security for the payment and
satisfaction of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor whether for principal,
interest, costs, fees, expenses or otherwise.

SECTION 2.2 NO LIABILITY. Nothing herein contained shall render the Lender, its
agents, directors, officers, employees or any other Persons for whom the Lender
is at law responsible, liable to any Person for the fulfilment or non-fulfilment
of the obligations, covenants and agreements, including but not limited to the
payment of any moneys thereunder or in respect thereto, of the Grantor under the
Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantor hereby indemnifies and
agrees to save and hold harmless the Lender, its agents, directors, officers and
employees from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of
action,

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

losses, suits, damages and costs whatsoever of any Person arising directly or
indirectly from or out of the Contract except as a result of the gross
negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lender.

SECTION 2.3 NOTICE; REGISTRATION. Following the occurrence of an Event of
Default which is continuing, the Lender shall have the right at any time to
serve this Agreement or notice thereof on any party to the Contract. The Lender
shall also have the right at any time and without notice to the Grantor to cause
this Agreement or notice thereof to be registered or filed in any place or
office where the Lender or its counsel deem advisable or necessary.

SECTION 2.4 PERFORMANCE UNTIL DEFAULT AND ATTORNEY OF THE GRANTOR. The Lender,
as attorney or agent of the Grantor and in its name, may but shall not be
obliged to, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event
of Default which is continuing, exercise any of the rights, powers, authority
and discretions which under the terms of the Contract could be exercised by the
Grantor with respect thereto, all of which is consented to by the Grantor.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                          REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1 REPRESENTATIONS. The Grantor represents and warrants to the Lender
that:

      (a)   all of the representations and warranties contained in the General
            Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material
            respects as of the date hereof;

      (b)   as of the date hereof, the Contract is a valid and subsisting
            agreement in full force and effect and the August 8, 2000 EPC
            contract referred to in the definition of Contract herein is
            unmodified except as set forth in the definition of Contract herein,
            and there are no defaults under the Contract by the Grantor; and

      (c)   as of the date hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement
            between the Grantor and the other party thereto in respect of the
            services contemplated therein.

SECTION 3.2 COVENANTS. The Grantor agrees that so long as any portion of the
Secured Obligations shall remain unpaid and the credit facilities provided for
in the Credit Agreement are not terminated, the Grantor hereby agrees to be
bound by the covenants in the Credit Agreement and the General Security
Agreement.

SECTION 3.3 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the
Lender that it shall from time to time and at all times hereafter upon written
request so to do, make, do, execute and deliver or cause to be made, done,
executed and delivered all such further acts, deeds, assurances and things as
may be reasonably required by the Lender for more effectually implementing and
carrying out the true intent and meaning of this Agreement.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                     DEFAULT

SECTION 4.1 RIGHTS OF LENDER UPON A DEFAULT. Following the occurrence of an
Event of Default which is continuing, without limiting the rights of the Lender
under or pursuant to this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, any other security
provided by the Grantor to the Lender pursuant to or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or otherwise provided by law, the Lender shall be entitled and
shall have the authority by itself or through its agents:

      (a)   to renew, amend or otherwise deal (including without limitation, the
            authority to demand, sue for, recover, receive and give receipts for
            all revenue or other moneys) with the Contract on such terms as it
            may deem appropriate;

      (b)   to perform, at the Grantor's expense any and all obligations or
            covenants of the Grantor under the Contract and to enforce
            performance by the other party to the Contract of its obligations,
            covenants and agreements thereunder;

      (c)   to deal with the Contract to the same extent as the Grantor could
            do; and

      (d)   to take possession of and collect the revenues and other moneys of
            all kinds payable to the Grantor in respect of the Contract and pay
            therefrom all reasonable expenses and charges, the payment of which
            may be necessary to preserve and protect the Contract,

the whole without any liability or responsibility of any kind on the part of the
Lender or its agents except in connection with their gross negligence or wilful
misconduct.

SECTION 4.2 EXERCISE OF POWERS. Where any discretionary powers hereunder are
vested in the Lender or its agents, the same may be exercised by an officer or
manager of the Lender or its appointed agents, as the case may be.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                     GENERAL

SECTION 5.1 NO RELEASE. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect
without regard to, and the obligations of the Grantor shall not be affected or
impaired by:

      (a)   any amendment, modification, replacement of or addition or
            supplement to the Credit Agreement or any other security provided to
            the Lender; or

      (b)   any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy, power or
            privilege in respect of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any
            other security provided to the Lender; or

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

      (c)   any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action, inaction
            or admission under or in respect of this Agreement, the Credit
            Agreement or any other security provided to the Lender; or

      (d)   any default by the Grantor under, or any invalidity or
            unenforceability of, or any limitation of the liability of the
            Grantor or on the method or terms of payment under, or any
            irregularity or other defect in the Credit Agreement or any other
            security provided to the Lender; or

      (e)   any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Grantor into or
            with any other Person; or

      (f)   any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization,
            arrangement, composition, winding-up, dissolution or similar
            proceeding involving or affecting the Grantor.

SECTION 5.2 NO PARTNERSHIP. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or
construed by the parties hereto or by any third party as creating the
relationship of partnership or of joint venture between the Grantor and the
Lender, it being understood and agreed that none of the provisions herein
contained or any acts of the Lender or of the Grantor shall be deemed to create
any relationship between the Lender and the Grantor other than the relationship
of assignee and grantor.

SECTION 5.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights or remedies given to the
Lender hereunder shall be cumulative of and not substituted for any rights or
remedies to which the Lender may be entitled under the Credit Agreement or any
other security provided to the Lender pursuant to or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or at law and may be exercised whether or not the Lender has
pursued or is then pursuing any other such rights and remedies. Further, nothing
in this Agreement shall curtail or limit the remedies of the Lender as permitted
either by law or in any statute to a creditor, all such remedies being in
addition to and not in substitution for any other rights of the Lender under
this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other security provided to the
Lender pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.4 TIME OF ESSENCE. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.5 WAIVER. No consent or waiver, express or implied, by the Lender to
or of any breach or default by the Grantor in performance of its obligations
hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any
other breach or default in the performance by the Grantor hereunder. Failure on
the part of the Lender to complain of any act or failure to act of the Grantor
or to declare the Grantor in default, irrespective of how long such failure
continues, shall not, by itself, constitute a waiver by the Lender of its rights
hereunder.

SECTION 5.6 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of said
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
instrument.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 6

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 6.1 AMENDMENTS, ETC. No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement nor consent to any departure by the Grantor herefrom shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Lender,
and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance
and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

SECTION 6.2 PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
which is continuing, the Lender may from time to time, at its option: (a)
perform any act which the Grantor agrees hereunder to perform and which the
Grantor shall fail to perform; and (b) take any other action which the Lender
reasonably deems necessary for the maintenance, preservation or protection of
any of the assigned rights or of its security interest therein.

SECTION 6.3 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES. Any notice or communication to be given under
this Agreement to the Grantor shall be given in accordance with Section 10 of
the General Security Agreement.

SECTION 6.4 SECTION CAPTIONS. Section captions used in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the construction of this
Agreement.

SECTION 6.5 SEVERABILITY. Wherever possible each provision of this Agreement
shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or
invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.6 CONFLICTS. In the event of any conflict between the provisions
hereunder and the provisions of the Credit Agreement then, notwithstanding
anything contained herein, the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement
shall prevail and the provisions of this agreement will be deemed to be amended
to the extent necessary to eliminate such conflict. If any act or omission of
the Grantor is expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement but is expressly
prohibited hereunder, such act or omission shall be permitted. If any act or
omission is expressly prohibited hereunder, but the Credit Agreement does not
expressly permit such act or omission, or if any act is expressly required to be
performed hereunder but the Credit Agreement does not expressly relieve the
Grantor from such performance, such fact shall not constitute a conflict between
the applicable provisions hereunder and the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.7 GOVERNING LAW, ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC. This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Province
of Ontario, except to the extent that the validity or perfection of the security
interest hereunder, or remedies hereunder, in respect of particular collateral
are governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the Province of Ontario.
This Agreement and the other Documents constitute the entire understanding among
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any
prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto. This Agreement shall
enure to the

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 6.8 ASSIGNABILITY. All rights of the Lender under this Agreement shall
be assignable without the consent of the Grantor provided that:

      (a)   if an Event of Default is not currently existing and continuing and
            the assignee is other than MDS Inc. or a Canadian financial
            institution with a tier 1 consolidated regulatory capital in excess
            of $500,000,000 and such assignment does not in itself result in
            increased costs to the Grantor, the Grantor's prior written consent
            shall be required, not to be unreasonably withheld; and

      (b)   in all instances the Lender has also assigned to the assignee the
            indebtedness (the "Indebtedness") owing under Credit No.: 01
            provided for in the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee issued by MDS
            Inc. dated November 22, 2002 (if the assignee is other than MDS
            Inc.) and all other outstanding security granted to the Bank
            securing the Indebtedness.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Grantor has duly executed this Agreement on the date
first written above.

                                   HEMOSOL LP

                                   BY ITS GENERAL PARTNER HEMOSOL CORP.

                                   Per: ________________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                   THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                                   By:  ________________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

                             ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS

      THIS ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS (as amended, modified, supplemented,
restated, or replaced from time to time, this "Agreement"), dated as of
______________________________, 2004, made by HEMOSOL LP, a limited partnership
existing under the laws of Ontario (the "Grantor"), in favour of THE BANK OF
NOVA SCOTIA (the "Lender").

      WHEREAS as general and continuing collateral security for the payment and
fulfillment of the Secured Obligations, the Grantor has agreed, inter alia, to
assign and pledge to the Lender all the Grantor's right, title, estate, interest
in and to the Contracts.

      NOW THEREFORE for good and valuable consideration (the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,) the Grantor agrees as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 CERTAIN TERMS. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein,
including "Event of Default", shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the
General Security Agreement. In addition, in this Agreement, unless the context
otherwise requires, the following words and expressions have the meaning set
forth below (such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and
plural forms thereof):

"Agreement" is defined in the preamble.

"Contracts" means those agreements, documents and instruments (other than leases
and subleases) entered into by the Grantor relating to the construction or
development of the facility located at 2585 Meadowpine Blvd., Mississauga,
Ontario or the business carried on by the Grantor, including without limitation
those contracts listed on Schedule "A" attached hereto, as the same may be
amended, modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

"Credit Agreement" means the commitment letter issued by the Lender to Hemosol
Inc. dated October 25, 2002, as amended and supplemented by a supplemental
agreement dated as of November 22, 2002, as further amended by amending
agreements dated April 29, 2003 and December 29, 2003, as assigned to, and
assumed by, the Grantor pursuant to an Assignment, Assumption and Release
Agreement made as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended,
modified, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time.

"General Security Agreement" means the general security agreement issued by the
Grantor to the Lender dated the date hereof.

"Grantor" is defined in the preamble.

"Lender" is defined in the preamble.

<PAGE>

"Person" includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a trust, an
unincorporated association, a government or any department or agency thereof or
any other entity whatsoever and the heirs, executors, administrators or other
legal representatives of an individual.

"Secured Obligations" shall mean the "Obligations" as defined in the General
Security Agreement together with all costs and expenses incurred by the Lender
in enforcing any rights hereunder or in connection with the said Obligations.

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                ASSIGNMENT, ETC.

SECTION 2.1 ASSIGNMENT. Upon and subject to the terms, conditions and provisions
herein contained, the Grantor hereby assigns, transfers and sets over to and in
favour of the Lender, as and by way of a fixed and specific assignment all of
its right, title, estate and interest in, to, under and in respect of:

      (a)   the Contracts, and all benefits, powers and advantages of the
            Grantor to be derived therefrom or any other documents or
            instruments affecting or relating to the Contracts and all
            covenants, obligations and agreements of the parties thereunder and
            otherwise to enforce the rights of the Grantor thereunder in the
            name of the Grantor; and

      (b)   all revenues and other moneys now due and payable or hereafter to
            become due and payable to the Grantor thereunder or in connection
            therewith by the other party to the Contracts or receivable by the
            Grantor pursuant to or in connection with the Contracts,

to be held by the Lender as general and continuing security for the payment and
satisfaction of all Secured Obligations of the Grantor whether for principal,
interest, costs, fees, expenses or otherwise.

SECTION 2.2 NO LIABILITY. Nothing herein contained shall render the Lender, its
agents, directors, officers, employees or any other Persons for whom the Lender
is at law responsible, liable to any Person for the fulfilment or non-fulfilment
of the obligations, covenants and agreements, including but not limited to the
payment of any moneys thereunder or in respect thereto, of the Grantor under the
Contracts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantor hereby indemnifies and
agrees to save and hold harmless the Lender, its agents, directors, officers and
employees from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, causes of
action, losses, suits, damages and costs whatsoever of any Person arising
directly or indirectly from or out of the Contracts except as a result of the
gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lender.

SECTION 2.3 NOTICE; REGISTRATION. Following the occurrence of an Event of
Default which is continuing, the Lender shall have the right at any time to
serve this Agreement or notice thereof on any party to the Contracts. The Lender
shall also have the right at any time and without notice to the Grantor to cause
this Agreement or notice thereof to be registered or filed in any place or
office where the Lender or its counsel deem advisable or necessary.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

SECTION 2.4 PERFORMANCE UNTIL DEFAULT AND ATTORNEY OF THE GRANTOR. The Lender,
as attorney or agent of the Grantor and in its name, may but shall not be
obliged to, at any time and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event
of Default which is continuing, exercise any of the rights, powers, authority
and discretions which under the terms of the Contracts could be exercised by the
Grantor with respect thereto, all of which is consented to by the Grantor.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                          REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS

SECTION 3.1 REPRESENTATIONS. The Grantor represents and warrants to the Lender
that:

      (a)   all of the representations and warranties contained in the General
            Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material
            respects as of the date hereof;

      (b)   as of the date hereof, each of the Contracts is a valid and
            subsisting agreement in full force and effect, the Contracts
            referred to in Schedule "A" are unmodified and there are no defaults
            under the Contracts by the Grantor; and

      (c)   as of the date hereof, each of the Contracts constitutes the entire
            agreement between the Grantor and the other party thereto in respect
            of the subject matter contemplated therein.

SECTION 3.2 COVENANTS. The Grantor agrees that so long as any portion of the
Secured Obligations shall remain unpaid and the credit facilities provided for
in the Credit Agreement are not terminated, the Grantor hereby agrees to be
bound by the covenants in the Credit Agreement and the General Security
Agreement.

SECTION 3.3 FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the
Lender that it shall from time to time and at all times hereafter upon written
request so to do, make, do, execute and deliver or cause to be made, done,
executed and delivered all such further acts, deeds, assurances and things as
may be reasonably required by the Lender for more effectually implementing and
carrying out the true intent and meaning of this Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                     DEFAULT

SECTION 4.1 RIGHTS OF LENDER UPON A DEFAULT. Following the occurrence of an
Event of Default which is continuing, without limiting the rights of the Lender
under or pursuant to this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, any other security
provided by the Grantor to the Lender pursuant to or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or otherwise provided by law, the Lender shall be entitled and
shall have the authority by itself or through its agents:

      (a)   to renew, amend or otherwise deal (including without limitation, the
            authority to demand, sue for, recover, receive and give receipts for
            all revenue or other

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

            moneys) with the Contracts or any of them on such terms as it may
            deem appropriate;

      (b)   to perform, at the Grantor's expense any and all obligations or
            covenants of the Grantor under the Contracts or any of them and to
            enforce performance by the other party to a Contract of its
            obligations, covenants and agreements thereunder;

      (c)   to deal with the Contracts or any of them to the same extent as the
            Grantor could do; and

      (d)   to take possession of and collect the revenues and other moneys of
            all kinds payable to the Grantor in respect of the Contracts or any
            of them and pay therefrom all reasonable expenses and charges, the
            payment of which may be necessary to preserve and protect the
            Contracts or any of them,

the whole without any liability or responsibility of any kind on the part of the
Lender or its agents except in connection with their gross negligence or wilful
misconduct.

SECTION 4.2 EXERCISE OF POWERS. Where any discretionary powers hereunder are
vested in the Lender or its agents, the same may be exercised by an officer or
manager of the Lender or its appointed agents, as the case may be.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                     GENERAL

SECTION 5.1 NO RELEASE. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect
without regard to, and the obligations of the Grantor shall not be affected or
impaired by:

      (a)   any amendment, modification, replacement of or addition or
            supplement to the Credit Agreement or any other security provided to
            the Lender; or

      (b)   any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy, power or
            privilege in respect of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any
            other security provided to the Lender; or

      (c)   any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action, inaction
            or admission under or in respect of this Agreement, the Credit
            Agreement or any other security provided to the Lender; or

      (d)   any default by the Grantor under, or any invalidity or
            unenforceability of, or any limitation of the liability of the
            Grantor or on the method or terms of payment under, or any
            irregularity or other defect in the Credit Agreement or any other
            security provided to the Lender; or

      (e)   any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Grantor into or
            with any other Person; or

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

      (f)   any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization,
            arrangement, composition, winding-up, dissolution or similar
            proceeding involving or affecting the Grantor.

SECTION 5.2 NO PARTNERSHIP. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or
construed by the parties hereto or by any third party as creating the
relationship of partnership or of joint venture between the Grantor and the
Lender, it being understood and agreed that none of the provisions herein
contained or any acts of the Lender or of the Grantor shall be deemed to create
any relationship between the Lender and the Grantor other than the relationship
of assignee and grantor.

SECTION 5.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The rights or remedies given to the
Lender hereunder shall be cumulative of and not substituted for any rights or
remedies to which the Lender may be entitled under the Credit Agreement or any
other security provided to the Lender pursuant to or in connection with the
Credit Agreement or at law and may be exercised whether or not the Lender has
pursued or is then pursuing any other such rights and remedies. Further, nothing
in this Agreement shall curtail or limit the remedies of the Lender as permitted
either by law or in any statute to a creditor, all such remedies being in
addition to and not in substitution for any other rights of the Lender under
this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other security provided to the
Lender pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 5.4 TIME OF ESSENCE. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.5 WAIVER. No consent or waiver, express or implied, by the Lender to
or of any breach or default by the Grantor in performance of its obligations
hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any
other breach or default in the performance by the Grantor hereunder. Failure on
the part of the Lender to complain of any act or failure to act of the Grantor
or to declare the Grantor in default, irrespective of how long such failure
continues, shall not, by itself, constitute a waiver by the Lender of its rights
hereunder.

SECTION 5.6 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of said
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
instrument.

                                   ARTICLE 6

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 6.1 AMENDMENTS, ETC. No amendment to or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement nor consent to any departure by the Grantor herefrom shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Lender,
and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance
and for the specific purpose for which it is given.

SECTION 6.2 PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
which is continuing, the Lender may from time to time, at its option: (a)
perform any act which the Grantor agrees hereunder to perform and which the
Grantor shall fail to perform; and (b) take

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

any other action which the Lender reasonably deems necessary for the
maintenance, preservation or protection of any of the assigned rights or of its
security interest therein.

SECTION 6.3 ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES. Any notice or communication to be given under
this Agreement to the Grantor shall be given in accordance with Section 10 of
the General Security Agreement.

SECTION 6.4 SECTION CAPTIONS. Section captions used in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, and shall not affect the construction of this
Agreement.

SECTION 6.5 SEVERABILITY. Wherever possible each provision of this Agreement
shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or
invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 6.6 CONFLICTS. In the event of any conflict between the provisions
hereunder and the provisions of the Credit Agreement then, notwithstanding
anything contained herein, the provisions contained in the Credit Agreement
shall prevail and the provisions of this agreement will be deemed to be amended
to the extent necessary to eliminate such conflict. If any act or omission of
the Grantor is expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement but is expressly
prohibited hereunder, such act or omission shall be permitted. If any act or
omission is expressly prohibited hereunder, but the Credit Agreement does not
expressly permit such act or omission, or if any act is expressly required to be
performed hereunder but the Credit Agreement does not expressly relieve the
Grantor from such performance, such fact shall not constitute a conflict between
the applicable provisions hereunder and the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.7 GOVERNING LAW, ENTIRE AGREEMENT, ETC. This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Province
of Ontario, except to the extent that the validity or perfection of the security
interest hereunder, or remedies hereunder, in respect of particular collateral
are governed by the laws of a jurisdiction other than the Province of Ontario.
This Agreement and the other Documents constitute the entire understanding among
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any
prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto. This Agreement shall
enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns.

SECTION 6.8 ASSIGNABILITY. All rights of the Lender under this Agreement shall
be assignable without the consent of the Grantor provided that:

      (a)   if an Event of Default is not currently existing and continuing and
            the assignee is other than MDS Inc. or a Canadian financial
            institution with a tier 1 consolidated regulatory capital in excess
            of $500,000,000 and such assignment does not in itself result in
            increased costs to the Grantor, the Grantor's prior written consent
            shall be required, not to be unreasonably withheld; and

      (b)   in all instances the Lender has also assigned to the assignee the
            indebtedness (the "Indebtedness") owing under Credit No.: 01
            provided for in the Credit

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

            Agreement, the Guarantee issued by MDS Inc. dated November 22, 2002
            (if the assignee is other than MDS Inc.) and all other outstanding
            security granted to the Bank securing the Indebtedness.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Grantor has duly executed this Agreement on
the date first written above.

                                         HEMOSOL LP
                                         BY ITS GENERAL PARTNER HEMOSOL CORP.

                                         Per: __________________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                         THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA

                                         By:  __________________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                                LIST OF CONTRACTS

1.    Amended and restated licence agreement dated as of March 1, 1999 between
      the Minister of National Defence and Hemosol Inc., as amended

                                      -8-

<PAGE>
LRO # 43 CHARGE/MORTGAGE                   IN PREPARATION on 2004 04 26 at 14:01

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
This document has not been submitted and may be incomplete.                                                   yyyy mm dd Page 1 of 1
</TABLE>

PROPERTIES

<TABLE>
<S>             <C>
PIN             14089 - 0116 LT     Estate/Qualifier           Fee Simple Absolute

Description     PCL BLOCK 1-1, SEC 43M936; BLK 1, PL 43M936; S/T LT1082621, TT154986
                MISSISSAUGA

Address         2585 MEADOWPINE BOULEVARD
                MISSISSAUGA

PIN             14089 - 0117 LT     Estate/Qualifier           Fee Simple Absolute

Description     PCL BLOCK 2-1, SEC 43M936; BLK 2, PL 43M936; S/T LT1082621, LT1241703
                MISSISSAUGA

Address         2585 MEADOWPINE BOULEVARD
                MISSISSAUGA
</TABLE>

CHARGOR(S)

The chargor(s) hereby charges the land to the chargee(s). The chargor(s)
acknowledges the receipt of the charge and the standard charge terms, if any.

Name                    HEMOSOL CORP.
                        Acting as a company

Address for Service     2585 Meadowpine Boulevard
                        Mississauga, Ontario

I, (Insert Name), have the authority to bind the corporation.

This document is not authorized under Power of Attorney by this party.

CHARGEE(S)                                                     Capacity    Share

Name                    THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
                        Acting as a company

Address for Service     Scotia Plaza
                        40 King Street West
                        64th Floor
                        Toronto, Ontario
                        M5W 2X6

STATEMENTS

Schedule:

PROVISIONS

Principal                       $25,000,000.00                 Currency    CDN
Calculation Period              See Schedule
Balance Due Date                See Schedule
Interest Rate                   25.0%
Payments
Interest Adjustment Date
Payment Date                    See Schedule
First Payment Date
Last Payment Date
Standard Charge Terms           N/A
Insurance Amount                full insurable value
Guarantor

FILE NUMBER

Chargor Client File Number:         202985

<PAGE>

                                    DEBENTURE

                                  HEMOSOL CORP.

              2585 Meadowpine Blvd., Mississauga, Ontario, L5N 8H9

Amount and              Hemosol Corp. (herein called the "Chargor") for value
Obligations       received hereby promises to pay to The Bank of Nova Scotia
Secured           (herein called the "Bank") at its 40 King Street West, 64th
                  Floor Toronto, ON M5W 2X6 office on demand following the
                  occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing all
                  amounts now or hereafter owing by the Chargor to the Bank up
                  to the maximum principal amount of $25,000,000 in lawful money
                  of Canada and interest at the rate of 25% per annum,
                  calculated and payable monthly, both before and after demand,
                  maturity and default, and interest on overdue interest at the
                  rate aforesaid. "Event of Default" herein shall have the
                  meaning ascribed thereto in a General Security Agreement
                  issued by Hemosol LP by its general partner Hemosol Corp. to
                  the Bank dated the date hereof (the "General Security
                  Agreement").

                        This debenture (the "Debenture") secures payment by the
                  Chargor to the Bank of all debts and liabilities, in any
                  currency, present or future, direct or indirect, absolute or
                  contingent, matured or not, at any time owing or remaining
                  unpaid by the Chargor to the Bank, whether arising from
                  dealings between the Bank and the Chargor or from any other
                  dealings or proceedings by which the Bank may be or become in
                  any manner whatever a creditor of the Chargor, and wherever
                  incurred, and whether incurred by the Chargor alone or with
                  another or others and whether as principal or surety, in each
                  case, arising out of, under or relating to Credit No.: 01 set
                  forth in a commitment letter issued by the Bank to Hemosol
                  Inc. dated October 25, 2002, as amended and supplemented by a
                  supplemental agreement dated as of November 22, 2002, as
                  further amended by amending agreements dated April 29, 2003
                  and December 29, 2003, as assigned to, and assumed by, Hemosol
                  LP by its general partner Hemosol Corp. pursuant to an
                  Assignment, Assumption and Release Agreement made as of the
                  date hereof, and as may be further amended, modified,
                  supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time
                  (collectively, the "Credit Agreement"), including pursuant to
                  any security document or instrument issued in connection
                  therewith and including all interest, commissions, legal and
                  other costs reasonably incurred, charges and expenses payable
                  by the Chargor to the Bank and also secures payment by the
                  Chargor of all expenses under Paragraph 5 hereof (herein
                  called "Obligations Secured").

Property                As security for the payment of the Obligations Secured,
Secured           the Chargor, as owner, hereby:

                  (A)   grants, mortgages and charges as and by way of a fixed
                        and specific mortgage and charge to and in favour of the
                        Bank,

                        (i)   all freehold real and immovable property now or
                              hereafter owned or acquired by the Chargor
                              including but not limited to the lands and
                              premises described in Schedule "A" hereto (the
                              "Lands"), together with all buildings, erections
                              and fixtures now or hereafter constructed or
                              placed thereon;

                        (ii)  all leasehold property now or hereafter leased by
                              the Chargor, together with all buildings,
(Delete                       erections and fixtures now or hereafter
inapplicable                  constructed or placed thereon;
subparagraphs
and initial       (B)   charges as and by way of a floating charge to and in
deletions)              favour of the Bank, the undertaking, property and assets
                        of the Chargor for the time being, both real and
                        personal, movable and immovable of whatsoever nature and
                        kind now owned or hereafter acquired (except such
                        property and assets as are validly and effectively
                        subject to any fixed and specific mortgages and charges
                        created hereby), including its goodwill and uncalled
                        capital;

                  provided that the said mortgage(s) and charge(s) shall not
                  extend or apply to the cash collateral pledged to the Bank in
                  support of the indebtedness under Credit No. 03 provided for
                  in the Credit Agreement nor extend or apply to the last day of
                  the term of any lease or any agreement therefor now held or
                  hereafter acquired by the Chargor, but should such mortgage(s)
                  and charge(s) become enforceable the Chargor shall thereafter
                  stand possessed of the reversion of such last day and shall
                  hold it in trust to assign the same in such manner as the Bank
                  may from time to time by notice in writing direct to any
                  person acquiring such term or the part thereof mortgaged and
                  charged in the course of any enforcement of the said
                  mortgage(s) and charge(s) or any realization of the subject
                  matter thereof.

                        All property and assets subject to the said mortgage(s)
                  and charge(s) shall be collectively referred to as the
                  "Mortgaged Property".

                        If any of the Mortgaged Property may not be mortgaged,
                  charged or assigned, or if a security interest may not be
                  created therein by the Chargor in favour of the Bank (because
                  the consent or approval of a third party or parties is
                  required and such consent or approval has not been obtained or
                  the requirement therefor waived as of the date hereof and if
                  the failure to obtain

<PAGE>

                  such consent or approval renders the mortgage, charge,
                  assignment or security interest hereunder invalid and/or
                  unenforceable or because rights appurtenant to the Mortgaged
                  Property would not, as a matter of law, pass to the Bank as an
                  incidence of the mortgages, charges, assignments or security
                  interests made pursuant to this Debenture) the Chargor shall
                  hold such Mortgaged Property and all benefits derived
                  thereunder in trust for the Bank. The Chargor shall, at the
                  request and under the direction of the Bank, in the name of
                  the Chargor, take or cause to be taken all such action and do
                  or cause to be done all such things as are necessary or
                  desirable to preserve such Mortgaged Property and all benefits
                  to be derived thereunder for the benefit and account of the
                  Bank and the Chargor agrees to pay promptly to the Bank, all
                  monies collected by or paid to the Chargor in respect of such
                  Mortgaged Property.

Covenants of            This Debenture is issued subject to and with the benefit
Corporation       of the following conditions:

                  1.    The Chargor covenants that it shall:

Operate                 (a)   diligently use and operate the Mortgaged Property
                              as would a prudent owner in a proper and efficient
                              manner so as to preserve and protect the Mortgaged
                              Property in accordance with customary industry
                              standards and practices;

Maintain                (b)   maintain and preserve all of the Mortgaged
                              Property in all material respects in good repair,
                              working order and condition (reasonable wear and
                              tear excepted) consistent with industry standards
                              and practices and from time to time make all
                              necessary and proper repairs, renewals,
                              replacements, additions and improvements thereto
                              in order that the business of the Chargor may be
                              properly and advantageously conducted at all times
                              and in accordance with prudent business management
                              consistent with industry standards and practices;

Owner                   (c)   be at all times the sole registered holder of a
                              good and marketable title in fee simple to 100% of
                              the Lands subject only to encumbrances ("Permitted
                              Encumbrances") referred to in Schedule B hereto;

Insure                  (d)   cause all its Mortgaged Property which is of a
                              character usually insured by businesses operating
                              properties of a similar nature to be insured in a
                              manner reasonably required by the Bank and kept
                              insured with reputable insurers against loss or
                              damage by fire or other hazards of the nature and
                              to the extent that such Mortgaged Property is
                              usually insured by businesses operating properties
                              of a similar nature in the same or similar
                              localities and shall maintain such insurance with
                              loss if any payable to the Bank, as mortgagee or
                              loss payee as applicable, and shall deliver to the
                              Bank evidence of such insurance satisfactory to
                              the Bank;

Taxes                   (e)   pay all taxes, rates, levies, assessments and
                              government fees or dues lawfully levied, assessed
                              or imposed in respect of the Mortgaged Property or
                              any part thereof as and when the same shall become
                              due and payable, and shall exhibit to the Bank,
                              upon reasonable written request, the receipts
                              establishing such payment (provided that the
                              Chargor shall be entitled to contest in good faith
                              by appropriate action initiated and diligently
                              contested such taxes, rates, levies, assessments
                              and government fees or dues and, in the case of
                              liens for such taxes, levies, assessments,
                              government fees or dues, only if paid "under
                              protest" or there shall have been deposited with
                              the Bank or, if required by law, with a
                              governmental authority, cash in an amount
                              sufficient to pay the amount of such claim
                              together with any interest or penalties thereon or
                              a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory
                              to the Bank in an amount sufficient for such
                              payment);

Observe                 (f)   duly observe and conform in all material respects
Laws                          to all valid requirements of any governmental
                              authority and applicable laws relative to any of
                              the Mortgaged Property and all covenants, terms
                              and conditions upon or under which the Mortgaged
                              Property is held;

After-                  (g)   at the request in writing of the Bank,
Acquired                      specifically mortgage and charge in favour of the
                              Bank, the right, title and interest of the Chargor
                              in all real and immovable property (including
                              leaseholds) and in all equipment, machinery,
                              vehicles and other tangible personal property
                              which the Chargor shall hereafter acquire, and
                              shall execute all such conveyances, mortgages and
                              transfers as may be reasonably required in
                              connection therewith;

Furnish                 (h)   furnish to the Bank upon reasonable written
Information                   request such information with respect to the
                              Mortgaged Property as the Bank may from time to
                              time require, and shall give written notice to the
                              Bank of all litigation before any court,
                              administrative board or other tribunal affecting
                              the Chargor or the Mortgaged Property where the
                              amount claimed in any one instance exceeds
                              $300,000 or in the aggregate exceeds $600,000; and

                                       2
<PAGE>

Not                     (i)   not, without consent in writing of the Bank,
Encumber                      create or permit to arise any mortgage, hypothec,
                              charge, lien or other encumbrance upon the
                              Mortgaged Property or any part thereof save and
                              except Permitted Encumbrances.

Default           2.    The Obligations Secured shall become enforceable upon
                  the occurrence of an Event of Default and for so long as such
                  Event of Default shall continue.

Rights            3.    Until the security hereby constituted becomes
Until             enforceable, the Chargor shall be entitled to receive all
Default           rents, revenues, income, proceeds, profits and other monies
                  derived from or pertaining to the Mortgaged Property and shall
                  otherwise be entitled to exercise all of the rights and powers
                  and enjoy all of the benefits and advantages to be derived
                  from the Mortgaged Property save and except as expressly
                  prohibited hereunder or under any other instrument between the
                  Chargor and the Bank.

Waiver of         4.    The Bank may by notice to the Chargor waive any default
Default           of the Chargor on such terms and conditions as the Bank may
                  determine, but no such waiver shall be taken to affect any
                  subsequent default or the rights resulting therefrom.

Enforcement       5.    Whenever the security hereby constituted becomes
                  enforceable and so long as it remains enforceable the Bank
                  may:

                        (a)   immediately take possession of the Mortgaged
                              Property and, whether or not the Bank has done so,
                              may sell, lease or otherwise dispose thereof
                              either as a whole or in separate parcels at public
                              auction, by public tender or by private sale,
                              either for cash or upon credit and upon such terms
                              and conditions as the Bank may determine; and the
                              Bank may execute and deliver to any purchaser of
                              the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof good
                              and sufficient deeds and documents for the same,
                              the Bank being irrevocably constituted the
                              attorney of the Chargor for the purpose of making
                              any such sale and executing such deeds and
                              documents, such power of attorney shall remain in
                              force until this Debenture is discharged in
                              accordance with Section 8;

                        (b)   by instrument in writing appoint any person to be
                              a receiver (which term shall include a receiver
                              and manager (a "Receiver")) of the Mortgaged
                              Property or of any part thereof and may remove any
                              Receiver so appointed and appoint another in his
                              stead; and any such Receiver so appointed shall
                              have power:

                  (i)   to take possession of the Mortgaged Property or any part
                        thereof;

                  (ii)  to carry on all or any part of the business of the
                        Chargor relating to the Mortgaged Property;

                  (iii) to borrow money on the security of the Mortgaged
                        Property in priority to this Debenture for the purpose
                        of the maintenance, preservation or protection of the
                        Mortgaged Property or any part thereof or for carrying
                        on all or any part of the business of the Chargor
                        relating to the Mortgaged Property;

                  (iv)  to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the whole or any
                        part of the Mortgaged Property at public auction, by
                        public tender or by private sale, either for cash or
                        upon credit, at such time and upon such terms and
                        conditions as the Receiver shall determine;

                              provided that any such Receiver shall be deemed
                              the agent of the Chargor and the Bank shall not be
                              in any way responsible for any misconduct or
                              negligence of any such Receiver; and

                        (c)   exercise any of the other rights to which the Bank
                              is entitled as holder of this Debenture, including
                              the right to take proceedings in any court of
                              competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
                              Receiver, for the sale of the Mortgaged Property
                              or any part thereof or for foreclosure, and the
                              right to take any other action, suit, remedy or
                              proceeding authorized or permitted thereunder or
                              by law or by equity in order to enforce the
                              security constituted by this Debenture.

Expenses          6.    The Chargor shall pay to the Bank upon demand the
                  amount of all expenses incurred in recovering any Obligations
                  Secured or in enforcing the security hereby constituted,
                  including but not limited to the expenses incurred in
                  connection with the repossession, holding, repairing,
                  processing, preparing for disposition, and disposing of any of
                  the Mortgaged Property (including reasonable legal and other
                  expenses), with interest thereon from the date of the
                  incurring of such expenses to the date of payment by the
                  Chargor at the rate of 3% per annum above the prime commercial
                  loan rate of the Bank from time to time in effect.

Right to Cure     7.    If the Chargor fails to do anything hereby required
                  to be done by it, the Lender may, but shall not be obligated
                  to, do such thing and all sums expended thereby by the Lender
                  shall be payable forthwith by the Chargor, together with the
                  aforesaid interest rate of 3% per annum above the prime
                  commercial loan rate of the Bank from time to time in effect
                  from the date of

                                       3
<PAGE>

                  incurring such expense to the date of payment by the Chargor,
                  shall be secured hereby and shall have the benefit of the lien
                  hereby created, but no such performance by the Lender shall be
                  deemed to relieve the Chargor from any default hereunder.

Discharge         8.    If the Chargor pays to the Bank the Obligations
                  Secured and otherwise observes and performs the terms and
                  conditions hereof, then the Bank shall at the request and at
                  the expense of the Chargor cancel and discharge the
                  mortgage(s) and charge(s) of this Debenture and execute and
                  deliver to the Chargor such deeds and other instruments as
                  shall be requisite therefor.

Notice            9.    Any notice, demand or other communication which may
                  be or is required to be given or made pursuant to this
                  Debenture shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
                  sufficiently and effectively given if signed by or on behalf
                  of the party giving notice and delivered or transmitted by
                  telecopier to the party for which it is intended.

                  (a)   Communications sent to the Chargor shall be address as
                        follows:

                        2585 Meadowpine Blvd.
                        Mississauga, ON   L5N 8H9

                        Attention:         President and Chief Executive Officer
                        Telecopier No.:    (905) 286-6300

                        and a copy to:

                        Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP
                        1 First Canadian Place
                        44th Floor
                        Toronto, ON   M5X 1B1

                        Attention:         Arthur Shiff/Scott Hyman
                        Telecopier No.:    (416) 863-0871

                  (b)   Communications sent to the Bank shall be addressed as
                        follows:

                        The Bank of Nova Scotia
                        40 King Street West, 64th Floor
                        Toronto, ON   M5W 2X6

                        Attention:         Byron Kwan
                        Telecopier No.:    (416) 866-2009

                        and a copy to:

                        Gowling Lafleur Henderson LLP
                        Commerce Court West, Suite 4900
                        Toronto, Ontario
                        M5L 1J3

                        Attention:         Robert D. Muncaster
                        Telecopier No.:    (416) 862-7661

                  Any notice, demand or communication which may or is required
                  to be given or made shall be made or given as herein provided
                  or to such other address or to such other officer as a party
                  may from time to time advise the other parties hereto by
                  notice in writing as aforesaid and shall not be deemed
                  received until actual receipt thereof by the party to whom
                  such notice is given except if sent by telecopier after 4:00
                  p.m., in which case it shall be deemed received on the banking
                  day (i.e. a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which the
                  offices of the Bank are open for normal business in the City
                  of Toronto, Ontario) next following the date of transmission.

Continuing        10.   This Debenture shall not be considered as satisfied
and               or discharged by any intermediate payment of the whole or part
Additional        of the Obligations Secured but shall constitute and be a
Security          continuing security to the Bank of a current or running
                  account and shall be in addition to and not in substitution
                  for any other security now or hereafter held by the Bank. The
                  remedies of the Bank under this Debenture may be exercised
                  from time to time separately or in combination and are in
                  addition to and not in substitution for any other rights of
                  the Bank however created.

Transferable,     11.   The Obligations Secured shall be paid by the Chargor
etc.              and this Debenture shall be transferable without regard to any
                  set-off, counter-claim or equities between the Chargor and the
                  Bank.

Conflict          12.   If there is any conflict between the provisions
                  contained in this Debenture and the provisions contained in
                  the Credit Agreement, the provisions of the Credit Agreement
                  shall have priority over and shall override the provisions
                  contained in this Debenture; provided, however,

                                       4
<PAGE>

                  that the fact that one document addresses a subject matter
                  which is not addressed in the other document shall not, by
                  itself, be deemed to be an inconsistency.

Law               13.   This Debenture shall be governed in all respects by
Governing         the laws of the Province of Ontario.

                             IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Chargor has caused its
                  corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this Debenture to be
                  signed by its duly authorized officers this __________ day of
                  April, 2004.

                                           HEMOSOL CORP.

                                           By: ______________________________c/s
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "A"

                                LEGAL DESCRIPTION

2585 MEADOWPINE BOULEVARD, MISSISSAUGA

Firstly:

            Parcel Block 1-1, Section 43M-936, Block 1 on Plan 43M-936, City of
            Mississauga, Regional Municipality of Peel

            being the whole of P.I.N. No. 14089-0116(LT)

Secondly:

            Parcel Block 2-1, Section 43M-936, Block 2 on Plan 43M-936, City of
            Mississauga, Regional Municipality of Peel

            being the whole of P.I.N. No. 14089-0117(LT)

<PAGE>

                                  SCHEDULE "B"

                             PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

PART I - SPECIFIC ENCUMBRANCES

1.       Easement registered on June 6, 1963 as No. TT154986 in favour of
         Trans-Canada PipeLines Limited (in respect of Block 1 only).

2.       Restrictions registered on February 6, 1964 as No. TT162545Z in favour
         of Her Majesty the Queen in Right of the Province of Ontario as
         represented by the Minister of Highways restricting access to Highway
         No. 401 from the Lands which appear to be perpetual.

3.       Notice registered on February 12, 1973 as No. VS248789 being an
         amendment of the Toronto-Malton Airport Zoning Regulations and amended
         further by a notice registered on March 27, 2000 as No. LT2057426 by
         Her Majesty the Queen in Right of the Department of Transport Canada
         which restrict the height of buildings and structures that can be
         erected on the Lands.

4.       Financial Agreement registered on December 14, 1989 as No. LT1082614
         between Runnymede Development Corporation Limited, The Corporation of
         the City of Mississauga and The Regional Municipality of Peel, as
         amended by an agreement registered on November 14, 2001 as No. PR166028
         between Hemosol Inc., The Regional Municipality of Peel and Runnymede
         Development Corporation Limited.

5.       Easement registered on December 14, 1989 as No. LT1082621 in favour of
         Mississauga Hydro-Electric Commission and Bell Canada.

6.       Easement registered on August 1, 1991 as No. LT1241703 in favour of The
         Regional Municipality of Peel (in respect of Block 2 only).

PART II - ADDITIONAL PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES

(i)      any Inchoate Lien;

(ii)     liens, title defects or irregularities, including, without limitation,
         easements, rights of way, encroachments, restrictive covenants,
         servitudes or other similar rights in land granted to or reserved by
         other Persons, rights of way for sewers, drains, steam, gas and oil
         pipelines, gas and water mains, electric light and power lines,
         telegraph and telephone lines and other forms of communication, poles,
         wires or other incidental equipment and other similar purposes granted
         to or reserved by other Persons, or zoning or building by-laws and
         ordinances or other restrictions as to the use of land, which liens,
         title defects or irregularities do not in the aggregate materially
         adversely affect the use of the Lands or the construction or operation
         of the Project for the purposes for which they are held by the Customer
         including the construction, development and operation of the Project;
         and mortgages of and other Liens against the said liens, title defects
         or irregularities;

(iii)    any right reserved to or vested in any governmental authority or other
         public agency by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or
         permit acquired by such Person, or by any statutory provision to
         terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to
         require annual or other periodic payments as a condition of the
         continuance thereof;

(iv)     security or deposits given to a public utility, any governmental
         authority or other public authority when required by such utility,
         governmental authority or other public authority in connection with the
         operations of such Person and in the ordinary course of its business or
         the supply of services to such Person;

(v)      reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions, if any, expressed
         in any original grants from Her Majesty the Queen in right of Canada or
         Her Majesty the Queen in right of Ontario of any land or interest
         therein, and statutory exceptions to title in any grants from Her
         Majesty the Queen in right of Canada or Her Majesty the Queen in right
         of Ontario;

(vi)     exceptions and qualifications set out in Section 44(1) of the Land
         Titles Act (Ontario);

(vii)    Liens securing appeal bonds or other similar Liens arising in
         connection with court proceedings (including, without limitation,
         surety bonds, security for costs of litigation where required by law,
         letters of credit, Liens arising out of judgments or awards with
         respect to which an appeal or proceedings for review is being
         prosecuted in good faith and with respect to which there shall have
         been secured a stay of execution pending the appeal of proceedings for
         review or for which security acceptable to the Bank has been posted by
         the Person) or any other instruments serving similar purpose;

(viii)   applicable municipal and other governmental restrictions, including
         municipal by-laws and regulations (including site specific by-laws)
         provided same have been materially complied with;

<PAGE>

(ix)     Purchase Money Liens securing purchase money obligations in an
         aggregate amount not exceeding $500,000 per annum;

(x)      any Lien granted in favour of the Bank including the Charge/Mortgage
         registered in the Land Registry Office for Land Titles Division of Peel
         on November 22, 2002 as No. PR351375;

(xi)     any Lien granted in connection with indebtedness pursuant to Credit No.
         03 set forth in the Credit Agreement;

(xii)    any Lien consented to in writing by the Bank;

(xiii)   Liens for the excess of the amount of any past due Taxes for which a
         final assessment has not been received over the amount of such Taxes as
         estimated and paid by the Person acting prudently and reasonably;

(xiv)    Liens or deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts or
         expropriation proceedings of the Person or to secure utilities,
         workers' compensation, employment insurance or other similar statutory
         assessments or to secure costs of litigation when required by
         applicable law, and surety or appeal bonds in connection with such
         litigation;

(xv)     deposits of cash or securities in connection with any Liens referred to
         in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above;

(xvi)    assignments of insurance provided to landlords (or their mortgagees)
         pursuant to the terms of any lease and Liens or rights reserved in or
         exercised under any lease for rent or compliance with the terms of such
         lease;

(xvii)   mechanics', workers', repairers or other like possessory liens, arising
         in the ordinary course of business for amounts the payment of which is
         either not delinquent or is being contested in good faith by
         appropriate proceedings and for which security acceptable to the Bank
         has been posted by the Person;

(xviii)  Liens in connection with indebtedness in respect of services rendered
         to or to be rendered or goods or products provided or to be provided to
         the Person, including rent and other payments under leases, contracts,
         hire-purchase agreements and agreements for sale;

(xix)    plans of subdivision, site plans, municipal agreements or restrictive
         covenants affecting the use to which the Lands may be put, provided
         that same are complied with in all material respects and do not
         materially detract from the value of the Lands or materially impair the
         construction, development and operation of the Project;

(xx)     rights and interests created by notice registered by the Ontario
         Ministry of Transportation or similar authorities with respect to
         proposed highways and which do not materially detract from the value of
         the Lands or materially impair the construction, development and
         operation of the Project;

(xxi)    certificates of pending litigation that may be registered against any
         real property or any interest therein of the Person in respect of any
         action or proceeding against the Person or in which it is a defendant,
         but with respect to which action or proceeding no judgment, award or
         attachment against the Person has been granted or made and which the
         Person is defending in good faith and in respect of which the Person
         has posted security satisfactory to the Bank provided the certificate
         of pending litigation is discharged from title within 30 days of its
         registration;

(xxii)   the granting by the Person in the ordinary course of its business of
         any lease, sublease, tenancy or right of occupancy to any person in
         respect of property owned or leased by the Person other than in respect
         of the Lands;

(xxiii)  the right of distress in favour of any landlord of the Person;

(xxiv)   Liens which do not mortgage, charge, create a security interest in or
         otherwise encumber any property or assets of the Borrower that are
         necessary to the conduct of the Hemolink (TM) Business;

(xxv)    any licences (in or out by the Borrower) of intellectual property, any
         royalties or other payments by or to the Borrower on any intellectual
         property, or joint or part ownership by the Borrower of intellectual
         property provided, notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein
         permits the licencing out or entering into of joint venture, joint or
         partial ownership arrangements or similar arrangements respecting
         intellectual property necessary for the conduct of the Hemolink (TM)
         Business other than arrangements with licencees or partners which do
         not carry on business within North America; and

(xxvi)   the security interests perfected by registrations nos. 20030416 0914
         1146 8427, 20030121 1643 1616 0944, 20021203 1125 1146 7993, 20020102
         1738 1715 8882, 20011227 1818 1531 0426, 20011213 1430 1715 8757,
         20010417 0908 1322 1131 (as

                                       2
<PAGE>

         amended by registration no. 20020116 1113 1322 1238) and 20000508 1433
         1146 5863 pursuant to the Personal Property Security Act (Ontario).

In this Schedule B:

"HEMOLINK (TM) BUSINESS" has the meaning ascribed thereto in the General
Security Agreement.

"INCHOATE LIEN" means, with respect to any property or asset of any Person, the
following Liens:

(i)      any Lien for taxes, rates or assessments not yet due or delinquent or
         which are due or delinquent but the validity of which is being
         contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
         security acceptable to the Bank has been posted by the Person with the
         appropriate Person;

(ii)     any liens of carriers, warehousemen, contractors, subcontractors,
         suppliers, mechanics or materialmen or other similar common law liens
         or Liens so long as such charges are not yet due or such charges are
         being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which
         security acceptable to the Bank has been posted by the Person with the
         appropriate Person; and

(iii)    undetermined or inchoate liens, including statutory liens arising or
         potentially arising, privileges or charges incidental to current
         operations which have not at such time been filed or registered
         pursuant to law or served upon the Person or which, although filed and
         registered, relate to obligations not due or delinquent;

"LANDS" means the real property known municipally as 2585 Meadowpine Blvd.,
Mississauga, Ontario L5N 8H9 and legally described in Schedule "A" hereto;

"LIENS" means any mortgage, hypothec, title retention, pledge, lien, charge,
security interest or other encumbrance whatsoever, most recent whether fixed or
floating and howsoever created or arising;

"PERSON" includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a trust, an
unincorporated organization, a government or any department or agency thereof or
any other entity whatsoever and the heirs, executors, administrators or other
legal representatives of an individual;

"PROJECT" means the construction of the manufacturing facility for the
production and commercialization of Hemolink (TM) on the Lands;

"PURCHASE MONEY LIEN" means any Lien on any asset, other than accounts
receivable or inventory, of a Person which is assumed, created, guaranteed or
reserved to secure the unpaid purchase price of such asset, provided that any
such Lien is limited to the asset so acquired and does not secure an amount in
excess of the purchase price thereof, such purchase price not to exceed the fair
market value of the purchased asset, and includes an extension, renewal or
refunding of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien, provided that the principal
amount thereof is not thereby increased; and

"TAXES" means, at any time, all taxes, rates, levies, imposts, assessments,
government fees, dues, stamp taxes, duties, charges to tax, fees, deductions,
withholdings and similar impositions, whether current or deferred, that are
payable to, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by, any governmental
authority with taxing authority.

                                       3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00065-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00065-of-00352.parquet"}]]